MYP
Biology
A
concept-based
approach
Y
ears
4&5
Andrew Allott
David Mindor
provided
these
provided
by
uses
law,
are
this
for
non-commercial
material
may
not
be
personal
further
purposes.
reproduced,
Except
as
distributed,
3
transmitted,
Great
Clarendon
Street,
Oxford,
OX2
6DP,
United
in
Kingdom
whole
or
Reprinted
Oxford
University
Press
is
a
department
of
the
University
of
furthers
the
University’s
objective
of
excellence
in
registered
certain
and
trade
other
education
mark
of
by
publishing
Oxford
worldwide.
University
Press
in
Oxford
Oxford
the
UK
is
in
Cover:
moral
rights
of
the
p5r:
2017
authors
have
been
published
in
Photo
asserted
rights
2017
stored
reserved.
in
a
No
retrieval
of
system,
this
or
publication
transmitted,
may
in
any
be
reproduced,
without
the
prior
permission
in
writing
form
of
or
Oxford
by
DR
p10t:
Michael
or
as
expressly
with
Enquiries
the
permitted
appropriate
by
law,
by
licence
concerning
reprographics
reproduction
rights
or
outside
the
under
be
sent
address
to
the
Rights
Department,
Oxford
of
the
-
above
Stock
Images
University
Press,
not
this
circulate
same
Library
6
Photo
5
used
Photo
Stock
Photo;
Images;
p16tml:
Marazzi/Science
this
work
condition
on
in
any
any
other
form
and
you
Cataloguing
in
Publication
Library;
Photo
Data
/
4
3
in
2
p12:
T
p6:
Nigel
Library;
p10m:
Danielle
Red
Marbles;
Images;
p8:
p9t:
Stock
Cattlin/Science
Brian
Gadsby/
Photodisc/Getty
Smereka/Shutterstock;
Design
Pics/Getty
Photo
Image
p3r:
Six
Ivanyshen/Alamy
Service/Science
p15m:
Digital
Library;
Photo
Images;
p14t:
Library;
Source/Getty
Vision/Getty
Claffra/Shutterstock;
Stock
Photo
p19bml:
Library;
p26b:
Photo;
Library;
p18:
Images;
p16tmr:
p16bml:
p16br:
Willyam
Library;
Sinclair
work)
p20:
By
Li,
Images;
p19tr:
p13:
Adrian
p15l:
Images;
p16tr:
Amar
and
p15r:
National
Isabelle
Ingram/Alamy
Photo
Library;
p16bl:
Photodisc/Getty
Guillen
Stock
Photo;
Steve
Images;
Bradberry/Shutterstock;
p27b:
[CC
H.
F.
BY-SA
et
Frans
of
this
book
is
a
natural,
from
wood
grown
process
in
sustainable
conforms
to
the
recyclable
Structural
p17t:
p19tl:
of
the
country
of
3.0
DR
Britain
by
p26t:
Lagutkin
al,
(2009),
(nee
and
Perry,
and
Bain
Lanting,
Images;
p26t:
Stock
Mint
Library;
p19bmr:
Nick
Images/Science
Upton/Alamy
p27t:
Photo;
Everything
p28:
By
Stock
possible/
Mogens
Engelund
Ale
Photography/Shutterstock;
Alexey/Shutterstock;
Rened
487Lys)
Geographic
Variant.
Annals
PDB;
Institute/SCIENCE
p46:
PHOTO
p43
of
p36:
Distribution
Human
Jps/Shutterstock;
p53:
of
the
Genetics,
all:Research
LIBRARY;
p26b:
Liu
Madlen/Shutterstock;
Oriental
73:
335–345.
Collaboratory
p50:
National
for
Human
Ollyy/Shutterstock;
p56:
forests.
origin.
Bell
Photo
Ting/Science
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0)],
Bioinformatics
GH,
et
al.
Nature
evolution
39:1256-1260
Great
Claire
Diet
and
evolution
of
human
amylase
gene
copy
number
environmental
variation,
regulations
p19bl:
Kazmierski/Shutterstock;
Excitations/Alamy
Commons;
p35:
ALDH2*504Lys
production
Corbis;
Stammers/Science
p19br:
Photodisc/Getty
Andrew
Wikimedia
Fuyu/123RF;
1
the
made
in
Photo
Inc./Science
p14b:
Alamy
Photo
Vision/Getty
Shutterstock;
(Own
manufacturing
Printed
to
must
acquirer
By
The
permissions
Documentary/Getty
Library;
Library;
Photo;
Images;
p16tl:
Pellinni/Shutterstock;
Genome
product
and
Anyaivanova/Shutterstock;
doi:10.1111/j.1469-1809.2009.00517.x;
Paper
OUP
Kostyantyn
Cappaert/Agstockusa/Science
p38:
7
sold
at
available
8
or
publisher.
above.
978-0-19-836995-0
9
p5l:
David
via
10
Cooper/Corbis
Unlimited,
Inc./Getty
p9b:
p16bmr:
Photo;
Data
for
Intrepix/Shutterstock;
LLC
Digital
British
following
Images;
Photo
Photo
must
impose
p2t:
Guillen
P.
You
the
terms
Mike
the
the
Molloy/Science
p7t:
Sputnik/Science
Gschmeissner/Science
should
published,
from
University
organization.
scope
Cordelia
Ready/Visuals
Geographic;
agreed
Ashley
Lindsey/Alamy
Photodisc/Getty
Press,
Images;
Alean/Science
Library;
Muttitt/Alamy
any
p4:
Juerg
p6:
Photo
Jason
Amana
means,
thank
Bubniak/Shutterstock;
p5m:
Images;
part
displayed,
permission
AAAS.
to
Pixtal/Stocktrek/Getty
Library;
p10b:
All
like
Souders/Getty
p2b:
Wiktor
Science
First
would
strandbeest.com;
Photo;
The
from
written
photographs:
Paul
Dufault;
Press,
performed,
prior
a
and
countries
University
permission
publishers
their
p3l:
©
with
adapted,
without
research,
use
scholarship,
part,
Oxford.
The
It
modied,
in
Ltd.
of
Genetics
human
(2007);
39:1256-1260
amylase
p58:
gene
Science
(2007);
copy
Museum,
p57:
By
number
Perry,
GH,
variation,
London/Wellcome
et
al.
Nature
Diet
Genetics
Images;
p60l:
Glasgow
Brian
Lasenby/Shutterstock;
SCIENCE
PHOTO
LIBRARY;
p60r:
p61tl:
Kurt
G/Shutterstock;
p61tr:
Lightboxx/Shutterstock;
SCUBAZOO/
p61br:
Dirk
Ercken/
Acknowledgements
Shutterstock;
We
are
from
grateful
their
to
titles
the
and
authors
in
and
particular
publishers
for
the
for
use
of
extracts
p64l:
aquapix/Shutterstock;
Nikoncharly/istockphoto;
Strzelecki
following:
p61bl:
-
Own
work,
php?curid=3356426;
Steve
Connor:
scientists’
‘Smallest
The
known
Independent,
24
genome
March
to
support
2016,
a
living
cell
created
by
Shutterstock;
Science
http://www.independent.co.uk.
Corbis;
Reproduced
by
p68l:
J.
Garde
narwhals
et
al:
Extract
(Monodon
from
‘
Age-specic
monoceros)
from
growth
West
and
Greenland
remarkable
as
longevity
estimated
by
in
racemization’
aspartic
Alamy
the
Journal
of
Mammology,
27
February
2007.
Stock
Kulik/Shutterstock;
Georgette
Bicking/Shutterstock;
p65:
By
Jerzy
p67tl:
p67bl:
Douwma/Science
p69:
(c)
Thomas
Anna
Nature’s
Kucherova/
Images,
INC.’/
Library;
p67r:
Photo
Christensen,
www.
p70tl:
Photo;
Prisma
Camacho/Science
Bildagentur
Images;
p71tl:
p70bl:
Javier
Photo
AG/Alamy
Johner
Images;
Trueba/MSF/Science
Library;
p71mr:
The
Stock
Jane
Photo;
p70br:
Photo
p70tr:
robertharding/
Library;
Goodall
p71tr:
Institute/
By
Reproduced
Visuals
Corel;
Turmo;
Jansen:
quote
from
http://www.strandbeest.com/contact.php.
p71br:
Ingram/Alamy
Stock
Photo;
p72l:
Reinhard
Dirscherl,
Unlimited/Science
p73tr:
Johan
Photo
Library;
p72r:
Swanepoel/Shutterstock;
Shalamov/istockphoto;
p73br:
Jeremy
p73tl:
Woodhouse/
Reproduced
Photodisc/Getty
by
Images;
p74:
Ian
Scott/Shutterstock;
p76tl:
Gail
Jankus/
permission.
Science
Denis
J
Murphy:
‘Palm
oil:
scourge
of
the
earth
or
wonder
crop?’
from
http://
Royal
Reproduced
by
Photo
Library;
Botanic
Science
theconversation.com.
Garden
Photo
Trudy
Netherwood
human
et
al:
gastrointestinal
‘
Assessing
tract’
from
the
survival
Nature
of
transgenic
Biotechnology,
1
plant
DNA
February
in
the
CNRI/Science
By
2004.
gwenole
2.0
Reprinted
P
by
Perera:
permission
Extracts
from
from
Macmillan
‘Molecular
Journal
of
Publishers
Epidemiology:
the
National
Cancer
from
Edinburgh/Science
Library;
Institute
Photo
camus
the
Path
to
Prevention?’
p80tl:
M.I.
work)
[CC
p77tl:
p78t:
Ian
Photo
Photo
Library;
Gowland/Science
Sanamyan/Alamy
Library;
from
p79l:
Cournon
Walker/Science
BY-SA
Library;
p76br:
Photo
Bob
Library;
p76bl:
Gibbons/
John
Stock
Photo;
Durham/Science
d’auvergne,
France
p78b:
Photo
F.
p77tr:
JIL
Library;
(P1030792)
via
Peyregne/
[CC
Wikimedia
p79r:
BY-SA
Commons;
(2000)
92,
pp
4.0
Photo
Library;
p80bl:
By
Anatoly
Mikhaltsov
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0)],
Commons;
p80r:
Steve
Gschmeissner/Science
Photo
(Own
via
Library;
p81l:
602–612.
Kinsman/Science
Photo
Library;
p81m:
Science
Photo
Library;
p81r:
Jan
permission.
Hinsch/Science
Extract
Mosolova/Science
Ltd.
On
Ted
by
Maria
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0)],
Wikimedia
the
Reproduced
p76tr:
permission.
Photo/Shutterstock;
in
L/istockphoto;
permission.
Theo
F
Henrik
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.
Bell/Shutterstock;
p67br:
Jameslee999/Vetta/Getty
Fernando
by
Yuriy
3.0,
Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock;
permission.
Tony
acid
p64r:
BY-SA
Kristian
Library;
rightreading.com;
Eva
p66l:
p67tm:
Photo
CC
p62:
https://www.cbd.int/island/intro.shtml.
Reproduced
Pictures/Getty
by
work:
Photo
Library;
Images;
p83:
Thetesting2d4dratio
By
p82t:
Photodisc/Getty
Images;
p82b:
Brand
X
Hand_zur_Abmessung.jpg:2D4Dderivative
(talk)
-
Hand_zur_Abmessung.jpg,
Public
Domain,
permission.
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=14515285;
‘In
what
ways
do
zoos
model
the
habitat
of
animals?’
from
Terry/Science
National
Photo
Geographic,
http://www.nationalgeographic.org.
Reproduced
by
permission
Geographic
Library;
trees
paper,
growth
Paper
2,
Science
(Data-based
Monday,
21
question
May
2001.
from
IB
Biology
Reproduced
by
Netlinks,
Genes
and
Geography
Higher
Level
exam
Science
Photo
and
RCSB
the
Readers
may
view,
PDB);
History
Museum,
Kindersley/UIG/Science
p87b:
download
material
for
temporary
Library;
copying
purposes
only,
p11b:
PDB);
Ted
Kinsman/Science
p89b:
p95t:
p90:
p91:
David
Monkey
NCMIR/Science
Library;
and/or
Natural
Photo
Sheila
London/Science
DR.
WEellcome
Photo
David
S.
Donald
Dept.
Goodsell
Fawcett,
(The
Of
Library;
Library;
Cognitive
p87t:
p88:
Scripps
Corel;
Visuals
Neurology/
Research
Institute
Unlimited/Science
Photo
permission.
(http://sciencenetlinks.com/
science-news/science-updates/genes-andgeography/).
browse,
Wolf/123RF;
Claffra/Shutterstock;
Library;
From
Dorling
p85r:
Creative.
p89t:
Pine
p86:
Library;
of
Matthias
National
Photo
p85l:
p93ml:
S.
Goodsell
Business
Photo
Steve
(The
Scripps
Research
Images/Shutterstock;
Library;
p93tr:
Steve
Institute
p93tl:
and
Thomas
Gschmeissner/Science
Gschmeissner/Science
Photo
the
RCSB
Deerinck,
Photo
Library; Continued
on
last
page
Contents
Introduction
How
to
Topics
use
this
iv
book
overview
v
vi
1
Energy
2
2
Transformation
26
3
Form
58
4
Function
84
5
Movement
112
6
Interaction
136
7
Balance
164
8
Environment
194
9
Patterns
224
10
Consequences
248
11
Evidence
278
12
Models
306
Glossary
326
Index
336
i i i
Introduction
The
MYP
biology
represent
concepts
big
are
exploring
focused
Every
a
in
single
The
in
contain
by
studying
A
Knowing
B
Inquiring
C
Processing
D
Reecting
Within
statement
global
those
of
biology
for
the
this
and
aid
experience.
Higher
We
and
categorized
targets
is
to
is
develop
After
the
introduced
more
into
that
four
are
criteria,
accomplished
in
the
topic
are
also
is
the
each
the
particular,
to
for
the
conceptual
promote
summative
framed
by
to
a
one
of
the
eAssessment.
care
has
within
guide
of
a
at
of
of
end
of
the
taken
to
MYP
provides
ensure
all
book.
student’s
most
DP
the
Organization
been
this
specic
the
content
study
to
The
is
to
experiments
addressed
Baccalaureate
getting
the
skills.
eAssessment
Great
designed
as
factual,
chapter
concepts
MYP
development
and
such
designed
learning
of
covered
meant
activities
included
activities
the
list.
science
objectives,
to
end
taking
list
foundation
Level.
book
concepts.
concept
help
concepts.
for
this
chapter.
included
these
relating
as
success
In
the
of
International
book
academic
sound
at
inquiry
the
are
the
specic
have
of
approaches
students
from
Overall,
we
questions.
subject-specic
topics
of
impacts
questions,
contexts,
programme,
of
key
related
are
of
evaluating
the
found
of
content
the
two
will
concepts
Related
useful
chapter
or
the
are
designing
chapter,
data-based
of
the
Science
one
structure
pages,
and
inquiry
understanding
on
debatable
a
MYP
and
and
For
the
disciplines.
Each
which
This
structures
programme:
and
and
in
and
understanding
to
across
detail.
concept
ways
MYP
disciplines
greater
with
achievement
assessment
in
based.
relevant
specic
descriptions
and
development
i v
of
this
each
promote
are
in
opening
relation
objectives
which
inquiry
disciplines.
interdisciplinary
deeply
is
related
opens
other
interdisciplinary
six
that
concepts
chapter
explored
an
ideas
grounded
key
on
course
skills
out
this
exploration
of
that
this
book
Biology,
essential
educational
will
both
are
of
at
provide
a
Standard
and
How to use this book
To
help
you
Concepts,
The
key
inquiry
get
the
global
and
most
context
related
used
in
of
your
and
here’s
statement
concepts,
each
book,
chapter
the
are
of
global
clearly
an
overview
of
its
features.
inquiry
context
listed
and
on
the
the
statement
introduction
of
page.
Activities
A
range
the
of
topics
between
A
B
C
D
activities
you
studied,
biology
Practical
that
and
activities
encourage
research
other
that
you
these
to
think
topic
and
further
build
about
connections
disciplines.
help
you
prepare
for
assessment
criteria
B
&
C.
L TA
Skills
These
you
are
Approaches
the
opportunity
mapped
become
an
to
1
A
2
A
as
well
prepare
grey
red
for
circle
circle
allow
as
is
a
structured
MYP
A
B
C
D
reect
appears
to
and
skills
the
assessment
test
you
and
your
analyse
criteria
before
before
might
are
new
skills
already
aimed
at
or
give
have.
They
supporting
you
a
a
factual
data.
A,
B
conceptual
debatable
&
understanding
Data-based
of
questions
help
C.
question.
question.
assessment
summative
These
on
clusters
introduce
learner.
you
study
appears
in
skills
assessment
Summative
There
to
MYP
sections
question
questions
biology,
you
the
Learning
independent
Data-based
These
to
assessment
same
way
as
at
the
the
end
of
each
eAssessment
and
chapter;
covers
this
all
is
four
criteria.
icons
indicate
which
criterion
is
assessed
in
that
section.
Glossary
The
glossary
emboldened
contains
in
the
denitions
for
all
the
subject-specic
terms
index.
v
Topics overview
The
MYP
subject
list
for
Biology
consists
of
nine
Cells
Metabolsm
Interactons
Organsms
Evoluton
Human
Processes
Interactons
These
you
key
Chapter
eAssessment
Topics
topics
an
are
further
overview
concept,
covered
of
global
wth
broken
where
Key
down
these
context
and
envronment
are
into
statement
Global
context
of
between
nteractons
topics:
organsms
wth
envronments
Botechnology
sub-topics
covered
broad
within
and
this
inquiry
the
guide
Statement
mapping
book.
of
It
the
also
grid
learning
inquiry
below
shows
ATL
in
you
each
gives
which
chapter.
skills
concept
1
Energy
Change
Movement
Energy
Globalization
Humans
and
sources
sustainability
need
of
to
nd
energy
Crtcal
that
thnkng
sklls:
Revise
understanding based on new
transfer
Systems
do
Cell
not
cause
harmful
information and evidence
respraton,
and
aerobc
irreversible
changes
and
Thnkng
to
ecosystems
and
n
context:
the
anaerobc
How
can
we
make
human
environment.
respraton
Food
2 Transformaton
energy
more
sustainable?
chans/webs
Bochemstr y
and
Change
enz ymes
Word
use
and
Scientic
Science is applied
Creatve thnkng sklls:
technical
and
to mitigate the
Generate metaphors and
innovations
transformations
analogies
chemcal
associated with aging but
equatons
Communcaton
sklls:
sometimes anti-aging
Photosynthess
Use a variety of organizers for
science is misrepresented.
writing tasks
3
Form
Cell
Relationships
structure
Identities
and
relationships
Relationships
organisms
between
are
Communcaton
revealed
Use
and
sklls:
interpret
a
range
of
Tssues
by
similarities
and
discipline -specic
terms
Organs
dierences
between
the
Informaton lteracy sklls:
Systems
myriad
of
forms.
Understand
and
use
Classcaton
technology
systems
Informaton lteracy sklls:
Preview
build
4
Functon
Cell
Systems
functons
Orientation
space
and
in
time
Each
component
system
must
in
a
per form
Crtcal
its
and
sk im
videos
Mak ing
thnkng
sklls:
reasonable
predictions
Nutrton
specic
function
at
the
Aectve
sklls:
Dgeston
right
time
and
place
for
Practicing
Receptors
the
Senses
5
Movement
be
Change
Duson
Fairness
and
development
system
as
a
whole
to
successful.
The
changes
weather
in
the
patterns
caused
Osmoss
by
current
economic
Tropsms
activity
Transpraton
future
translocaton
Gas
exchange
Transpor t
and
crculaton
v i
may
not
be
and
generations.
fair
to
to
understanding
resilience
Chapter
Topics
6
Ner vous
Interacton
covered
Key
concept
Relationships
system
Global
context
Identities
and
Statement
When
relationships
two
of
or
individuals
inquiry
more
ATL
skills
Creatve
interact,
thnkng
Generating
sklls:
analogies
Competton
they
form
that,
over
relationships
Thnkng
n
context:
Pathogens/parastes
time,
impact
What
is
the
relationship
Predator/prey
and
contribute
to
their
between
Interdependancy
video
games
and
identity.
identity?
Organzaton
Preparing
7
Balance
Systems
Homeostass
Fairness
and
Development
development
sustainable
if
is
only
for
sklls:
eAssessment
Informaton lteracy sklls:
systems
Present
information
in
Hormones
remain
in
balance.
a
variety
of
formats
and
Ecosystem
platforms
Cycles
ncludng
Crtcal
nutrient,
thnkng
sklls:
carbon,
Addressing
counterclaims
ntrogen
8
Envronment
Change
Habtat
Habtat
change
Personal
Environments
and
aesthetic
cultural
provide
Thnkng
n
context
benets
or
Communcaton
expression
and
inuence
sklls:
human
destructon
Collaborate
cultural
expression,
exper ts
induced
using
a
variety
and
of
changes
conser vaton
digital
undermine
peers
but
Polluton/
human
with
environments
and
these
media
benets.
9
Patterns
Unty
lfe
and
dversty
n
Relationships
Orientation
time
forms
and
in
space
Obser ving
allows
patterns
scientists
propose
new
Creatve
to
and
thnkng
theories
nnovatve
sklls:
Generate
a
testable
DNA
that
Genome
mappng
explain
how
the
hypothesis
and
living
world
works.
Crtcal
thnkng
sklls:
applcaton
Evaluating
Cell
evidence
and
dvson
arguments
Mtoss
Meoss
Reproducton
Lfe
cycles
10
Inhertance
Consequences
varaton
Natural
and
Change
Scientic
and
Scientic
and
technical
technical
innovations
can
innovation
the
that
impacts
change
we
Crtcal
Draw
thnkng
suppor ted
have
Reecton
selecton
on
the
sklls:
world.
Consider
Specaton
sklls:
conclusions
ethical,
cultural
and
and
environmental
implications
extncton
Genetc
modcaton
Clonng
Ethcal
11
Evdence
mplcatons
Factors
aectng
human
health
Relationships
Scientic
and
Healthy
lifestyles
technical
based
on
innovation
relationships
can
evidence
be
of
between
Informaton lteracy sklls:
Finding,
interpreting,
judging
and
creating
Vaccnaton
types
risks
12
Models
Overexplotaton
Systems
Globalization
sustainability
Mtgaton
of
and
of
of
behaviour
and
information
disease.
Methods
of
achieving
sustainability
can
be
Crtcal
thnkng
sklls:
Is modelling an essential part
adverse
developed
using
models
of all research in biology?
eects
that
3D
tssue
and
explore
dierences
organ
Communcaton
between
prntng
Take
class
Human
sklls:
systems.
eective
and
notes
make
in
eective
nuences
summar y
notes
v i i
1
Energy
Energy
is
invisible,
but
its
eects
are
t
easily
More
obser ved.
energy
some
is
available
regions
example,
there
on
the
is
the
Earth
poles
least
to
living
than
are
in
the
available
reason
for
q
organisms
others.
regions
energy.
where
What
is
this?
A
huge
is
needed
shuttle
amount
to
into
generate
used
as
trailing
are
fuel.
water.
ago
out
living
the
The
To
shuttle
Hydrogen
the
fossil
of
is
fuels
years
remains
organisms.
of
are
plumes
the
millions
source
space
oxygen
using
of
a
energy
energy,
and
behind
obtained
formed
get
of
orbit.
this
hydrogen
2
in
For
the
What
of
is
oxygen?
p
All
aspects
this
idea,
Jensen
as
of
Dutch
refers
“animals”
organisms
have
and
use
made
energy,
While
leading
What
have
that
the
to
be
Over
at
and
on
muscles,
when
to
the
wings
in
time,
other
I
sheets
also
dunes
beaches,
on
alive
chemicals
How
did
today.
rather
Hallucigenia
How
chemical
can
energy
despite
than
billion
a
500
for
It
obtain
that
using
million
movement,
used
than
animals
movement
half
Earth
muscles
chemical
still
they
it
energy
wind.
for
obtain
need
for
more
years?
the
which
animals
this
a
strategy
too?
skeletons
want
animals
had
levels.
countries
the
lived
It
from
the
blowing.
in
ago.
energy?
continue
sand
these
these
eventually
not
sea
Is
to
like
The
can
Hallucigenia
years
legs,
They
is
of
rising
surviving
and
throw
environment?
used
and
them
wind
could
p
Theo
beach.
tubes
formation
from
on
Strandbeests
move.
legs
Based
artist
the
allows
their
the
energy.
plastic
impacts
their
could
of
coasts
other
on
“live”
which
even
on
gigantic
energy
moving,
protect
his
that
wind
moving
rely
physicist
to
stomachs,
store
air,
life
have
elements
to
so
put
such
these
they
become
will
Theo
as
storm
animals
live
increasingly
their
and
out
in
own
water
herds
better
and
on
the
lives.
Jensen
3
E N E R G Y
Introduction
Energy
is
formally:
Key
concepts: Change,
what
destroyed,
transferred
concept:
context:
things
the
happen.
capacity
to
do
In
physics
work.
this
Energy
is
stated
cannot
more
be
created
but
it
can
between
be
converted
objects.
Energy
from
is
one
form
therefore
to
another
closely
related
Globalization
concept
Energy
and
for
transport
sustainability
and
in
gas.
the
of
q
body
and
future,
functions
for
There
Rapeseed
for
homes
are
so
the
comes
comes
major
issues
global
(Brassica napus)
human
consumption
protein-rich
energy
Statement
Humans
4
the
change.
from
from
a
about
context
of
food.
Energy
variety
where
this
of
for
industry,
sources
energy
chapter
will
is
including
come
of
animal
supply
in
food.
the
is
a
and
ver y
for
Could
versatile
the
growing
future?
inquiry:
need
to
irreversible
nd
sources
changes
to
of
energy
ecosystems
that
and
do
the
not
cause
harmful
environment.
crop,
production
such
producing
of
globalization
vegetable
biodiesel,
crops
solve
as
the
well
as
oils
a
problems
of
oil
from
sustainability.
and
or
to
Energy
key
Global
is
Systems
or
Related
makes
energy
and
All
aspects
of
●
Movement
through
have
Atoms
The
energy.
radio
All
the
made
energy.
because
a
to
is
of
of
prey
form
owing
is
are
energy
position,
possible
radiant
through
is
the
all
possible
that
of
are
of
a
stored
state.
of
and
wind
kinetic
5.
neurons
and
of
tissues
potential
which
radiant
rays,
the
has
energy)
because
is
form
also
diving
by
Chapter
energy),
or
gamma
falcon
blown
arteries
theme
(chemical
shape
because
energy
A
grains
(electrochemical
energy)
energy
energy.
pollen
molecules
messages
in
kinetic
and
movement
(elastic
change
forms
its
Blood
of
receiving
shape
of
energy:
catch
concept
growth
Other
to
Potential
because
on
possible
air
and
changing
Plant
rely
interacting
sending
●
is
the
kinetic
energy.
●
life
exists
energy:
microwaves
light.
and
waves.
cells
up
in
of
directions.
the
more
the
higher
living
particles
This
rapid
the
organisms,
that
may
movement
the
of
well
the
Heat
is
as
the
rotate
particles
movement,
temperature.
as
vibrate,
is
a
air
and
source
greater
the
thermal
around
move
of
energy:
energy
that
is
are
random
thermal
thermal
energy
them,
in
and
being
q
transferred,
to
generally
materials
with
a
from
lower
a
material
with
temperature,
for
a
higher
temperature
example,
from
What
to
the
the
kind
split
source
Firewood
human
body
to
the
environment.
In
nature,
energy
is
lost
from
of
of
in
the
form
of
is
needed
is
a
this
is
energy?
source
of
energy
all
itself—what
ecosystems
energy
rewood? What
kind
and
how
is
it
heat.
released?
Changes
The
table
biology.
more
to
the
gives
Draw
forms
of
Light
form
of
examples
up
an
of
energy
two
expanded
energy
version
transformations
of
the
table
to
in
include
energy.
to
chemical
Production of foods by photosynthesis
Chemical
to
Bioluminescence
light
in
reies
5
E N E R G Y
P L A N TS
How
Plants
do
grow
deprived
of
plants
towards
light.
leaves
block
that
plants
absorb
must
Although
from
light
be
this
some
A
B
C
D
You
into
can
a
energy?
do
not
under
sunlight.
use
it
as
obtain
pondweed
look
evidence
as
if
they
shade
source.
inside
for
for
Elodea
by
or
suggest
Light
the
plant.
evidence,
the
plants
are
shows
observations
energy
inside
such
well
the
energy
scientists
energy
grow
trees,
These
an
chemical
obvious,
chemical
using
and
walk
the
and
changed
seems
into
experiment,
light
you
of
light
experiments.
energy
the
When
that
energy
obtain
usually
conversion
doing
a
of
simple
Cabomba
Hypothesis
When
plants
produce
convert
light
energy
to
chemical
energy
they
oxygen.
Materials
A
stem
of
Elodea
or
Cabomba;
a
clean,
transparent
container;
tap
water
Method
Fill
a
clean,
Elodea
in
or
water
transparent
Cabomba
and
cut
that
the
container
has
end
plenty
of
the
with
of
water.
leaves.
Choose
Place
it
a
stem
upside
of
down
stem.
Observations
Bubbles
rise
to
of
the
gas
water
Suggestions
p
Elodea
releasing
oxygen
bubbles
should
for
from
the
cut
end
of
the
stem
and
surface.
further
stages
in
your
experiment:
of
1.
Collect
2.
Carry
the
3.
and
out
a
Obtain
stem
a
b)
dissolved
support
your
is
water
gases
experiment
obtained
it
your
bubbles
test
to
evidence
bubbling
for
that
and
in
of
the
rate
three
at
need
light
for
they
energy
light
different
been
write
you
hypothesis.
of
bubbling
boiled
a
can
Do
the
different
sparkling
should
understanding
that
that
are
is
oxygen.
needed
for
energy
light
by
intensities.
experiment
has
results,
conrm
show
measuring
c)
to
oxygen.
placed
you
your
of
your
method
when
water,
the
to
the
simple
further
Extension
Devise
test
production
measuring
6
emerge
and
water.
then
Before
hypothesis.
analyse
the
rate
samples
results
of
a
to
this
pondweed
water:
cooled
you
When
them
photosynthesis?
of
of
to
a)
remove
perform
you
see
tap
the
have
whether
experiment
they
change
L TA
Critical
thinking
skills
This
Revise
understanding
based
equation
released
new
information
and
the
results
of
used.
our
hypothesis
and
reinforce
our
get
but
an
surprising
in
science
error
and
in
results.
it
procedures,
corrected.
On
These
is
not
may
unusual
which
other
be
should
occasions,
due
be
the
is
When
not
in
error
and
18
revise
our
they
show
that
understanding.
The
experiment
understanding
may
of
is
example
understanding
experiments.
of
that
the
all
we
you
normal
are
O,
also
dioxide
show
that
that
isotope
given
water
of
oxygen
containing
all
the
oxygen
that
they
16
O
rather
oxygen
from
than
O.
This
shows
the
produced
splitting
of
in
photosynthesis
water
into
oxygen
need
of
to
hydrogen.
T
welve
molecules
of
water
must
the
split
per
glucose,
but
six
new
water
molecules
revise
subsequently
from
Consider
the
six
molecules
photosynthesis
our
process
isotope
summary
than
produced,
giving
the
net
use
shown
must
the
be
in
a
the
equation.
more
summary
Clearly,
complicated
equation
suggests.
equation
Discuss
for
carbon
isotopes
photosynthesis.
revising
comes
the
with
found
of
Another
oxygen
results
results
cause
The
than
release
are
your
from
18
be
extension
the
16
rather
and
to
come
plants
to
comes
are
must
Experiments
incorrect.
O.
O
to
of
16
is
understanding,
some
experiments
this
support
that
evidence
is
Sometimes
indicates
on
in
your
class
the
meaning
of
the
photosynthesis:
following
6H
O
+
6CO
2
How
→
C
2
similar
are
H
6
leaves
O
12
+
in
relation
to
this
text:
6O
6
and
terms
dogmatic
2
solar
steadfast
open-minded.
panels?
Leaves have evolved over millions of years; solar panels have
been developed by electrical engineers over recent decades.
Consider how similar leaves and solar panels are by making a
list of similarities and a list of differences. You could include size,
shape, energy source, energy conversion and efciency
.
u
Solar
panels
increasingly
How
do
A
pigment
is
the
green
of
light
are
red
than
a
is
very
why
in
or
blue
the
and
of
a
that
it
light
into
second.
In
an
red
and
the
and
order
roof
of
light.
blue
a
higher
energy
.
for
the
role
in
but
reects
green.
they
cause
energy
The
cannot
P L A N TS
Chlorophyll
light,
look
chlorophyll,
they
and
energy?
important
and
to
tops
farmland
leaves,
jump
chemical
however,
satellites,
absorbs
plays
reach
to
on
former
stores
absorbs
molecule
converted
on
up
chlorophyll,
unstable,
fraction
installed
arrays
substance
plants
Chlorophyll
is
electrons
how
electrons
more
This
in
being
large
build
chemical
energy.
photons
particular
is
a
pigment
light.
When
This
is
main
absorbing
plants
are
in
level.
high-energy
store
chemical
energy
energy
for
to
be
p
stored,
of
the
high-energy
chemical
compounds
electrons
such
as
must
be
glucose.
used
Plant
quickly
cells
in
can
the
only
production
store
Variegated
plants
containing
the
chlorophyll
small
but
amounts
of
glucose,
so
when
there
is
rapid
photosynthesis
they
convert
not
in
starch.
This
leads
us
to
a
testable
hypothesis:
starch
is
only
produced
if
there
is
chlorophyll
in
a
leaf
par ts
the
of
the
cells
leaf
lack
it
the
leaf
appears
yellow
by
or
photosynthesis
some
chloroplasts
pigment
others. Where
chloroplasts,
to
have
green
white.
Normal
and
variegated
cell.
varieties
of
privet
are
shown
here
7
E N E R G Y
A
B
C
D
Hypothesis
Starch
in
a
is
leaf
only
produced
by
photosynthesis
if
there
is
chlorophyll
cell.
Method
1.
Put
a
variegated
2.
T
est
a
leaf
3.
Cover
4.
Put
5.
Remove
a)
b)
p
The
leaves
of
from
part
the
Dip
of
plant
the
the
have
purple
the
a
plant
for
healthy
in
bright
leaf
leaf
and
into
light
test
membranes.
Put
the
leaf
in
a
it
test
in
to
darkness
conrm
with
a
for
few
for
boiling
cell
plant
starch
leaf
the
a
that
card
a
few
none
to
is
days.
present.
exclude
light.
hours.
starch.
water
tube
black
for
of
for
20
boiling
seconds
ethanol
to
for
destroy
about
all
two
this Coleus blumei
minutes
plant
Pelargonium
green,
white
to
dissolve
out
the
chlorophyll
from
the
leaf
and
and
allow
test
c)
Rinse
the
d)
Spread
e)
Put
areas
a
few
Any
present
leaf
starch
that
to
be
of
on
a
to
the
from
green
in
be
leaf
more
tile
the
the
so
the
that
whole
iodine
of
to
ethanol.
all
of
the
it
leaf
diffuse
is
visible.
and
into
wait
the
for
cells
located.
that
brown
turn
do
of
contain
contain
the
these
darkness,
black
not
considering
each
clearly.
remove
white
allow
remain
by
to
over
could
results
seen
water
solution
absent
illuminated,
in
minutes
your
or
the
parts
parts
Analyse
leaf
iodine
where
f)
results
reasons
regions
white
of
starch.
Any
starch.
for
the
illuminated
starch
leaf:
and
being
green
white
in
darkness.
Extension
Some
a
leaves
hypothesis
in
purple
as
Coleus
when
your
8
your
are
for
leaf
get
either
and
You
your
patterns
hypothesis
experiment
totally
whether
cells
blumei.
you
different
to
have
have
revise
colour,
one
purple
produced
areas.
Suggest
photosynthesis
plants
such
understanding
that
you
type.
by
using
your
remember
leaf
just
or
be
hypothesis
to
but
purple
testing
can
your
results,
of
by
test
may
purple
starch
as
there
cannot
are
accept
many
or
reject
How
is
there
Plants
is
are
is
temperature
millilitre
rise
A
B
C
D
×
seeds
energy
for
for
the
of
(ml)
so
(°C)
in
available
choices
burn
water
that
but
the
use
Energy
content
volume
the
seed
stages
seeds,
of
germinates
growth.
cashews
All
and
there
seeds
almonds
experiment.
and
one
when
early
sunower
measuring
water
energy
so
for
this
seed
water.
of
P L A N TS
energy
seed?
energy
method
to
energy,
a
chemical
simple
chemical
energy
suitable
seed
in
store
enough
contain
A
much
is
the
chemical
the
heat
measured
degree
of
seed
(ml)
×
in
Celsius
(J
4.2
per
J
/
energy
released
to
joules
requires
gram
mass
of
of
content
of
increase
(J).
4.2
seed)
food
To
J
=
raise
of
a
the
one
heat
temperature
(grams).
Method
1.
Clamp
a
tube
at
an
angle
of
about
45°
with
the
clamp
at
the
p
top
of
the
Seeds
contain
chemical
2.
Put
20
3.
Put
a
ml
of
water
in
thermometer
temperature
before
4.
Measure
mass
5.
Fix
the
6.
When
that
7.
it
it
the
When
the
seed
holding
stores
onto
in
is
a
the
the
into
of
a
a
has
and
seed
tube
the
the
the
nished
the
an
electronic
and
set
it
balance.
alight
by
ame.
seed
under
(see
the
tube
of
water
so
diagram).
burning,
its
measure
seed.
needle
tube
measure
and
using
burner
hold
touches
seed
the
mounted
Bunsen
energy
tube.
burning
burning,
ame
thermometer
stir
the
temperature
water
with
the
again.
thermometer
Results
Draw
of
tube.
up
a
results
table
to
record
the
type
of
seed,
its
mass,
test
the
water
temperature
before
and
after
burning
the
seed,
tube
the
measured
temperature
rise
and
the
energy
content
per
gram
of
the
seed.
volume
of
water
Evaluation
Dietary
information
on
food
packaging
gives
these
values
for
mounted
needle
f lame
energy
content:
seed
●
sunower
●
cashew
●
almonds:
Discuss
the
the
results
Suggest
seeds:
nuts:
24,700
24,500
reasons
given
24,800
on
J
for
per
the
food
improvements
J
J
per
per
gram
gram
gram.
differences
between
your
results
and
packets.
to
the
method
that
you
used.
9
E N E R G Y
Biodiesel
The
seeds
have
energy
in
diesel
from
fuel
whether
of
in
the
large
because
extracted
part
used
relatively
of
the
seeds
some
the
world.
of
oil
is
is
of
experiment
of
they
used
parts
“biodiesel”
disadvantages
previous
amounts
contain.
as
the
an
What
are
the
Oil
alternative
world.
produced
using
chemical
or
Find
used
in
out
your
advantages
biodiesel
instead
of
to
and
fossil
fuels?
p
M E TA B O L I S M
How
is
Molecules
chemical
released
energy
such
of
is
then
these
fact
onto
all
from
glucose,
energy
from
glucose
fat
organisms
packets
(ATP).
and
or
Spain
cells?
a
for
relatively
most
use
the
is
made
(ADP).
foods.
foods
in
and
used
by
a
to
of
cell.
linking
is
amount
cell.
make
for
This
a
produce
that
ATP
a
large
It
is
a
storing
molecule
phosphate
achieved
reactions
of
Energy
energy.
molecule
the
This
The
in
amount
same
energy
large
tasks
therefore
smaller
of
It
other
other
in
is
a
diphosphate
fat
in
contain
needed
contain
triphosphate
adenosine
pump
molecules
that
small
energy
or
than
food
that
supplying
adenosine
group
glucose
molecules
remarkable
and
as
fuel
released
energy—more
from
number
Biodiesel
are
using
release
called
cell
respiration.
If
p
Corn
has
starch
starchy
can
be
sugars. Yeast
seeds. The
digested
can
then
into
be
oxygen
sequence
produce
sugar
by
ethanol
anaerobic
from
used,
of
the
process
reactions,
but
is
these
E85
is
a
fuel
consisting
and
85%
be
+
summarized
oxygen
in
is
a
long
one
carbon
dioxide
+
water
respiration
of
ATP
15%
oxygen
is
not
available,
some
cells
can
perform
anaerobic
ethanol
respiration,
much
the
less
which
ATP
.
summary
In
is
a
shorter
some
equation
sequence
organisms,
for
such
anaerobic
fungi,
such
anaerobic
as
yeast,
respiration
as
reactions
humans
that
or
and
is:
produces
mealworms,
is:
lactic
ADP
In
of
respiration
glucose
10
This
used
If
gasoline
can
respiration.
the
ADP
q
aerobic
equation:
glucose
to
is
acid
ATP
in
plants
the
summary
equation
for
glucose
ethanol
ADP
Both
these
glucose
not
molecule
been
energy
versions
fully
that
produced
by
of
anaerobic
than
not
carbon
dioxide
ATP
broken
has
+
aerobic
down.
been
anaerobic
respiration
respiration
Ethanol
released
and
and
respiration
in
produce
because
lactic
used
yeasts
to
is
less
the
acid
ATP
.
as
per
glucose
contain
make
used
ATP
a
has
chemical
Ethanol
fuel
for
cars,
NH
2
where
the
remaining
energy
is
released
by
combustion.
C
Refer
to
the
diagram
these
things:
in
the
margin
and
research
ATP
to
nd
out
N
N
C
HC
C
CH
O
1.
In
the
diagram
2.
What
do
3.
What
are
of
ATP
,
what
do
the
letters
C,
H,
N,
O
and
P
O
O
N
N
represent?
HO
P
O
P
O
P
O
OCH
2
the
single
and
double
lines
represent?
HO
the
names
of
each
of
the
differently
colored
parts
of
HO
HO
H
H
H
the
H
molecule?
HO
4.
What
is
removed
from
ATP
to
make
a)
ADP
,
b)
AMP
and
p
c)
can
release
is
means
released
in
diagrams
D
Method
Set
up
1.
is
by
of
the
the
something
respiration,
amount
of
rate
so
happens
to
nd
respiration
experiments
apparatus
needed
Explain
must
of
energy
M E TA B O L I S M
in
the
a
rate
occurring
below
show
certain
of
in
a
time.
energy
period
methods
for
Energy
release,
of
time.
doing
this.
be
what
shown
that
type
carrying
gives
of
in
a
the
diagram
mass
reading
respiration
the
and
leave
to
hundredth
yeast
a
it
running
of
a
The
mass
of
the
3.
Explain
What
these
apparatus
is
expected
to
gradual
causes
this
possible
loss
trends
of
in
of
mass?
mass
increase
in
the
rate
of
to
loss:
in
mass
a
of
4
c)
no
further
Suggest
with
a
mass
one
data
loss
mass
in
daytime
loss
advantage
after
of
a
than
few
at
electronic
balance
connected
to
a
loss.
and
nutrients
higher
electronic
oxygen
sugar
b)
An
entry
yeast
a
days.
decrease
solution
a)
several
cells
prevent
steadily.
for
gram.
out.
airlock
2.
(ATP)
A
the
balance
the
in
measure
much
cells
The
B
triphosphate
cells?
how
measure
C
we
in
you
A
Adenosine
adenosine?
How
Rate
OH
data-logging
computer
night.
days.
recording
the
results
logger.
11
E N E R G Y
A
B
C
D
Method
Set
up
and
the
place
water
up,
B
three
them
bath
inject
capillary
at
a
tubes
in
a
30°C.
small
tubes,
shown
hot
When
drop
near
in
block
of
the
the
they
have
colored
top.
diagram
heater
If
or
into
uid
air
the
starts
glass
to
move
down
the
tube,
measure
how
far
1.
in
millimetres
What
is
the
potassium
every
purpose
of
hydroxide
dr y
beads
peas
germinating
it
peas
mesh
moves
fluid
heated
uid
the
colored
a
basket
minute.
the
cotton
solution?
potassium
2.
The
in
uid
the
is
tube
3.
What
are
4.
What
is
5
expected
to
containing
the
the
correct
purpose
units
tube
with
b)
the
tube
containing
how
be
the
glass
for
beads
the
method
compared
peas.
What
measuring
instead
dry
the
be
in
●
of
modied
is
Energy
as
is
●
ATP
This
●
tasks
used
cell
Energy
to
is
is
moving
from
the
such
soil
into
of
as
already
cells
from
12
much
than
ATP
in
of
the
the
has
to
pump
the
active
transpor t
ions
soil,
be
into
uid?
to
also
into
the
performed
DNA.
and
are
energy
called
small
for
of
ATP
in
Chapter
for
part
cell.
explored
rate
of
energy
release
during
when
of
a
they
are
energy
into
fully
ions
to
a
higher
active
cell
to
in
are
ATP:
molecules
called
Chapter
other
2.
particles
concentration.
changed
from
transport.
Chemical
supplies
cells
is
from
larger
in
and
Energy
movement.
Muscle
using
more
lower
ATP
cells?
molecules
pumping
a
in
transformations
transport.
energy.
one
cells
explored
from
required
amounts
the
for
in
These
active
kinetic
from
that
needed
transform
and
whole
so
energy
energy
another
and
particular
contracting.
for
also
use
is
moving
for
considerable
Movement
is
5.
plant. The
these
higher
the
roots
potassium
●
concentration
of
peas?
electrochemical
components
sur face
movement
membranes
process
changed
the
movement?
seed.
are
provides
chemical
ions
this
improved
of
reactions
also
across
and
types
proteins
anabolic
on
of
energy
different
such
transfer
rate
germinating
different
What
Many
Cells
causes
peas?
could
accurately
M E TA B O L I S M
p
solution
of:
the
could
in
downwards
germinating
a)
Explain
move
soaked
hydroxide
ions
inside
so
the
the
energy
used
In
a
few
species,
ATP
supplies
energy
for
chemical
reactions
is
to
cells
by
that
make
changed
part
into
of
the
light.
body
ash
or
glow,
so
chemical
energy
is
Data-based question: Energy requirements of humans
The
table
shows
the
energy
requirements
of
different
groups
of
humans.
Energy
Age
requirement
(MJ
per
day)
Females
range
(years)
Males
Low
Moderately
Ver y
Low
Moderately
Ver y
activity
active
active
activity
active
active
level
level
1–2
3.6
4.0
7–8
5.5
6.5
7.5
6.0
7.1
8.2
14–15
8.7
10.2
11.8
10.6
12.5
14.4
15–16
8.9
10.4
12.0
11.3
13.3
15.3
17–18
8.9
10.5
12.0
12.1
14.3
16.4
p
The rey squid (Watasenia
scintillans) lives in the Western
Pacic at depths where little
light penetrates. It emits ashes
1.
State
two
2.
Suggest
processes
in
human
cells
which
require
energy.
of light from groups of light-
emitting cells, using energy
a
reason
for
increasing
energy
requirements
as
boys
from ATP and an enzyme
grow
older.
(luciferase). The ashes of light
are used to attract the small sh
3.
a)
Calculate
the
percentage
increase
in
energy
requirement
on which it feeds.
for
a
14–15-year-old
games
b)
4.
Explain
Explain
a)
and
how
what
they
starts
eat
training
the
will
food
boy
extra
happen
that
stops
with
energy
in
a
a
playing
football
is
used
boy’s
or
team.
in
the
girl’s
each
day
containing
more
each
day
containing
less
computer
boy’s
body
body.
if:
energy
than
their
requirement
b)
they
eat
food
energy
than
their
requirement.
5.
a)
b)
6.
State
the
grow
from
Suggest
Draw
a
bar
moderately
How
in
is
some
any
of
it
reason
chart
to
active
is
energy
to
for
17–18
the
years
different
display
boys
requirement
the
and
energy
boys
and
girls
old.
trends
energy
girls,
as
for
in
boys
and
requirements
all
boys
or
for
generated
girls.
for
all
girls.
and
lost
M E TA B O L I S M
organisms?
energy
particles
in
15–16
thermal
living
Whenever
a
trends
changes
changed
into
involved
their
temperature
most
chemical
to
rises.
from
one
thermal
vibrate
Thermal
reactions—the
form
to
energy.
or
move
energy
products
The
also
the
inside
energy
around
is
of
another
change
more
causes
rapidly,
generated
reaction
cells,
so
during
are
at
a
13
E N E R G Y
q
Despite
and
cold
light
winter
clothing,
weather
higher
temperature
energy
hockey
players
are
warm,
umpire
standing
more
reactants,
because
some
chemical
changes
into
thermal
increase
when
energy.
we
run.
For
example,
Chemical
we
energy
experience
in
glucose
a
is
behind
used
needs
the
but
temperature
the
than
these
to
generate
the
kinetic
energy
of
our
moving
body,
but
at
the
insulation
same
heat
All
time
in
some
our
normal
This
is
of
the
chemical
energy
of
the
glucose
changes
to
muscles.
cellular
true
for
experiment
all
using
activities
organisms
vacuum
therefore
and
asks
vacuum
can
and
generate
be
thermal
demonstrated
energy.
with
a
simple
peas.
f lasks
germinating
dry
peas
peas
cotton
wool
thermometers
temperature
Generation
of
hotter
their
than
system,
question:
Some
can
cameras
infrared
images
radiation
that
they
take
are
some.
They
Infrared
photographs
instead
produce
of
living
There
energy
Data-based
so
visible
show
the
thermal
of
and
organisms
course
are
the
spider
the
subjects.
in
dark
with
person’s
blue
areas
increasing
yellow,
1.
a
This
orange
How
was
Which
and
the
was
14
for
was
red
The
coolest
only
ever
eventually
of
the
losing
the
your
able
spider
more
using
light.
3.
to
The
spider
or
or
as
the
to
the
lose
heat
this—you
temporary—all
lose
it
to
the
to
often
a
be
organisms
environment
makes
hotter
their
may
Explain
the
the
palms
temperature
of
the
hands
Was
the
spider
losing
less)
green,
the
hands?
the
hands?
environment
or
Explain
answer.
in
to
a
them
colder
surroundings.
able
to
think
of
generate
thermal
the
of
form
difference
and
heat
gaining
of
more).
measure
and
to
from
heat.
the
between
ngers.
to
the
tarantula
(22.8°C
or
usually
organisms
passes
temperature
temperature
heat
answer.
a
living
Heat
photography
showing
(35.9°C
camera
surroundings,
reasons
hands.
shows
temperatures
temperature
2.
image
in
exceptions
4.
of
energy
surroundings.
or
probes
Give
your
heat
from
it?
L TA
Thinking
How
You
can
can
The
2
Energy
we
total
living
3
Is
4
What
5
The
in
on
food
food
the
a
an
can
do
sources
we
do
of
What
do
one
is
not
our
obtain
animal’s
and
can
their
body
organism.
divide
consume.
animals
These
are
into
called
other
any
these
Earth
fuel
are
questions:
huge.
activities
other
than
energy
food
exercising
source
everyday
by
p
of
lives
in
What
our
source
that
on
energy
in
a
humans
rowing
are
cells.
apart
the
Are
from
reasons
there
any
for
this?
humans
food?
each
use?
machine
case
and
and
what
make
human
energy
other
substances
substances
categories
use
p
another
energy
commuting
conversions
are
as
according
organisms.
by
chemical
sources
to
sustainable?
E C O L O G Y
produced
contain
useful
more
Commuting to work
energy?
particularly
trophic
to
Exercising on a rowing machine
consuming
with
These
are
to
to
sustainable?
lives?
supplied
carbohydrates
on
more
sustainable?
obtain
energy
is
use
use
answers
humans
person
the
the
respiration
energy
daily
in
of
humans
show
their
by
that
for
animals
consumed
Fats
We
released
today
energy
debating
Spraying pesticide on a food crop
Animals
the
is
car.
in
by
requirements
photographs
in
human
issue
production
work
How
in
this
Earth
are
What
p
make
energy
happening
6
context
explore
1
to
in
what
of
Each
cell
digesting
energy.
energy.
they
groups.
●
Animals
that
consume
plants
●
Animals
that
consume
primary
are
called
primary
consumers
are
consumers.
called
secondary
consumers.
●
Animals
that
consume
secondary
consumers
are
called
tertiary
consumers.
●
Animals
are
●
that
consume
dead
organic
matter
and
micro-organisms
detritivores.
Plants
are
instead
group
of
not
consumers
obtaining
called
it
because
from
other
they
make
organisms.
their
They
own
are
food
in
a
trophic
producers.
15
E N E R G Y
Trophic
Study
levels
the
in
the
table
and
deduce
the
trophic
level
p
Tiger
p
Monarch
p
Mosquito
p
Whale
p
Panda
p
Potato
p
Dog
p
Chimpanzee
tapeworm
Interactions
16
photographs
between
species
due
to
feeding
are
explored
of
each
butter y
organism.
caterpillar
shark
aphid
more
fully
in
Chapter
6.
How
does
energy
enter
and
E C O L O G Y
leave
ecosystems?
You
have
already
live
alone.
and
much
of
air,
a
of
forest.
together
Systems
concept
we
A
two
An
an
and
and
in
is
a
Open
rock.
the
set
later
of
is
have
an
in
for
of
therefore
all
the
of
cannot
energy
surroundings
developed
system
such
organisms
as
in
the
a
an
lake
area
environment.
biology.
that
organisms
supplies
non-living
ecological
(abiotic)
chapters
take
Here
systems
we
as
introduce
the
key
the
concept
fully.
or
interdependent
components.
There
system:
where
substances
systems
is
concept
more
living
their
composed
interacting
of
on
Biologists
which
that
organisms
depend
non-living
them
types
chapter
other
also
important
systems
Closed
this
on
ecosystem
consider
chemical
●
They
their
are
main
in
ecosystem,
with
system
are
●
shall
soil
an
seen
depend
more.
water,
concept
or
They
resources
and
where
can
enter
or
exit,
including
both
energy.
energy
can
enter
or
exit,
but
p
chemical
Forest ecosystems are sustained
by sunlight, but most river
resources
cannot
be
removed
or
replaced.
ecosystems are sustained by
energy
energy
the energy in dead organic
matter that enters the river
open
system
chemical
Making
a
closed
system
resources
mesocosm
t
A glass jar was lled with water
1.
a)
What
is
the
only
thing
that
has
entered
the
mesocosm
since
the
only
that
and mud from a pond and
it
was
then sealed to create a closed
set
up?
system. Since then it has been
kept on a sunny lab windowsill.
b)
What
is
thing
was
lost
When the photograph was
from
the
mesocosm?
taken it had been there for
18 years. Layers of dierently
coloured
bacteria
2.
Explain
whether
bacteria
that
rely
on
have
aerobic
respiration
for
their
energy
developed including green and
could
survive
in
the
mesocosm.
yellow photosynthetic types.
This type of small experimental
3.
Explain
whether
life
could
be
sustained
ecosystem is called a
in
the
mesocosm
for
millions
of
years,
or
mesocosm. You could make
whether
it
will
inevitably
die
out
after
up a mesocosm to investigate
a
how closed systems function,
time.
but you must ensure that no
4.
Discuss
whether
larger
organisms
than
organisms are harmed if you
bacteria
could
evolve
in
the
mesocosm.
do this.
17
E N E R G Y
Most
natural
entering
and
generate
useful
and
not
form
of
a
amount
organisms
entering
supplies
of
the
sunlight.
in
unless
ecosystem.
are
dead
with
leaving.
cannot
might
of
energy
an
all
lose
to
most
heat
as
into
living
any
to
the
to
organisms
other
of
the
more
organisms
increase.
This
surroundings
and
does
the
systems.
will
decrease
heat
is
ecosystems,
from
substances
temperature
ecosystems
matter
this
ecosystem
other
lost
chemical
ecosystems,
the
ecosystem
some
organic
In
change
whole
energy
In
also
some
expect
the
organisms
loses
energy
die
There
of
You
the
whole
will
open,
and
temperature
because
as
are
substances
energy
energy
.
the
happen
ecosystem
p
other
thermal
indeed
The
ecosystems
energy
that
other
and
replaced
are
the
by
enters
energy
as
sustained
ecosystems
or
by
by
Sunlight sustains shallow coral
inorganic
chemical
reactions.
reefs, but does not penetrate
far below the surface. What is
the energy source there?
Data-based
The
diagram
in
the
Bay
of
Lake
question:
shows
of
energy
Quinte
Ontario,
on
Energy
ow
the
Canada.
in
ow
deep
northern
There
is
in
a
deep-water
water
1.
Suggest
shore
photosynthesis
in
this
little
ecosystem.
down
feed
from
organisms
water.
The
dead
surface
which
by
ltering
organisms
numbers
organic
waters
defecate
Detritivores
mostly
larger
on
feed
the
that
and
on
lake
feed
indicate
and
the
die
State
on
the
the
3.
from
a)
which
in
square
are
small
metre
per
day
(kJ
m
the
Of
the
from
losses
from
insect
larvae
).
from
maturing
the
lake.
into
ecosystem
ying
These
on
the
of
of
take
taken
them
Suggest
heat
adults
losses
in
as
in,
the
by
reasons
for
are
as
respiration.
that
33.7%
is
the
lost
percentage
carnivores
of
as
the
that
is
the
difference
in
of
energy
taken
in
that
is
heat.
and
Deduce
with
reasons
whether
not
or
a
closed
system.
organic
matter
5990
2625
1705
1670
detritivores
other
e.g.
bivalve
carnivores
4960
microorganisms
2790
molluscs
midge
and
lar vae
300
dead
18
most
lost
heat.
heat
dead
and
from
energy
diagram.
bacteria
releases
due
open
shown
organisms
There
4.
migrating
of
kilojoules
lost
to
lack
ecosystem.
−1
day
this
kJ
Calculate
percentage
energy
of
form
4960
energy
are
b)
per
in
heat.
detritivores.
−2
group
detritivores
deep
Carnivores
ow
the
this
sinks
micro-organisms
water.
energy
that
comes
in
for
in
or
matter
that
reason
Microenergy
organisms
a
photosynthesis
2.
no
ecosystem
organisms
1085
and
feces
this
is
an
the
What
prevents
long
food
chains
E C O L O G Y
from
developing?
A
food
chain
previous
and
on.
a
is
a
series
organism
continue
When
tertiary
with
real
in
a
food
consumer
terrestrial
food
of
the
organisms,
chain.
primary
chains
and
chain
is
each
Food
consumer,
are
very
studied,
little
shown
of
To
marine
the
gets
consumer
extend
beyond
that
and
so
beyond
stage.
A
below:
zebra
food
chain
shown
here
gives
lion
the
sizes
and
typical
lengths
albatross
(1 µm)
(20 0 µm)
(10 0 mm)
(80 0 mm)
let
the
us
sense
reasons
consider
that
it
contained
of
the
been
lost
as
in
in
consumers.
even
energy
by
of
feeding
lion
was
Less
chains
and
and
body.
But
in
than
bodies
therefore
they
food
catch
its
the
less
the
that
heat.
primary
get
for
can
energy
remains
consumers
of
the
squid
energy
grass
on
producer
copepods
the
has
rarely
a
cyanobacteria
explain
much
feeds
with
organisms.
stages,
in
which
start
secondary
they
food
grass
The
of
chains
of
inevitably
If
there
the
at
the
are
zebra
zebra
of
less
earlier
an
stage
lion
obtain
has
ate
energy
Lions
that
than
consumers
animal
in
the
can
food
chemical
used
this
was
other
a
up
energy
in
the
secondary
zebras
in
four
dominant
the
and
and
beyond
is
already
it
energy
tertiary
So,
The
to
that
the
zebras.
get
extending
zebra.
a
grass
10%
energy.
an
the
kill
the
the
rarely
and
food
increase
other
chain,
its
supply
chain.
19
E N E R G Y
We
could
energy
to
do
are
Which
is
Humans
my
can
consumers,
Find
levels.
best
for
human
u
be
far
population
a
you
if
at
food
you
from
eat
Data-based
of
chart
Each
that
place
already
this
at
grass?”.
are
is
are
The
on
from
don’t
answer
instead
grass
the
is
to
than
lions
that
kill
they
and
lions
ecosystem.
increase
their
are
not
digest
and
they
Perhaps
it
supply
well
prey.
adapted
Zebras
therefore
is
the
of
zebra
obtain
and
not
dominant.
us
tertiary
we
at
which
barbecue —what
eating.
of
trophic
given
higher
are
each
that
than
7
trophic
level
the
billion?
level
are
it?
data
bar
from
Pyramids
the
represents
Silver
the
of
energy
Springs
amount
River
of
in
energy
Florida,
taken
−2
units
“Why
adapted
feeding
energy
that
or
food
efciently,
question:
shows
energy
.
is
what
globally,
energy
better
more
lion
secondary
on
foods
Thinking
using
Select
The
of
eating
question
level?
primary,
depending
examples
these
is
trophic
by
the
this—they
much
the
ask
kilojoules
per
square
metre
per
year
(kJ
m
USA.
in
by
all
This
the
type
of
chart
organisms
in
is
a
called
trophic
a
pyramid
group.
The
−1
year
)
tertiary
consumers
280
secondary
consumers
6210
primary
consumers
14,150
producers
87,400
1
a)
Calculate
the
amount
of
energy
taken
in
by
producers
that
does
not
pass
to
primary
consumers.
b)
Suggest
not
2
a)
Of
two
have
the
more
energy
consumers.
passes
b)
3.
20
to
Explain
There
are
possibilities
taken
in
Calculate
tertiary
how
no
energy
for
at
what
the
by
the
end
happens
of
primary
the
to
year
this
than
consumers,
percentage
of
energy
energy,
at
the
43.5%
taken
assuming
the
producers
start.
eventually
in
that
by
passes
secondary
to
secondary
consumers
consumers.
energy
can
quaternary
pass
from
consumers
in
one
this
consumer
to
ecosystem.
another.
Explain
the
reasons
for
this.
that
do
Summative
Statement
Humans
and
of
assessment
inquiry
need
to
irreversible
nd
sources
changes
to
of
energy
ecosystems
that
and
do
the
not
cause
harmful
environment.
Introduction
This
assessment
plantations:
by
the
and
is
threats
UNEP
based
and
Global
available
principally
opportunities
on
for
Environmental
a
report
tropical
Alert
entitled Oil
ecosystems,
Service
palm
published
(GEAS)
in
2011
at
https://na.unep.net/geas/archive/pdfs/Dec_11_Palm_Plantations.pdf
To
A
B
C
D
begin
Energy
1.
the
in
Energy
form
a)
assessment,
cannot
to
be
another.
Rainforest
is
created
Deduce
cut
c)
Sunlight
d)
Palm
oil
e)
Food
containing
USA.
[1]
an
swamps
oil
of
a)
here
c)
d)
as
palm
oil
is
leaves
in
a
and
the
of
biomass
from
and
of
arrows
ows
from
these
land
one
for
one
cases.
oil
palm
contrast
and
the
to
to
is
oxidize.
[1]
produced.
[1]
[1]
person
(left)
animal
in
Europe
or
the
trophic
and
groups
are
(yellow),
The
groups
indicates
group
a
oil
between
(blue).
the
and
by
detritivores
omnivores
the
the
size
of
of
the
animals
amount
of
another.
source
detritivores
in
of
energy
the
natural
[2]
natural
in
energy
ow
rainforest
State
the
reason
reason
plantation
is
happen
replaced
when
by
an
an
oil
[1]
for
plantation
a
in
peat
vehicle.
eaten
energy
(green),
plantation?
palm
clear
the
The
(red)
Suggest
allowing
biodiesel
show
in
changes
oil
by
palm
palm
the
to
(right).
herbivores
of
burned
plantation
rainforest.
change
happens
rainforest
owing
area
and
can
change
natural
width
What
what
but
a
Compare
for
b)
used
indicates
the
energy
carefully.
destroyed
drained,
absorbed
consumers
carnivores
circles
are
animals
palm
primary
and
is
diagrams
groups
report
[1]
Peat
is
or
down
b)
The
the
ecosystems
plantations.
2.
read
the
than
for
a
than
much
in
the
higher
the
lower
biomass
natural
rainforest.
biomass
natural
of
of
carnivores
[1]
omnivores
rainforest.
in
in
the
oil
[1]
21
E N E R G Y
3.
One
hundred
orangutan
habitats
World
and
Fund
on
that
for
there
in
The
in
natural
2016
in
oil
logged
intact
the
in
on
the
by
the
Borneo
parts
of
parts
logged
230,000
rainforest
estimates
and
forest,
palms
than
41,000
show
1930
intact
and
were
here
more
tropical
Population
maps
natural
trees
probably
their
inhabited
was
rubber
were
Sumatra.
Nature
Sumatra.
of
there
and
orangutan
where
plantations
ago
pygmaeus)
Borneo
Wide
Borneo
island
(Pongo
on
7,500
years
of
the
forest,
and
2010.
forest
forest
industrial
plantations
p
Areas
of
Borneo
orangutan
Source: The
in
inhabited
1930
Ministr y
(in
of
by
p
Intact
green)
Forestr y,
Source:
2009
a)
orangutan
ii)
plantations
B
C
D
originally
of
formerly
areas
of
1930.
Discuss
intact
the
4.
shows
table
(100
the
Oil
m
×
total
or
maps
palm
inhabited
forest
by
oil
assess
areas
have
where
100
crop
effects
energy
how
m)
global
or
on
etal
much
of
oil
four
their
of
forest
been
PLoS
on
or
2010
ONE
9(7):
not:
Borneo
established
ha
of
is
of
forest
for
[1]
in
were
living
vegetable
produced
different
oil
yield
−1
year
has
crops
per
are
oils
hectare
grown
and
also
Planted
area
(million
hectares)
)
94.15
Sunower
460
23.91
680
27.22
3620
10.55
(canola)
plantations
[2]
400
palm
(2014),
as
in
[1]
Soybean
Oil
well
production.
Average
(kg
Rapeseed
as
Borneo
whether
orangutan
orangutan.
content
when
area
clearance
−1
2 2
all
to
DLA
in
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0101654
orangutan
remain
logging
harmful
Measuring
The
the
forests,
[1]
whether
more
in
inhabited
rubber
areas
had
A
information
i)
in
b)
the
logged
plantations
Gaveau
e101654.
Analyse
iii)
and
industrial
The
yield
than
the
yield
per
of
oil
other
palm
crops
three
hectare
is
in
crops,
higher,
kilograms
but
the
to
per
hectare
determine
energy
is
whether
content
of
the
much
the
higher
energy
different
oils
is
needed.
a)
Suggest
palm
b)
a
oil
testable
and
one
an
energy
content
of
i)
the
types
oil
ii)
how
iii)
details
iv)
B
C
D
risks
Analysis
5.
other
Design
experiment
you
of
of
will
the
experiment
A
hypothesis
a)
and
and
Present
to
type
of
that
your
oils.
you
table.
test
must
of
energy
in
[2]
should
by
measuring
the
include:
[2]
energy
you
amount
hypothesis
This
will
the
variables
the
relative
content
keep
of
the
constant
oil
in
[5]
the
you
will
minimize
them.
[3]
evaluation
of
include
Display
test
two
the
[3]
results
oils
row
quantitative
b)
to
from
measure
how
the
content
the
oil
for
the
in
of
a
your
clear
and
column
variables.
results
graph
or
experiment
and
detailed
headings
to
measure
results
and
SI
table.
units
the
energy
Remember
for
[3]
using
chart.
a
to
suitable
suction
pump
[3]
thermometer
c)
Use
calculations
to
evaluate
the
stirrer
energy
yields
oil
the
and
other
investigated.
d)
Suggest
per
crop
of
that
palm
you
have
[3]
scientic
differences
hectare
in
reasons
energy
for
yield
the
between
coiled
to
the
crops.
The
diagram
calorimeter
measure
shows
which
the
a
your
to
is
energy
Suggest
method
in
water
food
designed
content
water
to
of
foods
glass
accurately.
on
tube
heat
[3]
the
e)
copper
transfer
how
it
three
walls
improves
ways.
[3]
electrical
supply
heating
to
element
heatproof
which
ignites
the
base
food
oxygen
sample
of
food
23
E N E R G Y
A
B
C
D
Sustainability
The
article
here
of
palm
was
oil
posted
production
online
in
2015
at
http://theconversation.com/palm-oil-scourge-of-the-earth-or-wonder-
crop-42165.
It
was
the
written
advisor
Read
If
you
people
a
happen
outside
particularly
years,
media
to
of
positive
images
degraded
a
feeling
to
richer
countries
organize
products
Australia.
palm
oil
that
especially
about
an
whose
rich
in
oil
Africa
that
oil
for
palm
as
tens
of
trees
producing
such
as
are
oil
of
oil
crops
On
6–10
The
is
of
per
times
in
also
years
oil
soil
is
is
more
to
in
people
a
tonnes
China,
wide
and
was
seed
and
less
than
This
is
instead
olive
and
there
are
nearly
in
owned
content
destructive
palm
and
is
annual
annual
times
palm
plots
I
of
to
a
oil
palm
oil,
it
additional
to
rich
produce
as
of
the
in
this
type
of
To
oil
it
of
is
used
shower
only
lauric
yield
oil.
lauric
cosmetics
where
The
much
by
in
many
liquids,
palm
3
“big
viable
acid
this
comes
plant
completely
would
tropical
consumers
containing
In
farm
require
land.
who
coconut
for
of
returned
Sarawak
where
palm
crop.
smallholder
which
country,
40%
that
individual
Indonesia,
producing
is
business”
million
whom
recently
in
oil
oil.
about
plots.
oil
up
misconception
account
have
visit
all
is
in
Much
products
palm
food,
and
products.
just
Europe
palm
for
and
oil.
rich
realized
use
of
is
the
of
overwhelmingly
productive
oil
ten
Another
at
crops
to
but
from
in
million
detergents.
that
10%
rarely
Board.
million
India
oil,
food
palm
to
70
to
used
replace
50
edible
from
coconut
cultivating
is
salad
farmland
washing
oil
Oil
global
exported
oil
products.
coconut,
researcher
Palm
almost
mostly
or
to
least
laundry
substitute
fruit
exported
alternative
choose
oil
is
is
component
toothpaste,
gels
is
of
critical
oil
85%
processed
at
oil
cleaning
was
total
from
we
is
oil
In
is
fact,
growers,
family-
the
largest
smallholder
the
a
saw
at
Agriculture
below.
estimated
oil
were
prime
amount
a
palm
in
of
total
of
and
Malaysian
cooking
crops
Biotechnology
crop?
the
a
of
independent
Food
Malaysia,
require
The
acid,
as
an
the
questions
Over
and
range
oilseed
is
palm
where
including
same
the
Professor
the
the
of
(Mt).
Indonesia
basis,
temperate,
required.
2014,
uniquely
soybean,
Soil
a
ancestors
efcient
a
as
western
and
oilseed
have
organic
highly
tree
cultivated
hectare
years.
compared
the
story
vitamin-
billion
people
temperate
30
heard,
African
gatherer
(canola),
rich
where
been
by
Palm
In
If
he
and
answer
production
is
include
wonder
from
4,000
a
trees
around
disrupted
ploughing
has
as
about
where
that
hectares
day.
bre
or
who
Nations
then
Kingdom
a
Wales,
would
oil
story
is
and
a
the
chocolate.
wholesome,
hunter
than
rapeseed
plantations
less
our
crop.
sunower.
lifetime
tree
to
This
3
has
that
palm
frequently
to
and
attempts
another
billion
millennia.
productive
palm
2
get
typically
of
Murphy,
United
most
to
There
United
bountiful
a
every
much
by
less
and
and
the
the
recent
has
evil
of
cosmetics
is
to
some
been
countries.
provide
feeds
an
in
of
ear th,
orangutan
is
have
much
oil
Over
oil
boycotts
there
richer
food
harvested
for
is
oil
France,
But
the
forests.
Indeed,
from
ancient
of
palm
there
countries
The
source
in
fruits
150
displaced
consumer
include
palm
South
J
organizations
passage
unlikely
reaction.
of
the
palm
are
tropical
stopped.
ranging
Examples
and
of
that
needs
to
be
you
coverage
burning,
of
mention
Asia
included
been
24
scourge
of
to
Organization
oil:
Denis
University
and
Palm
by
crop
area.
fact-nding
some
of
the
innovative
oil
palm
Over
of
ways
the
past
informed
away
an
from
a
towards
a
the
bountiful
encouraging
independent
social
by
has
The
that
of
has
all
There
is
over
also
this
soils,
oil
palm
farmed
of
CO
is
a
some
and
the
such
of
as
grow
oil
can
poor
markets
nature
When
release
crops.
edible
in
of
an
tropical
targeted
aim
soon
analysis
in
to
a
impact
impact
use
the
severe
areas
reserves
climate
where
has
a
occurred.
to
establish
where
to
to
examine
and
need
and
palm
superior
Borneo
planting
cycle
and
of
studies
land
in
life
measure
climate
improve
and
plantations
corridors.
oil
onto
be
oil
is
palm,
and
sensitive
is
also
essential
Asia.
By
by
palm
for
working
solutions
oil
palm.
to
further
forest
eventually
uniquely
food
security
consumers
many
of
Hopefully
regain
its
as
includes
and
to
efcient
together
that
processors
oil
signicant
native
and
a
community
develop
faced
many
minimized
that
enable
is
sometimes
other
of
a
basis
rigorous
which
upland
less
farmers,
problems
more
include
international
we
and
than
decisions
peat.
ecological
palm
palm
and
scientists,
amounts
the
crop
Africa
a
Two
facing
But
of
undoubtedly
should
halted.
and
did
between
encroachment
improperly
But
be
are
challenges
example
large
will
wildlife
areas
of
oil
rather
soils,
case-by-case
crops,
impact
reserves
There
compared
been
of
that
peat
environmental
conclusions
with
a
type
biodiversity
connections
and
have
on
change
industry,
oil
crops.
deal
The
active
analysis
which
great
or
aimedat
palm
study
of
potential
change
globally
on
the
comparable,
the
chain.
One
is
conclude
farming
overall
and
norm”.
oil
on
overall
the
temperate
the
rainforests
farms.
recent
of
soils
palm
oil
most
The
the
their
found
the
Oil,
supply
effort
cultivation.
these
oil.
oil
of
on
made
assessment
environmental
Palm
ecological
soybean
research
peat
for
or
robust
the
be
Another
as
and
of
the
members
the
impact
habitats
rapeseed
of
been
increasingly
the
environmental
other
an
of
of
research
understanding
One
palm
They
depending
that
cons
“transform
2,000
40%
sectors
international
to
to
oil
scourge
and
palm
Sustainable
should
swing
palm
has
certify
of
to
approach
reasonably
to
vision
represent
covering
a
body
conserved.
growing
pendulum
of
pros
crop.
sustainable
RSPO
the
started
nuanced
tropical
on
a
making
so
view
genuine
are
blanket-ban
environmental
credentials
Roundtable
RSPO,
or
has
people
crops.
developments
establishment
and
year
simplistic
more
recognizes
local
other
opinion
unmitigated
this
that
alongside
the
this
rightful
will
place
2
found
oil
some
palm
of
types
crops
of
peat
without
can
high
readily
CO
as
support
one
of
the
stars
in
the
pantheon
of
global
crops.
emissions,
2
while
6.
List
others
examples
address
7.
Denis
palm
Murphy
oil
8.
There
of
gives
Write
Apply
argument.
are
a
a
un-farmed
in
by
the
article
palm
strong
and
oil
of
argument
counter-argument
has
caused
scientic
to
science
production.
in
on
of
the
palm
harm
ecosystems
effectively
in
to
[5]
support
based
tropical
language
helping
in
oil
that
South-
your
[5]
links
information
journals.
left
caused
production
Asia.
be
mentioned
problems
production.
East
should
in
Explain
information.
the
used,
the
online
which
version
are
of
this
scientic
importance
of
article
papers
giving
to
the
sources
published
sources
in
of
[5]
25
2
Transformation

Claims
ancient
were
Egypt
emerged
out
moistened
the
Nile;
material
(photo);
been
turn
would
the
all
The
High
in
line
in
paths
enjoy.
of
of
non-
living
possible?
a
public
that
a
raised
served
district
The
years
of
line
1980s
and
derelict
it
into
that
is
volunteers.
remaining
transformed
2 6
is
that
the
many
and
it
by
Manhattan.
after
Is
York
industrial
closed
These
into
formerly
railway
for
dead
examples
Line
New
maintained
was
can
(spontaneous
generation).
park
also
dust
and
material
organisms
an
have
maggots.
be
be
eels
transformation
living
It
guts
could
that
eas
into
from
that
into
there
claims
into
esh
water
the
earthworms
mice
philosopher
claimed
from
in
earth
with
transformed

that
of
Greek
Aristotle
of
made
all
was
gardens
can
Diamonds

forms
of
element
rare
are
the
into
are
unusual
extremely
4.5–6.5
between
Nearly
more
old.

The
desert
ephemeral
great
in
central
plants
natural
Australia
germinating,
shows.
Why
do
rarely
receives
growing
and
ephemeral
rain,
but
owering
plants
in
when
in
deserts
just
it
a
have
does
few
a
such
a
showy
in
and
pressures
and
of
of
1,300°C.
billion
does
one
of
temperatures
this
transformation
weeks,
special
diamonds
than
What
forms
transformed
in
and
900
all
are
conditions:
high
Pa
the
They
other
only
diamonds
very
of
common
carbon.
because
carbon
one
are
years
suggest?
occurs,
the
with
world’s
owers?
27
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
Introduction
A
transformation
matter
Key
and
is
living
a
radical
organisms
change
can
all
of
form.
undergo
Energy,
chemical
transformations.
Energy
concept: Change
transformations
transformation
Related
concept:
context:
Identities
particles
and
reactions
are
molecules
relationships
Metabolism
structural
in
over
with
a
the
shoot
until
bamboos,
wherever
Statement
2 8
tips
leading
happen
Small
this
differs
hundred
type
1;
the
other
types
of
chapter.
of
the
there
they
of
plants
to
a
plant
is
are
produce
reproductive
a
is
a
mass
only
hundred
owering,
growing
in
stems
phase
the
or
in
more
with
and
which
all
leaves
only
years
is
old.
the
ways.
is
for
of
changes
can
transform
our
are
or
the
species
advantage
identity.
in
even
of
and
years
are
out
its
and
3
this
and
then
seed,
are
This
an
the
the
between
structure
their
cells
cells
roles.
bamboos,
setting
the
signicant
Chapters
carr ying
this?
cell
different
In
inside
example,
particular
produced.
owering
inquiry:
chemical
for
for
bonds
so
simultaneously
a
causing
Radically
months
After
cells,
in
which
made,
reactions
humans,
described
owers
members
world. What
In
in
are
organisms
occurring
between
specialized
and
bonds
chemical
reactions
divergence.
each
new
Living
different
differentiation
occurs
Chapter
of
transformations
and
changed.
of
Collectively,
The
in
subject
are
broken
is
thousands

described
the
Transformation
Chemical
Global
are
are
of
perform
cells.
metabolism.
chemical
can
be
produced
process
and
transformed
is
as
a
result,
called
4.
irreversible
transformation
transformation
bamboo
transformation
plant
at
may
dies.
the
not
In
same
some
time,
Transformations
structure
such
in
the
life
produces
Gamete
genetic
the
living
Without
greatest
us
of
starts
genes
and
natural
undergo
are
change
from
in
hand
in
relationships
others
with
in
that
and
inherited
sexual
larval
stage
reproduction.
meiosis,
cells
overall
animals,
or
mature
the
halves
breaks
from
up
parents.
reproduction,
of
all
selection,
in
biology,
would
transformations
probably
us
many
sexual
with
of
the
be
slow.
transformations
years
In
in
juvenile
the
for
transformation
by
extremely
of
into
a
chromosomes
meiosis
evolution
The
cycle
production
combinations
All
turn
gametes
of
happen
organisms.
transformation
number
the
also
transformations
stage
that
of
can
the
that
the
being
this
occur
most
a
of
family
community.
into
an
identity
our
as
they
adult.
are
members
lives.
teenage
signicant,
child
change
with
during
during
Hand
changes
and
with
Transformations
that

occur
lives
during
can
all
teenage
be
traced
years
and
at
ultimately
other
to
times
changes
in
in
our
Testosterone
to
star t
breeding
the
happens
metabolism
chapter
of
our
therefore
cells.
is
The
global
identities
and
context
of
Teenage
but
it
years
can
also
are
be
a
time
of
change,
at
in
the
late
adult
antlers
end
fall:
of
in
male
the
summer.
when
elk
(Cervus canadensis)
spring,
A
females
in
preparation
second
stop
for
transformation
releasing
sex
this
pheromones,
testosterone
the
be
levels
in
males
drop,
causing
relationships.
elk

causes
growing
with
new
interests
and
new
antlers
of
to
these
relationships
two
shed. What
are
the
advantages
to
male
transformations?
developing.
Sometimes
this
is
easy
and
fun,
challenging
2 9
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
B I O C H E M I S T R Y
What
A
is
chemical
chemical
changed
differ
is
steam
the
not
the
is
The
and
a
reaction
a
of
also
an
causing
an
right,
with
a
that
Reactants
an
or
is
arrow
to
as
into
in
that
reaction
happens
in
shown
linking
them
a
on
to
a
simple
word
equation
to
simply
formed.
from
its
releases
reactive,
sugar
and
in
sugar
produce
water
takes
in
energy
But
a
chemical
surroundings:
heat
to
energy
the
from
its
drop.
reaction
the
left
show
can
and
the
reactants
In
water
water
involves
and
energy
reaction
highly
that
reaction
Dissolving
the
the
are
properties
chemical
are
is
are
with,
gas.
products
temperature
are
both
steam
a
a
water.
Boiling
broken
take
a
endothermic
transformation
equation.
reactants
release
surroundings,
reaction
are
which
because
liquid
bonds
reaction
of
which
starts
chemical
example,
substances.
a
reaction
have
For
both
Reactants,
a
compound
reaction,
from
surroundings;
The
stable
chemical
chemical
can
products
hydrogen,
chemical
not
that
reactants.
more
reversibly
exothermic
transformation.
The
chemical
same
as
a
reaction?
compounds
the
transformation
changes,
an
of
much
also
converted
is
or
products.
those
oxygen
produces
still
reaction
into
between
are
chemical
elements
from
water
a
be
represented
products
direction
of
on
with
the
change.
products
the
reactants
and
products
are
named.
For
example:
hydrogen
We
can
give
chemical
us
use
the
formula
more
formula
each
of
hydrogen
the
is
water
oxygen
information
for
example
for
+
about
substance
reaction
H
and
for
a
reaction
and
that
the
produces
oxygen
is
O
2
of
each
oxygen
of
these
atom
gases
and
we
use
the
quantities.
water
again.
because
Let
The
molecules
2
contain
two
if
relative
two
hydrogen
atoms.
atoms,
A
so
water
the
molecule
formula
is
H
has
O.
one
If
we
2
write
is
the
twice
equation
as
much
thus,
oxygen
the
+
H
cannot
correct
this
the
left
as
is
not
on
balanced,
the
O
2
We
equation
on
H
2
by
because
there
right:
O
2
changing
the
formula
of
water
to
H
O
2
because
we
that
must
is
a
double
different
the
substance—it
amount
of
water,
is
hydrogen
which
we
peroxide.
show
as
2H
2
Instead
O.
2
However,
more
the
equation
hydrogen
on
the
is
right
H
2
3 0
still
+
O
2
not
than
balanced
on
the
because
left:
2H
2
O
there
is
now
If
we
double
perfectly
the
amount
of
hydrogen
+
O
2
The
equation
two
hydrogen
each
of
balance
1.
The
the
tells
us
molecules
following
two
reaction
red
O
that
individual
O
are
oxygen
balanced
and
produced
when
molecule.
if
not,
can
you
reaction
the
soil
to
in
in
all
living
that
happens
CO
cells
converted
H
3
to
O
+
break
down
toxic
O
2
of
O
)
absorbed
by
water
2
2
aerobic
+
cell
2
respiration
O
6
CO
CO
2
produce
Light-induced
changed
and
H
O
which
2
is
dioxide
(which
is
the
sum
of
reactions):
12
(NH
is
one
CO
happens
H
6
it
molecules
2
process
C
Light
is
peroxide:
overall
many
in
with
carbon
+
2
The
equation
cells:
H
4.
water
equations
between
blood
reaction
hydrogen
The
the
2
react
2
3.
2H
2
that
H
The
left,
them?
inside
2.
the
balanced:
2H
Is
on
urea
from
carbon
+
2
H
+
H
2
urine
dioxide
is
and
O
O
2
hydrolysed
by
bacteria
ammonia:
CO
2
+
NH
2
3
changes
in
from
the
retina
cis-retinal
exposure
to
light?
of
to
Is
the
eye
by
retinal,
trans-retinal
this
a
in
chemical
causing
just
a
few
reaction?
part
of
the
molecule
picoseconds.
Is
it
a
Has
the
to
rotate
molecule
so
that
been
transformation?
light
cis–retinal
trans–retinal
31
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
A
B
C
D
Gather
of
the
What
the
materials
following
is
the
a
that
evidence
banana
that
1.
Cut
2.
Put
3.
Add
some
4.
Add
dry
5.
Boil
water
in
6.
Boil
water
containing
7.
Add
drops
of
some
you
experiments.
and
drops
dry
yeast
of
an
a
a
new
apple
iodine
yeast
to
a
need
to
a
carry
your
substance
and
small
of
on
sugar
cut
cut
of
and
observations
being
the
the
amount
out
observations
is
observe
solution
solution
test
and
Organize
on
a
the
changes
table
of
your
that
own
occur
in
each
design.
formed?
surfaces
surface
hydrogen
leave
into
for
of
twenty
pieces
peroxide
twenty
minutes
of
in
later.
banana
a
test
minutes
or
and
apple.
tube.
longer
if
possible.
tube.
vinegar
egg
to
B I O C H E M I S T R Y
white
egg
in
a
test
tube.
white.
What
eect
chemical
The
rate
increase
placed
of
a
does
enzyme
have
on
a
reaction?
reaction
reaction
above
an
the
can
rates
be
increased
without
arrow
in
a
being
by
a
catalyst.
changed
chemical
Catalysts
themselves,
so
they
are
equation.
catalyst
reactants
A
catalyst
cannot
endothermic,
the
reaction
An
like
can
is
a
pH.
currently
by
whether
reduce
is
happen
more
being
be
it
if
if
a
speeds
by
reaction
cells.
up
a
are
high
extremely
the
a
is
energy
is
to
get
strongly
is
present.
biochemical
proteins,
and
temperatures,
complex
The
or
needed
catalyst
Enzymes
living
called
exothermic
energy
activation
this
damaged
and
by
are
so
is
of
Even
the
of
itself.
be
large
made
enzyme
energy).
unless
catalyst,
can
are
reaction
amount
chance
altered
they
They
a
the
(activation
biological
only
an
can
not
there
proteins
of
catalysed
it
will
without
other
changes
it
but
enzyme
reaction
change
started
exothermic,
available,
but
products
or
molecules
reactants
in
a
and
reaction
substrates.
enzyme
substrates
Unlike
range
of
most
of
enzyme
this
They
therefore
biochemical
up
non-biological
reactions.
acts
reactions.
products
catalysts,
show
as
For
enzymes
do
enzyme-substrate
the
catalyst
example,
in
the
just
not
one
enzyme
catalyse
specicity.
or
a
small
catalase
catalase
hydrogen
32
peroxide
water
+
oxygen
wide
type
group
only
reaction:
a
Each
of
speeds
A
B
C
D
Note:
Hydrogen
peroxide
solution
is
used
in
this
experiment.
It
is
corrosive,
so
it
is
important
not
to
get
any
−3
in
the
potato
eyes
or
tissue
on
is
skin
being
or
clothes.
used
as
a
1.0
mol
source
of
dm
is
a
catalase,
suitable
but
concentration.
other
live
tissues
The
can
instructions
also
be
here
assume
that
used.
3
1.
Put
5
2.
Add
of
cm
hydrogen
peroxide
solution
into
a
test
tube.
test
tube
3
0.5
hydrogen
5.
Add
ve
same
of
cm
liquid
detergent
and
gently
mix
in
with
the
peroxide.
4 × 4 × 4
time
start
mm
an
cubes
of
electronic
uncooked
potato
and
at
the
timer.
total
3.
A
layer
of
Measure
4.
Stop
foam
the
taking
should
depth
of
develop
foam
measurements
above
every
when
the
depth
the
foam
is
not
increasing
Calculate
the
maximum
rate
of
oxygen
Fur ther
can
also
try
test
cubes
the
any
experiment
variables).
of
Repeat
B.
Use
(the
In
the
grind
it
a
potato
case
per
cubes
of
of
the
the
in
glowing
below.
variable)
minute.
with
and
a
listed
result
before
heat-treat
the
the
number
pulp
temperature
Repeat
plunging
experiment
same
to
by
experiments
independent
each
the
solution,
D.
foam
the
production
A.
Use
detergent
of
potato
experiments
You
oxygen
with
production
perminute.
C.
peroxide
volume.
solution
5.
foam
minute.
hydrogen
in
of
solution.
you
Try
a
to
of
adding
it
to
boiling
the
but
water
all
other
result
cubes,
of
to
conrm
you
factors
that
only
are
before
chop
you
cubes
each
is
do
of
it
vary
kept
variable)
potato
but
hydrogen
20
it
that
dependent
the
before
for
into
sure
number
potato
size,
that
(the
predict
different
size
same
and
need
splint
Make
the
cube
oxygen.
factor
constant
the
an
is
one
You
in
can
each
(control
maximum
rate
of
experiment.
same
into
size.
smaller
pieces
or
peroxide.
putting
seconds
them
and
into
then
let
the
hydrogen
them
cool
to
peroxide
the
ambient
laboratory.
experiment
using
hydrogen
peroxide
solution
and
potato
cubes
warmed
to
higher
temperatures.
E.
Substitute
could
try
the
hydrogen
water,
ethanol
peroxide
and
with
sparkling
other
liquids
to
which
detergent
has
been
added.
You
water.
Conclusions
What
properties
of
enzymes
have
you
demonstrated
in
your
experiments?
3 3
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
B I O C H E M I S T R Y
How
do
Enzymes
are
structure.
reactants
site.
The
enzymes
proteins
As
in
a
part
of
chemical
reactants
an
with
this
are
in
below.
In
the
example
products,
but
the
substrate
a
very
reaction
enzyme-catalysed
may
shown
numbers
be
two
distinctive
structure,
of
they
can
substrates
events
vary—there
work?
of
bind.
the
both
is
This
is
region
region
and
The
shown
one
in
one
and
where
is
the
active
two
products
for
(S)
of
diagrams
and
product
the
sequence
the
substrate
substrates
substrates
a
enzyme.
reaction
there
three-dimensional
have
can
example.
products
(P)
active
site
enzyme
(E)
enzyme–substrate
complex
Binding
shape
them
to
start
the
new
bonds
former
reaction.
site
or
at
reactants
rule.
tell
enzymes
that
on,
what
have
names
enzymes
the
the
dehydrogenase
with –in
should
end
International
substrate
removes
of
an
●
Nitrate reductase
●
Iodotyrosine deiodinase
●
Phosphoglucose isomerase
at
the
in –ase,
Union
of
enzyme
hydrogen
What do these enzymes do?
34
after
and
then
active
each
all
a
of
from
of
Only
an
into
in
the
active
more
(E)
active
energy
the
site,
site.
it
have
the
This
easier
needed
to
broken,
products
which
in
of
returns
the
to
its
substrates.
enzyme
have
compatible
substrates
This
catalyses
of
of
change
making
substrates
enzyme’s
group
and
creates
products.
enzyme
slight
substrate,
amount
the
an
a
substrate
what
accept
particular
very
the
is
causes
the
bonds
this
site
changed
type
both
enzyme
(EP)
can
explains
one
chemical
bind
the
chemical
reactions
shapes
to
its
specicity
reaction
where
the
similar.
enzymes
Later
us
be
in
site
within
lowers
released
can
and
most
are
bonds
Soon
complex
active
bonding
of
properties.
and
enzymes:
the
which
are
and
chemical
to
formed
They
shape
and
only,
few
are
substrates
of
decided
break,
The
active
A
chemical
weakening
reaction.
Naming
substrates
and
triggers
for
of
enzyme–product
(ES)
all
for
but
example,
the
Biochemistry
is,
from
end,
so
and
an
the
rst
decided
type
organic
pepsin
few
acid
of
that
reaction
called
and
enzymes
the
trypsin,
to
be
name
catalysed.
malate
during
but
early
discovered
of
For
an
on
enzyme
example,
aerobic
it
was
follow
this
should
malate
respiration.
What
biochemical
inside
Cells
tiny
our
perform
volume
happen
B I O C H E M I S T R Y
cells?
many
of
transformations
chemical
cytoplasm.
transformations
For
example,
a
simultaneously
human
hepatocyte
in
a
(liver
−12
cell)
has
a
volume
of
3.4
×
10
liters
(between
three
and
four
3
billionths
way
anything
These
of
of
inside
as
In
a
can
are
a
reaction
and
Because
of
initial
a
All
in
is
enz yme
the
series
a
of
points,
of
a
in
a
can
controlled
achieve
accomplished
pathway.
reactions,
fed
where
ways
of
substrate
or
of
for
but
into
two
in
Most
there
a
series
metabolic
some
them.
are
Sometimes,
products
where
the
between
next.
They
specicity,
in
a
rst
rst
into
are
are
a
metabolic
enz yme
metabolic
the
intermediates,
is
of
a
reaction
the
end
both
a
choice
is
product
products
called
of
enzyme
is
the
is
pathway.
enz yme
end
C
intermediate
process
of
one
intermediates.
different
second
B
intermediate
example
happen
humans
typically
metabolic
molecules
substances
reaction
A
by
processed.
substrates
each
are
different
enzyme-substrate
for
reactions
sequences
branching
the
of
designed
called
transform
pathway,
substrate
An
plant
this.
linear
have
via
reaction.
required
of
that
molecule
metabolic
nal
as
processed
transformed,
thousands
transformations
cycles
how
yet
collectively
consist
pathway
reaction
),
chemical
complex
steps,
metabolic
over
cm
No
chemical
small
pathways
a
a
it.
cell
product
respiration,
in
which

glucose
is
broken
down
to
release
energy;
another
is
What
are
between
which
converts
simple
inorganic
substances
including
carbon
water
have
1.
been
glucose
discovered
and
by
Phenylalanine
Proteins
have
are
the
There
a
into
made
same
are
20
different
R
of
basic
carbon
biochemists,
to
compounds,
such
as
the
but
many
examples
more
an
pathways
underground
railway
system?
below.
tyrosine
subunits
called
amino
acids.
All
amino
acids
structure.
different
group.
other
similarities
metabolic
dioxide
and
and
the
photosynthesis,
amino
Of
these
acids
20,
9
in
proteins,
amino
each
acids
are
of
which
essential
has
in
H
H
O
amino
the
human
diet
because
they
cannot
be
synthesized
in
the
carboxyl
body,
N
C
C
group
for
example,
phenylalanine.
The
other
11
amino
acids
are
non-
group
OH
H
R
essential
amino
for
acid
most
into
phenylalanine.
people,
another.
because
Tyrosine,
they
for
can
be
made
example,
can
by
be
changing
made
one
from
variable

The
basic
amino
group
structure
of
an
acid
3 5
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
H
H
1.
What
2.
The
is
the
difference
between
phenylalanine
and
tyrosine?
O
N
C
C
H
OH
enzyme
that
catalyses
this
reaction
is
called
phenylalanine
CH
2
hydroxylase
3.
phenylalanine
The
genetic
low
levels
(PAH).
disease
of
the
concentrations
phenylalanine
What
in
phenylketonuria
enzyme
of
happens
PAH.
hydroxylation
(PKU)
What
phenylalanine
a
will
and
results
be
the
tyrosine
in
reaction?
very
effect
in
the
on
body?
hydroxylase
4.
PKU
has
blood
some
test
is
harmful
routinely
effects
done
a
on
the
few
development
days
after
of
babies,
so
a
birth.
H
H
O
N
C
a)
C
H
What
treatment
could
be
given
to
babies
with
PKU
to
avoid
OH
the
CH
harmful
effects?
2
b)
Why
is
before
it
not
necessary
to
test
babies,
or
start
this
treatment,
birth?
OH
tyrosine
2.
Lactose
Lactose
consists
is
of
together.
an
the
to
sugar
two
It
is
glucose
in
milk.
and
Lactose
monosaccharide
digested
exothermic
in
the
hydrolysis
CH
galactose
is
a
sugars,
small
disaccharide
glucose
intestine
by
and
the
CH
OH
C
O
OH
H
and
H
C
C
H
OH
most
not
do
to
Describe
of
Lactose
of
3.
Predict
do
4.

3 6
Milk
and
milk
products
traditional
par t
only
populations
some
of
the
are
diet
for
not
using
what
how
the
in
H
will
OH
H
C
C
H
OH
OH
enzyme
and
happen
to
lactase
and
Some
human
between
adults
populations
Milk
therefore
which
catalyzes
as
synthesize
lactose
the
two
galactose.
galactose
to
enzyme
lactase.
many
diet.
structure
enzymes
the
secrete
in
lactose-intolerant.
glucose
glucose
different
produce
Explain
is
but
them
adult
sugars
synthase
lactose,
need
an
difference
monosaccharide
2.
naturally
enzyme,
making
part
the
O
galactose
the
not,
be
C
C
H
OH
children
secrete
adults
tends
1.
young
to
in
the
substrates.
and
the
digest
intestines
production
Explain
the
lactose.
of
adults
who
lactase.
secretion
in
adulthood
could
have
become
a
in
common
drink
in
their
in
OH
C
C
OH
glucose
continue
linked
lactase,
H
C
Babies
galactose,
enzyme
2
H
OH
it
reaction.
2
H
because
populations
milk.
that
keep
cattle
or
other
mammals
and
3.
Ethanol
Ethanol
and
is
the
wine.
process
cell
of
ethanol
form
respiration
even
of
happens
to
alcohol
to
of
in
of
a
acid
that
ethanol
is
to
found
acid
toxic
a
is
drinks
acid
Ethanoic
source
of
therefore
substance
in
ethanoic
hepatocytes.
provide
ethanoic
transformation
or
ethanoic
Conversion
that
in
to
energy.
an
into
is
acid
such
a
The
be
the
that
is
harmless
useful.
H
H
H
H
O
O
H
C
C
C
H
C
C
C
O
H
H
H
If
oxygen
been
●
If
is
ethanal
added
or
H
H
H
ethanol
●
used
conversion
of
something
beer
two-stage
can
example
as
hydrogen
is
ethanoic
removed
from
a
acid
molecule,
it
has
oxidized
oxygen
is
removed
or
hydrogen
added
to
a
molecule
it
has
been
reduced.
Different
enzymes
are
used
dehydrogenase)
catalyses
dehydrogenase)
the
ethanol
or
excessive
1.
ethanoic
alcohol
Deduce
acid
2.
Explain
3.
Suggest
just
4.
In
a
one
different
the
reason
reason
rst
and
are
ALDH
is
of
reactions:
much
the
due
that
ADH
(aldehyde
more
harmful
to
(alcohol
toxic
side
than
either
effects
of
it.
change
ethanol
into
ethanoic
reductions.
for
for
and
many
reactions
or
two
different
not
enzymes
converting
in
the
ethanol
to
two
reactions.
ethanoic
acid
in
reaction.
Glucose
humans
acid
the
Ethanal
consumption
oxidations
the
the
second.
whether
are
for
to
the
types
fat
transformation
of
cell:
of
glucose
hepatocytes,
into
adipose
fat
cells
happens
(which
in
store
several
fat)
and
Three
milk-secreting
The
formula
cells
for
in
the
glucose
mammary
is
C
H
6
Fat
molecules
molecule.
atoms,
vary,
consist
Each
with
giving
fatty
oxygens
a
range
of
has
only
of
at
types
a
simple
sugar.
fatty
acids
acids
long
one
of
is
6
fatty
a
Glucose
O
12
three
acid
gland.
end.
fat.
linked
chain
The
of
to
one
carbon
length
of
glycerol
and
hydrogen
these
chains
can
Glycerol

Fat
–
simplied
structure
37
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
The
overall
The
metabolic
these
●
it
two
is
size
of
a
fat
molecule
pathway
that
is
much
transforms
larger
than
glucose
into
that
fat
of
glucose.
therefore
has
properties:
anabolic,
because
smaller
molecules
are
converted
into
larger
ones
●
it
includes
increase
Due
to
the
changes
catalyse
into
Humans
have
versions
of
that
converts
into
harmless
ALDH1
and
several
ALDH,
toxic
in
mitochondrion.
enzymes
removal
are
of
ALDH2.
slower
so
be
it
as
facial
nausea
different
pathway.
are
into
unable
fat
respiration
is
do
stored
to
so
enzyme
Plants
to
structure,
fat,
can
this
in
provide
many
metabolic
needed
transform
as
the
a
is
the
the
back
necessary
body
source
to
fat
and
of
at
certain
energy.
ush
for
rapid
frequency
a
form
much
normal
form,
ethanal
body
to
after
Symptoms
such
palpitations,
features
more
of
a
pronounced
persistent.
effectively
of
absent
indicate
frequency
3 8
are
The
2.
these
the
other
more
and
molecular
the
of
at
for
alcohol.
Using
A
in
glucose
acid.
variant
the
from
and
1.
a
works
ushing,
and
map
is
longer
“hangover”
the
the
Instead,
cell
or
cytoplasm
Both
than
removed
drinking
in
content
enzyme
inside
needed
It
rate
takes
lacking.
used
oxygen
ethanal.
ALDH2*504Lys
of
complex.
humans
the
ethanal
the
works
Alcohol
are
is
but
transform
in
reduce
different
the
ethanoic
works
ALDH2
it
and
that
content.
differences
to
reaction
glucose,
times
question:
long
reactions
hydrogen
needed
each
enzymes
Data-based
is
the
signicant
are
pathway
reduction
of
an
Almost
all
in
all
parts
sampled
of
has
the
been
world
populations
measured
apart
and
the
from
key
in
over
350
human
populations
shows
the
in
East
shades
of
populations.
Asia.
black
Red
used
It
is
triangles
to
on
indicate
ALDH2*504Lys.
atlas
three
ALDH2*504Lys
if
necessary,
countries
with
Japanese,
a
identify
low
Chinese
three
countries
with
a
high
frequency
of
the
ALDH*504Lys
frequency.
and
Korean
people
have
ADH1C,
a
variant
of
the
ADH
enzyme.
the
This
variant
Explain
3.
the
Alcoholics
where
a
Average
USA
5
Do
What
consequences
are
you
our
reason
know
particular
cases,
it
more
substances
all
can
other
be
proteins
in
(10.2
combination
tend
to
frequency
liters
per
l/year)
enzymes
of
both
consume
is
much
than
ADH1C
excessive
lower
other
and
of
the
enzyme.
ALDH*504Lys.
amounts
among
forms
of
alcoholics
it.
In
than
populations
non-alcoholics.
or
year
is
Russia
much
(15.1
metabolizing
lower
in
l/year).
China
Suggest
(6.7
l/year)
reasons
for
than
this,
in
the
based
on
alcohol.
can
B I O C H E M I S T R Y
other
us?
as
a
wide
heat,
occur.
use
a
produced
consisting
range
pressure
The
systems
to
efciently
identity?
produces
such
efcient
and
more
trend.
our
for
living
only
the
a
much
transformations
transformations
or
alcohol
the
affect
do
factors,
organisms
and
about
industry
living
is
this
ethanal
having
occurs,
Canada
chemical
various
to
of
to
consumption
enzymes
chemical
using
for
l/year),
organisms
The
addicted
alcohol
(9.2
what
ethanol
ALDH*504Lys
Suggest
4.
converts
to
of
and
chemical
biotechnology
produce
of
living
more
cells,
than
antifoam
In
make
amino
uses
some
approach,
including
50
to
industry
substances.
biotechnological
by
substances,
catalysts,
and
some
enzymes
acids.
acid/base
motor
steam
nutrient
or
pressure
guage
inoculant
ltered
sterile
nutrient
waste
gases
medium
cold-water
outlet
impeller
pH
oxygen
concentration
probe
probe
temperature
cooling
probe
jacket
cold-water
inlet
sparger
compressed
air
steam
har vest

Bioreactor
used
for
culturing
bacteria
or
pipe
fungi
3 9
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
Three
●
groups
Bacteria
are
Plants
be
are
from
make
now
a
huge
as
are
less
used
the
organisms
substances.
to
range
crops
to
of
in
and
biotechnology:
only
As
plants
their
and
is
used
ones
that
that
modify
described
in
mostly
quickly,
easily
they
cultured
and
bacteria,
extracting
because
could
they
be
they
there
in
can
are
no
chemicals
of
potential
Chapter
obtained
naturally
organisms
so
from
produce.
they
It
is
produce
other
10.
alphabet
how
it
from
is
examples
the
list
produced
for
letters
and
and
k
to
research
how
bioethanol
growth
citric
hydrogen
acid
digoxin
what
humans
organism
use
it.
Can
you
z?
follicle
stimulating
hormone
hormone
(FSH)
(GH)
isinglass
erythropoietin
does
(EPO)
a
jasmolin
cell
transform
amino
acids
proteins?
Proteins
bonds
be
substances
with
antibodies
into
grow
can
use.
substances
the
substance
it,
other
with
were
This
any
produces
How
they
they
different
elds.
growing
genetically
Biochemistry
G E N E T I C S
in
because
diverse
commonly
problems
possible
Select
very
used
bioreactors.
grown
recently,
nd
widely
objections
ethical
other
are
them.
Animals
Until
very
called
easily
ethical
●
organisms
metabolically
vessels
●
of
are
are
chains
made
of
amino
between
acids,
the
linked
amine
by
group
peptide
(NH
)
of
bonds.
one
These
amino
acid
2
and
the
carboxyl
summarized
H
H
N
O
group
this
R
H
N
OH
(COOH)
of
another.
The
reaction
can
be
equation:
H
C
H
4 0
by
C
O
C
N
OH
H
R
H
H
O
H
H
C
C
N
C
O
C
O
2
H
OH
R
R
The
a
equation
hydrogen
hydroxyl
allows
this
shows
atom
(OH)
is
were
removed,
made
a
two
the
the
and
covalent
bond
therefore
from
from
nitrogen
strong
that
bonds
to
be
amine
group
of
one
carboxyl
group
of
the
carbon
in
linkage
is
between
have
the
the
two
called
a
hydrogen
producing
water.
condensation—a
amino
and
chemical
the
amino
other
acids
peptide
Linking
broken,
acid
to
bond
in
which
This
together;
group
amino
a
acid.
Another
hydroxyl
reaction
and
amino
bond.
together
removing
new
that
acids
is
water
is
released.
To
make
any
together
in
in
particular
the
proteins,
correct
each
with
hundreds
or
even
challenge
to
get
proteins,
these
it
proteins.
sequence
The
of
data
adenine
A
base
of
rst
in
stage
a
have
a
Because
the
cell,
The
base
The
type
special
name
RNA,
U
make
so
correct.
all
of
proteins
(G)
protein
is
and
is
Apart
cells
is
linked
amino
consist
of
very
can
small
synthesize
amino
acid
proteins.
using
four
thymine
in
acids
signicant
from
store
the
stored,
a
cells
stored
of
be
proteins
it
different
sequence
guanine
a
Most
acids,
to
different
articially—only
linear
synthesis
identical
takes
protein
mRNA
for
copying
the
process
transfer
information
that
genetic
RNA
on
genes,
DNA
(T);
coded
made
bases:
the
particular
form,
in
the
of
the
is
T
base
is
sequence
made
gene,
of
with
(thymine)
information
RNA
to
of
a
which
one
in
DNA.
another
part
of
(mRNA).
is
a
amino
is
transformation
acid
sequence
translation.
RNA
the
the
copy
there
synthesis
into
this
as
The
to
where
the
messenger
of
is
transcription.
(uracil)
copy
known
the
100%
have
20
(tRNA),
gene
into
It
of
a
requires
which
the
of
another
helps
amino
the
protein.
the
acid
cell
sequence
aprotein.
Translation
cytoplasm
on
the
chain,
is
of
coordinated
cells,
surface
Amino
of
of
group.
amino
remarkably,
in
sequence
has
stage
R
are
gene.
called
called
sequence
(C),
acids
protein
RNA
is
“translate”
of
a
in
base
second
of
a
acids
There
thousands
to
RNA
the
it
more
needed
of
of
done
contains
process
exception:
be
making
cytosine
amino
different
sequence
Even
amino
sequence
gene
will
the
for
gene
(A),
sequence
a
thousands
cannot
information
DNA.
The
still
protein,
sequence.
acids
which
three
that
a
have
that
ends
acts
and
complex
ribosomes.
peptide
already
lengthens
bases
translation
called
where
by
by
as
the
one
a
Ribosomes
bond
been
between
joined
amino
stop
protein
signal
is
nanostructures
acid
is
have
amino
together
at
a
in
a
in
catalytic
acids
form
time.
reached
found
is
a
When
the
the
site
formed.
peptide
a
group
mRNA,
released.
41
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
DNA
Transcription
The
base -pairing
make
one
rules
a messenger
strand
of
the
G–C
and
A–U
RNA (mRNA)
DNA
double
are
used
molecule
to
against
helix.
mRNA
Translation
Genetic
the
are
Nuclear
coding
mRNA
linked
rules
base
up
in
are
used
sequence,
the
so
to
interpret
amino
sequence
acids
needed
to
membrane
make
a
specic
protein.
mRNA
tRNA
Nucleus
mRNA
leaves
through
nucleus
small
holes
amino
in
Protein
the
nuclear
acid
membrane.
Cytoplasm
Transfer
brings
the
Summary
Ribosomean
in
the
endoplasmic
amino
The
linking
because
would
acids
with
folds
acids
that
together,
in
a
them
Investigating
Cell
membranes
Search
the
membrane
PDB
diversity
contain
Molecule
sodium-potassium
●
acetylcholine
●
cadherin
●
mechanosensitive
does
many
of
of
to
are
R
not
a
of
are
do
a
huge
proteins
Month
protein
distinctive
in
that
such
links
can
In
as
on
it
the
other
making
emergent
proteins,
as
groups
tasks
remarkable
have
shape
diverse
of
a
most
each
R
is
is
in
up
of
active
are
with
site
molecules
living
the
of
Amino
brought
each
of
the
this
and
perform
a
wide
variety
(https://pdb101.rcsb.org/)
of
for
functions.
images
of
these
channel
each
protein
help
it
allows
organisms.
receptor
of
other
enzymes.
and
pump
structure
that
amino
ribosome,
surface.
chain
interact
the
group
inside
the
chain
by
protein’s
can
properties
the
made
transformation,
membranes
proteins
website
to
their
range
present
exposed
amazingly
to
rough
acids
predict.
that
acids
ribosome.
proteins.
amino
adjacent
ways,
an
on
reticulum
into
groups
meaning
different
the
into
to
or
(tRNA)
proteins:
●
How
4 2
the
up
hard
some
variety
Proteins
of
completed
very
only
acids
together
the
be
organelle,
cytoplasm
RNA
amino
to
perform
its
function
in
the
membrane?
A
B
C
D
E

Proteins
show
structures
and
an
of
a
an
huge
diversity
antibody
aquaporin
(E)
(A),
a
in
both
function
hemoglobin
(B),
and
a
structure.
collagen
(C),
Shown
here
an
synthase
ATP
are
the
(D)
molecule
4 3
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
L TA
Creative
thinking
skills
understand
Generate
metaphors
how
cells
provide
the
energy
for
and
linking
together
amino
acids.
Can
you
think
of
analogies
a
●
The
digestion
acids
to
is
link
of
proteins
exothermic,
amino
acids
so
into
single
energy
together
has
to
better
metaphor
or
analogy?
amino
to
be
make
a
put
in
amino
linked
protein.
acids
to
amino
ATP
acids
linked
to
tRNA
●
Linking
an
amino
acid
to
ATP
(made
amino
linked
respiration)
is
Transfer
of
up
exothermic.
in
●
acids
by
this
amino
acid
to
tRNA
a
chain
is
exothermic.
●
Linking
tRNAs
together
is
amino
acids
attached
to
exothermic.
single
The
analogy
of
a
rock
being
rolled
up
a
hill
amino
is
used
in
the
diagram
shown
R E P R O D U C T I O N
here
to
help
What
During
to
changes
the
become
life
a
adolescence,
girls.
that
This
a
female
of
human
the
that
a
but
are
summarized
for
less
in
are
during
bodies
are
and
hair
these
directly
differences
childhood;
Female
(slight
hair
Pubic
in
voice
Male
deepening)
Female
pattern
hair
Underarm
changes
Primary
of
the
during
necessary
between
these
for
male
puberty.
for
males
and
characteristics
Males
growth
pattern
and
changes
necessary
parts
develop
size
During
below:
growth
Underarm
in
boys
The
directly
Females
Pubic
of
reproduction.
not
emphasize
grows
adolescent.
puberty.
birth,
grow
baby
an
the
as
that
from
systems
table
in
sexual
present
obvious
the
then
known
structures
do
puber ty?
newborn
and
occurs
is
characteristics
they
a
child
life
body
are
Although
sexual
at
humans,
then
reproductive
reproduction,
females
occur
transformation
prepare
Secondary
are
of
characteristics
reproduction.
and
cycle
toddler,
stage
occur
sexual
acids
growth
hair
pattern
and
facial
changes
in
hair
growth
voice
(greater
deepening)
adipose
tissue
Male
pattern
muscle
development
development
Increased
of
4 4
the
width
hips
of
the
pelvis
and
thus
Bone
and
growth
larger
to
jaw
give
wider
shoulders
Data-based
GnRH
only
of
is
one
made
the
question:
of
in
the
human

The
1.
A
body,
is
structure
gene
called
transcribed
How
3.
–
chain
is
usually
a
using
the
of
in
the
ten
amino
protein.
on
a
by
It
is
one
the
part
major
cells
a
of
stage
the
of
other
are
8
4.
amino
acids
as
of
the
GnRH
acids
or
an
the
data
the
graph?
in
the
5.
than
as
brain
and
molecule
and
the
full
is
acts
a
as
short
name
is
hormone.
6.
of
One
the
causes
three
for
and
differences
hormones
secretion
evidence
of
testes
as
the
to
effects
secrete
Testosterone
proteins?
and
this
of
is
LH
shown
and
there
in
in
in
FSH.
the
also
as
of
more
causes
secondary
pubic
LH
hair.
is
to
cause
testosterone.
production
sexual
At
the
of
sperm
characteristics
approximately
what
LH
age
LH
doolb
evitaler
snoitartnecnoc
enomroh
LH
for
similarities
graph?
this
rather
proteins
large
GnRH
What
advantage
small
the
GnRH
there
short
are
stages?
oligopeptide,
is
What
such
do
you
expect
the
hypothalamus
to
LH
start
GnRH
7.
secreting
What
would
GnRH?
happen
if
a
boy
was
lacking
GnRH
FSH
3
15
of
hours
6
GnRH
in
an
GNRH1
gene?
FSH
time
Levels
the
GnRH
GnRH
0

The
gonadotropin-releasing
twelve?
What
hypothalamus
hormone.
chain
in
chromosome
acids
oligopeptides
by
molecule
rst
or
an
rather
causes
made
are
amino
called
hormones,
it
is
GnRH
what
proteins.
amounts
GNRH1
eight,
A
than
–
many
chain
yet
GnRH
of
production
2.
smallest
miniscule
transformation.
GnRH
and
adult
9
12
15
(hours)
two
other
human
hormones
over
male
4 5
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
Over
is
the
periods
life
an
for
adult
insects,
radical
of
when
humans,
to
metamorphosis
all
animals,
particularly
example,
over
marine
a
body
of
known
as
grows
and
animals?
and
changes
gradually
several
invertebrates
change,
body
signicant
the
period
the
in
years.
develops.
occur.
There
During
changes
from
In
animals,
some
amphibians,
metamorphosis,
a
much
can
puberty
that
of
a
be
in
child
including
more
sudden
or
occurs.
Adult
Mating
Adult
Adult
maturation
locust
(about
laying
2
weeks)
eggs
5th
Egg
instar
incubation
(about
2
weeks)
4th
Nymphal
(about
Egg
3rd
instar
2nd
Incomplete
Insects
of
metamorphosis
such
abrupt
begin
instar
stages
weeks)
pods
1st

5
as
locusts,
changes
their
life
as
to
a
in
the
life
instar
cycle
grasshoppers
their
body
fertilized
of
alocust
and
form.
egg.
instar
dragonies
As
When
with
the
all
egg
undergo
animals,
hatches,
a
series
these
a
insects
nymph
Adult
emerges.
Repeated
phases
of
growth
followed
by
shedding
of
the
(buttery)
exoskeleton
form
every
then
time.
occur,
Each
with
the
nymph
new
stage
is
exoskeleton
closer
in
having
form
to
a
the
modied
adult,
until
Pupa
Eggs
the
nal
shedding
of
the
exoskeleton.
An
adult
then
appears,
with
(chrysalis)
wings
mate
This
and
and
type
functional
females
of
life
lay
cycle
reproductive
organs.
the
eggs
is
fertilized
called
Adult
that
incomplete
start
males
the
and
next
females
generation.
metamorphosis.
Larva
(caterpillar)
Insects
egg,
such
which
exoskeleton

Complete
the
4 6
life
metamorphosis
cycle
of
a
butter y
in
There
larva
is
as
bees,
hatches
beetles
out
into
repeatedly,
then
encases
a
very
itself
but
radical
in
a
and
a
butteries
larva.
without
The
any
also
larva
signicant
transformation,
protective
start
grows
covering
called
to
life
as
and
a
changes
pupation.
form
a
fertilized
sheds
pupa.
in
its
form.
The
Inside
the
immobile
pupa,
nearly
remaining
groups
When
process
case.
start
this
Male
the
change
stages
A
B
C
D
of
in
How
does
in
form
the
some
are
in
insect
warm
kept
days.
in,
●
Make
●
Look
in
care
for
●
Look
of
●
these
Using
a
may
can
larvae
a
●
Create
1.
What
the
pupae.
longer.
of
of
body
from
lay
larval
just
on
the
A
inside
pupal
a
and
of
conditions
adult.
eggs
to
major
timing
Chapter
of
9.
supply
are
birds.
rubbish
that
stage
mealworm
on
The
molitor)
lizards
the
the
an
pupal
one
in
and
stage?
(Tenebrio
pet
of
the
fertilized
with
considered
the
insect
each
entry.
shedding
They
both
will
will
of
and
be
they
within
colony
of
or
a
larval
chart
advantages
differ
10
can
oatmeal,
be
with
a
the
the
exoskeletons.
The
mobile
microscope,
colour
larvae.
construct
stages.
distinguish
cycle
(moulting).
shed
individuals.
from
pupal
life
including
exoskeleton
dissecting
and
to
of
the
larvae
examine
stationary
often
lens
the
two-column
the
of
Date
container
magnifying
are
to
laboratory
observations
individuals
a
is
for
on
cycle
the
found
advance
take
school
evidence
diagram
be
the
emerges
digested
required.
from
for
from
food
into
are
metamorphosis.
Mealworms
of
larva
females
life
species
Depending
measurements.
Remove
of
complete
source
larvae
the
careful
length
a
the
adult
and
type
dier
larvae.
as
larvae
Mealworm
little
stage
of
develop
the
buttery
weather.
y
maintained
very
y
and
mate
This
called
of
pupal
Alternatively,
bins
grow
adults
is
cycle
stores
tissues
completed,
female
life
pet
cells
is
the
generation.
body
the
Obtain
sold
and
next
of
all
pupae
that
from
involves
larvae.
complete
metamorphosis?
2.
What
3.
In
are
some
males
the
dangers
insects
feed
little
voraciously.
with
or
What
L TA
Communication
Use
A
a
Venn
circles
shared
the
Use
variety
diagram
are
features.
of
Venn
are
at
all,
the
stage?
metamorphosis
whereas
reasons
organizers
be
used
to
for
the
this
for
organize
enough
Unique
diagram
pupation
complete
not
large
non-overlapping
a
the
the
females
adult
may
feed
difference?
skills
can
drawn,
of
to
features
information
contain
of
the
writing
the
two
tasks
to
writing.
things
make
The
being
a
comparison.
overlapping
compared
are
area
then
Two
is
overlapping
used
to
described
outline
or
listed
in
areas.
to
compare
and
contrast
the
processes
of
puberty
and
pupation.
4 7
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
Data-based
Female
males
toads
into
and
deposit
happens
an
question:
frogs
sperm
externally.
aquatic
lay
over
The
larval
Metamorphosis
eggs
in
them,
so
fertilized
stage
water
the
as
western
shows
and
the
fertilization
eggs
known
in
differences
two
stage
develop
spadefoot
groups
in
that
when
had
they
toad
developed
reached
Metamorphosis
the
tadpoles
into
adults.
is
water
Low
water
occurs,
This
is
taken
to
reach
same
how
stage
metamorphosis
same
a
subsequently
Time
changing
the
metamorphosis.
High
tadpole.
between
of
metamorphosis
133
90
1.9
1.2
210
380
3.5
16.5
225
325
triggered:
(days)
●
Corticosterone
causes
the
Body
production
mass
at
metamorphosis
of
proteins
that
act
as
thyroid
(grams)
hormone
Cor ticosterone
receptors
in
target
cells
in
tadpoles.
3
concentration
●
Thyroid
hormone
receptors
are
activated
●
of
thyroid
receptors
bind
to
concentration
specic
genes
●
nucleus
These
and
activated
activate
genes
hormone
(arbitrar y
1.
cause
a)
lives
eggs
in
in
between
spadefoot
desert
pools
areas
in
formed
toad
(Spea
California
by
rain.
where
the
eggs
have
and
lays
Sometimes
been
to
a
lack
of
rain.
In
an
tadpoles
laid
b)
its
a
tank
containing
3
dm
Explain
Using
all
initially
all
water,
a
high-water
environment.
the
the
data
low-water
then
transferred
to
a
tank
which
Half
of
containing
provided
a
only
0.35
low-water
dm
Suggest
the
of
R E P R O D U C T I O N
three
1.
table,
explain
stages
are
many
events
(sex
movement
humans
(egg
male
are
toad
to
which
cells).
to
are
reach
cells)
cells
at
is
The
food.
sperm
of
to
the
being
at
how
respond
to
western
able
different
water
the
life
the
to
times
in
levels.
female
by
in
in
gamete
the
of
is
the
male
In
and
and
animals,
but
and
Male
gametes
female
and
because
making
owering
grains
female
larger
smaller,
easier.
ovaries.
cycles?
cycle:
always
is
testes
pollen
life
plants
the
gamete
gamete
by
inside
ovules.
cycle
stage
male
produced
sexual
production
female
nuclei
inside
of
all
some
The
produced
are
in
types
occur
stored
gametes
egg
occur
different
always
contains
ova
tadpoles
table
gametes
4 8
the
toad
them
Gametogenesis
it
mass.
which
The
What
There
body
same
water,
environment.
in
advantages
response
of
in
gave
3
size
and
environment.
metamorphose
were
difference
spadefoot
spadefoot
them
high
raised
3.
of
in
mass
of
3
in
raised
body
shrink
investigation
were
groups
in
the
a
metamorphosis,
the
difference
water.
western
due
the
hammondii)
2.
pools
receptor
units)
Calculate
low
western
)
them.
metamorphosis.
The
(pg/cm
in
levels
the
hormone
3
hormone.
Thyroid
Activated
)
by
Thyroid
binding
(pg/cm
in
gametes
plants
female
are
the
gametes
2.
Fer tilization
produce
gamete
a
It
of
is
stage
in
of
number
(n).
the
but
plant
life
some
male
and
so
the
is
the
to
Zygotes
cycle
below
plants
and
with
female
female
nucleus
cell.
by
gametes
of
This
human
number
the
of
to
male
doubles
gametes
the
contain
fertilization
cell
has
46.
chromosomes
the
gametes
diploid
as
a
with
much
is
of
used
46
are
at
of
to
halve
the
chromosomes
produced.
called
number
part
the
The
haploid
chromosomes
gametogenesis,
but
in
earlier.
separate
are
division
cells
chromosomes
the
are
of
human
happens
there
the
23
in
animals
the
egg
produced
type
When
happens
it
the
and
cycle.
have
meiosis
male
example,
halve
life
cells
species
For
of
zygote
special
number.
of
fertilization
nucleus
sexual
male
and
female
hermaphrodite—they
parents,
produce
both
gametes.
male
female
gamete
gamete
(n)
(n)
meiosis
adult
fusion
chromosomes
Usually
some
a
meiosis,
number
(2n).
In
by
the
essential
which
chromosome
divide
the
chromosomes.
therefore
Meiosis
is
During
with
chromosomes,
some
3.
zygote.
fuses
number
23
which
male
meiosis
adult
fer tilization
(2n)
female
(2n)
z ygote
(2n)
growth
How
does
meiosis
growth
halve
the
number
of
P H YS I O L O G Y
chromosomes?
Chromosomes
are
associated
contains
genes
in
a
a
long
separate
arranged
sperm
or
characteristic
24in
are
with
egg
two
gametes
thenumber
number.
In
sequence
of
a
of
it.
All
in
fuse
to
cell,
one
of
polar
with
are
inherited
in
are
23
animals
and
a
8
in
zygote
from
two
from
plants
in
different
chromosomes
bears
doubles
there
a
there
and
produce
chromosomes
genes,
plant
which
chromosome
humans,
number
37
diploid
molecules,
Every
molecule,
In
cell.
haploid
chimpanzees,
When
DNA
along
an
DNA
proteins.
a
sequence
species
in
their
during
of
a
gametes:
example.
fertilization,
haploid
mother
have
for
chromosomes
the
animals
chromosomes
garlic,
the
and
gamete
to
the
with
and
one
diploid
each
from
thefather.
4 9
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
Special
staining
sequences
structure
have
of
is
been
a
genes
cells
spread
u
are
have
to
human
chromosomes
sequence
procedures
be
out
by
next
of
to
To
the
bursting
so
each
each
chromosomes
distinguished.
nucleus.
rearranged
two
allow
that
a
In
the
right
image
are
diploid
with
other.
It
is
clear
type
of
below,
stained
cell.
To
chromosomes
numbered
different
the
with
from
this
the
spherical
chromosomes
left
the
are
the
same
image
that
same
gene
that
diploid
chromosome.
Numbers have been assigned
to human chromosomes, going
from chromosome 1, which is
the largest, to 22 which is the
smallest. The 23rd chromosome
type determines whether
a person is male or female.
There are two possible sex
chromosomes, which have been
assigned the letters X and Y
Before
meiosis
replicated,
so
molecules,

Cell
at
the
star t
chromosomes
of
meiosis
paired
with
described
together
in
all
the
DNA
chromosome
with
Chapter
9.
the
molecules
consists
associated
Because
of
this
of
in
two
the
nucleus
identical
proteins.
DNA
replication,
are
DNA
replication
there
are
is
enough
up
DNA
molecules
producing
that
the
Each
each
of
of
four
the
the
cells
numbered
the
middle
been
up
of
be
of
of
23
diploid
cells.
types
free
by
types
of
cell.
are
It
The
to
divide
is
the
twice
rst
rst
nuclear
but
1,
division
pair
up
just
diagram
three
and
chromosomes.
these
must
To
get
help
with
membrane
The
5
during
of
meiosis,
two
divisions
halved.
chromosome.
move.
(chromosomes
of
the
of
to
during
chromosome
chromosomes,
pairs
cell
is
chromosomes
produced
the
included
would
one
numbered
the
pairing
for
haploid
number
chromosomes
5 0
begins,
each
the
down,
left
In
a
full
this,
other
in
so
shows
chromosome
11).
of
ensure
each
breaks
to
one
types
human
the
this
have
cell
there
Protein
each
bres
chromosome
microtubules
the
cell
division
The
poles,
of
one
two
prepare
connected
DNA
The
to
all
the
pole.
This
each
chromosome.
each
of
of
half
ensures
(poles)
the
to
each
two
of
total
the
the
pair
cells
that
cell.
poles,
are
connect
which
connected
produced
number
These
after
of
by
to
the
rst
chromosomes
chromosomes.
by
the
rst
division.
of
in
the
division
which
that
of
Microtubules
chromosomes.
one
each
ends
constructed
chromosomes
receives
pair
second
molecules,
the
are
chromosomes
produced
the
of
the
ensuring
each
cells
for
one
pull
meiosis
of
microtubules
to
then
divides.
opposite
and
called
Each
becomes
both
poles
meiosis
are
immediately
again
chromosome
connected
receive
by
one
constructed
consists
of
two
microtubules
DNA
and
molecule
to
from

Cell
of
during
meiosis
moving
we
think

of
Two
the
The
set

produced
of
that
the
Four
How
of
each
at
the
does
different
many
from
characteristic
genetic
the
movement
molecules
rst
division
chromosomes
of
the
end
of
as
of
towards
separate
meiosis
the
poles
to
division
chromosomes
opposite
poles
begins
chromosomes.
preparing
to
four
of
the
sexual
of
children
each
during
the
produced
two
are
divisions
haploid,
of
with
meiosis
one
full
species.
of
reproduction
R E P R O D U C T I O N
change
genes?
are
other,
feature
cells
meiosis
combinations
However
this
DNA
by
chromosomes
cells
as
rst
again
movements
ensure
soon
individual
cells
divide
As
the
with
produced
unless
sexual
they
by
are
two
parents,
identical
reproduction—it
is
all
twins.
a
of
them
This
potent
is
are
a
source
of
diversity.
51
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
A
key
event
gametes.
copy
has
a
contributes
of
each
two
copies
divisions.
is
of
in
copies
or
in
matter
Let
us
so
a
also
each
gene
the
and
the
father
probably
from
zygote’s
body
the
cells
by
are
type
of
of
so
of
passes
on
X
genes
by
which
Mitosis
before.
gametes
located
mitosis,
female
together,
and
produced
differences.
and
existed
fusion
genes
male
come
combination
that
process
of
never
chromosome
(apart
The
by
fusion
produced
signicant
genes
cell
take
of
an
in
in
copy
humans
them
is
genes
out
the
A
event
one
undergoing
many
of
key
have
carries
each
genes
all
done
only
of
that
into
is
but
which
versions
cell
each
the
has
zygote
males).
to
that
of
The
another
meiosis
25,000
mother
is
is
Each
on
and
is
Y
passed
repeated
has
one
therefore
cell
similarities
described
in
9.
Meiosis
by
This
meiosis
Chapter
the
one
gene.
unchanged
with
from
reproduction
combination
chromosomes
on
sexual
Genes
producing
parent
in
sexual
of
are
if
two
meiosis,
it
is
example:
cells
a
a
gene,
same
are
on.
and
haploid
the
meiosis
passed
reproduction.
each
not
in
all
identical
However,
different
matter
Cells
two.
of
us,
and
there
it
of
chance
so
of
the
does
are
versions
produced
Some
the
two
not
alternative
are
present
which
one
in
passes
produced.
person
who
is
in
blood
group
AB
has
the
B
I
and
I
a
A
;
50%
of
the
cells
produced
by
meiosis
will
receive
I
and
B
50%
b,
I
.
If
there
meiosis
two
are
versions
four
and
of
possible
they
are
all
the
eye
colour
combinations
equally
likely,
gene
of
as
and
I
b
and
I
small
each
proportion
other
move
we
This
add
possible
1.
is
in
a
and
I
b
and
I
cell
and
entering
any
two
linked
they
pass
because
type,
into
if
alternative
we
factor
meiosis,
many
of
are
independent
with
the
gametes
them
the
by
table:
will
but
one
are
cell
close
pairs
or
of
to
genes
another
during
assortment.
versions,
in
all
the
number
we
have
they
most
there
genes
of
produce
precisely
are
with
possible
in
our
the
eight
different
combinations
lifetime,
same
it
is
combination
genes.
If
a
cell
there
with
are
of
a)
these
3
different
four
produced.
5 2
as
in
Band
produced
B
chromosome
when
gene
However
that
genes
known
another
immense.
unlikely
of
of
same
combinations
versions
is
the
independently
meiosis.
If
on
present,
cells
B
B
A
A
also
in
shown
A
B
are
genes
possible
Calculate
numbers
b)
4
versions
of
c)
of
two
combinations
the
number
genes
10
with
d)
of
genes
of
genes
possible
different
1,000
carries
in
out
the
meiosis,
cells
combinations
versions:
for
each
2.
Identical
other.
two
3.
If
4.
twin
the
and
a
the
identical
combinations
of
of
twins
of
genes.
genes
are
genes
Is
this
as
the
each
result
fertilizing
likely?
If
of
two
not,
hypothesis?
married
identical
twin
women,
would
all
same?
for
parents,
fer tilization
combinations
combinations
men
be
same
hypothesis:
better
reasons
mixed-race
the
identical
identical
offspring
Meiosis
this
with
suggest
identical
Explain
of

with
you
their
have
Consider
sperms
eggs
can
twins
greater
genetic
compared
generate
great
with
genetic
diversity
among
same-race
children
parents.
diversity
53
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
Summative
Statement
Small
of
assessment
inquiry:
chemical
changes
can
transform
our
identity.
Introduction
The
do
A
B
C
D
they
The
In
theme
and
genetic
are
the
male
X
being
or
be
far
the
1.
paired
The
start
The
X
a)
the
b)
the
and Y
the
their
ends
location
shown
end
end
of
structure
(red)
but
the
how
a
early
stages
of
whether
one
In
their
lengths,
at
their
ends,
males.
but
signicant
the
sex
of
the
division
be
Y
them
gene SRY,
carry
carried
by
Draw
in
a
testis
diagrams
to
cell
at
show
at
meiosis
of
and
allowing
transformation.
meiosis.
of
X
the
Despite
chromosomes
chromosomes
would
division
X
Y
females,
of
in
small
meiosis.
most
division
second
and
structure
shows
rst
X
chromosomes.
happens
off
determines
large
[2]
meiosis.
[2]
at
elsewhere
dierent
of
the
with
a
Y
(grey). The
gene
blue
SRY
is
2.
SRY
codes
for
a
protein
of
204
amino
acids
called
TDF
(testis
band
determining
Outline
into
3.
the
the
Until
factor
genes.
could
that
testes.
acid
The
to
genes
into
DNA
what
to
Suggest
some
the
of
six
or
the
the
weeks
places
instead
secrete
cause
the
embryonic
changes
of
a
sequence
old
females.
testes.
there
The
TDF
to
embryonic
ovaries.
development
base
of
SRY
[5]
and
specic
and
into
the
to
males
in
the
TDF
.
ovaries
testes
causes
develop
of
four
prevent
ovaries
embryo
transform
between
develop
into
are
developing
Deduce
during
that
sequence
embryos
binds
These
developing
b)
processes
amino
differences
gonads
a)
factor).
human
visible
5 4
the
X
one
the
along
chromosomes
of
–
they?
chromosomes,
rst
humans
chromosomes
same
X
are
the
in
same
sets
below
between
Y
have
they
of
these
have
two
up
meiosis
Y
are
chromosomes
have
pair
the
than
diagram
of
Males
structure
when
genes
where

in
have
differences
gender
pair
female.
chromosome,
the
X
23rd
is
extensive
of
Females
different
more
Y
how
chromosomes
chromosomes
to
assessment
basis
chromosome.
two
this
arise
humans,
we
of
is
them
to
in
transcription
certain
from
develop
hormone
gonads
no
embryonic
a
activate
gonads
are
into
testosterone.
a
female
[2]
that
testosterone
male
embryo.
will
[4]
cause
A
B
C
D
Investigating
This
reaction
amylase
happens
in
the
mouth:
salivary
amylase
starch
The
amount
takes
of
for
a
starch
of
amylase
sample
of
solution.
●
Obtain
●
Put
5
cm
●
Put
1
cm
●
Heat
●
Put
a
maltase
in
saliva
saliva
You
can
sample
of
to
can
digest
use
the
liquid
be
all
assessed
the
starch
following
saliva
by
from
testing
in
a
how
long
measured
it
quantity
protocol:
one
person.
3
of
1%
starch
of
saliva
solution
in
a
test
tube.
3
can
When
Test
a
few
into
drop
than
two
for
both
all
or
but
tube.
the
use
up
to
spotting
tile,
so
pour
the
starch
mix.
for
it
a
temperature,
starch
has
minutes,
If
on
starch.
starch
three
tests.
depressions
and
mixture
between
procedure
time
●
the
the
test
saliva
until
test
°C.
into
are
the
of
minutes
intervals
the
uids
another
37
solution
the
longer
to
repeatedly
solution
●
tubes
iodine
you
●
both
in
takes
diluted
at
30-second
been
you
less
starch
intervals
digested.
can
than
If
extend
30
solution
this
the
seconds,
or
test
at
for
a
takes
time
repeat
shorter
intervals.
Calculate
the
rate
of
starch
digestion
in
milligrams
per
minute.
4.
a)
Choose
more
amylase
in
the
saliva
of
girls
●
There
is
more
amylase
in
the
saliva
of
boys
●
There
is
no
saliva
of
the
Describe
Use
girls
how
variables.
Either
using
for
you
your
calculate
clearly.
the
Evaluate
and
between
boys
your
plan
(null
choice
to
test
the
than
amount
than
of
boys.
girls.
amylase
in
the
hypothesis).
of
hypothesis.
your
hypothesis,
[3]
including
control
[3]
whatever
display
difference
reasons
working
e)
hypotheses:
is
teacher,
d)
these
There
of
c)
of
●
Explain
b)
one
results,
average
rates
or
of
results
starch
supplied
digestion,
by
your
showing
your
[3]
chart
rates.
your
actual
or
graph
you
think
is
most
appropriate
to
[3]
hypothesis
using
the
results
of
the
experiment.
[3]
5 5
T R A N S F O R M AT I O N
A
B
C
D
The
5.
genetic
a)
The
gene
located
to
b)
be
in
of
The
a
for
a
of
inherit
gamete
of
adjacent
scatter
to
of
salivary
concentration
of
1.
more
from
in
each
all
than
one
in
amylase
Explain
gene
of
AMY1.
we
two
both
that
on
of
a
is
there
AMY1.
This
chromosome
parents.
are
gene
expect
[3]
copies
gene
This
might
humans.
the
or
DNA
is
why
Tandem
repeated,
repeats
with
the
other.
below
50
activity
repeats
bases
graph
sample
this
tandem
sequences
repeats
in
codes
humans
passed
amylase
chromosome
copies
because
are
of
that
on
two
Many
is
basis
shows
the
number
European-American
amylase
(AMY1
of
copies
individuals
protein)
in
their
of AMY1
and
also
the
saliva.
7
avilas
6
lm/nietorp
5
4
3
1YMA
2
gm
1
0
0
2
4
AMY1
i)
State
the
AMY1
ii)
AMY1
iii)
c)
the
and
Explain
The
minimum,
copies.
Outline
6
diet.
Six
traditionally
diets.
The
relationship
14
16
number
and
between
concentration
reasons
other
eat
12
copy
maximum
for
European-American
starch
gene
median
number
low
this
number
[2]
relationship.
[2]
population
starch
the
amylase.
populations
cumulative
of
diets
and
frequency
traditionally
were
that
below
eat
fo
evitalumuC
slaudividni
noitroporp
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
3
AMY1
High
4
5
diploid
6
gene
7
copy
8
9
number
Starch
European-
American
Low
Starch
a
10
the
of
high
three
high
shows
1.0
2
copies
eats
investigated,
three
graph
of
0.0
5 6
of
[3]
the
the
10
8
diploid
that
starch
results.
A
B
C
D
i)
What
ii)
Suggest
Genetic
6.
difculty
light.
orange
a)
Suggest
green
b)
The
for
next
testing
each
show?
[2]
[3]
red
of
light
of
a
green
deuteranomaly,
green
a
where
and
person
in
instead
which
person
in
to
some
see
if
the
absorbs
deuteranomaly
females
has
wavelengths
can
yellow,
be
as
populations.
they
have
red-
[4]
required
to
is
0.4%
trend.
condition
frequency
blindness.
genes
this
graph
blindness
the
form
and
the
between
absorbs
The
males
reasons
two
is
in
for
color
blindness
light.
color
located
and
normally
of
data
explanation
commonest
red
6%
the
distinguishing
that
or
as
color
in
The
pigment
high
an
does
counseling
Red-green
of
trend
for
other
normal
on
the
red
X
and
green
vision
chromosome.
These
are
genes

are
very
similar
in
base
sequence.
They
code
for
This
image
is
called
transformation
versions
a
of
the
protein
light-absorbing
opsin.
pigment.
This
Three
protein
binds
differences
in
to
retinal
base
to
form
used
that
sequence
see
cause
three
differences
in
amino
acid
sequence
in
opsin,
to
a
is
test
the
pigment
to
absorb
either
red
or
green
is
due
to
the
presence
of
a
and
vision. The
normal
person
is
number
would
into
another
which
with
red-green
color
light.
blindness.
Deuteranomaly
plate
transformed
number
cause
a
different
changed
version
are
of
Fur ther
available
at
images
http://www.
vischeck.com.
the
gene
coding
for
the
green-absorbing
opsin.
277
277
tyrosine

phenylalanine
The
red-
285
180
and
coding
alanine
alanine
versions
of
opsin
regions. The
1
From
the
2
boy
language
c)
Genetic
have
a
of
the
with
that
d)
5
with
should
be
i)
a
son
ii)
a
daughter
that
a
and
is
his
inheriting
on
such
deuteranomaly
to
has
the
3
4
given,
5
write
deuteranomaly
to
use
clear
the
and
6
have
amino
dierences
that
absorption
are
six
acid
aect
light
indicated.
an
for
a
simple
[4]
parents
If
chances
who
a
normal
condition
it.
been
condition.
wife
inheriting
the
Try
2
of
understand.
about
the
have
causes
offered
Discuss
as
you
genetic
given
effects
1
condition.
would
counselling
child
6
probable
this
he
deuteranomaly
that
4
information
explanation
young
3
for
green-absorbing
285
180
threonine
serine
genes
might
husband
vision,
has
explain
advice
of
[2]
[2]
identity
might
that
having
have.
a
genetic
condition
[3]
57
3
To
Form
make
shapes,
you
sense
of
whether
solve
the
the
world
from
around
descriptions
us
or
Some
come
par ts
Y
ou
But
in
of
can
dierent
me
put
there’s
are
5 8
twigs?
on
directly
me
only
colors
curvy,
and
some
anywhere
one
What
Two
by
rely
recognizing
obser ving
place
am

shapes.
are
you’d
that’s
I?
Two
leaves?
straight.
like,
right.
familiar
them.
riddle?
I

we
Can
Endless
forms
most
beautiful
and
Charles

Rhinoceros

Blue
It
beetle
poison
is
not
(Oryctes
arrow
frog
separable,
being
Dar win,
for
tinctorius)
form
nor
can
to
most
wonder ful
have
been
evolved.
On the Origin of Species
nasicornis)
(Dendrobates
possible
are
and
do
Two-owered

Red
starsh
without
matter
Rober t

itself
orchid
(Echinaster
matter
be
(Bulbophyllum
sepositus)
because
purged
of
biorum)
it
is
not
form.
Grosseteste
)eceip
elzzup
wasgij
A(
5 9
F O R M
Introduction
Observing,
appear
Key
in
describing,
nature
identifying
stands
at
the
and
core
of
classifying
science,
the
as
forms
does
that
understanding
concept: Relationships
the
relationships
Form
Related
concept:
is
the
context:
shape
and
them.
structure
of
an
organism.
We
are
all
very
Form
familiar
Global
between
Identities
form
and
with
the
between
human
form
and
we
can
notice
small
differences
in
individuals.
relationships
There
is
natural
as
by
Our
for
and

own
6 0
been
is
an
also
species.
is
used
classify
form
try
what
to
global
to
their
Across
name
important
us
diversity
order
novel.
organisms
allows
The
to
of
part
of
between
between
How
organisms
the
myriad
life
world
on
by
human
Earth.
is
generalizing
societies,
and
It
shared
as
well
distinctive
features
have
groups.
of
assess
context
of
organisms
into
do
you
of
own
a
know
hair
who
style
or
you
hat
are?
is
our
how
this
Identity
just
a
small
minds.
inquiry:
Relationships
differences
to
amount
identity.
closely
chapter
Knowledge
related
is
we
of
are
therefore
to
identities
relationships.
our
of
to
form
Choice
Statement
humans
have
used
human
other
tremendous
recognizing
features
been
a
are
of
revealed
forms.
by
similarities
and
in
humans
sign
of
develops
this,
but
from
identity
an
early
itself
age.
resides
in
How
is
form
Similarities
and
basis
natural
of
the
classication
animal,
and
called
similar
classes;
divided
level
This
of
system
of
taxon
for
table,
diverse
and
is
and
new
most
the
of
or
taxon
in
and
of
further
phylum
into
is
were
life,
for
divides
of
original
used
example,
kingdoms
into
similar
into
the
commonly
divided
groups
families
which
groups,
taxa)
class.
of
kingdoms
One
groups
orders;
genera.
into
The
of
orders
lowest
species.
larger
form
species
organisms.
system
families;
the
between
of
divided
classication,
kingdom
a
form
This
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
classication?
individual
are
similar
(singular
with
Largest
An
classes
larger
example,
in
recognizes
fungus.
phyla.
into
in
classication
classication
successively
A
differences
system
plant
groups
are
used
is
any
Some
domain
Taxon
similar
is
species
called
type
of
the
group
examples
added
are
above
are
put
hierarchy
in
the
into
of
taxa.
hierarchy,
shown
in
the
kingdom.
Humans
Neander thals
Chimpanzee
African
elephant
groups
Domain
Eukar yota
Eukar yota
Eukar yota
Eukar yota
Kingdom
Animalia
Animalia
Animalia
Animalia
Phylum
Chordata
Chordata
Chordata
Chordata
Class
Mammalia
Mammalia
Mammalia
Mammalia
Order
Primates
Primates
Primates
Proboscidea
Family
Hominidae
Hominidae
Hominidae
Elephantidae
Genus
Homo
Homo
Pan
Loxodonta
Species
sapiens
neander thalensis
troglodytes
cyclotis
Smallest and least
diverse groups
L TA
Communication
Use
and
skills
interpret
a
range
of
discipline -specic
terms
What
a
is
the
mountain
different
name
To
is
lion?
names
Puma
address
different
a
difference
issues
standardized
relies
the
on
that
isn’t
to
may
the
naming
use
languages
refer
for
about
the
There
to
a
puma,
one!
the
In
same
a
cougar,
popular
animal,
a
panther
culture
whose
we
and
use
these
scientic
concolor.
names
confusion
between
of
which
of
arise
same
across
system
and
academics
is
being
Greek
when
using
have
that
because
developed
avoids
discussed.
words
the
from
scientists
(nomenclature)
organism
Latin
cultures
organism,
This
these
nomenclature
system
were
system
was
developed.
61
F O R M
Despite
attempts
creation
life
and
of
to
standardize
databases
The
such
catalogue
of
as
life
naming,
the
has
variation
Encyclopedia
assisted
in
of
the
still
life,
effort
exists.
The
to
The
tree
of
address
this
variation.
L TA
Information
literacy
Understand
A
a
database
way
you
rst
that
the
is
that
it
to
answer
Tracking
the
a
be
learned
your
down
of
easily
database,
be
to
use
collection
can
visit
have
Access
a
and
skills
there
to
family,
Even
genus,
within
different.
harmful
species
is
eld
called
that
experts
eating
6 2
Agaricus campestris
in
it
in
species
are
Enter
this
the
organized
and
some
in
updated.
procedural
database,
chapter.
of
that
is,
such
When
steps
determine
Life
species
Record
(kingdom,
can
to
usually
can
there
called
studied
form
who
often
the
Catalogue
organism
the
be
mushroom
similar
toxic

These
have
is
name
the
phylum,
of
any
complete
class,
order,
species).
one
humans
The
the
that
managed
taxonomy
database
of
are
“query”
systems
question.
mentioned
taxonomy
information
accessed,
(www.catalogueoife.org).
organism
technology
can
forms
form
of
of
be
the
Agaricus
causes
identify
and
campestris
destroying
liver
wild
failure
by
that
death
form
distinctly
the
earliest
benecial
forms
delicious
their
Amanita virosa
are
From
Amanita
and
them.

so
useful
is
angel
fungi
that
species.
organisms
distinguished
the
varieties
to
can
eat,
virosa,
if
be
selected.
but
it
which
ingested.
should
times,
and
risk
is
so
Only
How
Each
can
species
Closely
of
strong
re.
Western
Orford
cedar
and
Humans
have
animals.
You
A
each
of
form
like
to
to
the
an
The
are
and
to
members
key
looking
1.
2.
4.
5.
the
The
the
a
(Cedrus
that
used
in
features
here
will
leaves
let
from
Leaves
are
shorter
15–50
short
best
to
the
key
should
side
the
mm
identify
branches
needles
scales
are
ovoid
(spurs)
light
the
Atlas
that
of
the
and
had
world:
deodara),
cedar
Port
(Cryptomeria
plants
either
a
and
reading
dichotomous
numberered
about
the
through
key.
specic
of
the

stages.
species
name
be
Cedar
trees
on
Mount
Lebanon
features
we
would
species
or
conspicuous—they
constant—shared
on
different
on
by
all
shorter
Needles
in
whorls
of
30–50,
shorter
Needles
in
whorls
of
10–20,
15–30
smells
Tips
shoots
sour
30
cedar
by
from
the
the
section
stem ............................................ .........1
stem ........................................................ 5
and
clustered
in
whorls
of
10–40
stems ................................................................................ 3
transverse
section
.................................Cryptomeria
japonica
........................................................................................
Cedrus
mm
smooth,
deodara
...................................................................................................... 4
stout
than
mm
and
25
long
mm
.................................................
Cedrus
atlantica
............................................................
Cedrus
eshy,
scales
do
not
have
translucent
libani
glands,
fruity ..................................................................................................................... 6
thin
and
harsh,
scales
have
a
translucent
gland,
foliage
parsley ............................................................................ Chamaecyparis
uniformly
with
long
than
shoots
foliage
of
mm
in
of
trees.
against
transverse
older
rhombic
out
pressed
in
species
mature
spread
Needles
leafy
long,
that
that
long,
shoots
mm
you
side
35–50
Foliage
by
be
Needles
Foliage
parts
familiar
of
should
also
5–15
of
in
trees
(Cedrus
is
decay
occidentalis).
describes
us
and
but
other
statements
lead
are
the
It
pests,
libani)
using
Needles
of
to
Japanese
cedars
or
around
furniture.
cedar
recognize
of
species.
there
key.
elongated
Tips
in
sequence
pair
either
are
Needles
to
plant
so
species.
shown
at
smells
6.
a
one
will
form
see.
of
in
a
and
(Thuja
species
of
years
resistance
Deodar
cedar
other
even
overexploited,
unfamilar
Leaves
on
3.
stage
of
the
This
its
discovered
ability
consider
of
lawsoniana),
white
consists
choose
features
The
we
identify.
easy
were
possible
key
of
all
but
P L A N TS
plants?
them.
buildings
plicata),
identify
each
from
similar
Lebanon
were
(Thuja
inbuilt
can
of
stage,
next
timber
form
thousands
ships,
in
in
identify
identify
because
atlantica)
Northern
dichotomous
In
for
to
very
to
(Chamaecyparis
japonica)
descriptions
used
growing
cedar
be
used
construct
similar
red
different
durable
(Cedrus
form
may
be
been
trees
Mountains
produced
to
and
Cedar
can
has
Mediterrean
is
species
that
Cedarwood
use
plant
related
differences
but
we
yellowish
white
streaks
green
below,
below,
smelling
smelling
of
of
cooked
apples
..................Thuja
lawsoniana
occidentalis
pineapples .........................................
Thuja
plicata
63
F O R M
Conifers
Using
(Class
1.
Trees
and
a
dichotomous
shrubs
Use
the
stems
and
They
produce
male
cones
gametes
in
and
female
not
in
the
key
to
photos
recognize
the
different
types
of
A–D.
in
A
B
C
D
female
then
cones.
produce
shown
leaves.
pollen
and
dichotomous
with
cedar
roots,
key
Pinopsida)
seeds
They
owers
do
or
fruits.
Species
far:
discovered
so
630
2.
Every
species
genus
3.
a
for
Some
species
All
an
the
Western
example
name.
a)
them
being
b)
them
being
together
5.
This
key
reasons
in
out
local
park
could
the
6 4
your
Find
and
the
in
key
same
are
as
a
is
binomial,
the
genus
consisting
and
the
of
a
species
in
key
have
the
reasons
types
reasons
types
the
of
for
cedar
genus
name.
this.
according
to
their
for:
of
several
same
cedar
different
genera
and
not
all
genus.
smells
of
the
the
classied
smells
What
explain
regarded
the
given
cedar?
Explain
as
plants
distinguishing
not
usually
features.
being
used
Suggest
in
keys.
own
what
base
tree.
the
includes
for
identication
Make
and
in
is
name.
red
included
species
English
organism
species
name
Give
4.
and
of
identication
types
make
key
of
a
trees
grow
key
on
dichotomous
just
on
leaf
your
key
school
for
campus
identifying
characterstics
or
on
all
or
in
them.
parts
of
a
You
Reptiles
Same
or
Predict
placed
by
dierent?
whether
in
the
nding
the
same
the
ve
or
species
different
classication
shown
groups
using
the
in
the
and
photographs
then
test
Catalogue
of
your
Life
(Class
are
prediction
website.
A
class
of
animals
skin
vertebrate
with
and
species
Reptilia)
lungs.
have
females
a
lay
dry
scaly
Most
four
eggs
legs
with
and
soft
shells.

Varanus komodoensis (Komodo

Pseudonaja textilis (Eastern
dragon)
brown
snake)
Species
far:


Caiman crocodilus (spectacled
caiman)
and
do
we
dierent
so
10,300
tur tle)
Podocnemis
sextuberculata (Amazon
How
Chelonia mydas (green
discovered
river
tur tle)
decide
forms
of
if
a
organisms
species
or
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
are
dierent
species?
All
members
features
are
Members
of
of
a
insignicant,
species
are
famously
such
a
those
To
forms
we
us
what
to
one
agree
makes
features
vary.
is
who
are
species
members
a
of
to
or
be
their
variations
split
into
may
be
separate
were
species
These
constant
identication.
whether
who
many
form.
species
and
forms
species.
on
are
small
the
the
the
two
of
a
Darwin
sides
splitters,
of
and
lumpers”.
lump
to
split
species
a
of
for
debatable
biologists
make
the
whether
what
to
for
keys
The
often
enough
few
decide
It
terms
“Those
make
within
also
bigger.
different
share
dichotomous
species
or
debate:
need
species
in
invented
who
help
a
used
is.
species
together
them
The
recognizably
into
key
similar.
two
to
Two
this
or
is
different
more
species,
understanding
factors
hold
a
species
together:
6 5
F O R M
●
interbreeding—if
produce
●
adaptation—if
will
This
need
leads
ray-nned
Actinopterygii)
A
of
animals
and
of
a
with
bone
scales,
rather
cartilage.
with
vertebrate
skeleton
a
They
single
(operculum)
ns
for
gills
covering
and
a
a
of
organisms
will
breed
remain
organisms
with
each
other
populations
in
ferox.
denition
of
similar
lake
to
Gillaroo
are
red
ferox
spots;
a
brown
form
sonaghen
similar
have
the
same
lifestyle,
they
of
in
species:
a
group
of
interbreeding
form.
in
have
are
Melvin
north-western
trout.
have
silvery
Lough
These
separate
golden
with
black
silvery
with
trout
Ireland
populations
local
anks
ns,
few
are
names:
with
many
that
has
sufciently
gillaroo,
large
black
three
red
sonaghen
spots;
spots
and
a
few
spots.
swim
of
the
forms
has
particular
feeding
preferences.
Gillaroo
feed
buoyancy.
ferox
open
move
are
on
from
of
breed
larger
lake
other
move
Lough
upstream
and
the
lterfeed
Gillaroo
water
choosing
snails
predators
back
reverse
discovered
on
sonaghen
water.
carries
in
to
bed,
mostly
sh—including
Melvin
of
lake.
the
slower-owing
in
zooplankton
downstream
the
one
on
to
the
to
shallow
in
deep
smaller
breed
in
sea
and
the
and
ferox
inlet
rivers
rivers
to
the
and
and
trout—in
the
Sonaghen
inlet
water,
water,
river
do
lake,
the
with
sonaghen
ferox
smaller
ones.
28,000

Gillaroo

Sonaghen
II
elbairav
SONAGHEN
FEROX
ESKE
lacinonac
GILLAROO
canonical

Ferox
that
offspring
so
faster-owing
6 6
and
adaptations.
is
whereas
far:
same
are
Melvin
principally
Species
group
Lough
Each
bladder
a
of
they
question:
and
than
have
offspring
Data-based
different
made
gill
to
that
group
sh
(Class
class
the
us
organisms
Bony
viable
a
variable
I
Samples
Melvin
of
the
1.
an
Describe
brown
the
trout
measured.
the
Deduce
three
from
Analysis
which
shown
forms
Discuss
forms
Lough
of
the
of
trout
Eske.
data
combines
from
Thirty
resulted
the
Lough
aspects
in
a
differences
graph
between
the
each
1.
Which
2.
Give
3.
What
4.
Suggest
is
the
three
you
can
the
other
a
can
parts
of
gillaroo,
sonaghen
them.
interbreeding
between
the
Melvin.
forms
of
Lough
Melvin
trout
are
of
the
ordination
of
brown
trout
from
Asymmetric
show
or
photo
of
face
side
and
the
of
of
in
Abraham
the
which
differences
you
of
the
right
form
face
show
form
draw
about
body
where
the
a
left
between
Lincoln’s
the
Lincoln.
with
left
One
mirror
side
the
and
left
shows
image
right
and
a
normal
view
and
the
alongside.
sides
right
of
sides
the
of
face?
Lincoln’s
face.
face?
and
the
right
sides
are
different
in:
form
form.
signicant
have
nd
all
left
normal
conclusion
is
to
been
Lough
three
examples
internal
face
between
not.
here
show
b)
try
in
the
or
has
question:
external
and
there
form
illustrations
signicance
a)
Our
the
in
Eske.
photographs
others
in
trout
species
Data-based
The
of
whether
Discuss
Lough
similarities
whether
separate
4.
of
ordination,
ferox
three
3.
also
were
as
obtained
forms.
and
2.
and
form
known
were
it
out
part
showing
how
of
our
more
in
symmetrical
identity.
Some
photographs.
it
is
and
what
people
If
you
you
prefer
one
manipulate
would
look
side
a
like
of
their
digital
if
you
face
image
had
of
to
the
your
exact
other
own
face
symmetry.
67
F O R M
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
How
All
humans
form,
but
spend
at
much
so
possible
belong
we
tend
much
seeing
do
to
to
time
differences
that
humans
the
same
notice
species
at
that
would
do
so
differences.
looking
humans
dier
we
other
indeed
should
Perhaps
humans
miss
differ
in
in
be
and
in
very
this
other
more
form?
is
similar
because
become
species.
form
than
in
we
adept
It
is
also
other
species.

The
children
represent
separated
Inuit
of
Swedes
and
in
these
humans
par ts
the
of
of
photos
from
the
Arctic, Yao
nor th-west
Aborigines
of
widely
world:
of
China,
Europe
Australia
The
two
factors
interbreeding
50,000
spread
has
have
1
or
because
how
Are
2
part
Are
of
there
of
many
that
form
the
have
greatly
different
types
in
differences
and
hair
they
differences
a
the
more
Africa
separated
the
could
form
not
of
are
in
Over
and
is
have
between
not
similarities
then
separation
humans
therefore
easy
developed.
humans?
usually
differences
are
past
populations.
world,
It
form
the
geographical
lifestyle.
form
in
out
around
of
similar
lifestyle.
This
colour
are
or
species
migrated
world.
differences
skin
of
same
between
vary
because
more
to
the
interbreeding
signicant
Remember
be
parts
signicant
there
members
humans
all
conditions
developed
see
make
adaptation
so,
almost
prevented
Also,
to
years
to
that
and
of
in
considered
to
structure.
form
between
humans?
3
Our
physical
identity
6 8
are
form
there?
is
part
of
our
identity.
What
other
parts
of
our
Which
animals
are
most
similar
in
form
to
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
humans?
The
in
small
form
are
group
are
the
of
species
in
the
recognized
in
this
apes.
family
pygmaeus
Pongo
abelii
gorilla
Gorilla
beringei
troglodytes
Pan
paniscus
are
scientic
Currently,
most
similar
language,
seven
they
species
are
(Bornean
orangutan)
orangutan)
gorilla)
(Eastern
gorilla)
(common
chimpanzee)
(bonobo)
sapiens
the
humans
more
Hominidae.
(Western
Pan
are
which
use
(Sumatran
Gorilla
What
to
To
family:
Pongo
Homo
1.
animals
great
(humans)
similarities
in
form
between
human
hands
and
the

hands
of
orangutan,
bonobos
and
gorillas?
These
hands
photos
with
orangutan
2.
What
are
the
differences
in
form
between
these
Considering
bonobos
and
differences
4.
The
great
Pan,
the
other
aspects
gorillas,
between
apes
Pongo,
species
are
Gorilla
should
are
of
there
them
and
currently
and
be
the
external
more
How
classied
of
similarities
(top
left),
of
bonobo
right)
and
gorilla
(above)
orangutan,
or
more
humans?
classied
Homo.
form
human
hands
hands?
(top
3.
show
the
do
in
four
we
together
different
decide
in
the
genera:
whether
same
some
of
genus?
Thumbless
Humans
ve
have
ngers.
trying
to
do
these
Write
2.
Compose
3.
Tie
4.
Open
Can
you
using
with
a
a
text
bottle
nd
your
a
the
tasks
thumb
and
advantage
without
of
using
four
an
ngers
rather
opposable
either
of
your
than
thumb
by
thumbs:
pen.
shoelace
a
opposable
Discover
1.
a
an
message
or
a
with
task
on
your
cell
phone
(mobile
phone).
necktie.
a
that
screwcap.
is
even
more
difcult
to
do
without
thumbs?
6 9
F O R M
Data-based
The
number
example,
table
of
the
shows
described
question:
species
bee
current
and
per
genus
how
Splitting
genus
Andrena
estimates
many
and
varies
from
consists
for
how
different
Number
of
of
1
to
over
many
genera
over
1,300
species
they
are
Number
genera
Group
lumping
1,000.
species
have
of
Mean
of
The
been
classied
species
For
into.
number
species
per
genus
Birds
Anthophila
Primates
monkeys
4.65
425
16,230
38.2
72
463
6.43
39
88
2.26
14,000
350,000
(bees)
and
apes)
(whales,
and
Flowering
1.
10,600
(lemurs,
Cetaceans
dolphins
2,280
porpoises)
plants
Calculate
the
mean
number
of
species
per
genus
of
owering
plants.
2.
Suggest
reasons
for
a
high
number
for
a
higher
of
species
per
genus
in
the
Anthophila.
3.
Suggest
genus
4.
B I O D I V E R S I T Y

7 0
Sperm
whale
(Physeter catodon)
than
Suggest
genus
reasons
the
What
type
Consider
these
number
of
primates
per
cetaceans.
reasons
in
mean
for
the
owering
of
four
larger
plants
mean
than
number
in
classication
the
is
Whale
shark
species
best?
animals:

of
birds.
(Rhincodon typus)
per

Manatee
Which
is
(Trichechus manatus)
the
odd
one
out?

If
you
used
a
single
Elephant
feature
(Loxodonta africana)
to
decide,
such
Mammals
as
the
environment
where
these
animals
live,
you
have
produced
(Class
an
articial
together
might
the
classication.
organisms
think
same
because
Which
that
the
family,
the
that
whale
makes
that
the
This
are
not
whale,
of
and
type
of
closely
the
shark
underwater
the
manatee
shark—a
classication
related.
and
the
For
This
mammals,
cartilaginous
sh—the
all
is
odd
be
the
one
A
you
belong
would
as
to
wrong
elephant.
out.
class
of
animals
glands
hair,
birds
and
insects
all
have
wings,
so
they
could
be
this
would
vertebrate
with
for
offspring.
feeding
ear
in
an
articial
classication,
but
be
there
are
many
differences
between
bones
and
a
in
have
their
double
system
with
unhelpful
four
because
young
placed
circulatory
together
mammary
Mammals
three
middle
Bats,
Mammalia)
grouping
example,
manatee
organisms.
are
risks
chambers
in
their
them.
heart.
To
of
avoid
the
articial
relationships
different
features
way,
they
with
reasonable
example,
will
classication,
feed
before
produce
we
its
between
predict
young
with
can
so
the
that
milk
a
aim
they
group
to
need
that
of
discovered
produced
to
by
the
the
closeness
consider
together.
allow
characteristics
newly
reect
organisms
classications
condence,
can
species,
they
natural
biologists
us
to
mother’s
In
this
predict,
species.
species
many
For
of
mammal
mammary
Species
glands.
far:
Articial
classication
does
not
have
a
predictive
discovered
so
5,520
value.
71
F O R M
Cartilaginous sh
Data-based
question:
Sperm
whales
and
whale
sharks
(Class Elasmobranchii)
A
class
of
animals
scales,
vertebrate
with
ns
The
diagrams
here
show
the
bone
structure
of
a
ipper
and
a
n:
placoid
and
a
skeleton
humerus
basal
made
of
cartilage
radial
than
bone.
They
plates
rather
have
rods
(made
(made
of
car tilage)
(made
of
collagen)
of
car tilage)
gills
with
slits
and
multiple
no
swim
gill
bladder.
ulna
radius
1
5
fin
rays
4
2
1
Species
discovered
3
What
and
far:
are
the
similarities
between
the
ipper
of
a
sperm
whale
so
the
pectoral
n
of
a
whale
shark?
1,150
2.
Compare
the
3.
contrast
the
form
of
the
skeleton
in
the
n
and
ipper.
Compare
by
and
other
nding
out
aspects
of
whether
form
each
in
sperm
animal
has
whales
the
and
whale
following
sharks
structures:
diaphragm, gills, intestines, kidneys, lungs, mammary glands, nostrils,
navel,
toes
and
vertebrae.
You
could
show
your
ndings
in
a
table
using ticks or crosses to indicate whether a structure is present or not.
4.
Discuss
whether
grouped
The
together
diagrams
manatee
sperm
and
here
of
an
in
a
show
whales
natural
the
and
whale
sharks
should
be
classication.
bone
structure
of
the
front
limb
of
a
elephant.
humerus
ulna
radius
humerus
ulna
radius
5.
Considering
sperm
discuss
6.
Predict
navels.
72
the
whales
which
with
a
limb
and
of
bone
other
them
reason
structure
features
should
be
whether
of
of
the
elephants,
form
classied
manatees
of
manatees
these
and
animals,
together.
and
elephants
have
What
are
the
main
groups
of
P L A N TS
owering
plants?
The
owering
any
other
hierarchy
Two
plants
plant
of
classes
group
taxa
have
dicotyledons.
are
in
they
huge
most
are
been
The
a
a
group
habitats
phylum,
recognized
table
shows
that
in
the
on
so
are
land.
are
the
In
abundant
the
divided
past:
typical
more
than
in
these
Angiospermophyta)
classes.
two
and
groups.
Plants
and
with
leaves
owers
Monocots
long
and
narrow,
or
oblong
Leaves
broad
and
ver y
varied
in
with
of
leaf
wrapped
round
stem
Leaf
attached
petiole
Parallel
leaf
veins
Leaf
roots
attached
to
the
(leaf
veins
Primar y
stem
in
other
and
multiples
One
This
a
of
plant
is
a
not
in
of
the
ower
to
the
stem
with
in
leaf )
just
one.
form
as
certain
or
fours
Two
classication
If
a
you
you
dicot
can,
because
use
you
roots
a
branched
this
a
within
the
ovules
containing
into
two
natural
to
branching
other
The
it
classes.
Some
relationships
impossible
and
the
monocotyledons
Because
of
to
this
problems
simply
calling
or
other
any
is
evidence
of
these
than
decide
many
table
the
from
par ts
stem
Ovules
develop
with
into
seeds
into
fruits.
and
ovaries
it
of
the
ower
ves
aspects
to
of
form
determine
look
some
at
as
are
whether
many
monocots
others,
the
with
many
that
taxa
the
as
and
aspects
dicots
in
are
the
how
of
be
the
owering
divided
more
tree
of
many
some
clades
into
closely
a
of
are
diagram
of
traditional
shown
plant
there
biologists
of
are
far:
discovered
so
268,000
a
seven
to
here.
make
should
owering
instead
plants
related
owering
classes
classication
groups,
the
monocotyledons
groups
organisms
within
the
should
eight
other
of
division
groups
objectively
groups
the
the
dicotyledons
problem
all
doubt
between
with
of
into
There
but
groups.
female
respects.
thrown
group,
separate
the
has
are
network
Species
Research
ovary
cotyledons
should
because
attached
and
or
and
Enclosed
stalk)
root
Stamens
in
(seed
monocot
plant’s
atypical
par ts
three
natural
included,
the
other
cotyledon
is
stamens
pollen,
ovaries.
gametes.
Unbranched
Stamens
roots
also
shape
with
Base
stems,
and
Dicots
producing
Leaves
plants
(Phylum
traditional
into
monocotyledons
form
Flowering
be.
plants
recommend
phyla,
classes
hierarchy.
Amborellales
Flowering
Nymphaeales
plants
Austrobaileyales
Chloranthales
magnoliids
monocots
basal
dicots
eudicots
73
F O R M
Monocot
Are
the
What
or
the
other
dicot?
four
plant
monocots
species
and
in
the
dicots
photos
can
you
monocots
nd
or
growing
dicots?
near
your
school?

Tradescantia virginiana (spider wor t)

Syringa vulgaris (lilac)

Hibiscus waimeae (aloalo)

Erythronium grandiorum (glacier
P L A N TS
Does
mathematics
help
us
lily)
understand
form?
One
and
In
of
the
form
this
most
by
book,
of
living
out
many
74
parallels
in
design
in
living
in
between
the
many
plant
and
organisms
in
their
that
biology
instances
and
is On
in
structures
he
He
and
saw
also
the
continue
incorporate
growth
1917.
where
forms.
engineers
already
form.
of
published
animal
engineering
Mathematicians
problems
history
Thompson,
describes
relationships
organisms.
inspiration
books
Wentworth
Thompson
mathematical
pointed
famous
D’Arcy
form
to
nd
solutions
to
Thompson
of
leaves
number
21,
be
34,
pointed
and
is
owers
the
55,
out
sum
89
calculated
and
and
of
so
using
that
the
the
on.
this
there
⎛1
⎝
The
a
pineapple,
spiral
rows
rows.
in
numbers
a
whole
in
⎛1
⎝
√5
−
this
numbers:
number
in
the
1,
arrangement
series,
1,
2,
each
3,
Fibonacci
5,
8,
series
13,
can
√5 ⎞
directions
and
Fibonacci
⎠
2
example,
direction
the
In
the
n
for
Two
one
series.
preceding
nth
between
∙
⎠
2
link
equation:
1
√5 ⎞
−
√5
In
+
∙
=
n
a
Fibonacci
two
n
1
F
is
the
of
subunits
rows
thirteen
series.
can
in
be
the
You
are
can
arranged
seen.
other
There
in
radiating
are
eight
spiral
direction—adjacent
check
this
next
time
you
see
pineapple.

A
a
romanesco
remarkable
conforms
series,
spiral
the
rows
spiral
each
Count
there
If
the
in
leaves
number
each
are
test
next
3
or
this,
leaf
between
a
the
stem
is
with
0
and
a
many
and
where
the
the
the
rows
the
singly
of
near
two
to
a
the
lower
attached
How
Leaf
fraction
Are
positioning
start
that
more).
spiral
attached
whorls—the
To
of
direction?
to
leaf
leaves
on
stem
does
of
the
is
is
spiral
above
the
in
in
the
(Leaf
0)
above
rotate
it?
You
number
number
of
of
head.
the
than
follows
stem
directly
the
ower
adjacent
also
a
the
directly
numerator
denominator
edge
stem—rather
leaf
the
times
the
numbers
How
Fibonacci
pairs
this
nd
leaf
can
The
fractions
found
in
plants
are
1
,
2
2
,
3
3
,
5
5
,
8
8
leaf
,
13
and
demoninator
are
always
next
Fibonacci
of
orets
of
are
of
in
within
the
rows?
series.
(Leaf
1,
2,
stem
produce
around
above
Leaf
0.
In
bay
(Laurus nobilis),
Leaf
5
is
13
,
21
and
so
on.
The
directly
but
above
Leaf
0
and
the
34
one
to
each
other
of
leaves
rotates
twice
in
round
the
rows
and
the
spiral
numerator
numbers
subunits
are

1
Fibonacci
the
in
the
then
rotations
of
is
that
series?
Fibonacci
and
around
the
or
many
the
in
subunit. What
numbers

to
both
cauliower
structure
the
stem
between
these
series.
two
leaves
75
F O R M
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
How
are
organisms
grouped
into
kingdoms?
Many
but
we
organisms
others
can
sometimes
the
that
Obelia
is
an
a
bacteria.
B
C
D
Method
and
for
be
To
look
recognized
check
at
shows
animal.
fungi
A
to
us.
plant,
plant
and
easily
here
like
recognize
A

have
photograph
supercially
can
confuse
the
part
but
if
of
its
examining
cells
an
a
of
Obelia
cells
are
human
how
cheek
the
or
a
colony,
need
to
an
animal,
species
cells.
For
which
examined,
therefore
and
plant
kingdom
structure
Biologists
animals
as
which
to
it
is
in,
looks
obvious
know
distinguish
is
example,
how
them
to
from
cells
Obelia longissima
1.
Obtain
a
sample
swabbing
2.
Dab
the
Add
a
4.
Leave
your
5.
Put
with
cotton
transfer
3.
it
your
drop
for
of
from
cotton
bud
onto
the
lining
of
your
cheek
by
bud.
the
middle
of
a
microscope
slide
to
cells.
of
at
a
cells
stain,
least
a
such
as
minute
methylene
to
allow
blue.
the
stain
to
penetrate
cells.
on
a
cover
slip
and
remove
any
excess
stain
with
a
paper
towel.
6.
Put
low
the
Search
8.
Move
9.
on
the
stage
of
your
microscope
and
at
the
the
slide
slide
to
so
nd
that
the
cells
these
that
show
most
cells
are
in
the
study
the
structure
clearly.
middle
of
the
eld
view.
Change
10. Draw
you
to
high
some
can
of
see,
power
your
and
cells
including
and
cell
add
labels
membrane,
for
the
of
your
cells.
structures
cytoplasm

and
Human
cheek
7 6
examine
power.
7.
of
slide
cells
that
nucleus.
A
B
C
D
Mosses
and
liverwor ts
(Phylum
B
Method
1.
Obtain
for
a
examining
leaf
of
a
moss
moss
or
leaf
leafy
liverwort
that
is
one
cell
thick.
Plants
no
2.
Cut
off
drop
a
few
of
leaves
water
on
using
a
dissecting
microscope
scissors
and
place
them
with
true
Carry
out
stages
3
to
10
as
for
but
Some
simple
stems
and
slide.
leaves;
3.
rhizoids
roots.
in
have
a
Bryophyta)
cells
cheek
cells.
only
a
There
others
attened
is
no
transport
phloem)
seeds.
have
thallus.
specialized
tissue
and
(xylem
no
Produces
pollen
spores
or
or
in
sporangia.
Species
far:
When
you
contrast
one
for
for
the
plant
You
have
them
Although
with
a
animal
consider
cell
permanent
that
and
The
may
animal
table
or
cells
should
may
not
you
have
be
can
compare
three
present
so
16,240
and
columns:
and
one
each
cells.
whether
each
cellulose
of
these
cell
wall,
structures
is
chloroplasts
present:
and
large
vacuole.
clearly
visible
microscope,
mitochondria
stored
plant
table.
membrane,
not
light
a
structures
and
should
nucleus,
studied
using
discovered
in
both
carbohydrate:
in
you
plant
starch
the
can
and
in
cells
add
to
animal
plant
that
you
your
cells
cells
and
and
have
table
examined
the
presence
different
glycogen
in
forms
of
of
animal
cells.
77
F O R M
C E L L S
How
are
cells
arranged
in
multicellular
organisms?
Most
plants
composed
types
cells
of
and
of
cells
the
There
is
Groups
Most
of
Hydra viridissima,
micrograph,
tentacles
to
in
the
the
body
has
and
gut,
a
of
are
of
just
are
are
two
into
plants.
millimetre
usually
randomly
organized
for
corals,
more
in
lungs,
are
different
arranged;
into
tissues.
example,
sea
plants
Stems,
Some
animals
anemones
tissues
most
organs.
The
a
are
tissues,
have
organization
in
not
includes
animals
organized
organs
animal
function
than
There
than
and
roots
kidneys
and
and
this.
animals.
and
leaves
heart
are
organs.
this
opening
that
it
is
Cnidaria. The
appears
white
micrograph
and
two
endoderm
tissues:
in
level
They
which
and
larger
one.
stinging
single
showing
phylum
wall
seen
are
just
have
Cnidaria,
of
not
same
plants
tissues
examples
that
organism.
the
another
examples

an
cells,
organisms
phylum
jellysh.
are
in
performing
multicellular
in
animals
many
in
contains
this
just
and
ectoderm

Transverse section through Ascaris lumbricoides, a parasite of the gut, showing its
reproductive organs. The intestine (not containing food) is the large attened tube
in the center. The ovaries appear as yellow spheres and the two uteri as large red
spheres. Ascaris is in the phylum Nematoda and has an outer cuticle made of protein
(yellow) with a muscle wall (red) adjacent to it
Adding

How many tissues can you
In
this
groups
chapter,
the
number
of
species
and
typical
form
of
three
distinguish in this transverse
plant
and
four
animal
groups
have
been
given.
To
increase
your
section of a stem and the
knowledge
of
biodiversity
you
could
research
other
groups
and
surrounding scaly leaves of
add
them
to
your
list.
Among
plants
you
could
add
ferns
or
Casuarina equisetifolia? Colour
has been added to the image to
make the dierences between
divide
Angiospermophytes
amphibia
and
birds
to
your
into
list
smaller
of
vertebrate
the tissues clearer. The diameter
of
of the section is 1 mm
78
the
many
groups
of
groups.
invertebrates.
You
groups
could
and
add
add
any
Why
Until
are
relatively
kingdom,
It
was
but
new
some
These
ways
two
kingdoms,
taxa.
a
the
so
cell
in
on
from
each
group.
groups
the
Because
must
need
structure
be
for
as
they
a
higher
between
the
in
show
are
level
very
basis.
that
The
are
It
in
eukaryotes.
Bacteria,
divided
in
as
sequences.
from
and
either
this
base
are
the
Although
groups
Archaea
domains
on
DNA
eukaryotes
at
they
was
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
proposed.
classied
distinct
named
was
structure.
classied
from
two
other
were
be
cell
be
came
into
classication
metabolism,
cannot
divide
classication?
domain
can
their
their
in
called
organisms
they
groups
explains
in
all
based
in
taxon
taxon
relationships
third
three
highest
diverse
different
as
This
the
that
form,
about
needed
higher
prokaryotes
as
Differences
the
very
in
prokaryte
Eukaryotes
of
are
evidence
that
a
prokaryotes
variation
showed
1990
known
or
prokaryotes
recently,
in
already
eukaryotes
little
domains
the
with
into
hierarchy
classication.
three
domains
are
shown
in
table.
Cell
wall
Archaea
Bacteria
Made
Made
of
pseudopeptidoglycan
of
Eukaryotes
peptidoglycan
Made
of
cellulose
or
chitin
if
present
Chromosome
Circular
Nucleus
Not
Cytoplasm
No
Circular
present
Not
mitochondria
or
membrane -bound
other
organelles
No
Linear
present
Present
mitochondria
or
membrane -bound
other
organelles
Mitochondria
are
Cell
shapes
Unicellular
of
cell
rods

with
shapes,
and
a
limited
mostly
range
spheres,
spirals
Archaea from a hot
spring in Yellowstone
Unicellular
of
cell
rods

with
shapes,
and
a
limited
mostly
range
spheres,
other
Unicellular
a
organelles
present
huge
or
range
multicellular
of
cell
with
shapes.
spirals
Bacteria from plaque on
teeth
and
membrane -bound

Eukaryote cells (diatoms) in
plankton from a lake
National Park
79
F O R M
Summative
Statement
of
inquiry:
Relationships
differences
assessment
between
between
organisms
the
myriad
are
of
revealed
by
similarities
and
forms.
Introduction
This
assessment
hands
the
A
B
C
D
with
right
ve
hand
endings,
many
joints
1.
The
in
X-ray
many
each
2.
3.
–
are
whether
A
number
the
monkeys,
opposable
so
are
to
Fingerprints are used to
establish identity
8 0
and
human
this
assess
closeness
Explain
a
is
the
a
In
Humans
most
high
touch.
have
humans
density
There
movement
hand.
Use
hand
tissue
be
of
the
There
X-ray
of
are
in
are
to
also
them.
27
bones
count
(metacarpals)
species
on
the
and
have
evaluate
relationship.
between
all
and
in
how
in
identical
including
whether
to
thumbs
of
with
group.
each
to
form
nger.
twins.
are
that
carnivorous
are
so
similar
in
distinguish.
ngerprints
of
[3]
have
can
help
[3]
the
a
gorillas,
which
difcult
or
Asian
one
assumed
ngerprints
organ,
animals
segment
is
pennanti)
are
an
opposable
African
last
even
ngerprints
(Martes
have
together
human
form,
body,
whether
classied
they
the
gibbons,
every
that
[3]
to
a
control
human
Discuss
Koalas
difference
species.
to
wrist.
of
ridges
have
information,
the
of
to
ones
a
apes,
that
shers
of
in
the
different
weasels.
Using
forms

of
thumb.
contain
sensitive
animal
should
species
other
hand.
[3]
great
due
a
the
relationships
palm
hand
variable
a
in
koalas.
A
form
5.
also
with
few
8
other
ngerprints
relatives
X-ray of a human hand
of
thumbs
Fingerprints
are
the
very
of
and
digits
muscles
bones
the
other
and
chimpanzees

in
The
and
(phalanges).
[3]
They
the
theme
ngers
and
hands
system.
small
the
them
including
bones
Discuss
four
hand
shows
digit
including
4.
the
hand
on
dominant.
making
in
form
the
based
digits:
is
nerve
Human
is
an
organism
and
to
A
B
C
D
Investigating
6.
The
relative
in
humans.
of
the
2nd
Many
7.
the
development
length
The
of
(index)
hypotheses
and
nger
ratio
out
investigation
a)
Formulate
b)
Design
a
c)
Collect
data
d)
Evaluate
e)
Explain
Human
a
the
how
hands
By
paddle-shaped
23
ngers.
mm
death
By
long.
of
mutations
having
where

day
an
babies
extra
two
or
it.
32
of
and
are
born
or
at
an
normal
are
4th
is
(ring)
correlations
as
variable
the
ability
in
length
nger.
between
sport.
Carry
[3]
test
or
your
hypothesis.
based
extend
early
a
with
of
and
of
no
digits
[10]
the
of
Syndactyly
is
data.
methods.
8
mm
signs
the
the
of
the
digits.
your
[4]
[3]
embryonic
and
by
division
deformity
fused
your
stage
accomplished
with
on
development,
separate
is
growth
are
hand
dividing
the
for
formed
thumb.
digits
of
hypothesis
development
nger
more
the
the
by
[10]
have
there
of
such
to
improve
formation
affect
traits
your
plates
hand
stages:
develop
52,
cells
can
of
could
day
length
suggested
investigation
to
hand
Digit
some
Sometimes
you
ngers
hypothesis.
analyse
the
calculated
the
these
validity
start
by
been
testable
and
is
human
in
scientic
development.
or
other
various
ratio
have
2D/4D
an
the
2D/4D
of
long
of
a
thumb
hand
other
cells.
hands.
Gene
Polydactyly
the
is
programmed
is
condition
together.
Stages in the development of the hand showing regions of cells that die
(red) and regions that continue to grow and divide (green).
Draw
diagrams,
polydactyly
8.
The
drug
1957
and
women.
and
based
1961
to
those
over
was
treat
Thalidomide
in
on
syndactyly
thalidomide
hands
during
and
used
nausea
caused
10,000
shown
could
above
develop
in
some
and
to
an
explain
[5]
between
sickness
development
whose
how
embryo.
countries
morning
abnormal
children
in
mothers
in
of
took
pregnant
the
the
arms
drug
pregnancy.
81
F O R M
In
Germany,
UK,
In
it
was
the
drug
the
available
United
repeatedly
the
drug
a
The
FDA
number
was
far
a
refused
of
L TA
Information
Preview
a
a
total
of
born
in
the
time
been
as
six
skim
from
the
FDA
done
on
to
a
Food
In
the
and
refused
a
pregnant
Drug
license
women,
these
trials.
thalidomide
could
not
fetus
so
tests
for
or
the
made
in
a
were
to
but
There
cross
the
unnecessary.
license
due
the
doctor.
of
do
deformities
were
thalidomide
from
the
requests
with
unrestricted.
manufacturers
refused
Germany
that
was
prescription
license
such
literacy
and
a
developing
than
by
had
drug
mistakes
harmed
a
Each
repeatedly
children
the
with
America,
trials
reach
smaller
Explain
being
that
and
of
requested
safety
view
placenta
thalidomide
(FDA).
manufacturers
was
of
only
States
Administration
until
sale
and
the
thalidomide
UK.
that
led
Germany
to
and
so
the
many
UK.
children
[5]
skills
videos
to
build
understanding
On
the
MYP
resources
video
for
eAssessment,
and
you
information.
preview
time
At
If
start
have
video
and
your
is
will
Once
Note
help
New
you
the
of
so
are
there
library
will
expected
strategies
that
a
you
you
can
don’t
be
to
of
a
short
extract
employ
end
up
to
under
you
have
library
a
and
video,
ve
to
minutes
preview
the
to
the
review
questions.
examination
authors
reason.
note
you
you
you
to
exam.
contains
among
start
preview
the
the
time
questions
question
with
the
prioritize
want
to
York
Reference
of
the
reference
watching
Shadow
position.
watching
position
of
the
Times”.
thalidomide
8 2
quickly
minutes
provide
practice
“The
ve
themes
Sometimes,
number
resource
a
access
that
purpose
ideas
and
you
and
should
the
requires
for
note
any
resources.
you
watching
information
to
If
a
watch
this
from
it.
video
least
to
important.
might
To
for
have
which
eAssessment
the
it
a
the
library
present,
will
most
the
of
selected
common
are
will
material.
from
videos
during
resource
During
This
There
of
contents
the
watch
skim
pressure
the
the
and
stimulus
to
you
should
the
a
video,
the
video
on
still
while
in
viewing
be
pause
the
video’s
thalidomide
After
point
the
timer
video
often
in
content
taking
it,
in
that
If
so,
provides
notes.
You
answer.
locate
the
video:
Report/The
whether
for
take
notes.
your
notes,
discuss
to
your
Tragedy/Retro
prescribed.
the
it
slider
what
the
drug
purpose?
support
for
your
A
B
C
D
Hands
9.
and
Countless
here:
that
are
a
are
sensory

images
drawing
part
sized
two
identity
of
of
of
a
sensory
according
to
information
images
helps
hands
praying
us
have
by
produced.
Albrecht
homunculus
the
from
area
of
them.
understand
Praying hands by Albrecht Dürer
been
hands
in
cortex
Discuss
our
which
in
the
how
identity.
Two
Dürer
parts
brain
well
are
and
of
the
that
each
shown
hands
body
receives
of
the
[5]

Sensory homunculus
83
4
Function
Functions,
What

The
the
8 4
are
jaw
purposes
the
of
of
molar
(wisdom
molar
have
a
roles
are
related
but
are
not
quite
the
same.
dierences?
Homo
function
and
neanderthalensis
grinding
tooth)
brous
seems
function?
to
was
long
plant
cause
and
foods.
more
In
held
two
modern
problems
premolars
humans,
than
and
the
benets,
three
jaw
if
it
is
molar
shorter
develops.
teeth
and
Does
with
the
our
third
third

Roundhouses
used
the
for
end
have
both
of
turning
of
a
units
steam
cabs
that
directions,
roundhouses
have
ofces,
there
a
been
each
end
equally
building
and
well
lost.
found
factories
near
for
and
your
at
trains
original
been
been
were
locomotives
Modern
the
has
including
has
at
run
so
functions
Is
turntables
journey.
control
power
with
in
function
New
some,
theatres.
home
that
“repurposed”?

The
function
stinger
by
on
and
on
the
the
which
used
egg
a
egg
you

Why
does
many
this
pocket
different
functions
of
tools?
the
knife
What
different
have
are
the
the
In
stinger
right
sac
is
are
organs
for
parasitic
ovipositor
the
exoskeleton
and
inside
never
into
ovipositors,
insects
host
bee’s
Stingers
laying.
pierces
the
poison
are
wasps,
a
attackers
poison
lower
left.
by
of
kill
Here,
the
modied
of
to
injecting
them.
is
is
it.
have
lays
an
Male
bees
stingers.
explain
Can
this?
so
the
tools?
8 5
F U N C T I O N
Introduction
In
simple
pumps
Key
terms,
blood;
a
the
function
clock
tells
us
of
something
the
time.
is
what
Humans
it
does.
design
The
objects
heart
so
that
concept: Systems
they
The
Related
concept:
can
Orientation
out
and
function.
organisms
The
function
have
ever

The
overall
watch
the
its
part
of
function
studied
in
is
to
human
function
tell
the
body,
of
a
time.
each
of
investigated.
human
digital
As
in
physiology
body
purpose
perform
of
their
the
object.
functions.
a
living
within
organism
a
system.
interacts
In
this
with
chapter,
other
parts,
function
is
relation
to
the
key
concept
of
systems.
molecules
to
component
par ts
has
a
overall
without
function
which
could
the
study
carry
on
out
each
organs
of
and
of
its
its
some
normal
Each
of
To
understand
body
how
this
right
time
in
and
most
activities
context
of
orientation
in
space
the
not
a
complex
systems
successfully,
the
individual
systems—working
is
be
inquiry:
component
the
components—from
per formed
Statement
of
achieved,
vital
global
function,
To
relies
cells,
is
together
the
seamlessly.
8 6
the
to
time
Human
the
is
evolved
in
therefore
space
a
living
component
carrying
context:
of
Function
Each
Global
perform
parts
system
place
for
must
the
perform
system
as
a
its
specic
whole
to
function
be
at
successful.
and
time.
we
will
turn
to
the
As
in
roles
a
drama,
must
Spencer
to
its
proposed
in
1851:
function
speak
of
laws
is
laws
are
Spencer
“separateness
structure”.
different
of
This
We
generalists.
In
the
is
law
biologist
of
all
life
have
on
is
In
us
that
specialists
chapter
we
case,
and
of
at
and
In
all
vital
Herbert
each
biology
exceptions
organs
organ
we
to
would
be
role.
with
parts
specialized
look
and
specialization:
different
perform
role
vestigial
former
accompanied
are
to
organ,
varied
theme
shall
a
philosopher
each
their
the
they
and
has
organization.”
this
lost
the
to
so
universally
because
expect
organism
function
found.
that
telling
this
living
The
expanded
is
a
because
duty
structures
functions.
of
“A
often
exceptions—organs
Herbert
part
performed.
wrote
own
rarely
be
each
to
their
how
of
separateness
an
carry
organism
out
functions
have
different
better
molecules,
of
cells
than
and
p
“ What
are
organs
are
specialized
for
particular
functions,
featuring
the
is
the
point
frequently
nervous
systems.
We
can
also
test
Spencer’s
law
by
trying
to
that
p
do
PET
of
not
scans
of
per formed
cor tex
about
in
organs
have
the
verbs
parietal
the
by
a
that
very
left
side
dierent
occipital
and
lobes);
of
the
par ts
lobe);
saying
and
perform
a
wide
specialized
of
the
show
in
functions
and
organs
that
and
the
dierent
area
types
from
in
speaking
frontal,
a
mosquito
functions,
have
Clockwise
(auditor y
(hearing
(centres
of
structure.
brain.
hearing
them
speech
brain
range
the
of
upper
task
right:
temporal
areas
of
temporal
the
and
asked
like
this
about
many
body
par ts
nd
of
examples
a
digestive
parasites. The
and
of
mosquito?” Questions
an
but
clearly
does
overall
have
an
animal
function?
are
sight
lobe);
temporal
parietal
(visual
thinking
and
lobes)
87
F U N C T I O N
C E L L S
What
of
a
Cells
cell
of
the
A
a
cell
light
to
an
micrograph
animal
of
par t
are
to
as
small.
as
a
of
the
par ts
out
allows
things.
system.
role
No
shape
to
or
be
The
The
The
living
each
and
part
helps
of
but
in
it
micrograph
magnication
nucleus
cells
and
the
is
cell
and
also
usually
show
can
much
relatively
the
clearly
reveal
large
cytoplasm
because
structures
greater.
It
also
in
the
reveals
membrane.
of
membrane
of
(10
the
nm
hundred
Five
structures
cells
are
on
cell
that
described
which
the
is
are
in
needed
the
to
perform
functions
within
eukaryotic
table.
is
across)
any
a
gaps
in
cell’s
and
of
but
continuous—there
Function
Prevents
ver y
thousandth
millimetre
it
prevents
harmful
is
entering.
aren’t
it.
system,
allow
the
nucleus
cell
from
the
double
pores
large
that
is
is
a
par t
cytoplasm
membrane
in
it.
of
Nuclei
amounts
of
by
a
with
contain
DNA
and
protein.
of
cytoplasm
once
thought
water
with
dissolved
electron
that
it
small
of
it
that
contains
they
two
the
of
from
as
the
cell.
in
exit
of
copies
inside
ready
to
proteins
the
the
be
by
cytoplasm.
copies
pass
out
pores.
chemical
factor y
of
with
around
cytoplasm
conditions
membranes.
are
from
reactions
either
open
must
prepared
compar tments
these
by
an
and
Organelles
the
rest
then
nuclear
processing
are
is
substances
made
edited
separated
called
cytoplasm
or
shows
cell
needs
into
membranes
many
Most
and
ribosomes
the
the
microscope
separated
one
but
structures
the
just
substances
in
organelles.
are
be
of
are
translated
Acts
was
to
the
or
from
genes. Working
through
The
the
unwanted
membrane
cell
genes
These
of
leaving
products.
nucleus
so
As
the
entr y
Stores
separated
par ts
from
substances
the
waste
The
useful
contents
a
that
8 8
a
of
efciently
Structure
thin
Cytoplasm
of
cell
outside
Nucleus
interior
structure
function
seen,
structures
electron
the
living
its
the
nucleus
An
the
of
orderly
whole.
grainy.
because
of
very
carry
the
slightly
so
details
Name
Membrane
it
structure
function
such
cytoplasm
p
Electron
functions
and
microscope
looks
more
the
allows
features
they
up
miniature
cell
just
the
cell?
make
is
a
are
that
the
so
rest
are
of
par ticular
need
can
them
that
be
special
carried
out.
Mitochondrion
The
mitochondrion
example
that
has
of
two
separating
rest
of
inner
the
sur face
The
is
in
the
the
is
increase
cell
form
with
of
energy
(ATP)
respiration,
release
carbon
folded
the
usable
from
cytoplasm. The
to
a
aerobic
of
not
spherical
is
an
by
which
energy
compounds
is
from
using
oxygen.
its
an
Ribosomes
organelle
surrounded
membrane.
only
Supplies
membranes
ribosome
that
an
area.
example
a
it
is
organelle
membrane
inwards
Ribosomes
an
It
and
about
is
proteins
by
Many
roughly
ver y
made
small—
0.00002
mm
out
make
that
the
dierent
using
from
all
needs.
proteins
copied
the
the
cell
can
genes
be
sent
nucleus.
in
diameter.
Balloon
Evaluate
debate
information
membrane,
keeping
p
In
a
a
air
the
debate
balloon
crashing.
and
mitochondrion,
one
cell
nucleus
structure
or
(cytoplasm,
ribosome),
then
cell
argue
for
it.
balloon
hot
about
In
cell
this
you
and
debate
must
get
imagine
one
must
you
rid
of
that
be
imagine
one,
there
thrown
that
then
are
out
there
another,
too
to
many
prevent
are
and
too
so
people
it
ying
sinking
many
cell
in
and
structures
on…
8 9
F U N C T I O N
C E L L S
How
do
cells
specialize
for
par ticular
functions?
Within
the
human
specialized
contain
earlier.
for
extra
Some
a
body
wide
structures
of
there
range
these
in
of
is
an
addition
extra
amazing
different
to
structures
range
functions.
the
ve
are
of
cell
Many
basic
ones
represented
types
cell
types
described
below.
Lysosomes:
sacs
inside,
digest
with
and
bacteria
are
used
therefore
or
taken
other
in
Glycogen
enzymes
which
by
clusters
to
the
destroy
to
organisms
a
of
which
can
glucose
be
or
protein
as
Keratin
fibres: tough
proteins
fibres
that
microscopic
that
repel
and
myosin
body
filaments: contractile
bending
scaffolding
water,
hard
Actin
resist
so
molecules
polysaccharide
cell
Microtubules: hollow
granules:
many
easily
of
glycogen,
molecules
added
removed
and
compression
and
act
poles
groups
of
cells
shrink,
die
and
turn
into
parts
proteins
that
pull
the
cell
into
different
shapes
Vesicles:
small,
spherical,
Pseudopodia:
movable
outgrowths
of
the
cell
consist
various
forms
but
sacs
of
a
single
often
membrane
becoming
they
with
cup-shaped
substances
so
that
in
can
enclose
such
something
inside
in
a
as
enzymes,
vesicle
neurotransmitters
or
vacuole
or
Microvilli: multiple
membrane
Cilia: narrow
1.
projections
Formulate
are
a)
Cells
are
White
9 0
Cells
the
the
finger-like
is
in
cell
that
cells
the
projections
contact
with
beat
with
regarding
below
lining
so
of
of
the
cell
surrounding
a
whip-like
which
they
the
small
action
of
can
fluid
these
extra
perform
intestine,
structures
their
functions:
where
digested
absorbed.
blood
and
Neurons
it
hypothesis
in
synapses
d)
of
forming
tissue
c)
a
needed
foods
b)
where
hormones
cells
engulng
that
ght
the
transmit
from
that
that
one
develop
organisms
nerve
neuron
into
disease
hair
by
causing
impulses
to
another.
or
nail.
moving
and
into
the
infected
infection.
send
signals
across
2.
The
photos
four
cell
types
knowledge
structures
to
are
in
shown
the
here
previous
deduce
the
cell
are
electron
question.
type
in
III
IV
a
more
one
of
specialized
about
perform
This
over
its
the
scientic
and
what
cell
and
your
cell
cell
type
in
investigate
types
your
the
body
that
structures
you
that
want
enable
to
it
know
to
function.
baby
100
your
photo
of
visible.
II
Pick
micrographs
Apply
each
I
Research
p
(I–IV)
boy,
busy
dierent
investigating
cell
types
in
his
his
toes,
body,
does
each
not
with
a
yet
know
dierent
that
there
are
function
91
F U N C T I O N
C E L L S
What
In
is
Chapter
human
look
3
like
that
the
have
cheek
been
an
cells
which
Which
is
a
without
This
any
look
at
lining
the
microscope.
unusual
them
tissues
help
cheek
to
light
allows
(I–V)
a
to
in
cheek
structure
Though
features,
perform
the
cheek
lining
cells
they
their
cell?
of
they
might
have
a
function
wall.
to
perform
various
(a–d)?
I.
They
are
very
II.
They
are
at
III.
Their
IV.
They
cell
with
protecting
features
of
opportunity
cells
structure.
functions
o
is
lining
average
efciently,
p
Cells
function
there
cheek
specialized
1
the
thin
cells
cells
with
membrane
is
that
a
overlap
thin
adjacent
attened
impermeable
cells.
nucleus.
to
most
substances.
rubbed
are
easily
rubbed
off,
so
the
cheek
lining
is
replaced
every
lining
day
or
so.
V.
They
a.
Protecting
in
b.
contain
the
which
mouth
from
is
a
tough
damage
brous
by
acids
protein.
and
other
chemicals
food
Providing
moved
c.
keratin
a
smooth
easily
Protecting
surface
during
the
inside
the
mouth
so
food
can
be
chewing
mouth
from
damage
by
hard
foods
when
they
are
chewed
d.
Preventing
getting
C E L L S
bacteria
into
cheek
the
mouth
from
causing
an
infection
by
tissues
How do cells communicate with other cells?
Read
this
Cell
to
text
cell
carefully
the
functions
send
and
receive
with
one
cell
Chemical
Each
signals
signal
the
binding
of
the
cell.
a
a
neurons.
synapse.
20
The
nanometres
synapse
by
one
bind.
off
are
When
of
of
special
the
the
signal
major
proteins
signals
at
a
Neurotransmitters
to
used,
receiving
called
is
change
type
of
attached
the
binding
it.
receptors.
specic
for
to
activity
just
a
communication
neurons
synapse
are
to
able
cell.
two
a
cell
molecule
used
between
the
one
receptor
in
are
commonly
molecules
neurons
neurons;
are
signal
bodies
Cells
another
where
changes
junction
our
cells.
and
surface
parts
between
the
by
questions.
within
signals
chemical
its
the
various
molecular
The
wide.
of
needed
Chemical
on
other
answer
the
received
set
gap
is
of
numbers
can
Neurotransmitters
between
then
the
site
can
site,
Small
receptors
are
has
to
few
signals.
releasing
receptor
molecular
and
communication
coordinate
9 2
in
is
is
called
only
released
into
neurotransmitters
about
the
travel
across
the
the
other
trigger
junction
neuron.
or
stop
a
nerve
neurotransmitter.
system,
specic
though
to
cell
from
the
the
cells
Receptors
a
membrane
types
at
on
are
each
the
used
can
type
in
synapse
of
the
and
of
either
nervous
there
is
a
neurotransmitter.
They
of
are
them
secrete
specic
such
binding
used
the
molecular
carried
to
via
target
cells
hormones
hormone
signals
the
in
are
are
used
other
parts
endocrine
only
in
cell
bloodstream
present
of
gland
in
that
cells.
hormones
the
is
on
neurotransmitters
depending
example
that
for
target
hormones
protein
with
one
secrete
cells
receptors
different
each
another
that
The
hormone’s
Some
for
to
binding,
impulse,
communication.
body.
cells.
are
bind
Many
only
receptor
Hormones
and
After
as
are
site
insulin
located
exposed
are
in
proteins.
the
on
The
membrane
the
outside
of
receptors
of
target
the
cell.
for
cells,
Steroid
p
Receptor
hormones,
pass
the
such
through
as
the
cytoplasm
testosterone
plasma
or
the
and
membrane
estrogen,
of
cells.
are
smaller
Their
and
receptors
can
are
in
Muscle
using
When
are
a
hormone
changed
in
binds
some
to
way.
its
receptor,
Some
the
receptors
cell’s
activities
cause
a
in
the
this
of
reactions
for
to
that
example,
rapidly
particular
changing
When
the
receptor
then
genes
the
hormone
binds
to
genes
genes
1.
Explain
3.
early
the
Explain
code
and
are
enters
in
on
visible.
receptors
them
binds
up
to
(orange
during
are
to
and
female
par ts
Estrogen
and
on
from
the
form
of
a
in
being
the
and
Synapses
control
moods
our
also
use
neurotransmitter
cell.
estrogen
dimer
activating
and
receptor
puber ty
that
the
controlled
off,
dimer. This
growth
receptors
brain
in
are
bind
or
pink),
the
serotonin.
Some,
produced
receptor
that
activate
were
these
onwards
needed
for
neurotransmitter.
or
hormones
have
a
more
or
hormones
have
a
more
body.
neurotransmitters
effect
and
pair
DNA
image
different
Other
being
needed
the
DNA
the
hormone.
switch
to
development
a
the
cells
neurotransmitters
the
whether
widespread
and
receptors
proteins
lines
for
that
sites
associated
reasons
on
for
embr yonic
whether
effect
specic
of
enzymes.
(pink)
estrogen
dotted
the
hormone
Explain
rapid
make
during
every
2.
to
that
12
effect
nucleus
protein
estrogen
of
Blue
the
of
causes
any
development.
omitted
it
the
activate
in
types
(blue)
adjacent
amplies
system
serotonin.
emotions
cascade
the
movements
digestive
nucleus.
for
neurotransmitter
on
the
body.
9 3
F U N C T I O N
4.
Every
can
receptor
bind.
which
5.
than
Data-based
The
the
text
question:
below
is
Independent
part
have
“minimal
genome”
to
now
exist
they
long
and
have
one—by
of
mycoides.
Venter,
scientists,
and
selectively
Mycoplasma
the
led
molecule
the
the
minimum
survive
and
set
replicate.
the
genes
into
“rebooted”
sprang
a
into
a
single
the
genetically
life
once
the
just
473
synthetic
genes
have
have
species
genes
and
for
of
empty
and
a
got
of
called
cell
DNA
cell
smaller
JCVI-Syn-3.0
to
The
researchers
for
M.
DNA
functions
of
Calculate
the
an
bases,
of
a
goal
is
a
every
Explain
M.
genitalium,
DNA
bases.
can
instead
of
double
the
cell
so
simple
molecular
gene,”
Science.
which
9 4
the
that
genes
in
currently
have
function.
how
a
the
gene
researchers
was
needed
could
for
discover
the
has
in
to
survive
in
the
and
reproduce
laboratory.
volume
several
Discuss
whether
the
473
genes
in
JVCI-
weeks
that
we
must
all
have
a
function.
Naturally
and
said
the
biological
scientists,
The
latest
microbe
About
two-thirds
of
genome
have
known
bacteria
have
more
473
genes.
For
example,
Mycoplasma
function
writing
is
occurring
can
in
taken
from
its
natural
habitat
in
the
stomach
of
cattle
has
about
900
expect
none,
all
genes.
called
the
genes
functions.
it
reasonable
to
or
some
in
of
minimal
bacterium
The
Is
its
JCVI-Syn-3.0.
of
genitalium.
the
JCVI-Syn-3.0.
in
the
the
journal
genes
percentage
unknown
mycoides
of
324
synthetic
than
determine
the
related
4
“Our
discovered
it
Syn-3.0
needed
have
and
until
than
genome
microbe
hours
body?
the
3.
three
human
down
successfully
every
the
smaller
re-synthesized
531,000
is
natural
600,000
“supercharged”
within
anything
Craig
bacterium
525
function
Does
genome
whether
bacterial
a
functions.
more.
microbe
known
to
and
2.
smallest
site
2016.
this
With
binding
by
genes
they
then
strand
a
molecules
minimum
1.
the
has
certain
existing
veteran
until
They
proteins
only
free-living
enthusiast
required
of
which
bind?
receptors
p
to
group
to
Mycoplasma
by
eliminated
other
site
the
question
with
life
chromosome
a
special
from
March
over
for
called
synthetic
article
27
to
a
molecules
as
protein
successfully,
tinkering
bacterium
The
researcher
required
answered
genome
online
pondered
a
such
reduced
from
reproduce
creating
a
an
newspaper
Scientists
cell
of
Life
Which
specic
Proteins
has
these
extra
genes
to
have
a
function?
Living
The
by
difference
listing
response,
white
and
or
have
they
are
p
Star
between
seven
in
been
living
jelly
the
Assigning
Biologists
in
the
table
body.
List
both
of
the
non-living
nutrition,
and
How
is
sometimes
respiration,
movement.
sometimes
jelly”.
2016
in
functions
dened
they
Draw
are
“star
Januar y
life
so
and
life:
found
could
in
you
The
mysterious
natural
nd
explained
growth,
out
habitats
whether
non-living?
have
organisms,
of
reproduction
photo
called
or
found
living
functions
excretion,
lumps
P H YS I O L O G Y
non-living?
are
below
organs
a
Shropshire,
to
small
called
and
and
England,
organs
and
number
of
“functions
complete
systems
it
of
by
that
in
an
area
geese
had
been
feeding
systems
processes
life”
or
adding
are
where
that
“life
where
involved.
we
expect
to
occur
in
all
living
functions”.
each
See
if
life
you
function
can
get
is
performed
above
10
in
organs
the
in
any
columns.
Life function
Nutrition
Respiration
Response
Excretion
Reproduction
Movement
System
Organs
9 5
F U N C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
We
are
type
likely
disorganized
and
not
other
organization
become
system.
In
succeed.
and
themselves,
Mintzberg’s
as
Key
“when”.
there
unhappy
everyday
organizations
always
“where”
to
of
If
be
unproductive
managers
productive
question
we
might
and
life,
and
words
understand
useful
works
try
efcient
for
if
we
to
as
living
for
are
make
part
at
of
a
businesses
possible
managers
how
insights
best?
but
work
organisms
do
are
organize
managers.
organigram—
TOP
an
example
of
an
MANAGEMENT
organizational
you
devise
an
management
for
an
such
model.
Can
alternative
structure
organization
as
a
school
or
a
TECHNOSUPPORT
business
it
with
Can
and
an
you
an
to
MIDDLE
represent
organization
human
STRUCTURE
organigram?
draw
organigram
the
represent
of
MANAGEMENT
the
body?
WORKING
The
that
English
it
is
better
generalist
in
one
even
are
or
try
to
to
two
though
and
assign
functions.
80%
The
synthesis
“Jack
of
it
which
plasma
all
each
trades
By
to
a
body,
contrast,
the
liver
one
a
cell
type.
cuboidal
some
proteins
of
has
rather
us
than
organs
many
and
serum
tells
let
are
of
a
specialize
functions,
multifunctional
functions
including
none”
many
These
shape
the
of
specialist,
the
have
all.
master
In
just
are
and
function
them
is
following
of
of
perform
hepatocytes,
diameter.
●
saying
BASE
about
25
cells
µm
in
hepatocytes:
albumin,
brinogen
prothrombin
●
synthesis
●
synthesis
●
storage
●
transformation
●
regulation
glucose
of
of
of
lipoproteins
cholesterol
vitamin
of
into
of
D
and
and
and
assembly
bile
salts
sugar
a
LDL
part
and
of
HDL
the
complexes
secretion
ofbile
iron
carbohydrates
blood
as
of
level
into
by
lipids
reversible
transformation
of
glycogen
●
detoxication
●
transformation
of
drugs
of
and
toxins
ammonia
into
absorbed
by
the
body
urea.
1
What
are
the
advantages
of
specializing
2
What
are
the
advantages
of
performing
in
a
one
wide
function?
range
of
functions?
3
What
wider
9 6
examples
world?
of
specialists
and
generalists
can
you
nd
in
the
Two
extremes
many
of
different
which
are
business
functions
separated
cell
of
a
functions.
nuclei,
4
What
is
separate
5
What
carry
6
is
is
the
What
advantage
the
same
p
Storage
one
parallel
with
undivided
in
the
200–300
and
rough
having
of
having
function,
advantage
examples
Discuss
a
is
of
together
and
with
cell
ofces
“silos”,
restrictions
liver
that
have
lysosomes
one
and
endoplasmic
at
The
performs
or
also
all
two
many
reticulum.
functions
performed
of
many
rather
having
small
than
all
one
compartments
large
in
functions
which
compartment?
carried
the
tanks
can
and
an
nd
division
reasons
at
you
oil
for
the
rener y
in
into
type
in
the
wider
world
of
out
in
one
open-plan
silos.
of
organization
Singapore
seen
in
these
p
Enclosed
hills
p
Cells
on
organization.
space
separate
where
space?
organization
8.
is
smooth
open-plan
organization
hepatocytes
advantage
the
undivided
7.
performed
an
mitochondria,
their
are
compartments?
out
What
in
the
cell
contrast,
500–4,000
compartments
of
There
bacterial
In
are
parts
intercommunication.
cytoplasm
organization
Kingston
Penitentiar y,
Ontario,
Canada
in
photos.
elds
in
the
valley
Swaledale, Yorkshire,
p
Dormitor y
in
Compostela,
a
pilgrim’s
and
open
grazing
on
the
UK
hostel
at
Santiago
de
Spain
97
F U N C T I O N
Data-based
Nutrition
humans.
inserted
and
no
The
pie
diet)
the
is
one
into
a
14-
The
With
show
the
in
is
parenteral
processes
feeding
composition
Total
of
published
potassium,
of
each
that
nutrition
all
person
living
with
nutrition
a
organisms
sterile
(TPN),
all
must
solution
perform,
of
nutrients
uid
in
trace
Mineral
for
TPN
nutrients
and
Dietary
magnesium,
elements.
of
nutrition
used
2015–2020
calcium,
of
group
parenteral
is
also
are
daily
Guidelines
chloride
T
welve
via
supplied
a
needle
intravenously
and
different
for
nutritional
Americans.
phosphorus
vitamins
(TPN)
Nutritional
goals
for
are
(FDA
both
diets
required,
needed
in
each
Americans
Vitamins
Dietary
0.28
are
goals
For
shown.
Vitamins
elements
g
1.6
ber
g
30
6.02
including
nutrients
gut.
quantities
grams
a
parenteral
the
18-year-olds
smaller
mass
life
total
through
sodium,
with
major
nutrition
vein.
to
elements
diet.
the
passes
charts
together
of
Parenteral
food
for
question: Total
g
g
Mineral
elements
Lipids
9.9
50
g
g
Starch and
sugar
Glucose
Lipids
130 g
Amino
150 g
95
g
acids
48
g
Protein
50
1.
Compare
2.
Explain
3.
starch
b)
amino
c)
vitamins
d)
dietary
The
TPN
4.
Suggest
5.
Of
the
20
Discuss
and
FDA
differences
diets
between
by
giving
TPN
and
three
similarities.
FDA-recommended
diet
in:
acids
ber.
for
three
can
TPN
uid
reason
How
9 8
the
a)
the
6
the
g
must
this
sterile
conditions
amino
the
be
acids
other
whether
but
this
is
not
necessary
with
food
ingested
by
mouth.
What
is
difference?
8
that
used
to
amino
nutrients
might
make
acids
such
be
as
result
in
proteins
by
obtained
amino
a
if
acids
patient
in
human
cells,
they
are
have
a
hospital
not
12
needing
are
usually
included
function
in
in
cells
the
or
TPN.
included
in
TPN.
diet?
are
merely
needed.
Why
in
are
sequence
Animals
single
gut
All
such
gut
cavity
same
as
is
in
the
rather
polyps
lined
used
time
organs
coral
cavity
stages
the
the
for
with
the
and
and
same
the
than
one
ingesting
digestion
in
of
in
jellysh
type
food
digestive
of
digest
A
their
of
food
single
egesting
absorption
undigested
food
therefore
the
food
gut
a
the
wastes.
happen
at
for
moving
food
mixing
food
cavity
being
into
a
to
place.
and
in
using
opening
f lagella
semi-digested
P H YS I O L O G Y
parallel?
tissue.
and
system
secretion
taken
of
digestive
Endoderm
enzymes
vacuole
from
a
digestion
in
of
microvilli
food
surface
vacuoles
with
area
large
single
carries
layer
a
cnidarian
out
of
all
cells
–
the
that
functions
of
for
digestion
absorbing
of
vesicles
digested
and
absorption
of
food
foods
muscle
for
f ibre
locomotion
ingestion
In
humans,
mouth
to
intestine
the
small
passes
anus:
organs:
cavity,
the
intestine
through
mouth
(duodenum
associated
mouth
food
and
the
cavity,
ileum),
salivary
pancreas
and
the
a
organs
and
that
secretes
that
of
esophagus,
colon
glands
that
liver
series
that
secrete
secretes
bile
into
the
are
into
juice
the
and
food
small
There
saliva
pancreatic
of
link
stomach,
rectum.
proteins
the
into
small
also
the
intestine.
Healthy
mouth
digestive
system
cavity
esophagus
stomach
liver
spleen
colon
small
intestine
rectum
appendix
anus
9 9
F U N C T I O N
The
tables
nutrition
below
and
10
show
in
organs
alphabetical
that
are
part
order
of
the
10
specic
digestive
Function
of
digested
Absorption
of
water
system.
of
food
to
foods
such
as
amino
acids
and
glucose
Appendix
Colon
break
up
larger
lumps
and
increase
the
sur face
area
Esophagus
Digestion of carbohydrates such as starch by enzymes that require a pH close to neutral
Liver
Digestion
of
lipids
Mouth
Digestion
of
proteins
by
enz ymes
that
require
acid
Digestion
of
proteins
by
enz ymes
that
require
a
Killing
bacteria
Temporar y
to
such
and
as
prevent
storage
Swallowing
of
fats
gut
food
and
oils
by
infections
that
cannot
enz ymes
(food
all
be
that
require
a
pH
close
to
neutral
conditions
pH
close
to
neutral
2.
For
each
When
of
you
through
3.
Try
of
4.
immediately
Small
to
the
the
10
larger and performs an essential
function for the rabbit—it holds
bacteria that digest cellulose in
plant cell walls
glands
intestine
have
in
the
assigned
which
the
digestive
explain
the
digestive
Discuss
functions
the
table,
a)
the
b)
no
same
each
function
functions
reasons
there
functions
functions
nd
out
which
organ
or
are
at
to
an
organ,
performed
as
deduce
food
the
passes
system.
system
whether
in
it.
are
are
for
the
sequence
all.
as
in
which
the
functions
performed.
any
organs
thathave:
human appendix, but it is much
cavity
Salivar y
performs
sequence
is equivalent to the very small
bladder
Stomach
organs
Rabbits have a structure that
gall
Rectum
poisoning)
digested
and
Pancreas
vomiting
1.
10 0
of
Organ
Absorption
Chewing
functions
each
other
in
the
digestive
system
Data-based
question:
CT
scans
of
abdominal
1.
organs
Identify
a)
the
these
organ
organ
b)
2.
the
Bone
CT
colored
adjacent
two
bright
tissue
scan.
organs:
is
to
and
yellow
shown
Identify
red
the
the
green
it
organs.
pale
ve
yellow
bones
on
that
this
are
visible.
3.
The
small
and
right
explain
4.
Computerized
scanners
a
small
tomography
consist
part
of
of
the
a
ring
body.
(CT
that
or
are
organs
around
and
a
computer
analyses
detailed
images
of
them
structures
is
CT
visible
scan.
appearance
tissue
it
with
has
the
occurs
in
muscle
in
in
the
Describe
the
same
the
scan.
appearance
scan.
tissue
centre
and
that
Identify
are
four
visible.
a)
Identify,
with
reasons,
the
ventral
side
to
(front)
make
the
passed
5.
through
its
wherever
CAT)
rotates
X-rays
Muscle
intestine
of
and
dorsal
side
(back)
of
the
inside
person.
the
body.
The
CT
one
level
scan
above
shows
normal
b)
organs
at
in
the
abdomen.
No
Identify,
sides
problems
How
The
is
two
were
the
body
system
and
system
can
is
likened
from
telephone
system.
p
What
the
are
automobile
this
similarities
assembly
to
its
an
and
dierences
and
this
The
the
the
reasons,
the
left
and
right
person.
chapter
line
the
are
where
nervous
between
digestive
P H YS I O L O G Y
organized?
organization
assembly
parts
and
line
in
system.
of
patient.
system
featured
nervous
manufactured
in
nervous
systems
the
be
diagnosed
with
health
an
system?
the
of
a
digestive
the
digestive
product
system
to
p
What
a
are
the
telephone
similarities
system
and
and
the
dierences
ner vous
between
a
system?
101
F U N C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
The
is
the
nervous
that
all
central
The
system
have
transform
it
the
shows
includes
same
into
nervous
table
function
an
many
essential
electrical
of
of
sensory
receptor
Where
are
the
sensory
sensory
function:
signal,
receptors.
they
which
receptor?
is
detect
then
They
a
are
cells
stimulus
transmitted
and
to
the
system.
the
functions
of
specic
What
Type
a
receptors
sensory
type
of
receptors.
stimulus
is
detected
by
the
located?
receptors?
Baroreceptors
Walls
Chemoreceptors
Tongue
Five
Nose
Many
Photoreceptors
of
Retina
blood
of
the
vessels
Blood
eye
pressure
dierent
Rods
dierent
detect
Cones
Mechanoreceptors
Skin
Inner
ear
Muscles
Hypothalamus
Thermoreceptors
Skin
1.
Propose
2.
Design
on
message
this
child’s
are
the
tongue
a
an
sensory
p
What
of
sensory
brain
hypothesis
to
experiment
pressure
Sound
vibrations
how
investigate
is
the
where
associated
10 2
function
are
the
with
of
a
cat ’s
the
receptors
whiskers
receptors
whiskers
blue
light
movement
of
body
uids
temperatures
a
chemoreceptor
the
functions
of
might
one
work.
type
receptor.
conveying?
sensor y
light
muscles
cold
or
(dim)
and
hair
Hot
p
Who
has
nose,
located?
does
more
the
of
the
avoid
use
injur y?
receptors
snier
receptor
glassblower
to
sensor y
airpor t
type
sensor y
and
and
concentration
What
p
What
green
Solute
explain
to
red,
(tastes)
(smells)
intensity
Touch,
of
groups
odorants
low
detect
Stretching
Osmoreceptors
chemical
dog
or
in
its
the
handler?
of
What
main
Some
head
1.
2
is
called
Which
What
p
Sea
Sensory
3.
groups
is
a
head
and
the
some
do
locating
P H YS I O L O G Y
the
head?
not.
The
development
the
of
animals
function
of
a
develop
a
head
and
of
a
do
not?
p
Ant
p
Macaws
are
particularly
eye,
which
head?
atworm
the
all
ear,
widely
high
nose
distributed
in
concentrations
and
tongue.
All
the
human
body,
of
them
in
the
of
these
organs
but
sense
are
located
head.
Discuss
the
4.
have
in
of
cephalization.
receptors
are
organs:
the
organs
anemones
p
Marine
in
advantage
sense
animals
is
there
the
Suggest
in
the
reasons
for
the
main
sense
organs
being
located
in
head.
the
disadvantages
of
sense
organs
being
located
elsewhere
body.
10 3
F U N C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
Where
the
The
that
–
part
the
of
which
and
receptors
located
can
overall
function
adjusts
for
image
of
the
distance
on
the
Ciliary
Suspensory
muscle
ligament
eye
and
is
vision.
light
It
has
intensity,
to
a
complex
produce
eye
Retina –
contains
cells,
rods
the
of
enters
this
area
the
density
full
ef ficiency
transparent
layer
responsible
for
in
rays
the
carry
center
the
at
cells
of
eye.
the
opening
the
there
is
light
eye.
the
a
retina
layer
of
containing
pigment
the
melanin.
This
layer
that
no
ensures
light
Blind
Lens
entering
is
the
reflected
out
optic
back
through
spot
–
at
the
exit
point
of
the
eye
cells
the
pupil.
nerve.
here
cannot
p
Structure
10 4
nerve
to
that
lets
Behind
composed
the
visual
the
(bending)
of fers
works
neurones
impulses
brain.
into
thus
only
light.
nerve –
sensory
refraction
which
and
but
bright
which
–
the
cones
a
of
of
has
of
sharpness
Optic
Cornea –
circular
light-sensitive
cones.
eye.
maximum
Pupil
the
and
light
highest
enter
and
to
Fovea –
light
structure
clear
the
amount
most
a
retina.
expand
contract
that
in
coloured
the
control
sensory
eye?
focused
Iris
are
of
the
eye
(in
so
be
horizontal
There
light
are
no
falling
detected.
section)
light-sensitive
on
this
region
rear
of
the
at
The
retina
which
in
the
part
is
a
images
retina:
of
the
hemispherical
are
projected.
rods
cell
and
that
screen
There
cones.
absorbs
the
are
Both
light,
at
back
two
take
types
their
which
is
of
the
of
onto
photoreceptors
name
either
eye
from
the
rod-shaped
or
cone-shaped.
1.
Rods
and
cones
2.
Rods
Rods
cones
most
and
Where
3
sclera
are
cones
are
and
useful
at
different
times.
When
are
rods
and
useful?
are
there
cones
not
most
form
distributed
rods
a
and
tissue
evenly
most
layer
through
the
retina.
cones?
in
the
choroid
retina
but
there
pigment
are
epithelium
many
other
tissues
in
the
eye.
What
is
the
function
of
these
rods
other
tissues?
without
4.
What
is
any
the
Would
of
it
be
possible
to
have
the
sense
of
and
cones
vision
them?
difference
between
a
sensory
receptor
and
a
sense
bipolar
cells
retina
organ?
The
diagram
of
the
tissues
in
the
wall
of
the
eye
shows
a
layer
of
ganglion
ganglion
cells,
ganglion
cells
which
are
process
a
type
signals
of
from
neuron
rods
(nerve
and
cones
cell).
and
Most
then
of
convey
p
Structure
the
signals
form
to
images.
the
visual
About
stimulated
by
light
coordinate
various
●
adjustments
●
setting
in
●
the
relation
secretion
to
centres
1%
of
they
size
to
of
the
“biological
clock”
night
of
the
and
hormone
the
brain
cells
signals
to
day
the
ganglion
send
responses
the
of
to
where
are
they
are
used
photoreceptors.
other
intensity
parts
of
of
the
of
the
the
structures
controls
melatonin
1.
Find
and
each
then
eyelashes,
What
is
3.
Explain
brightly
4.
Blue
from
a
pupil,
labelled
the
reason
where
the
that
light:
when
which
we
do
promotes
things
sleep.
eyes
are
others.
the
baby
or
common
Identify
the
eye
and
it
is
time
in
to
the
go
eye
to
help
us
sleep
P H YS I O L O G Y
the
in
the
photograph
diagram
opening
of
to
tear
of
show
the
baby
their
(lacrimal)
relative
gland
ducts,
eyebrow.
for
illuminated
of
sketch
sclera,
and
eye
it?
structures
iris,
eyelid
indigenous
for
these
draw
positions:
2.
of
around
the
pupil
that
function
of
When
brain
when
is
wall
to
p
Photoreceptors
What
cells
the
was
in
lit
some
has
appearing
when
dimly
some
population
pupil
the
black?
photo
was
taken—in
a
room.
human
parts
of
brown
the
eyes
populations
world
and
but
where
explain
all
the
are
of
absent
the
reasons
this.
10 5
to
decide
F U N C T I O N
5.
Muscles
eye
6.
close
There
only
and
7.
in
and
are
are
L TA
Critical
Question
above
are
statements,
such
as
in
this
then
the
to
change
offer
an
in
Where
It
the
body.
from
1.4
the
(40–600
is
contrast,
the
and
inner
are
two
all
the
of
which
signals,
and
the
eye,
explain
but
an
where
eyes
answer
your
the
eyebrow
the
eyelashes
rather
to
than
this
just
one?
question
and
hypothesis.
formulation
expressed
guesses,
of
as
a
of
but
cause
hypothesis.
variable)
variable)
are
a
“If....then...because...”
(manipulated
observations
that
are
order
where
ne
hairs
will
based
are
on
based
effect
is
be
changed
observed
an
suggesting
and
ability
possible
upon
to
causes.
evidence
and
relationship.
receptors
can
a
cells.
are
like
the
a
hair
used
This
snail
The
The
cells,
for
in
that
for
hair
is
we
of
are
of
transforming
which
between
a
by
in
amplify
a
into
0.1
of
hair
For
and
sound
insects.
are
cells
spiral
bony
uid-lled
three
positioned
types:
vibrations
sounds.
the
vibrations
ying
hollow
two
of
humans
called
divided
are
up
frequencies
are
around
surface
invertebrates.
containing
cells
and
world
pick
hearing
consists
tube
many
generated
They
shell,
the
outer
that
length
range
skull.
the
legs
different
the
the
in
from
to
located
their
to
cochlea
responsible
outer
sounds
close
Varying
in
spiral.
be
on
receptors
vibrate.
inside
hear
are
hairs
cochlea.
rather
into
they
inside
the
to
would
respond
which
deep
in
membranes
cells,
in
sensory
ear,
coiled
membranes
does
predictions
sensory
receptor
looking
also
just
have
ne
located
chamber
tube,
via
Hz),
in
When
closure?
two
in
test
Hypotheses
for
receptors
indeed
these
In
not
to
the
the
way”.
that
spiders
air
mm,
closed.
hearing?
obvious
This
to
having
(responding
the
necessary
example,
be
for
below
hypothesis
for
possibility
are
for
seems
us,
are
reasonable
use
“If
explanation
Hypotheses
a
a
commonly
this
to
skills
asks
Hypotheses
way,
and
of
reasonable
7
reasons
experiment
thinking
Making
eye
hypotheses
advantages
an
the
located.
formulate
design
the
above
Suggest
are
the
could
then
10 6
it.
allow
are
eyelashes
above
What
eyelids
what
eyebrow
You
P H YS I O L O G Y
the
canals
by
between
inner
into
hair
nerve
vestibular
vestibular
membrane
canal
pressure
tectorial
membrane
outer
hair
cells
ner ve
f ibers
basilar
membrane
inner
hair
tympanic
p
Cross-section
Sound
these
is
waves
in
consists
waves
which
the
then
in
cochlea,
a
pass
sensory
the
in
it
its
through
by
the
and
in
The
the
stiffness.
of
to
a
in
in
sound
cochlea
vestibular
canal.
of
The
lowest
parts
to
basilar
When
crosses
to
the
it
of
the
the
highest
frequencies.
vibrations
waves.
sound
canals
the
consequence,
response
that
canal,
The
these,
different
the
responds
the
canal.
One
detect
neurotransmitter
neuron
the
As
vibrating
membrane
sensory
in
tympanic
tympanic
innermost
frequencies
a
uid
the
frequencies
parts
the
basilar
releases
to
Inside
membranes.
different
and
waves.
the
end
through
outermost
to
neuron.
pressure
inner
width
to
particular
cell
of
separated
sound
close
by
hair
series
at
canal
cochlea
outwards
are
of
the
inwards
varies
with
cells
caused
a
response
frequencies
in
pass
cochlea
vibrates
of
connected
membrane,
Hair
through
cells
a
in
this
their
hairs
happens
synapse
to
a
neurotransmitter
p
The
by
transmitting
Find
a
a
diagram
middle
and
nerve
of
inner
the
ear
impulse
structure
and
then
to
of
auditory
the
centers
whole
answer
ear
these
in
the
scanning
including
the
outer,
micrograph
shows
that
from
project
outer
questions.
hair
a)
What
pass
is
the
from
sequence
the
air
of
structures
outside
until
they
through
are
which
dissipated
sound
inside
waves
the
ear?
b)
Discuss
whether
the
sound
waves
are
passing
through
a
function
hair
cells
is
or
gas
at
each
stage
in
this
sequence.
Explain
3.
The
functions
loudness
waves.
also
the
How
avoid
of
are
ear
a
of
sound
we
able
damage
the
is
to
round
due
to
hear
from
and
the
with
with
been
the
removed.
outer
amplify
the
and
tectorial
sound
frequency
inner
making
more
hair
human
cells
hearing
sensitive
windows.
amplitude
sounds
sounds
oval
to
of
adjacent
detect,
much
2.
of
hairs
inner
solid,
that
liquid
has
The
vibrations
the
the
cells. The
membrane
1.
electron
brain.
of
low
high
the
sound
amplitude
and
amplitude?
10 7
F U N C T I O N
Tuning
Either
of
the
orchestra
attend
one,
At
the
then
start
of
instruments.
an
of
Why
do
can
440
the
accurately
with
not
L TA
Affective
do
person
of
cystic
One
adapt
been
or
a
well
with
response.
lost,
with
live
circumstance
resilient
life
difcult
with
medical
over
that
know
and
other
to
can
the
to
all
the
that
the
to
answers
play
in
tune
tune
give
to
as
can
be
a
to
an
their
these
a
an
must
A
A
at
rest
pitch
440
of
of
questions
challenge
in
for
a
tuned
the
still
to
oboe?
this.
How
their
How
with
could
young
low
(hertz).
ask
notes
If
a
used
standard
tune
Hz
you
having
with
orchestra?
instruments
answers
A
are
Hz
the
their
(often
the
broadcast
generator.
tune
note
play
the
online
sound
instruments
the
your
an
they
tune
play
pitch
musicians
plays
sure
other
cannot
same
watch
musicians
oboist
make
instruments
notes—try
Learning
and
events
to
a
the
a
to
or
the
grief,
to
life
an
such
a
dialysis
to
you
and
do
musician.
violinists
cancer
diagnosis
leading
in
treatment?
circumstances
members.
such
Accepting
things
enabling
practicing
as
their
to
a
child
Many
people
resilience.
altering
involves
gaining
of
due
community
and
lives,
receiving
onset
situations
response
optimism
their
parent
response
friends
resilient
resolving
or
leading
resilient
maintaining
change
bag
life-altering
members,
a
that
ileostomy
condition
time
Supporting
exercise,
a
supports
family
expressing
encouraging
10 8
deal
to
brosis
relationships
Hz)
an
to
the
or
using
resilience
people
having
generally
high
concert
device
concert
experiments
skills
Practicing
How
the
instruments
instruments
orchestral
some
Usually
electronic
pitch
p
an
do
as
close
help
discussing
perspective
empathy.
is
on
the
personal
supports
what
a
has
situation,
Summative
Statement
Each
the
of
inquiry:
component
right
assessment
time
in
and
a
system
place
for
must
the
perform
system
as
a
its
specic
whole
to
function
be
at
successful.
Introduction
In
this
summative
humans,
gut
A
B
C
D
and
Cystic
1.
the
where
consequences
brosis
United
channels
mucus
a)
assessment
and
you
certain
if
investigate
functions
functions
are
the
are
not
need
for
a
performed
performed
gut
in
in
the
effectively.
brosis
Cystic
the
when
in
that
State
(CF)
States
is
of
certain
causes
the
the
most
America
cells
do
lung
function
common
and
not
function
problems
of
the
genetic
north-west
and
resulting
blocks
pancreatic
disease
Europe.
the
duct.
in
in
Canada,
Chloride
very
viscous
pancreatic
duct.
[1]
40
A
percentile
a
given
the
50th
female
measure
percentage
50%
of
people
percentile.
CF
a
patients
in
The
in
of
the
to
observations
the
bar
used
indicate
in
population
chart
United
(right)
States
a
value
population
have
shows
and
the
a
height
the
Canada
occur.
lower
percentage
that
are
in
For
than
of
each
FC
of
six
different
distribution
height
for
the
percentile
general
classes.
population,
If
their
then
heights
25%
of
matched
them
US
Can
mean
33
37
median
26
32
below
stneitap
example,
is
)%(
which
(centile)
30
Key
20
10
the
would
be
0
above
the
75th
percentile.
<5
25–50
height
b)
Using
the
US
data
in
the
bar
chart,
deduce
the
effect
of
CF
on
Source
growth.
c)
Suggest
d)
The
chance
where
2.
Some
can
through
into
the
connected
data:
http://ajcn.nutrition.org/content
at
effect
where
a
a
normal
America
normal
of
CF
CF
or
patients
growth
rates
on
growth.
patient
a
reduced
seem
and
lives
to
affects
rate.
have
suggest
[3]
a
their
Deduce
higher
possible
reasons
[3]
patients
pass
the
that
growing
North
of
this.
for
suggests
of
of
/69/3/531.full
reasons
in
chance
for
[3]
data
percentile
at
an
the
this
a)
Suggest
b)
Compare
the
by
one
and
reason
ileostomy
end
abdomen
to
one
have
it
of
wall
the
is
created
concealed
for
tting
functions
of
bag
an
tted.
small
surgically
under
an
Material
intestine.
An
and
from
the
opening
the
bag
gut
(stoma)
is
clothing.
ileostomy
ileostomy
bag.
bag
and
[1]
the
stoma
large
intestine
ileostomy
bag
giving
similarity
and
one
difference.
[2]
10 9
>75
F U N C T I O N
c)
What
change
in
diet
would
you
recommend
to
a
patient
after
tube
they
top
of
have
of
to
dialysis
bag
simulate
bag
tted?
[1]
What
change
of
an
in
the
volume
ileostomy
bag?
of
urine
would
you
expect
after
the
[1]
tubing
simulating
A
B
C
D
Investigating
food
absorption
the
contents
the
ileostomy
thread
tting
foods
an
with
d)
cotton
mixture
had
bag
sealed
the
lining
of
the
gut
(epithelium)
of
Dialysis
tubing
is
manufactured
for
use
in
kidney
machines.
It
can
be
gut
through
used
which
to
simulate
absorption
of
food
by
diffusion
in
the
gut,
because
it
water
food
is
absorbed
is
similar
in
permeability.
The
diagram
shows
how
such
a
simulation
simulating
blood
the
of
in
wall
the
gut
base
of
could
bag
knotted
to
prevent
leaks
be
Possible
contrived.
foods
Digested
to
test:
foods
Undigested
glucose
starch
aspar tic
The
B
of
starch—with
●
amino
●
casein—with
3.
Formulate
Design
an
Explain
Interpret
the
Evaluate
using
the
Evaluate
or
with
powder)
using
these
Benedict’s
methods:
test
test
indicator
or
a
pH
probe
test.
for
the
scientic
will
(milk
detected
strips
to
test
variables.
you
be
universal
biuret
function
reasoning.
your
of
the
gut
(to
digest
food)
[3]
hypothesis,
including
how
you
[8]
collect
data
in
your
investigation.
[4]
evaluation
results
data
of
your
and
investigation
explain
your
in
results
a
results
using
table.
[3]
scientic
[3]
the
validity
investigation.
10. Explain
110
it
the
reasoning.
your
iodine
experiment
and
7.
the
can
test
hypothesis
how
Present
9.
a
control
6.
8.
urine
the
casein
foods
acids—with
explain
Analysis
acid)
such
●
5.
D
amino
glucose—with
will
C
(an
●
4.
A
acid
presence
and
foods
your
how
of
method.
you
your
hypothesis
based
on
the
outcome
of
[3]
could
Was
it
a
extend
valid
or
test
of
improve
your
your
hypothesis?
method.
[3]
[3]
A
B
C
D
Researching
The
following
Biotechnology.
through
the
the
text
Vol
risks
is
from
22.
tasks
of
Pp
that
GM
foods
Netherwood,
204–209.
Read
T.
et
the
al.
2004.
passage
Nature
and
work
follow.
Assessing the survival of transgenic plant DNA in the human
gastrointestinal tract
If
we
new
in
ingest
genes
genetically
enter
equivalent
resistance
markers
concern,
bacteria
the
to
investigate
in
the
new
to
gut
genes
create
strains.
with
or
small
of
The
intact
intervals
a
from
Few
the
issue
to
is
Explain
be
the
happens
small
d)
Write
the
to
and
a
a
gut
copies
At
been
end
epsps
gut
the
volunteers
it
feces
was
with
biological
of
was
before
the
DNA
of
knowledge
gene.
the
the
twelve
The
epsps
0.0001%
epsps
of
the
in
gene.
volunteers
material
the
recovered
scientists
out
Explain
of
to
this
new
why
get
the
check
the
the
None
from
of
the
whether
from
the
gene,
with
ingested
seven
the
the
epsps
contained
during
of
the
the
gene
In
the
no
to
a
feces
before
collected
and
after
of
an
suggesting
bacteria
experiment
or
numbers
before
gut
the
the
normal
evidence
experiment,
gene
in
the
small
had
had
material
gene
was
in
with
either
very
the
There
this
before
bacteria
bacteria
bags
tests
already
volunteers
ileostomy
transfer
experiment
volunteers
experiment.
the
occurred
collected
to
of
of
experiment.
that
seven
ingestion
that
the
newspaper
it.
of
materials
had
started.
permission
research.
genes
research
in
[3]
GM
into
this
[3]
intestines.
ingesting
done
increase
the
for
start
bacteria
the
carrying
risk.
conclusions
of
soya
the
the
contain
and
gene
contained
after
a
time
from
essential
signicant
the
GM
At
contents
consider
large
of
fed
epsps.
the
collected
provide
of
the
of
did
These
presence
from
trace
bags
3.7%
intestines
volunteers
the
the
feces
any
of
volunteers.
volunteers.
bacteria
easily
for
the
between
to
done
dangerous
seven
of
twelve
ileostomy
persist
can
worthwhile.
brief
risks
all
volunteers
still
tested
whether
to
collected
egested
scientists
foods
the
were
why
were
from
called
this
and
Explain
genes
twelve
were
gene
bags
volunteers
c)
and
at
been
the
showed
as
potential
gut.
after
ileostomy
b)
contents
a
from
None
transferred
and
used
(who
used
are
be
potentially
bags
absent
has
transferred
volunteers
containing
new
researchers
intestines)
normal
might
Research
and
gut
are
often
destroyed,
be
ileostomy
samples
11. a)
can
The
they
whether
novel
are
foods,
Antibiotic
modication
gut.
are
that
foods.
which
genetic
because
in
gut
non-GM
genes
in
our
modied
can
epsps
but
drawn
gene
as
it
about
passes
what
through
the
[3]
article
GM
be
explaining
foods,
strong
for
the
readers
views
on
research
who
this
have
subject.
into
little
[6]
111
5
Movement
Movement
par ticles
to
happens
galaxies
at
ever y
within
level,
the
from
subatomic
universe.

Many
birds
distances
migrate.
has
of
any
Arctic
species,
year
reason
the
for
and
on
the
pull
sea
tidal
water
fall
Bay
of
Scotia,
1 12
it
exerts
causes
vertical
occurs
Fundy,
where
much
the
moves
movements.
and
is
Earth,
that
greatest
as
What
migrations?
moon
around
the
ying
between
Antarctica.
As
tern
route
kilometres
Greenland

113
longest
71,000
each
only
the
the
huge
they
Although
weighing
grams,
travel
when
as
16
The
rise
in
the
Nova
it
can
be
metres.

The
of
maple
the
syrup
seasonal
conducting
climates,
roots
rises
into
in
maple
the
concentrated
store
in
trunk.
and
the
containers.
by
of
maple
winter.
sugar
tree
trees
collecting
of
trees
the
into
the
takes
movement
tissues
before
converted
industry
in
starch
the
Taps
sap
sap
trees.
The
late
are
in
cold
their
is
winter
and
hammered
out
syrup
evaporating
the
In
starch
drips
The
advantage
is
the
into
then
water

Huge
quantities
hydraulic
uid
the
into
or
piston
piston
out
inside
rod
to
similarities
and
hydraulic

Much
warfare
launch
this
of
case
is
bowstring
archer
other
based
an
arrow,
providing
establishing
examples
know?
of
is
projectiles.
Do
of
living
on
The
ballistics
with
the
kinetic
the
-
projectile
organisms
other
can
cylinder
barrel
This
in
of
of
an
two
are
directions.
are
causes
attached
a
directions.
needed
What
there
movement
by
hydraulic
barrel
and
cylinders
of
moved
transmits
one
differences
systems
be
Pumping
and
for
are
between
muscle
animals?
in
stretched
energy
trajectory.
ballistics
the
a
the
hydraulic
in
in
of
force
movement
action
rock
move.
unidirectional
Different
of
excavators.
can
use
and
an
What
do
you
this
type
movement?
1 13
M O V E M E N T
Introduction
Movement
is
a
environment.
Key
change
Within
in
a
position
biological
with
respect
context,
to
other
materials
things
can
ow,
in
an
like
concept: Change
blood
through
materials
Related
concept:
context:
Fairness
response
move
and
arms
Energy
development
Movement
in
be
times.
of
one
This
to
a
ower
move
buds
at
all,
time -lapse
it
will
as
movements
you
of
water
when
open.
something
does
Statement
114
in
Can
the
not
of
changes
activity
At
the
by
molecular
pumps
or
level,
diffuse
may
to
of
in
you
think
living
move
like
to
by
in
the
into
key
in
achieve
waste
the
heat
can
locomotion.
rising
atmosphere
the
and
concept
of
change,
concepts
of
movement
evaluating
elements
of
comparing
could
be
relation
jumping
the
contractions
to
from
to
be
canopies.
movement
and
the
closing
of
water
and
in
like
a
such
tree
of
in
of
the
in
change
change
at
movement
the
from,
move
different
position
changes
jumps
ower
a
things
Indeed,
change
the
case
and
something
as
it
this
why
environment.
another,
and
how
position
something
to
monkey
opening
the
the
in
may
the
impact
oceans
rainfall
due
to
patterns.
at
drought
or
climate
abundant
in
or
relative
over
time,
buds.
atmosphere
Changes
change
rainfall
affect
in
the
due
to
forest
movement
weather
of
the
be
in
areas
of
the
patterns,
world
that
would
normally
experience
these
phenomena.
Overall,
such
severely
impact
the
future
of
the
planet,
so
in
this
chapter
world
explore
all?
weather
fair
changes
of
the
global
context
of
fairness
inquiry:
not
Muscle
another
through
other
the
one
moving
forest
the
to
systems
change
a
differences.
relation
the
may
The
lungs.
membranes
ver y
not
owers
that
cell
sunlight
Inquiry
with
clearance
causing
slow
through
don’t
if
lm
reveal
by
structure
Changes

Although
them,
air
across
through
or
detected
position
such
move
in
understanding
relation
can
legs
relates
position.
involves
take
or
moved
concentration
heaps
intercepted
of
to
and
can
compost
seem
vessels
be
Movement
in
Global
can
to
patterns
future
caused
by
generations.
current
economic
and
development.
we
In
the
●
living
world,
Substances
Water
way,
such
as
the
air
in
as
Different
other,
●
move
in
as
the
mass
parts
can
and
occur
out
example,
of
in
are
on
or
can
veins
a
cells
enter
molecules
blood
windpipe,
across
leave
move
and
pumped
range
the
scales:
cell
cells
by
the
and
membrane.
osmosis.
between
arteries,
around
of
a
tissues.
gases,
body
In
in
a
such
process
ow.
of
through
Whole
for
individual
Liquids,
known
●
can
molecules,
similar
●
movement
an
organism
growth
organisms
can
or
can
muscle
move
be
moved
in
relation
to
each
action.
from
one
location
to
another—this
is
locomotion.
Particle
The
theory
direction
random
more
in
of
from
opposite
that
atoms
movement
movement
move
the
high
states
causes
areas
of
direction.
concentration
to
an
of
and
individual
particles
high
The
to
of
movement
low
are
particles
become
concentration
net
area
molecules
constantly
is
random.
evenly
to
low
of
motion.
This
spread,
because
concentration
particles
concentration
in
is
from
known
an
as
than
area
of
diffusion.

This
the
left,
The
movement
of
gases
between
body
cells
and
the
blood
experiment
diusion
two
dioxide
is
is
a
an
example
waste
of
product
diffusion
of
in
aerobic
living
things.
respiration
so
it
Carbon
is
at
a
but
higher
their
their
bromine
kept
concentration
in
Oxygen
cells
is
than
used
up
in
by
blood
passing
aerobic
through
respiration
so
capillaries
it
is
at
a
are
the
inside
exchanged
tissues
in
and
cells
tissues
carbon
than
in
through
dioxide
nearby
blood.
diffusion
moving
by
For
this
oxygen
gas.
are
On
the
arranged
open
ends
contents,
(brown)
by
together,
gaseous
and
a
air,
glass
are
lid.
in
the
lid
is
removed,
lower
diusion
concentration
jars
separate
When
tissues.
demonstrates
a
in
with
capillaries
gas
of
reason,
moving
gases
into
out.
can
be
occurs,
seen
spreading
and
into
the
on
can
explained
this
be
the
upper
(apparatus
par ticle
bromine
gradually
right).
jar
How
using
theor y?
Exploring diusion through simulations and animations
An
animation
is
a
allows
the
follow
investigative
and
viewer
dynamic
simulations
to
alter
visual
variables
procedures
help
us
model
to
as
of
within
the
visualize
a
an
process.
simulation
animation
animation
events
A
plays.
happening
or
to
Animations
on
a
body
molecular
In
the
level
that
interactive
are
otherwise
simulation
of
not
directly
diffusion
cell
visible.
across
a
membrane
CO
CO
2
O
2
2
produced
by
the
University
of
Colorado,
Boulder
CO
(https://phet.
2
CO
2
O
2
colorado.edu/en/simulation/membrane-channels),
you
can
CO
control
the
the
insertion
particles
that
of
can
channels
pass
into
through
by
a
membrane
diffusion.
and
In
a
produced
by
the
Concord
Consortium
random
Write
a
movement
script
movement
Your
for
and
animation
factors,
such
as
an
and
animation
collisions
should
you
collision
that
between
also
take
temperature,
can
of
investigate
particles
shows
into
the
in
O
2
exchange
in
how
rate
cells
and
between
the
blood
the
diffusion.
random
results
account
inuence
how
result
how
particles
2
(https://concord.
body
org/stem-resources/diffusion),
blood
different

Gas
activity,
O
2
observe
of
diffusion.
external
diffusion.
115
M O V E M E N T
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
A
movement
solution
solute,
in
is
a
a
mixture
solvent.
solute
and
If
solutions
two
through,
water
then
where
interaction
lowering
to
area
is
the
by
a
moves
of
vial
carrot
on
in
chloride
a
the
left
(table
vial
contains
carrot
If
both
carrots
size
on
same
the
experiment,
in
in
at
known
solution,
salt
is
as
a
the
almost
of
The
membrane
the
solute
always
movement
doesn’t
area
of
let
lower
concentration.
the
solvent,
some
net
is
that
water
NaCl
as
of
solute
solute
In
the
living
solute–solvent
molecules,
movement
known
the
the
water
effectively
through
osmosis.
solution
a
sodium
right
water
the
only.
initially
star t
how
their
material,
water
and
the
were
the
dierence
of
salt)
water. The
a
contains
solution
salt
barrier
water

The
osmosis?
dissolved
a
from
high
concentration.
permeable
in
in
solvent.
solvent
water
their
selectively
contains
example,
separated
the
limits
that
For
the
are
the
concentration
world,
is
occurs
of
can
size
the
be
explained?
osmosis

Osmosis
from
a
is
the
lower
to
impermeable
chloride
A
B
C
D
movement
a
to
higher
sodium
of
water
solute
through
a
selectively
concentration.
chloride,
water
Here,
diuses
permeable
because
into
the
the
side
membrane
membrane
with
the
solution
Aim
In
this
experiment
we
will
use
potato
tissue
to
investigate
the
process
of
osmosis
in
solution,
as
indicated
cells.
Method
1.
Prepare
six
different
concentrations
of
sodium
chloride
in
the
table.
–1
Concentration
of
NaCl
solution
(mol
L
)
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.80
100
90
80
70
50
20
0
10
20
30
50
80
3
Volume
of
distilled
H
O
(cm
)
2
3
Volume
116
of
1
M
NaCl
(cm
)
is
sodium
a
3
2.
Place
test
to
3.
20
tubes,
0.80
Using
them
cut
cm
of
each
with
solution
each
of
the
a
core
onto
the
a
borer,
create
tile
a
cores
or
into
mm
one
potato
core
5.
After
two
hours,
remove
measurements
against
where
data
you
sodium
the
Describe
separate
containing
a
full
test
tubes;
this
concentration
will
result
range
of
in
three
NaCl,
sets
from
0.0
of
six
molar
how
on
towel.
each
the
set
collected,
line
cylinders
Then
of
the
cores
of
test
potato
using
a
tissue;
remove
scalpel
and
a
the
ruler
potato
peel
(calibrated
and
in
place
millimetres),
from
determine
graph
this
method
can
length
change.
Would
be
test
tubes
the
test
and
store
tubes
for
and
two
hours
measure
at
them.
room
temperature.
Record
your
tubes.
concentration
the
of
lengths.
into
each
chloride
trend
percentage
for
18
paper
30
Place
the
sets
three
molar.
4.
Using
into
the
of
the
crosses
solutions.
the
modied
using
percentage
What
is
in
length
the
and
then
signicance
of
graph
the
it
point
x-axis?
using
mass
change
or
a
percentage
length
as
a
mass
reporter
change
be
instead
more
of
a
accurate?
Extension
Repeat
the
do
explain
you
What
is
experiment
the
exchange
The
diagram
owering
in
(right)
chloroplasts
dioxide
This
is
used
creates
boiled
potato
relationship
and
plant.
using
cores:
are
your
results
any
different
and
if
yes,
how
this?
shows
the
and
P L A N TS
gas
transpiration?
a
leaf
Photosynthesis
in
between
from
oxygen
is
waxy
cuticle
occurs
mesophyll.
concentration
a
Carbon
epidermis
produced.
gradients
chloroplast
palisade
which
cause
carbon
dioxide
to
diffuse
mesophyll
into
the
leaf
and
oxygen
to
diffuse
out.
cell
The
exchange
which
are
of
gases
occurs
microscopic
pores
via
in
wall
stomata,
the
epidermis.
nucleus
spongy
air
Whenever
the
stomata
are
open,
space
water
mesophyll
vapour
them.
molecules
Water
can
pass
evaporates
through
from
moist
vacuole
cell
walls
inside
concentration.
the
If
leaf
the
creating
a
high
concentration
of
guard
water
lower,
in
a
vapor
it
in
the
diffuses
process
atmosphere
out
called
through
outside
the
is
cell
stoma
stomata
transpiration.
1 17
M O V E M E N T
A
B
C
D
The
diagram
of
leafy
a
a
reservoir
tube.
A
(to
takes
tube.
The
up
in
right
water,
to
over
be
of
to
potometer.
of
through
the
tube
the
bubble
will
bubble
can
The
tap
and
a
apparatus
in
a
zero
along
reservoir
stopper,
capillary
point.
the
monitored
the
consists
rubber
graduated
the
move
be
below
out
This
hole
marks
the
carry
a
shoot)
capillary
time.
reset
a
tightly
the
progress
position
bubble
shows
tted
the
bubble
plant
its
below
shoot
As
the
capillary
by
recording
allows
the
replicates.
shoot

A
plastic
over
the
bag
plant. The
has
has
been
branches
inside
of
condensation
water
transpired
plant ’s
leaves.
of
a
the
on
it
from
How
secured
reser voir
potted
scale
bag
from
the
can
this
potometer
be
air
bubble
beaker
of
water
explained?
Design
on
an
experiment
transpiration.
measure
wind
1.
What
are
2.
Discuss
You
speed
the
the
to
measure
can
using
units
of
concept
the
simulate
an
of
using
wind
a
speed
fan;
you
can
anemometer.
wind
of
effect
wind
speed?
movement
in
relation
to
this
experiment.
3.
Transpiration
blow
a
air
at
testable
rates
very
are
high
hypothesis
not
as
speeds:
that
high
as
have
could
expected
you
be
when
noticed
this?
investigated
to
fans
Suggest
explain
this
observation.
P H YS I O L O G Y
How
to
does
walls
The
regain
cell
is
It
cellulose
types
of
of
drawn
the
is
lost
in
drawn
a
cell
of
a
walls;
cells
from
of
the
from
vessels
away
the
roots
cell
walls
blotting
almost
paper,
of
is
entirely
even
if
it
be
of
tissue
by
as
type
These
xylem.
xylem
of
molecules
modelled
towel
rise
leaf.
No
vessel.
capillary
and
adhesion.
cellulose.
to
a
the
called
nearest
cells
paper
has
inside
water
known
or
a
the
leaf
can
paper
walls
within
between
attraction
leaf
cell
from
walls
attraction
this
to
water
from
few
the
consist
through
of
through
piece
paper
loss
water
on
water
dry
a
than
depends
Adhesion
edge
causes
more
water
action.
1 18
move
leaves?
Transpiration
leaf
water
by
in
placing
water.
Water
vertically
is
to
the
These
quickly
do
so.
No
matter
how
transpiration,
walls
the
lose
force
each
they
water,
nearest
force
cause
other
because
of
combined
not
to
walls
out
inside
because
with
an
vessels.
in
water
are
together
Water
transpiration
and
rises
the
adhesion.
might
This
to
by
in
in
When
causes
be
does
stem
of
the
out
powerful
apart
from
happen
bonds.
through
water
of
pulling
usually
hydrogen
the
a
this
pulled
not
by
sucked
expect
cohesion
water
lose
amount
xylem
vapor.
held
cohesion.
of
leaf
therefore
We
the
the
equal
Transpiration
molecules
molecules
of
dry
xylem
change
is
cell
replaced
vessel.
water
water
pull
water
do
is
inside
and
water
property
it
xylem
(suction)
to
much
This
the
molecules.
xylem
vessels
1
cohesion
2
adhesion
1
2
water
leaving
through
xylem
vessel
water
stomata
molecule
epidermal
soil
water
soil
from
roots
root
hair
water

This
piece
of
celer y
Transpiration
coloring
tissue
are
can
leaf
true
to
be
be
stalks
stem
from
was
the
drawn
the
from
(petioles)
been
placed
celer y
into
deduced
had
cytoplasm
par ticle
moves
into
cell
not
used
in
in
the
water
leaves
xylem
the
absorbs
from
that
(now
pattern
had
blue
removed)
vessels
stems. What
this
xylem
of
vessel
soil
and
blue
food
coloring
created
moved
of
blue
celer y
coloration
to
causing
upwards. The
coloration. The
pattern
added
suction,
it.
the
position
sticks
would
of
that
you
blue
xylem
we
eat
expect
if
a
experiment?
1 19
M O V E M E N T
A
B
C
D
We
can
use
movement
leading
to
a
shoot
liquids
the
movement,
given
leafy
of
larger
so
the
of
Pelargonium
through
leaves
blue
the
will
dye
(geranium)
xylem.
have
Vascular
greater
penetrates
to
velocity
higher
up
investigate
bundles
the
of
sap
stem
in
a
time.
Method
●
Prepare
water
●
Cut
●
After
cut
a
a
(you
leafy
an
the
of
on
M E TA B O L I S M
make
of
color
dye
of
the
the
is
visible
of
it
of
this
and
methylene
stand
from
using
how
a
it
the
a
be
in
the
dye
scalpel.
sections
formula
dye
in
black).
solution.
and
Record
you
move
quantify
blue
almost
solution
liquids
to
to
clean
the
propose
formula
Pelargonium
of
solution
through
plants,
use
sugars
sugars
your
stem
through
understanding
then
solution
Pelargonium
remove
bundles
in
do
the
sections
the
vascular
Plants
xylem
stem
movement,
How
want
your
movement
concentrated
hour,
serial
whether
Based
very
cut.
through
for
the
the
rate
rate
of
stem.
move
in
(carbohydrates)
plants?
by
photosynthesis
in
leaves
and
phloem
other
organs
that
contain
chloroplasts.
These
sugars
can
be
moved
source
throughout
(leaf
the
plant,
either
to
storage
organs
or
for
use
in
other
cell)
water
plant
tissues.
Plants
carbohydrates
have
known
as
a
specialized
tissue
for
the
transport
of
phloem.
sucrose
The
pressure-ow
hypothesis
is
used
to
explain
the
movement
of
sap
companion
within
phloem.
source
of
A
high
concentration
of
sugar
in
the
phloem
near
the
cell
This
is
production
creates
pressure
withdrawn
at
in
the
leaf
within
other
draws
the
locations
water
phloem.
within
At
the
from
the
the
same
plant,
nearby
time,
either
at
xylem.
sugar
storage
sink
(root
cell)
organs
This
water
pressure.
there
companion
cell
12 0
or
in
causes
is
tissues
water
The
high
that
to
will
leave
phloem
pressure
sap
to
use
the
the
therefore
the
sugar.
phloem
low
by
moves
pressure
These
osmosis
from
sinks.
are
known
and
the
so
as
sinks.
creates
source
low
where
Data-based
It
is
to
not
a
certain
greater
currently
tree
of
is
known,
northern
water
whether
height
found
gravity
question: The
in
than
which
the
wet
California.
increasingly
upwards
trees
the
is
could
tallest
about
As
trees
the
tree
height
species.
grow
110
m.
taller,
movement
leaves
longest
This
limits
both
expansion
a
of
maximum
sufcient
The
leaf
the
rate
soil
(l)
growth
leaf
of
area,
graph
with
in
of
the
height
which
is
dots
leaves
and
ve
shortest
for
green
represent
represent
that
dots
leaves
tree
the
height
represent
for
individual
mean
that
for
the
of
a
for
ve
certain
mean
height
leaf
the
a
of
the
certain
tree.
of
Estimate
the
mean
length
of
the:
m
tree
the
a)
longest
leaves
b)
shortest
c)
longest
d)
shortest
for
a
90
impose
even
when
leaves
for
a
90
m
tree
present.
shows
tree
triangles
tree.
and
will
photosynthesis
moisture
following
length
the
Red
tree
1.
This
Grey
samples.
forests
grow
the
to
tree
temperate
restricts
towards
limits
the
height
variation
(h)
of
leaves
for
a
20
m
tree
in
1,925
leaves
for
a
20
m
tree.
tree
2.
As
the
what
3.
height
of
happens
the
tree
the
maximum
b)
the
minimum
leaf
c)
the
variability
in
what
outline
to:
a)
Explain
increases,
leaf
limits
carbohydrates
can
length
length
leaf
the
be
length.
rate
at
carried
which
away
from
the
leaves.
4.
With
reference
transpiration,
disadvantage
5.
Does
the
there
How
are
materials
multicellular
Multicellular
transport
phloem
xylem
of
organisms
tissue
often
have
throughout
specialized
which
of
data
a
photosynthesis
a
in
limit
one
large
the
to
surface
graph
tree
and
advantage
and
area
suggest
one
leaf.
that
height?
P H YS I O L O G Y
inside
organisms?
materials
tissues
moved
is
to
state
are
for
the
specialized
the
movement
specialized
systems
organism.
for
the
of
for
Vascular
the
plants
carbohydrates
transport
of
water
have
and
and
nutrients.
Humans
a
heart
have
and
a
circulatory
blood.
The
system
blood
is
that
moved
consists
around
of
the
blood
body
vessels,
by
the
1 21
M O V E M E N T
contraction
capillaries
in
the
of
the
the
tissues
carries
The
the
and
them
heart
is
lungs
a
veins
which
away
from
across
Blood
The
the
diagram
blood
of
the
body,
represents
through
hear t
with
and
the
oxygenated
the
carr ying
blood
(blue).
occurs
lungs
in
the
and
ar teries
ow
Vena
●
carr ying
(red)
of
and
the
with
to
all
the
the
in
deduce
side
the
waste
products
the
arteries
blood
the
vessels
and
and
to
include
carry
blood
capillaries
where
surrounding
tissues
walls.
system
described
of
blood
vessels
which
as
capillary
is
location
pumping
Blood
known
circulatory
blood
other
organs.
heart,
forming
the
right
vessels
between
cells
and
kidneys.
other
smaller
several
cava:
a
atrium
vein
of
which
the
an
the
ventricle
●
artery
left
Pulmonary
of
●
the
the
below.
vessel
in
Read
the
the
diagram
brings
deoxygenated
blood
to
the
heart
which
to
the
artery:
right
Pulmonary
the
the
carries
oxygenated
blood
away
from
tissues
of
the
body
carries
deoxygenated
blood
to
the
lungs
ventricle
vein:
carries
oxygenated
blood
from
the
lung
to
heart
tissues
What
is
the
and
cells
in
the
to
adjust
another
of
hear t
(cardiac)
our
aware
of
and
the
to
atria,
the
the
decrease
ventricles
the
heart.
inside
the
Their
heart
coordinated
that
coordinated
there
which
circular
size
of
example
of
the
body,
without
heart
right
the
in
moving
hear t?
blood
the
volume
causes
pushes
decreases
of
the
function
to
Within
contraction
of
into
cardiac
volume
blood,
is
chambers.
blood
contraction
movement
beat
doing
not
pupil
in
the
cause
iris
without
control
involuntary
controlled
What
direction?
that
consciously
muscles
the
of
is
it.
are
muscles
conscious
cells
the
on
as
cells
of
including
of
the
muscle
these
blood
cells,
body.
organs
contracts
of
wall
the
radial
a
muscle
unique
force
known
This
human
internal
the
exert
of
the
are
Similarly,
the
chambers.
around
cells
causes
ventricles.
cells
role
through
chambers
these
In
the
muscle
contract
12 2
to
and
exchange
capillaries
micrograph
of
dioxide
to
toward
and
Aorta:
Cardiac
muscle
oxygen
left.
blood
A
and
the
P H YS I O L O G Y

nutrients
deoxygenated
Gas
the
carries
chambers
around
blood
the
side
blood
layer
and
pump
movement
from
veins
blood
carbon
exchanged
thin
right
of
up
heart
function
the
●
This
The
lungs
left
carry
descriptions
to
the
double
the
are
the
picks
to
and
materials

heart.
lungs
is
muscle.
that
the
eye,
direct
The
lives
the
Muscle
and
pumps
iris
that
muscle
without
muscle
our
example,
Cardiac
frequency
our
cardiac
For
within
move
input.
involuntary.
throughout
ensures
controlled.
of
our
movements
is
power
us
being
blood
in
How
does
veins
With
This
the
aect
each
artery
the
the
then
and
neck
by
propelled
in
circulatory
the
After
Veins
the
the
on
veins
Referring

by
valves
the
to
light
left)
and
the
vein
(top
muscle
brown).
Ar teries
from
and
is
heart
the
a
elastic
of
(purple)
away
the
from
and
continues
ows
in
the
the
and
the
a
to
hear t,
a
push
This
wrist
and
pulse.
blood
along
collects
blood.
in
veins.
They
also
pressure
on
heart.
ar ter y
layer
in
direction.
of
of
containing
the
the
increase
structure
tissue
of
to
in
feeling
one
ow
pressure.
bers
diameter.
blood
muscles
to
high
elastic
detected
artery
back
wall
under
original
be
backward
through
the
its
P H YS I O L O G Y
and
blood?
The
capillaries,
compare
bers
blood
rest
beat
the
blood
section
to
can
blood
in
of
arteries
the
skeletal
right). Within
carr y
the
artery
that
of
micrograph,
smooth
hear t
so
the
over
prevent
returns
ar teries
stretched.
arteries
materials
that
micrograph
a
be
the
of
next
contraction
which
The
the
the
of
to
ngers
system
exchange
have
depend
return
contraction
Blood
enters
walls
holding
of
movement
blood
artery
wall
structure
the
heartbeat,
causes
expansion
in
the
and
of
while
arteries
an
ar ter y
the
vein
connective
veins
carr y
and
veins.
(bottom
is
a
layer
tissue
blood
of
(light
back
to
body
How do skeletal muscles eect movement?
Movement
(bending)
in
such
limbs
conjunction
Skeletal
as
in
running
a
with
muscle
is
achieved
voluntary
the
consists
fashion.
skeletal
of
system
elongated
by
extending
Voluntary
to
make
structures
and
exing
muscles
the
body
called
P H YS I O L O G Y
work
move.
muscle
bers.
12 3
M O V E M E N T
Each
muscle
myobrils.
units
Every
called
sarcomeres
contract
ber
contains
myobril
sarcomeres.
within
with
many
a
great
It
parallel
consists
is
the
muscle
of
a
structures
series
combined
that
causes
of
separate
action
the
known
of
muscle
as
contractile
millions
as
a
of
whole
to
force.
bundle
muscle
of
single
f ibres
muscle
f ibre
one
sarcomere
skeletal
muscle
myof ibril
ner ve

The
structure
For
example,
the
human
is
attached
radius,
The
triceps
humerus,
end,
the
the
the
by
the
is
of
muscles
pairs
of
relaxes.
and
12 4
the
as
is
is
the
the
bone
to
work
bones
by
(shoulder
two
to
ex
and
tendons.
blade)
bones
in
the
to
scapula
The
and
to
forearm.
extend
biceps
the
When
arm.
upper
the
triceps
triceps
exert
end
in
the
the
ulna,
upper
the
contracts,
the
are
force
referred
in
it
leg.
of
an
to
arm.
larger
of
extends
as
opposite
movement
example
in
to
scapula
of
single
the
create
Another
its
muscles
and
At
the
the
also
its
to
the
lower
bones
arm
in
by
elbow.
the
they
triceps
the
attached
the
hamstrings
at
capillar y
muscles
attached
exes
the
When
muscles
is
to
attached
and
and
smaller
biceps
triceps
biceps
biceps
Muscle
which
forearm.
skeletal
tendons
is
strengthening
The
human
arm.
which
contracted,
of
blood
when
an
antagonistic
directions.
one
antagonistic
Antagonistic
contracts
pair
is
pair
the
and
the
other
quadriceps
tendon
biceps
scapula
(contracted)
biceps
(relaxed)

The
biceps
and
triceps
muscles
origin
are
antagonistic;
their
concer ted
radius
triceps
movement
enables
the
movement
(relaxed)
of
the
whole
arm. Why
are
triceps
separate
(contracted)
muscles
needed
for
humerus
exing
and
extending
the
arm?
inser tion
ulna
The
place
several
For
and
where
types
of
example,
exion.
sheets
A
B
C
D
of
Safety
Keep
at
note:
the
Bones
tissue
your
two
Raw
if
each
elbow
are
called
meet
is
known
permitting
is
held
a
hinge
a
joint
together
at
as
a
certain
a
joint.
which
joint
There
range
of
permits
by
tough
are
movement.
extension
cords
or
ligaments.
chicken
hands
investigation;
bones
joint,
away
may
from
available,
be
contaminated
your
use
face
and
by
mouth
the
bacteria
throughout
Salmonella.
this
gloves.
Materials
●
A
●
Dissecting
chicken
Recording
●
Design
about
As
a
data
the
you
equipment:
tray,
scalpel,
blunt
probe,
forceps
results
including
●
wing
of
will
tendons
draw
wing,
distribution
that
allow
structures
muscles,
work,
chicken
table
various
and
which
and
label
should
various
you
found
a
in
to
note
your
observations
chicken
wing,
ligaments.
simple
show
diagram
the
location
of
your
and
tissues.
Method
1.
Rinse
the
chicken
thoroughly
2.
Pick
up
think
3.
Move
the
your
the
dry
it
wing
wing
joints.
wing
with
and
is
under
a
paper
imagine
from
the
Describe
it
cool,
water
and
towel.
is
right
the
running
still
or
range
on
left
of
the
side
chicken.
of
the
movement
Do
bird?
of
you
Explain.
the
joints.
12 5
M O V E M E N T
4.
Carefully
wing,
Remove
some
and
5.
of
them.
to
tray.
the
straighten
What
of
is
shiny,
the
role
contraction
the
they
occurs
by
radial
cage
and
of
that
inhalation
recoil,
needed.
muscle
down
probe
other
break
hard
of
to
without
muscles
horizontally
note
and
how
that
at
the
bend
the
exes
the
white
and
a
ends
are
above
movement
the
joints.
bones
joint
to
of
move.
and
On
each
muscles,
expose
ligaments.
observe
covering
of
intercostal
and
but
in
the
the
then
bones
How
of
many
how
joint
the
bones
surfaces
movement
human
causes
ventilation
and
exhalation.
and
t
is
is
muscle
the
role
muscles
thorax
of
which
from
between
the
the
the
lungs
muscle
lower
can
each
diaphragm,
the
of
Two
Shallow
types
of
in
lungs?
therefore
inhalation.
two
the
separates
muscle
thorax
What
bres
that
by
the
types
the
pressure
exhalation
be
used
these
is
the
if
forced
muscle
types:
sheet-like
abdomen?
ribs,
which
move
the
rib
out?
intercostal
down
up?
it
the
the
abdomen
blunt
and
muscles,
the
joint
of
cause
internal
the
white
of
up
hold
tendons
the
to
external
to
pulling
together?
volume
is
a
each
groups
note
muscle
with
contract,
structure
cage
of
elastic
exhalation
it
skin.
cartilage.
processes
increase
it,
chicken
the
joint.
joint
ventilation
muscle
when
The
and
and
Observe
Bend
and
a
Use
muscles
upside
white
hold
the
under
grabbing
from
different
the
each
along
wing.
wing.
wing
of
a
nger
of
below
joint?
muscle
label
shiny
them,
the
wing
ligaments
the
12 6
the
each
your
then
muscles
many
extends
chicken
made
●
on
length
muscles
bottom.
on
chicken
Turn
that
together.
●
to
each
entire
the
sliding
tissues
“elbow”
on
diagram,
remove
●
the
pull
Observe
the
How
the
Pull
causes.
muscle
●
top
individual
your
is
from
muscles
Again
twin
rst
connective
the
it
It
by
the
through
the
the
P H YS I O L O G Y
skin
along
cut
separate
Straighten
8.
skin
to
Observe
attached
7.
the
not
the
the
cutting
tearing
6.
cut
trying
and
wall
muscle
between
the
ribs,
which
move
the
rib
in?
muscles,
which
can
push
organs
in
the
abdomen
in
ver tebral
column
ribs
ribs
diaphragm
diaphragm

Inhalation
What
and
exhalation
air
windpipe
tubes
humans
movements
exchange
Inhaled
in
in
passes
or
into
trachea.
known
as
the
the
The
are
required
for
P H YS I O L O G Y
gas
alveolus?
lungs
through
trachea
bronchi.
movement
a
branches
Bronchi
divide
rigid
left
tube
and
further
called
right
into
the
into
smaller
tubes:
trachea
bronchioles.
are
tiny
These
●
sacs.
The
In
smallest
the
movements
during
bronchioles
human
occur
inhalation
in
the
lung,
end
alveoli
in
are
groups
the
of
sites
alveoli,
of
gas
which
exchange.
bronchus
alveoli:
alveolus
expands
and
air
is
drawn
in
from
bronchiole
the
bronchioles
alveolus
●
during
forced
exhalation
out
into
the
the
alveolus
decreases
in
volume
and
air
is
bronchioles

●
blood
ows
through
the
capillaries
adjacent
to
the
alveolus
The
trachea
right
How
does
each
of
these
movements
increase
the
rate
of
gas
exchange
and
alveoli?
You
should
include
the
concept
of
concentration
left
subdivide
narrower
in
your
bronchi.
several
into
the
Bronchi
times
bronchioles.
into
At
the
end
of
gradients
bronchioles
in
branches
wall.
are
alveoli,
the
sites
of
answer.
gas
oxygen-rich
returns
and
is
to
then
around
inhaled
exchange
blood
the
hear t
distributed
the
body
air
alveolus
deoxygenated
blood
carr ying
carbon
dioxide
carbon
dioxide
oxygen
capillar y

In the human lung, gas exchange occurs in structures called
alveoli
12 7
M O V E M E N T
A
B
C
D
Design
on
an
experiment
variables
Ventilation
Stand
still
positions:
at
a
and
dust
cilia
(yellow)
captured
by
and
the
still,
by
the
placing
then
lying
a
of
after
on
both
one
the
positions
your
the
rest
position
rate.
hand
measure
prone
possible
of
effect
ventilation
procedure
implications
bronchiole
mucus
person
on
the
cage.
ventilation
minute
ground
can
rib
be
in
and
rate
these
lying
explored.
results.
it
and
one
the
might
suffering
difcult
restrict
How
the
a
(left)
build-up
what
asthma
of
constricted
suffering
exercise?
pollen
and
counted
illustration
inamed,
nd
with
rate
Other
the
on
people
trachea
sitting
angle.
Based
of
the
determine
minute
Repeat
possible
predict
of
be
symptoms
a
sur face
can
Asthma
with
the
to
heart
How does air pollution aect gas exchange?
an
of
rate.
45°
as
one
rest
normal
Micrograph
for
heart
Discuss

rate
and
back
P H YS I O L O G Y
such
(right)
from
in
asthma,
symptoms
be.
Why
from
to
do
asthma
recover
does
after
asthma
movement
of
air?
(pink)
hair-like
Smoking,
fossil
fuels
inhaled
then,
by
foreign
on
stoves
that
transportation
Inhaling
cancer,
surface
Together
the
for
air.
including
The
cooking
of
with
these
the
beating
matter
trachea
of
the
the
is
these
upwards
from
movement
elevates
airborne
emphysema
mucus,
air
and
made
cilia
in
cilia,
burn
a
the
the
of
may
burning
of
particulates
in
cause
lung
diseases,
asthma.
up
of
serve
and
they
and
level
particles
do
cells
to
wave-like
ways
so
wood
trap
with
hair-like
airborne
movement,
lungs.
not
Air
they
pollutants
continue
to
cilia.
particles;
remove
can
expel
stop
harmful
materials.
Asthma
is
inamed
estimated
some
age
a
long-term
and
300
million
countries
groups.
12 8
an
it
is
During
environmental
to
lung
narrowed,
immune
of
the
an
condition
making
the
reaction
such
that
in
smoke,
the
or
breathing
normally.
have
inamed
dust
bronchioles
breathe
long-term
episode,
causes
to
population
common
as
which
harder
world’s
most
asthma
triggers
it
asthma
disease
which
difculties.
and
in
affecting
bronchioles
pollen,
are
An
react
can
all
to
lead
How
The
do
large,
colored
blood
are
is
macrophages
cell.
to
engulf
these
cell
The
foreign
up
study
with
of
a
is
the
a
are
still
The
in
of
the
distance
of
movement.
impact
researchers
on
the
of
Find
exposure
Journal
explored
exposure
away?
and
watch
a
video
of
this
type
of
it.
England
in
the
the
amoeboid
the New
participants
of
structure
might
description
trafc
are
movement
towards
some
exhibiting
a
that
by
How
move
white
orange
movement
them.
been
of
macrophage
cup-shaped
to
has
type
cells
this
question: The
team
that
colored
other
then
write
roadside
asthma.
cell
of
does
form
published
Medicine,
effects
It
guided
macrophage
Data-based
a
and
cells,
to
they
and
cells
function
around
be
when
movement
of
smaller
foreign.
macrophage
bacteria
shaped
macrophage—a
bacteria
as
closes
a
The
membrane
that
In
is
The
bacteria.
identied
to
irregularly
yellow
move?
the
people
study
3.
to
trac
Explain
deduce
this
the
a
on
indicators
myeloperoxidase
conclusion
that
is
of
asthma
results
and
supported
by
data.
were
8.1
asked
one
of
the
separate
pH
of
park
and
two
hours
and
six
in
walk
busiest
central
The
in
each
Oxford
central
exhaled
walk
and
Hyde
London,
Park,
on
Street,
London,
researchers
participants’
before
through
along
streets
occasion.
the
hours
on
delahxe
occasion,
the
two
trafc-free
one
a
for
htaerb
large
walk
Hp
a
to
measured
breath
three
8.0
7.9
7.8
7.7
hours
7.6
hours
after
the
start
of
each
walk.
−2
The
3
hours
lower
the
exhaled.
pH,
the
more
Researchers
carbon
also
dioxide
measured
is
the
which
is
a
chemical
of
walk
Park
indicator
Street
swelling.
breath
Hyde
the
caused
Park
Explain
Calculate
pH
the
and
these
changes
by
walking
along
percentage
increase
between
Oxford
participants.
for
Oxford
results.
myeloperoxidase
Street
in
Hyde
of
Park
50
and
esadixorepoleym
Street.
contrast
gn(
through
and
lm
1−
Compare
exhaled
2.
start
)
1.
6
to
of
Oxford
of
relation
being
level
Hyde
myeloperoxidase,
in
40
30
20
10
0
12 9
M O V E M E N T
P L A N TS
Do
plants
Four
responses
discuss
move?
of
whether
locomotion
or
a
plants
the
recently
germinated
gravitropism—also
was
germinated
dark.
in
Never theless,
downwards
(negative
oriented
itself
it
moved
These
in
stem
causes
that
the
the
root
to
cur ving
and
and
any
in
seed
growth
around
a
two
or
table
by
more
(Bryonia dioica)
type
in
of
is
response
response
xed
objects
to
and
below.
growth,
of
a
these
touch.
other
It
as
uses
plants
each
case
processes.
climbing
known
In
movement,
vine
that
thigmotropism,
tendrils
to
help
to
it
wrap
climb.
shoot
emerging
from
plant
the
sun—
towards
hormones
bend
from
a
window
cause
the
towards
cells
light
the
to
illustrate
on
the
side
of
elongate. This
The “sensitive
plant ” (Mimosa pudica)
of
that
illustrates
a
type
light.
movement
inward
in
a
after
their
carnivorous
is
being
hinge -like
regain
13 0
the
growing
the
cue
or
the
of
br yony
illustrates
in
responded
gravity.
fur thest
stem
illustrating
orientation
without
to
is
geotropism. The
gravitropism)
growing
Plant
is
is
seedling
gravitropism). The
response
seedlings
as
sideways
correctly
phototropism.
the
known
a
(positive
upwards
corn
shown
has
combination
Red
This
are
plant
a
touch
touched. They
structure
original
plants.
response:
and
form.
A
can
ush
put
similar
it
its
leaves
water
back
close
out
of
again
mechanism
cells
to
exists
in
Data-based
Charles
Darwin
phototropism
canary
question:
grass
conducted
in
the
19th
(Phalaris
Darwin’s
an
phototropism
experiment
century.
canariensis)
He
on
experiment
d)
Explain
placed
seedlings
not
in
the
rising
reasons
to
more
for
than
shoot
curvature
90°.
a
100
open
window.
and
one
Curvature
accurately
The
side
front
towards
of
a
the
south-west
light
was
traced
measured.
diagrams
curvature
in
of
shown
three
Explain
shoots
rather
illustrate
why
than
after
Darwin
the
eight
measured
three
toohS
hours.
below
seedlings
erutavruc
1.
on
)seerged(
box
one.
80
60
40
20
10
30
60
Time
3.
a)
If
a
small
over
the
respond
2.
The
graph
shows
average
shoot
to
was
shoots
the
start
time
to
delay
curve
before
At
what
unilateral
from
towards
time
was
the
shoot
the
response
kept
the
dark.
the
in
Describe
the
in
Invertebrates
investigate
laboratory
pattern
the
them.
move
these
or
hypotheses
test
If
Darwin’s
be
in
of
shoot
curvature
wavelengths
there
some
graph.
One
if
using
you
with
devise
a
wide
make
natural
and
variety
careful
is
given
of
methods.
observations
environments.
appropriate
suggestion
woodlouse
found
in
if
the
experiment
You
could
experimental
You
either
also
is
little
wavelengths
blue
(450
or
slater
moist,
dark
is
a
What
not
do
you
shoots
were
is
repeated
with
of
can
no
unidirectional
but
you
a
response
strong
response
wavelengths.
draw
from
with
What
this?
can
in
the
propose
procedures
to
here.
common
habitats
or
nm)

The
do
curving
conclusions
D
light.
placed
rapidly?
shown
B
is
they
light?
light,
C
cap
this?
Predict
different
most
A
foil
shoots,
the
c)
c)
the
180
(min)
time.
What
b)
of
150
light
curvature
b)
a)
120
unilateral
aluminium
top
conclude
over
90
in
such
organism
as
under
which
the
tends
surface
to
of
Common shiny woodlice
(Oniscus asellus) are small
terrestrial crustaceans of the
leaf
order Isopoda. They have a
litter
in
a
forest.
segmented, oval, somewhat
Design
an
experiment
similar
organism)
to
test
the
rate
of
movement
of
slaters
(or
a
attened body. They live in
moist environments, under
in
response
to
an
environmental
variable,
such
stones and bark and in decaying
as
temperature,
moisture,
light
or
shelter.
Different
dependent
vegetation. Some species in this
variables
could
be
measured
such
as
the
number
of
turns
per
order are able to roll themselves
unit
time,
the
percentage
speed
time
at
at
which
a
certain
distance
is
covered
or
the
into a ball when threatened.
rest.
13 1
M O V E M E N T
E C O L O G Y
How
are
water
We
in
live
on
a
tornadoes
in
fastest
at
more,
and
2
the
waterfalls
These
and
harm

second,
power
waves
but
is
have
rapids
abiotic
but
also
severe
developed

weather
to
The
live
torrent
mountain
beaches. Coconuts and other tree seeds sometimes travel
water.
thousands of kilometres across the ocean.
rivers
before
pollen
with
the
leaves
grains
open
when
projecting
has
are
male
and
blown
stigmas
owers
produced
shed
by
are
the
in
in
huge
grouped
early
wind.

in
spring
quantities
separate
and
Female
owers.
of
light
owers
Andes
It
where
and
albatross
techniques
of
energy
nearly
search
a
of
from
food,
being
ows
but
sea
for
Flow
the
moved
and
the
Rainfall
also
cause
down
of
living
the
the
is
both
able
are
adaptations
to
It
lives
swim
or
on
is
on
native
given
the
that
and
dive
sheltered
unlikely
to
soaring
and
kilometres
and
per
day
in
white
sites
use
slope
their
the
beside
venture.
in
the
soaring
waves. They
apping
to
fast-owing
(Diomedea exulans)
without
of
movement.
ledges
winds
organisms
examples
choice,
America.
dynamic
thousand
of
the
risks
own
predators
Wandering
using
second.
(Merganetta armata)
under
the
and
coastlines.
Consider
and
South
in
among
water
to
clear
world
rivers
nests
per
Tidal
on
air
impacts.
your
duck
of
variations
cyclones
supplies
uplands
pose
of
of
effects
major
a
creates
Current
mass
events
in
metres
water
of
Sun
greater.
opportunities.
and grow into coconut palms at the top of sandy
catkins. They
air
movement
100
the
from
examples
the
Florida
major
have
high
(Corylus avelana)
to
Hurricanes,
much
movements
research
by
water
can
are naturally dispersed by the sea, so they can germinate
Hazel
over
the
of
in
Coconuts (Cocos nucifera) are large buoyant seeds that
hanging
13 2
of
with
descent
then
have
speeds
drive
oceans.
life-sustaining
and
caused
species
of
humans,
and
per
that
the
from
provide
natural
for
here
in
slower,
overall
action
snowfall
Energy
pressure
wind
are
metres
the
planet.
water
cause
so
ooding;
and
and
oceans
pounding

restless
temperature
rates
adapted
movement?
atmosphere
is
organisms
can
this
way
wings.
to
travel
in
y
Summative
Statement
The
of
inquiry:
changes
activity
assessment
in
may
the
not
weather
be
fair
to
patterns
future
caused
by
current
economic
generations.
Introduction
In
this
summative
activities
on
a
fair
inuence
continental
that
assessment
the
the
will
movement
basis.
benets
you
You
of
the
will
of
water
need
changes
consider
to
in
bear
today
how
the
in
human
water
mind
come
at
a
cycle
and
whether
cost
to
it
is
future
generations.
A
B
C
D
Water
1.
evaporation
The
data
square
below
metre
the
State
b)
Calculate
the
using
data
display
rate
these
the
forests
of
from
mean
Outline
the
d)
Suggest
reasons
e)
Summarize
the
water
in
annual
of
trends
from
evaporation
all
forest
in
the
data
these
types
and
forest
of
water
ages
a
and
rate
for
pine
age
a
of
per
types.
forest.
[1]
forest,
graph
to
[4]
displayed
causes
each
Construct
rates.
trends.
evaporation
different
60-year-old
types.
evaporation
for
a
rate
different
evaporation
mean
c)
cycle
forests
shows
from
a)
the
in
in
the
graph.
[2]
[3]
of
ecosystem.
water
movement
in
the
[5]
−1
Evaporation
Age
(years)
rate
(mm
yr
)
5
10
20
40
60
100
140
Pine
-
-
-
580
530
450
430
Spruce
-
-
-
540
570
490
440
Birch
310
350
445
550
590
470
430
and
aspen
Source
A
B
C
D
of
Factors
You
can
data:
aecting
make
transpiration
sycamore
to
rate
rate
of
as
in
prevent
The
the
http://archive.unu.edu/unupress/unupbooks/80635e/80635E0d.htm
a
by
the
simple
of
transpiration
apparatus
placing
water.
rate
a
Cover
cutting
the
for
measuring
from
surface
a
of
tree
the
the
such
water
rate
as
of
beech
with
or
vegetable
oil
evaporation.
of
change
in
transpiration,
mass
changes
the
so
mass
you
may
be
of
will
the
need
small
(at
system
to
will
take
the
be
a
careful
level
of
measure
of
the
measurements
milligrams).
13 3
M O V E M E N T
2.
Describe
one
of
your
rate
3.
method
of
air
ow
method,
Evaluate
the
B
C
D
investigating
variable.
from
a
fan
include
transpiration
potometer.
A
for
environmental
speed
In
a
apparatus
Possible
and
details
with
area
of
are
effect
on
transpiration
variables
are:
of
attached
how
accuracy
you
the
you
and
using,
leaves
amount
propose
precision.
which
is
to
to
of
the
of
light,
stem.
measure
the
[10]
known
as
a
mass
[5]
Transpiration
and
the
Makarieva
and
Gorshkov
hypothesis

The yellow line
approximately
encloses
Forest
the
Atlantic
distribution
The
Atlantic
part
of
Water
as
air
to
rain
When
and
a
as
tropical
ow
could
next
13 4
how
the
and
increase
page
ocean
of
water
draw
Brazil
such
and
of
the
“biotic
Gorshkov
also
covers
a
small
rainfall
and
the
diagram
there
of
from
is
of
is
carried
enough
water
drop
falls
in
less
for
to
the
the
by
water
ground
of
less
a
liquid
therefore
evaporation.
reduce
rainfall
there
hypothesis
how
has
plants
The
is
I
been
shows
adjacent
high
within
diagrams
Diagram
desert
as
in
areas
[5]
Forest
ows.
atmospheric
volume
evaporation
could
Brazil.
explain
river
a
high
Atlantic
shows
cool
much
areas
forests
hypothesis.
II
is
Brazil
again.
pump”
to
it
in
condensed
areas
in
Forest
as
Forest
occupies
in
air
clearance
The
of
where
the
condenses,
pressure
illustrate
and
heights
Atlantic
rates.
coast
Atlantic
evaporate
the
that
forests
Makarieva
to
Low
winds
Explain
river
vapor
to
the
Much
then
because
gas.
such
In
can
water
creates
4.
currents
the
Argentina.
from
condense.
pressure,
than
follows
and
evaporating
upward
vapor
Forest
Paraguay
to
rainfall
developed
these
shown
forest
ocean.
and
by
forests
on
the
adjacent
I
5.
II
Using
there
6.
scientic
will
or
Brazil.
[5]
Using
Forest
the
effect
of
of
to
river
the
Brazil
forest
continuous
surface
biotic
of
only
on
cover
a
the
the
the
west.
a
that
and
of
Explain
what
Atlantic
is
to
reach
context
of
at
for
Brazil
➡
evaporation
➡
movement
of
moist
air
moist
air
of
of
the
[6]
Atlantic
but
also
IV
the
the
effect
continent.
the
of
further
new
the
to
collect
hypothesis
reduce
of
rainfall
clearance
expansion
industries,
sugar-cane,
fairness
will
want
in
a
that
and
of
scientic
clearance
so
of
threaten
the
the
[8]
purposes
scientically
of
would
testing
rainforest.
development
of
you
aimed
whether
justied
growth
data
Forest
Amazonian
Discuss
movement
IV
investigation
8.
➡
increase
illustrates
III
7.
coast
hypothesis.
forest,
III
Forest
the
diagram
evaporation
whether
can
pump”
Diagram
forest
off
plants
clearance
in
for
Atlantic
Ocean
how
rainfall
coastal
across
intact
“biotic
hypothesis,
to
hypothesis
Atlantic
to
reduce
rainforests
a
explain
according
pump
clearance
from
the
knowledge,
not
forest
formulate
evaporation
ows
will
Amazonian
of
the
scientic
and
According
more
from
your
rainfall
in
be
Brazil,
reasoning,
➡
coffee,
Atlantic
towns
increased
tea,
supported
and
of
of
tobacco
cattle
and
judgments.
development
in
Forest
and
cities,
farming
biofuel
Consider
your
or
the
crops.
the
discussion.
Try
global
[10]
13 5
6
Interaction

Interactions
all
objects,
small
One
as
the
of
slightly
so
Because
water
of
water
surface
An
interaction
when
we
mouth
out
that
is
open.
law
for
an
equal
a
law,
there
to
do
if
time
as
you
you
to
should
be
forward
air.
the
there
opposite
the
of
occur
air
states
action
and
movement
See
13 6
motion
movement
to
force
According
reaction
our
Newton’s
every
reaction.
this
of
place
with
We
violently.
third
takes
sneeze
What
you
expect
reaction?
notice
sneeze.
it
next
the
behaves
elastic—a

to
molecule
charged
other.
electrostatic
of
though
property
tension.
and
molecules
surface
as
is
negatively
each
these
interactions
as
molecules.
each
attracted
between
those
positively
other
charged
are
water
side
slightly
occur
even
it
known
is
as
p
By
understanding
interactions
able
to
and
predict
scientists
have
able
of
been
the
to
the
with
In
main
system
the
Rosetta
the
this
a
305
meter
network
life
of
radio
observatories
elsewhere
transmissions
the
METI
might
these
telescope
in
our
from
program
receive,
for
are
The
intelligent
transmits
we
Arecibo
that
galaxy.
though
messages
at
Puerto
attempting
SETI
extra-terrestrial
would
of
not
that
Rico
searches
part
comet
any
67P
.
the
act
were
forces,
between
with
all
mass.
of
with
for
civilizations
distant
receive
is
interaction
program
messages
thousands
in
rendezvous
interactions
objects
with
for
probe
example
gravitational
which
send
parts
precision,
example,
of
to
distant
solar
amazing
A
their
outcomes,
probes
p
being
and
civilizations
responses
to
years.
13 7
I N T E R A C T I O N
Introduction
Interactions
could
Key
be
are
living
effects
that
organisms,
things
have
systems
on
within
each
other.
organisms,
The
things
non-living
concept: Relationships
objects
Related
concept:
context:
chemical
substances.
such
as
gravity
which
predictable
Physics
and
investigates
electromagnetism,
fundamental
interactions
Interaction
more
Global
or
interactions
Identities
have
complex
and
results.
their
In
biology,
outcomes
are
interactions
harder
to
are
predict,
much
but
they
are
and
nonetheless
important.
Interactions
with
relationships
with
that
our

The
Four
was
in
by
1958. The
sparrow
was
rice
one
species
eating
grown
from
China
followed
also
eat
insect
the
in
tree
in
but
result
decrease
rather
than
shows
how
understand
allow
context
of
us
to
this
build
especially
relationships
chapter
is
therefore
relationships.
tree
the
of
the
campaign
sparrows
years
because
of
was
in
family
and
almost
the
locusts
pests
and
global
humans
human
successful
eliminating
The
other
because
consumption. The
was
and
friends
identity.
with
Zedong
of
some
for
our
animals,
campaign
Mao
Eurasian
was
targeted
it
Pests
begun
colleagues,
shape
identities
other
and
rice
a
other
crops
substantial
food
an
that
they
availability
increase. This
impor tant
it
interactions
is
to
in
biology
Statement
When
that,
13 8
of
two
over
inquiry:
or
more
time,
individuals
impact
and
interact,
contribute
they
to
form
their
relationships
identity.
Interactions
Some
between
relationships
example,
the
every
species
affect
each
consider
made
a
how
sensory
lead
two
we
a
main
may
prey
other
by
focus
seem
killing
species,
and
of
this
chapter.
one-sided,
and
eating
animals
in
a
for
it,
but
group
all
or
that
look
the
species
responses.
nervous
can
harm.
For
benets
benets
harm
at
key
involve
the
information
cause
that
by
is
system,
processed
Most
so
in
and
of
these
this
how
chapter
we
decisions
are
response.
species
relationship
therefore
to
between
Relationships
chapter,
its
animals
mediated
benecial
between
on
the
animals
harms
effects
between
Interactions
are
has
are
that
between
predator
are
other.
Interactions
responses
animals
a
wide
analyzed
example,
them
one
both
be
both.
species
species
range
of
a
to
nd
mutualistic
Parasitism
and
are
causes
unlikely
types
of
whether
is
relationship
an
harm
to
example
to
the
persist.
relationship
they
In
and
of
other.
this
this
is
p
concept.
A
cheetah
using
its
ner vous
whether
to
depends

Two
reef
types
o
of
mutually
Komodo
in
benecial
relationship
Indonesia. The
Amblyglyphidodon aureus (golden
(bluestreak
cleaner
sh
are
evident
are Chromis viridis
damselsh)
in
this
photo
(blue -green
of
a
chromis)
stalks
sensor y
cheetah
before
it
system
begin
on
can
is
its
prey
receptors
how
get
to
a
chase. This
close
to
and
decide
the
the
prey
detected
and Labroides dimidiatus
wrasse)
13 9
I N T E R A C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
How
are
signals
nervous
A
basic
part
of
some
ideas
1.
the
nerve
signal
2.
to
the
nervous
another.
information.
about
A
of
body
basic
by
the
system?
function
the
transmitted
The
nervous
impulse
To
system
is
to
understand
following
text
transmit
how
box
this
signals
is
gives
from
done
10
we
one
need
important
system.
is
an
in
the
nervous
Neurons
are
cells
in
electrical
signal
that
is
used
to
convey
a
system.
the
nervous
system
that
can
transmit
impulses.
3.
Neurons
and
cytoplasm,
from
4.
How
does
a
message
bottle
dier
from
bers
metre
long,
part
by
the
of
a
two
and
main
long
parts:
narrow
a
cell
nerve
body
bers
with
a
nucleus
extending
out
body.
vary
in
which
single
length
is
an
from
relatively
enormous
length
short
for
a
to
over
a
structure
that
cell.
Nerve
impulses
can
travel
at
up
to
120
metres
per
second
signals
along
carried
cell
of
in
5.
a
the
Nerve
is
p
consist
ner vous
nerve
bers.
system?
6.
Nerve
bers
around
7.
8.
Nerves
can
contain
bers.
Every
organ
A
spinal
a
has
in
These
bundles,
structures
anything
one
or
from
more
with
are
just
nerves
a
protective
called
a
few
sheath
nerves.
up
connecting
to
it
millions
to
the
between
impulses
chemical
two
cannot
signal
is
neurons
pass
used.
is
across
The
called
a
a
synapse.
synapse
chemical
is
and
called
instead
a
neurotransmitter.
Transmitting
Use
the
how
summary
as
illustrations
14 0
signals
information
signals
are
clear
if
in
the
text
transmitted
and
you
by
box
the
interesting
can.
to
write
nervous
as
a
summary
system.
possible
and
of
Make
include
of
brain
cord.
junction
10. Nerve
grouped
outside.
nerve
or
9.
the
are
your
some
How
Nerve
but
does
bers
most
impulses
bers,
can
are
millimetre
and
structure
and
consist
always
a
positively
and
the
except
us
of
of
a
or
that
is
and
same
to
from
about
wide—a
as
metres
very
a
to
20
of
along
stimuli,
P H YS I O L O G Y
micrometres,
capillary.
second
to
signal?
hundredth
blood
per
rapidly
5
a
a
Nerve
nerve
especially
those
opportunity.
bers
is
simple.
membrane
central
to
across
with
the
the
negatively
an
transmit
width
120
respond
outside.
when
diameter
up
nerve
cell
ber
micrometres
the
at
to
voltage
uid
in
10
about
danger
The
is
vary
move
helping
membrane
nerve
about
can
signifying
a
movement
membrane
charged
This
impulse
ions
voltage
is
They
are
cytoplasm
of
due
nerve
to
between
remains
cylindrical
inside.
at
an
is
in
shape
this
impulses.
imbalance
the
−70
It
There
in
cytoplasm
millivolts
inside
(mV),
passing.
p
During
a
nerve
immediately
impulse
returns
to
the
voltage
−70
mV
.
rises
These
to
+40
voltage
mV
and
changes
then
are
almost
due
Hundreds
visible
been
to
cut.
in
the
membrane
opening
briey
and
letting
ions
closing.
inwards,
open
The
causing
allowing
Pumps
in
the
rst
the
channels
voltage
potassium
membrane
to
ions
to
rise
to
then
open
to
allow
+40
diffuse
move
mV
.
out,
the
sodium
Other
causing
sodium
ions
to
bers
ner ve
hold
the
are
has
collagen
ner ve
together
in
a
bundle
diffuse
channels
a
and
a
through,
bers
then
ner ve
Rope -like
molecules
channels
of
where
return
then
to
potassium
−70
ions
mV
.
back
peak
of
are
the
They
ber
+40mV
because
and
travels
an
to
or
there
is
impulse
the
full
nerve
none
always
other—it
at
impulse
all.
starts
never
at
goes
one
in
end
the
a
ber
so
“domino
on
causes
effect”.
from
an
one
impulse
An
end
to
at
impulse
the
the
next
at
one
point
point
along
along
the
1
you
2
or
Discuss
the
think
of
3
domino
whether
same
nerve
any
other
1
p
to
2
time
3
4
(ms)
other.
examples
of
all-or-nothing,
Voltage
changes
impulse. The
one-
indicated
during
star t
with
of
an
the
a
ner ve
impulse
arrow
effects?
the
properties
spread
as
of
a
disease
transmission
of
within
a
nerve
a
population
impulse
has
along
a
ber.
Discuss
ber
potential
a
is
way,
sa
resting
−70
ber
p
Can
uis
initiations
0
and
failed
threshold
−55
direction.
are
nerve
m
0
oi
a
sn
to
is
o
rising
there
+40
tu
properties:
nothing”—either
“one-way”
nerve
opposite
●
voltage
impulse.
s
They
or
distinctive
nerve
o
●
the
“all
another
enarbmem
with
are
some
for
m
u
id
They
have
prepare
s
n
o
i
impulses
to
n
i
Nerve
●
started,
egatlov
they
)Vm(
where
is
whether
an
the
example
movement
of
reaction
of
or
an
impulse
along
a
nerve
interaction.
141
5
I N T E R A C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
Imagine
is
a
you
temperature
By
the
time
reacted
by
stimulus
within
a
you
and
response
endings
and
detect
of
motor
in
the
neurons
response
is
the
brain.
into
hot
from
of
the
hot
is
rapidly
a
of
rapidly
have
They
are
this,
to
and
you
is
an
carried
a
be
small
the
skin
then
synapses
out
It
act
hot.
already
of
have
a
response
neurons
of
occurs
that
junctions
probably
as
the
fastest
thermoreceptors
impulses
with
motor
the
to
cord
and
between
ensure
the
association
neurons.
spinal
contract
made
neurons
the
very
make.
with
to
by
is
transmit
stimulated
connections
will
The
out
synapses
of
is
number
crossed.
can
test
it
example
a response.
is
have
impulses
and
These
on
pull
the
sensory
that
an
to
foot
and
appropriate
stimulus.
transmit
we
and
the
in
in
water
system
neurons
also
stimulus
is
it
forget
foot
done
only
to
association
the
how
and
have
neurons
The
the
foot
nervous
which
to
when
the
you
a
hot
because
stimulus.
neurons
This
to
The
turn
bathwater
response
very
by
made
Association
have
transmit
leg,
but
put
you
the
water.
you
out.
sensory
in
bath,
that
second
very
a
before
(synapses)
heat
The
hot
a
that
which
the
take
foot
sensory
neurons
muscles
out
of
the
cord.
motor
withdraws
of
neurons
The
your
action?
withdrawal
impulses
of
to
water
realize
pulling
fraction
neurons,
muscle
going
the
between
spinal
Contraction
are
of
transmit
type

reex
become
have
is
a
already
reex.
body
impulses
aware
is
It
being
up
that
the
we
responded.
is
a
useful
spinal
have
This
way
cord
put
type
of
to
our
of
foot
simple
responding
harmed.
psoas
the
leg
sensory
association
neuron
neuron
water
vertebral
psoas
from
column
muscle
vertebrae
arises
to
T
12
hip
L
5
joint
motor
psoas
attaches
spinal
neuron
lesser
cord
to
located
inside
trachanter
the
of
the
vertebral
femur
column
femur
sacrum
motor
neuron
pelvis
muscle
sensory
nerve
f iber
neuron
endings
neuromuscular
junctions
14 2
1.
What
a)
2.
does
is
using
the
3
Discuss
4
Can
B
D
The
and
There
radial.
fully
when
we
say
be
out
its
is
are
advantage
whether
cord
the
held
a
light
in
of
rather
than
withdrawal
if
reex
(PLR)
to
is
meaning
two
smooth
These
are
reex
of
antagonistic
the
other
is
a
the
reex
withdrawal
is
reex
brain?
is
a
cause
reaction
harm
mechanism
light
involuntary,
contracted,
withdrawal
or
to
an
interaction.
others
when
we
action?
response
types
out
the
we
the
involuntary?
carrying
responsible
reex
size
that
b)
spinal
pupillary
changes
iris
the
we
carry
C
mean
unconscious
What
A
it
intensity.
that
it
muscle
because
fully
is
by
This
not
controlled
involved
they
which
in
cause
the
response
by
is
the
changing
opposite
pupil
at
carried
the
out
conscious
the
size
of
movements
center
by
activity
the
of
of
muscle
of
pupil:
the
the
eye
tissue
the
the
brain.
circular
iris.
in
When
and
one
is
relaxed.
Hypothesis
The
pupil
becomes
constricted
in
response
to
the
stimulus
of
bright
light
entering
the
eye.
Materials
●
Video
●
camera
●
Torch
Video
analysis
software
Method
1.
Dim
the
2.
Take
3.
Import
a
lighting
video
and
then
recording
shine
before,
a
torch
during
into
and
the
after
eye
the
of
a
bright
volunteer.
light
stimulus,
using

the
recording
into
a
video
analysis
software
program
You
a
phone
should
the
video
frame
by
frame.
If
your
software
allows
you
and
distances,
you
could
plot
a
graph
of
pupil
diameter
use
willing
to
volunteers
measure
only
and
informed
analyze
camera.
over
time.
in
biology
experiments
Results
1.
Describe
2.
a)
What
muscle
action
caused
b)
What
muscle
action
would
a)
What
is
the
advantage
of
dilating
b)
What
is
the
advantage
of
constricting
3.
Extension
Humans
what
to
tend
eye
dominant
eye,
PLR
is
a
you
know
right
by
if
have
the
and
cranial
withdrawal
your
to
dominant
reex
is
one
pupils
cause
dominant
stimulus
the
to
become
pupils
the
to
constricted?
become
dilated?
pupils?
the
pupils?
of
eye.
bright
Does
light
is
the
given
pupil
only
constrict
to
the
in
the
non-
versa?
because
spinal
are
how
the
experiment
vice
reex
already,
timing
happened.
is
mediated
because
cranial
long
it
or
these
the
spinal
reexes
by
neurons
neurons
reexes
that
in
the
mediate
faster?
Why?
it
brain.
are
You
in
The
the
could
spinal
cord.
investigate
Based
to
see
if
on
what
you
are
take.
14 3
I N T E R A C T I O N
P H YS I O L O G Y
What
and
If
we
is
can
choose
the
preparing
more
of
P H YS I O L O G Y
The
to
How
is
to
them
a
decide
than
not,
that
a
of
in
of
or
For
the
muscle
over
parts
not
her
voluntary
respond
of
an
muscles
the
this
and
by
of
a
out
and
an
of
can
action
cerebral
part
made
to
athlete
sprinting
initiate
cord,
is
to
start
to
in
spinal
or
to
either
neurons
not
example,
when
control
or
function
network
contract
whether
voluntary.
voluntary
control
complex
many
has
contract
brain.
whether
race
exerts
to
Voluntary
the
a
is
between
actions?
consciously
response
for
She
whether
in
dierence
involuntary
stimulus,
block.
the
the
decide
or
not.
hemispheres
the
brain
is
the
decision
the
combined
much
about
action
synapses.
are
decisions
made
by
the
nervous
system?
Signals
that
can
only
impulses
neuron
that
neuron
and
When
an
triggers
the
one
diffuses
in
the
is
to
diving
board
the
pupils
of
are
scared
is
cautious
of
14 4
our
o
or
the
eye
a
at
of
a
is
each
There
are
as
synapse.
and
is
the
the
many
ensures
The
presynaptic
post-synaptic
neuron
neuron.
it
different
possible
neurotransmitters,
The
binds
This
direction.
presynaptic
collectively
gap
synapse.
to
but
neurotransmitter
special
neuron.
This
receptor
is
proteins
described
in
rise
voltage
to
cause
(become
impulse
the
voltage
is
a
larger
away
on
voltage
the
the
less
across
They
its
direction
negative,
amount
in
the
of
the
so
of
synapse
and
as
an
the
Excitatory
membrane
to
cause
an
opposite—they
impulse
will
cause
only
be
neurotransmitter.
neuron
−50
the
tend
of
excitatory
change.
the
excitatory
reaches
membrane
neuron’s
they
do
so
the
classed
post-synaptic
membrane
from
are
post-synaptic
negative),
more
triggered
across
the
change.
neurotransmitters
become
with
An
to
mV
.
whenever
The
impulse
membrane
of
is
the
is
dilating
when
involuntar y.
risk-taker
natural
end
it
a
correct
neuron
returns
to
−70
mV
.
Each
time
the
voltage
rises
high
whereas
the
cause
Inhibitory
post-synaptic
jump
the
the
synapse
post-synaptic
depending
inhibitory,
transmitted
to
the
or
triggered
used
the
chemical.
neuron
the
to
across
in
4.
impulse.
action
a
bers
receives
known
post-synaptic
voltage
muscle
that
synaptic
of
neurotransmitters
Voluntar y
signal
released
Neurotransmitters
p
of
are
direction
nerve
reaches
the
membrane
Chapter
the
release
type
one
neuron
which
across
in
along
brings
the
impulse
chemicals,
only
pass
pass
identity
is
we
to
−50
per
mV
an
impulse
is
sent.
This
can
happen
hundreds
of
times
second.
Being
a
par t
One
post-synaptic
neurons,
some
of
neuron
which
may
have
release
synapses
with
neurotransmitters
many
that
presynaptic
stimulate
impulses
voltage
falls
as
rises
be
others
across
the
to
the
−50
mV
of
whether
The
release
neurotransmitters
membrane
different
hundreds
decide
1.
and
an
types
of
impulse
presynaptic
an
impulse
presynaptic
of
the
post-synaptic
neurotransmitter
will
be
triggered.
neurons
is
neurons
that
and
triggered
labelled
all
in
A,
B
neuron
reach
In
of
the
inhibit
the
it.
in
rises
Every
brain
them
them.
C
in
the
and
time
there
it
can
combination
post-synaptic
and
The
neuron.
diagram
B
release
neurotransmitters
releases
an
inhibitory
that
stimulate
neurotransmitter.
impulses,
The
table
but
A
D
shows
some
observations.
Presynaptic neuron in which an
Is
impulse
post-synaptic
arrives
at
the
synapse
A
A
B
B
an
impulse
initiated
in
D
the
neuron?
No
and
and
C
B
together
Yes
D
together
No
and
D
together
C
Yes
p
The
ends
four
Do
you
expect
an
impulse
in
the
post-synaptic
neuron
if
there
ner ve
in:
with
between
the
them
post-synaptic
a)
B
b)
e)
Can
D
c)
C
d)
A,
B
and
work
out
whether
there
would
be
an
from
are
synapses
and
one
neuron. The
C?
arrows
you
bers
neurons
are
shown
impulses
of
presynaptic
impulse
of
with
indicate
movement
the
of
direction
the
ner ve
impulses
any
2.
When
other
chasing
cheetah’s
These
combinations?
its
prey,
decision
factors
either
neurotransmitters
release
3.
to
there
cause
to
are
multiple
be
inhibitory
released.
inuencing
a
or
What
excitatory
factors
would
cause
of:
a)
inhibitory
neurotransmitters?
b)
excitatory
neurotransmitters?
Discuss
factors
continue.
whether
the
chase
is
an
example
of
reaction
or
interaction.

In
this
and
life
the
and
millisecond
cheetah
death
impala
about
has
to
chase
make
which
decide
continuing—most
of
both
decisions
way
to
whether
its
chases
the
cheetah
ever y
run. The
it
is
wor th
end
in
failure
14 5
I N T E R A C T I O N
A
B
C
D
How
quickly
expect
hypothesis.
to
test
this
Materials
A
carry
hold
a
out
this
your
to
body
be
factors
to
faster
do
you
make
or
a
slower
need
to
voluntary
than
take
response
involuntary
into
account
to
a
stimulus?
reexes?
when
Do
Propose
designing
an
you
your
own
experiment
method
method
this
either
taken
side
Once
from
conversion
of
measuring
investigation,
Student
thumb.
time
other
centimeter
on
When
expect
responses
What
and
30
thumb
and
you
hypothesis?
convenient
To
it.
do
voluntary
1
ruler
of
at
the
drops
0
the
Student
the
2
cm
where
will
end,
need
so
mark
ruler
has
moment
table,
you
one
voluntary
at
DD
ruler
is
to
pair
hangs
the
without
caught
the
it
response
the
lower
ruler,
with
vertically.
end
warning,
starts
distance
up
time
another
Student
the
Student
make
dropping
dropped
of
involves
a
note
until
in
it
has
of
puts
catch
centimeters
and
is
1
nger
actually
it
can
RT
dropping
Student
distance
caught
a
their
without
to
the
was
student.
2
ruler,
2
catching
will
and
touching
between
dropped
be
ruler.
nger
(DD);
deduced
response
the
from
time
in
milliseconds:
DD
RT
DD
RT
DD
RT
DD
RT
DD
RT
DD
RT
1
45
6
111
11
150
16
181
21
207
26
230
2
64
7
120
12
156
17
186
22
212
27
235
3
78
8
128
13
163
18
192
23
217
28
239
4
90
9
136
14
169
19
197
24
221
29
243
5
101
10
143
15
175
20
202
25
226
30
247
1.
a)
Display
Include
from
b)
the
the
Using
you
your
results
mean
person’s
the
data
found
in
graphically,
response
time
with
for
fastest
to
slowest
displayed
in
your
your
trials
are
the
each
response
person
times
with
a
for
different
range
bar
to
people
show
kept
the
separate.
variation
times.
graph,
reliable
discuss
and
whether
whether
the
the
mean
differences
response
between
times
the
that
people
were
signicant.
2.
The
many
same
3.
Response
such
14 6
different
person.
as
Can
times
methods
you
for
tests
withdrawing
a
for
explain
such
foot
measuring
how
as
we
catching
from
hot
response
respond
a
dropping
bathwater.
time
faster
Can
in
ruler
you
give
some
are
different
tests
usually
suggest
a
results,
than
even
for
the
others?
longer
than
hypothesis
to
for
reexes
explain
this?
Chain
1.
reaction
How
fast
can
hands
pass
to
person
last
challenge
signal
on
is
person
timer
the
in
as
last
reaches
2.
What
3.
How
4.
In
them
L TA
Creative
to
In
an
a
the
a
As
the
and
countries
part
of
tests
vehicle
the
view
through
has
to
such
a
that
public
that
a
a
busy
press
as
another
The
on
a
reaction
in
key
rst
signal
the
and
signal
stopped.
time
per
pass
person?
through
involves
are
used
in
positive
up.
each
person
feedback,
Discuss
so
whether
of
in
that
all
something
communication
What
the
links
the
the
rate
will
familiar
Analogies
they
be
example
are
strategies,
familiar
and
commonly
to
it
with?
to
nd
stimulus
the
of
to
reaction
a
chain
the
response?
becomes
is
faster
appropriate.
the
used
or
important
What
concept
in
idea
will
it
science.
a
to
concept
think
they
be
represents
Can
you
that
about
is
the
interested
should
think
of
in?
be
some
biology?
to
awareness
be
A
might
The
passed
video
see
person
response
to
suddenly
used
an
to
and
is
assessment
before
played
while
travelling
being
each
assessed
accident
crossing
the
unexpected
decide
to
risk,
road
or
maneuver.
whether
responding
driving
of
a
learner
these
hazards
Becoming
a
driver
involves
learning
to
enough.
can
use
and
develop
of
an
is
interact
You
the
analogy
familiar
p
quickly
from
tests
making
recognizing
case
analogy.
used
roads.
in
device
between
have
pedestrian
is
the
an
hazard
area.
vehicle
is
a
driver
assessment
driver
be
clarifying.
analogies
In
a
when
signal
The
skills
link
awareness
is
out
can
reactants
making
Hazard
many
squeeze
call
a
the
electronic
timer
did
so
hand
chain.
an
rst
analogies
obvious
of
the
a
the
reaction
closed
sees
start
hand
communication
when
examples
in
from
chain
eyes
reaction
chain
until
analogy,
simple,
the
mean
represent.
audience
the
thinking
is
them
should
neurons
Generating
meant
of
with
holding
signal
The
someone
should
so
the
many
if
people
squeeze
done
send
of
chain?
chain
person
faster
the
ahead
they
chain
hand
jump
the
was
analogy
a
best
chemistry,
and
long
in
cannot
movement
An
a
the
search
download
the
neural
term
“hazard
online
pathways
tests
perception
and
needed
then
to
use
test”
them
respond
safely
whether
they
with
are
all
other
cautious
road
or
users
risk-takers
to
quickly
enough
as
a
driver.
14 7
I N T E R A C T I O N
L TA
Thinking
What
You
can
a)
1
is
in
context
the
relationship
explore
There
is
people
issue
some
who
playing
faster
this
a
this
answers
to
games
these
and
identity?
questions.
of
time
develop
times.
could
the
video
that
lot
games
response
situations
debating
evidence
spend
video
by
between
In
be
what
an
advantage?
b)
Are
there
any
arguments
video
of
Some
2
on
we
a
video
games
we
indicate
are
not
that
the
best
use
time?
ctional
when
that
games
leisure
counter-
involve
identity.
play
taking
Who
these
are
games,
p
ourselves
If
3
there
are
between
play
4.
A
or
ctional
differences
gamers
video
higher
the
and
games
or
percentage
in
identity?
games
much
of
because
boys
is
this
playing
than
because
video
girls
Saving
a
penalty
depends
on
the
in
soccer
free
In
soccer
people
games
play
Data-based

require
their
rapid
time
responses
playing
and
some
people
spend
them
identity
non-gamers,
of
Video
video
of
shapes
particular
identity
games.
What
are
question: Taking
(football)
a
penalty
kick
in
is
a
identity
types
particular
the
reasons
choose
to
way?
for
this?
penalties
taken
11
meters
from
the
goal
goalkeeper
line.
guessing
correctly
direction
the
in
will
average
velocity
of
the
kicked
ball
is
112
km/hour.
Only
which
the
ball
The
be
goalkeeper
defends
the
goal.
kicked
1.
Calculate
2.
The
goal
middle
the
the
is
7.32
may
time
time
intercept
meters
have
taken
the
taken
to
for
ball
wide,
move
the
if
for
it
the
so
3.5
a
ball
meters
kicked
to
reach
goalkeeper
goalkeeper
is
to
to
to
the
goal
standing
reach
move
the
the
far
in
ball.
enough
extreme
left
or
line.
the
Estimate
to
right
of
the
goal.
3.
There
were
matches
a
4.
goal
scored,
64
penalties
1992
Calculate
scored
the
and
Discuss
the
saved
by
the
the
the
for
English
2015.
goal
Of
and
Premier
these,
205
percentage
percentage
reasons
in
and
missed
goalkeeper.
being
14 8
1,749
between
that
such
a
were
small
goalkeeper.
of
League
1,480
were
football
resulted
saved
penalties
by
that
in
the
were
saved.
percentage
of
penalties
5.
Suggest
the
could
6.
Data
to
use
move
our
life
a
cranial
sensory
secrete
Pavlov
dogs’
and
using
tted
cheeks
buzzer,
He
that
our
dogs.
Dogs
result
in
the
eye
for
a
the
use
to
increase
penalty
a
kicker
goal.
goalkeeper
reason
inuence
responses
The
responses
of
or
scoring
Suggest
salivate
the
the
for
is
not
goalkeepers
strategy.
additional
new
could
that
of
strategy
experiences.
is
could
he
the
most
were
when
pathways
nose
to
cells
can
in
develop
famous
carried
they
of
reexes?
see
the
during
early
out
or
neurons
P H YS I O L O G Y
by
smell
that
salivary
food.
link
glands
that
in
was
as
or
had
learned
stimulus
the
to
with
of
to
ticking
it
the
if
The
to
dog
no
food
dogs
the
prospect
whether
a
would
even
learned
of
of
given
associate
the
of
another
sound
food,
conditioned
Discuss
if
before
presented.
type
a
that
the
salivate
then
collect
response
repeatedly
smelled
the
quantities
showed
was
1.
this
so
immediately
called
right.
through
such
eventually
This
or
use
tubes
secreted
or
of
reex
metronome
saw
best
learning
receptors
stimulus,
dogs
chance
or
saliva.
stimuli.
a
shown
into
measure
saliva
the
the
left
to
goalkeeper
penalty
experiences
result
Pavlov,
This
that
the
the
increase
either
have
as
experiments
Ivan
to
that
saving
reluctant
past
Biologists
of
suggests
being
Can
strategies
chance
new
of
food.
behavior
is
reex.
a
conditioned
p
reex
is
an
example
of
reaction
or
Ivan
into
2.
Suggest
a
hypothesis
for
how
new
Pavlov
had
tubes
inser ted
interaction.
reexes
can
be
set
up
by
the
so
the
side
salivation
of
dogs’ cheeks
could
easily
be
obser ved
nervous
3.
4.
Find
an
system.
example
an
experiment.
an
example.
Explain
the
of
a
conditioned
Domestic
benets
to
an
pets
reex
such
animal
as
of
that
cats
is
are
learning
not
the
possible
result
of
sources
conditioned
of
reexes.
14 9
I N T E R A C T I O N
What
E C O L O G Y
types
between
Animals
their
two
in
species
There
table
are
lists
of
relationship
Predation:
predator
and
eats
the
a
its
kills
prey
catch
American
and
rivers
bears
trial
to
of
learn
and
river
up
are
the
their
how
error
obtain
same
two
and
use
limited
a
are
bears
on
of
these
the
and
common
of
an
to
or
the
sh
obser ving
bears. Water falls
so
site
they
rich
in
as
are
in
America. Young
catch
by
grounds
the
on
a
sh
easier
either
older
to
by
more
salmon
have
to
leap
catch. The
protein.
Pinyon pines (Pinus edulis) produce many
to
large seeds in certain years and few in others.
the
Birds such as the pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus
resource
cyanocephalus) come to harvest them by
day eating some immediately and burying
the rest in soil. Mammals such as the pinyon
mouse (Peromyscus truei) also feed on the
seeds mostly nocturnally. The more seeds that
are taken by birds the fewer are available to
mammals (i.e. there is a negative correlation).
Parasitism:
lives
on
or
obtaining
and
a
in
parasite
its
food
harming
host
from
it
it
Varroa
of
mites
honey
Varroa
adults
lives
and
Asiatic
groom
on
honey
each
has
bees
are
Mutualism:
species
live
association
gaining
two
in
Clownsh
close
with
benet
both
the
by
of
to
consumed
of
two
by
In
the
a
the
recent
provide
a
into
sea
the
mites
so
decades
honey
colonies
species
sea
have
bee
been
of
for
cleaning
eat
live
among
anemone
food
not
sea
tentacles
scales
sea
sea
anemone. The
clownsh
the
benets
and
blood.
carefully
western
many
stinging
over
lar vae
their
it.
because
mucus
parasites
host.
remove Varroa
(Heteractis magnica). They
harm
bee
out
(Apis cerana)
to
and
are
other
(Amphiprion nigripes)
tentacles
anemone’s
15 0
no
sucking
limited.
spread
out
have
outside
by
other
(Apis mellifera)
wiped
the
feeds
infestations
Varroa
(Varroa destructor)
bees. They
in
do
a
their
skin. There
ser vice
and
layer
cause
have
anemones:
anemone’s
not
of
are
clownsh
also
tentacles.
lure
interact
muscles.
types
of
prey
with
The
that
example
relationship
(Ursus arctos)
are
there
community?
interactions
with
types
a
community
system
migrating
spawning
favored
falls
salmon
attempt
of
other
salmon
nor th-west
experienced
species
based
number
or
brown
consume
upstream
the
Competition:
ecological
in
Example
Nor th
catches
is
relationship
species
nervous
four
examples
Type
an
senses,
of
each
occur
between
interspecic
of
other
relationship
each.
between
Can
using
between
them.
relationship.
you
animal
nd
The
other
species?
Data-based
Red
squirrels
squirrels
Europe.
In
the
It
long-term
p
(Sciurus
(Sciurus
In
century.
question:
vulgaris)
carolinensis)
United
spread
study
Red
to
of
and
are
are
Kingdom
East
native
native
the
Anglia,
squirrel
grey
an
squirrels
to
to
northern
North
eastern
grey
this
large
study,
area
of
squirrel
area
in
the
east
communities
in
the
area.
Sciurus vulgaris
p
biologists
East
Anglia
divided
into
10
upa
×
10
Europe
America,
of
and
but
was
the
northern
are
now
introduced
UK,
during
Asia;
also
at
the
eastern
common
the
end
1970s,
as
in
of
grey
parts
the
of
19th
shown
by
a
Sciurus carolinensis
180
km
160
grid
squares
presence
22
or
squirrel
years,
absence
in
each
between
graph
shows
of
grid
both
species
square
1960
the
the
and
140
for
1982.
dirg
The
recorded
serauqs
of
and
results.
red
only
graph,
the
deduce
relationships
data
in
which
could
the
of
these
have
squirrels
present
100
80
rebmun
Using
grey
120
fo
1.
squirrels
present
60
40
caused
the
changes:
competition,
predation,
parasitism
or
20
both
species
present
mutualism.
0
‘60
2.
Red
and
grey
squirrels
are
in
‘62
‘64
‘66
‘68
‘70
‘72
‘74
‘76
‘78
‘80
‘82
the
year
same
genus
(Sciurus),
so
they
are
Source:
closely
that
one
from
3
related,
of
very
examples
The
red
is
1982,
more
What
of
squirrel
red
therefore
4
them
is
different
any
in
making
likely
a
parasite
closely
of
the
cause
you
the
from
effect
local
give
other
Can
species
disappeared
devastating
would
and
animals.
related
disappeared
to
Reynolds
JC,
Journal
of
Animal
Ecology
(1985),
54,
149–162
unlikely
groups
squirrels
had
advice
a
it
each
where
grid
red
its
host.
think
one
is
square
completely
on
from
squirrels.
extinction
about
is
you
of
a
introduction
Parasites
of
a
any
parasite
soon
East
after
and
grey
Anglia.
Discuss
and
their
reasons
for
the
hosts
this?
other
squirrels
The
whether
spread
are
Can
is
its
usually
you
host?
arrived.
of
grey
competition
nd
or
Then
squirrels
predation
species.
of
alien
species,
based
on
the
data
in
this
question?
1 51
I N T E R A C T I O N
Data-based
The
Hudson’s
trappers
The
in
lynx
of
(Lynx
can
the
therefore
relative
numbers
1.
numbers
The
from
and
size
pattern
of
of
a)
How
many
b)
Calculate
the
and
hares
and
furs
the
in
hare
response
follow
in
a
the
to
The
of
the
wild.
cyclical
p
Snowshoe
the
falls.
cycles
are
long
there
each
between
cycle
hare
Canada
estimate
lynx
snowshoe
from
populations.
an
and
years.
snowshoe
two
as
lynx
many
predator,
used
how
for
uctuated,
hare
of
rises
its
the
be
of
bought
Canada
canadensis),
in
Canada
Company
furs
americanus)
changes
data
Bay
northern
numbers
(Lepus
question:
lasts
1845
on
and
hares
Canada
lynx
make
up
between
60
and
97%
of
diet
1935?
average.
150
snowshoe
)raey
Canada
hare
lynx
rep
125
sdnasuoht(
100
75
sruf
fo
50
rebmun
25
0
1850
1860
1870
1880
1890
1900
1910
1920
1930
year
p
2.
The
The
lynx
occur
3.
graph
shows
also
after
cyclical
hare
changes
decreases
in
the
number
of
hares
c)
decreases
in
the
number
of
lynx
d)
increases
lynx
is
a)
What
b)
When
one
type
of
of
there
Snowshoe
the
number
group
are
few
of
advantages
factor
in
from
numbers
Suggest
an
1845
over
to
1935
similar
explanation
for
time
periods
each
of
but
these
changes
changes:
hares.
does
that
the
some
to
the
uctuate
that
Company
lynx
species
hares,
numbers
another
of
of
relationship
three
hare
number
Bay
numbers.
b)
in
the
the
Hudson,s
increases
The
in
in
the
a)
Suggest
15 2
from
undergoes
those
Suggest
4.
records
could
of
are
predators
lynx
the
other
even
cause
have
other
with
areas
these
the
of
hare.
other
predators
predators
in
of
may
doing
where
they
uctuations.
predators
kill
of
and
the
hare?
consume
lynx.
this.
are
not
predated
by
lynx.
5
For
there
a)
How
b)
Does
c)
Is
What
to
is
in
the
host,
1.
Give
2.
a)
a
population
population
the
Make
a
list
Make
a
of
of
food
of
with
of
of
hares
hares
between
species
affected
have
a
“parasite”
from
it
by
effects
predator
they
the
on
and
each
be
affected
by
the
other.
lynx?
the
its
must
population
prey
an
of
example
lynx?
of
between
interaction?
E C O L O G Y
is
and
an
organism
causing
it
that
lives
on
or
harm.
“predator”.
similarities
prey
second
two
parasites?
denition
denition
between
dierences
and
obtaining
predator
b)
interaction
relationship
are
biological
its
the
the
predators
The
be
list
and
in
the
relationships
parasite
showing
with
between
host.
differences
in
these
two
types
of
relationship.
3.
Even
if
parasites
numbers
4.
With
each
whether
to
of
of
it
is
research
unfamiliar
deciding
the
host
the
a
don’t
kill
in
an
animals
predator
the
lifestyle
with
which
them.
type
of
their
host,
area.
Discuss
shown
or
of
in
parasite
some
How
they
of
well
the
of
relationship
how
photos,
six
your
each
to
this
humans.
the
do
tend
try
reduce
happens.
to
You
animals
decide
may
if
denitions
species
the
has
you
need
are
work
with
in
humans?
p
Tapeworm
p
Mosquito
p
Castor
p
Cockroach
p
Hookworm
p
Vampire
5
A
parasite
way
by
has
the
a
clear
effect
on
its
host,
but
is
it
inuenced
in
bean
tick
bat
any
host?
15 3
I N T E R A C T I O N
Could
When
body,
a
parasite
our
detect
it
against
have
parasites
and
it.
principles
before
been
to
parasite.
We
might
intestinal
about
evading
hygiene
to
it
This
is
expect
was
one
no
the
parasites
this
and
human
however,
the
immune
started
to
control
carry
us?
antibodies
humans
developed,
humans
of
of
drugs
for
should
parasites,
of
good
the
system
produce
Many
Before
be
invades
immune
methods
system.
ever
their
applying
lives
parasites
common
or
more
longer
and
had
for
types
the
case.
consequences
might
have
investigate
the
of
some
this
claims
made
What
E C O L O G Y
to
many
is
not
list
different
as
Relationship
Example
Territoriality
Rufous
nectar
and
honey
defend
secreting
territories
Nor th
be
adjusted
without
large
Group
defence
during
so
that
excessive
likely
such
to
of
establish
size
of
enough
energy
the
western
territor y
food
use
Indian
temporar y
through
the
in
is
can
available
defending
a
area.
Sea skaters (Halobates robustus) are ightless
insects that live on the surface of coastal
waters around the Galapagos islands. At times
they form groups of 100 or more individuals
called otillas. Fish in the water below come
up to the surface to predate sea skaters. The
larger the otilla the lower the predation rate
due to better vigilance.
15 4
recent
Find
a
studies
suggest
newspaper
that
article
be
to
other
look
at
not
all
in
are
of
a
members
animal
of
included.
need
with
in
their
we
see
cooperative.
all
between
observed
of
behavior
them
species
competition
only
possible
species?
relationships
been
containing
as
loyal
we
patterns
not
a
members
(Selasphorus rufus)
migration
America. The
have
be
of
behavior,
examples
territories
even
of
because
are
to
When
Behavior
bees
owers
Paintbrush. They
types
gives
but
hosts.
relationship
animals
they
species.
hummingbirds
establish
so
below
same
of
cooperate.
surprising,
resources
positive,
human
members
expect
and
their
it.
types
might
species
entirely
for
in
between
We
be
benets
the
each
other.
members
social
This
same
of
The
the
animals
such
Sexual
conict
Bighorn sheep (Ovis candadensis) live in
mountains and deserts of western North
America. During the breeding season in
November males frequently ght for females
with repeated head-butting and the clash of
horns. After winning the ght against another
male a bighorn ram defends the females
during the period when they are fertile
ensuring that no other males mate with them.
Monogamy
Wilson’s
a
only
do
year.
not
they
mate
laid
by
male
to
days
Predation
parents
food
back
Nor thern
predators
for
of
and
be
over
are
to
Infanticide
they
a
are
The
from
and
lives
urban
in
of
females
male
all
one
and
gains
the
so
at
females
of
their
colonies
A
she
egg
leaves
and
the
about
par tner
sea
on
single
hatched
and
chick.
bring
grey
other
sh
pike
pike
nor thern
inver tebrates
smaller
langur
groups
birds
which
can
pike —they
therefore
have
a
both
If
a
then
they
forests
Most
he
adult
dominant
usually
mates
then
and
groups
many
new
group
male
infants
(Semnopithecus
male
infants.
of
in
India.
dominant
control
the
eat
Large
eat
voracious
in
ones.
in
their
are
and
and
on.
southern
the
and
though
through
male
rivers
Smaller
infants. The
females
season
pairs
returns
newly
catch
larger
black-footed
consist
this
egg
her
long
hypoleucos)
areas
the
young
meter
large
female
forage
later
cannibalistic.
hide
in
summer.
(Esox lucius)
lakes
mammals
and
is
and
chick.
hemisphere. They
when
of
their
the
pike
even
feeding
After
nding
then
for
form
Males
mate
end
incubate
food
breeding
others
the
oceans
hatching.
winter. The
Both
the
females
and
female.
later
southern
colonies.
the
the
Antarctic
bringing
in
any
after
at
(Oceanites oceanicus)
in
and
penguins
Antarctica
70
land
with
in
chick
Emperor
the
to
incubation
single
is
petrel
feeds
Males
breed
share
care
that
comes
each
Parental
storm
seabird
with
rear
are
kills
the
his
ospring.
1
Can
all
of
these
relationships
be
classied
as
competitive
or
cooperative?
2
Considering
your
competition
to
be
own
identity,
more
do
you
consider
cooperation
or
important?
15 5
I N T E R A C T I O N
E C O L O G Y
Can
social
Social
animals
group
gains
Consider
●
a
in
small
again
that
feed.
(vigilance)
larger
the
Ostrich
Mara
in
feeding
on
the
in
to
cheating?
groups.
provide
If
it,
a
member
they
are
of
the
cheating.
When
done
group,
head,
relying
the
more
raise
their
attack
they
are
less
often
individual
on
who
the
and
a
much
less
to
is
put
looking
individual
vigilance,
individual
vigilant
than
for
ostrich
and
the
down
the
has
to
never
would
in
for
predators
because
ostrich
others
look
heads
out
benecial
sometimes
to
their
continuously
for
an
and
periodically
group,
each
singly
then
this
fed
others
disadvantages
or
in
feed
heads
them
cooperatively:
the
their
sometimes
be
of
raise
raised
cheating.
being
group?
Masai
Kenya
●
side
is
They
might
An
much
living
helping
camelus)
head.
are
from
without
their
What
prevent
examples:
groups.
to
benets
(Struthio
predators

gain
benet
these
Ostriches
animals
Ravens
(Corvus
corax)
sometimes
feed
in
groups,
using
cooperation
of
to
increase
their
success
rate.
An
experiment
was
carried
out
aviary
using
lumps
ravens
kept
in
an
aviary.
To
obtain
a
food
reward,
two
of
ravens
had
to
pull
on
opposite
ends
of
a
string
at
the
same
time.
cheese
They
with
learned
some
cooperating
more
than
ravens
feeding
string
passing
through
metal
with
their
the
do
of
this
the
individuals
share
of
the
experimental
but
were
group
in
more
than
the
food
group
Can
and
who
reward.
group.
willing
others
cooperate
not
cheated
There
you
to
did
were
predict
go
by
only
how
the
on
taking
seven
results
have
been
different
with
a
very
large
experimental
group?
loops
1.
What
but
will
then
follow
2.
What
3.
a)
happen
some
their
can
Apart
b)
What
in
example
from
a
social
individuals
prevent
human
15 6
to
loosely
might
platform
in
how
members
in
until
examples
methods
of
can
to
there
cheating
school
group
start
in
tests
a
or
is
if
there
cheat
a
high
group
of
exams,
is
and
initially
more
level
of
no
and
cheating,
more
cheating?
animals?
can
you
suggest
any
cheating?
human
societies
use
to
minimize
cheating?
4.
a)
If
ostriches
and
less
groups
b)
Can
time
of
you
Do
you
genes
Do
suggest
In
think
dictate
mutualistic
●
They
close
●
Both
benet
●
Each
individual
●
The
live
two
from
are
in
the
corals
but
the
a
supply
on
this
As
with
the
form
by
of
not
and
the
expelled.
coral
to
is
is
of
this
or
or
enormous
is
a
species
happen?
it
likelier
that
their
cooperators?
ever
cheat
on
E C O L O G Y
food
time
or
frequently
that
of
that
and
the
very
other
come
together.
cannot.
different
consist
with
either
in
species,
gives
algae
Instead
a
the
place
and
it
the
calcium
digested
there
Cnidaria
is
also
can
use
coral
are
a
opening
often
the
diagram
with
a
group
in
stay
by
of
in
respiration.
enough
and
It
to
reefs
4).
unicellular
the
coral
continue
cannot
the
to
be
dioxide
also
from
coral
provides
construct
are
or
the
of
provides
energy
Coral
of
of
carbon
algae
detritus
Chapter
they
the
the
cavity
cells
alive
where
supply
in
ring
and
(a
in
carbonate.
gut
a
to
in
included
live
with
organisms
taken
algae
to
polyps
single
relationship
gain
that
a
of
smaller
digested
Photosynthesis
oxygen
a
therefore
hard
based
relationship.
benet
paler
is
and
organisms
rather
of
of
mutualism,
the
other,
unlikely.
nutrients
from
foods
oxygen
called
without
the
and
from
bleaching
the
so
Coral
to
photosynthesizing
and
is
the
catching
These
algae
success
food
features:
together.
cavity
digestion
coral.
mineral
This
these
function
by
cells
examples
stop
all
a
gut
digested.
secreting
and
algae
use
of
other
continue
to
does
cheats
has
live
mutualistic
The
the
food
by
health
the
a
a
The
for
other
in
relationship
If
are
members
feed
polyp’s
mutualistic
oxygen
feeding
prevents
groups
cooperate
Cnidaria
zooxanthellae.
supply
skeleton
and
They
used
are
respiration
a
what
time
relationship.
are
phylum
photosynthesize.
consumed
the
performs
tentacles.
into
called
polyp,
more
kingdoms.
tentacles
endothelium
algae
large
species
proximity
from
outside.
their
Some
to
they
species
individuals
in
stinging
taken
of
relationship
two
different
seawater
with
learn
whether
of
is
predators,
circumstances
ravens
Individuals
using
spend
forming?
examples
what
●
of
for
from
can
other?
typical
Corals
groups
looking
mutualistic
each
A
larger
ostriches
forming?
5.
in
algae.
both
species
cheating
cells
in
continue
algae
inside
oxygen
A
corals
variety
to
produced
effectively
or
the
of
provide
as
by
the
safety,
long
the
coral
then
because
from
mutualistic
them
photosynthesis,
of
benet
a
the
is
as
algae.
unable
algae
colour
environmental
they
of
are
the
stresses
157
I N T E R A C T I O N
cause
bleaching,
optimum
Does
Bleached
Barrier
coral
Reef
in
on
the
May
L TA
At
the
end
of
The
the
There
of
are
a
●
Complete
during
●
Complete
of
the
●
Review
●
Within
●
on
each
are
the
the
of
A-D
the
exam.
assessment
relevant
units
that
biology
ever
occur
mutualistic
to
an
meant
course
as
MYP
in
mutualistic
relationship
to
certicate
measure
described
recommended
compatibility
will
screen
least
of
are
strategies
screen
Complete
between
15 8
of
criteria
at
seeking
work
familiarization
Make
that
of
of
hardware
on
each
the
relationships?
before
you
Research
answer
this
other
question.
in
to
the
are
required
extent
criteria
ensure
A,
that
to
B,
to
which
C
you
and
are
undertake
they
have
on
screen
met
the
D.
well
prepared
to
skills:
undertaken.
style
For
biology
assessment
the
and
students
assessments
the
kinds
library
5,
MYP
your
the
above
eAssessment
number
demonstrate
are
skills
MYP
objectives
that
Great
for
assessments.
temperatures
2016
Organization
Preparing
of
sea
photosynthesis.
cheating
examples

for
including
to
a
ensure
list
one
Ask
you
and
of
your
the
global
covered
this
that
these
in
the
exam
and
to
MYP
the
used
and
one
IB.
such
This
as
review
device
that
provides
calculators,
that
the
the
is
going
students
videos,
be
require
to
be
used
with
the
experience
resource
understood.
with
gain
actions
each
of
familiarity
to
be
them.
with
the
answers.
of
All
of
this
relevant
made
to
are
specic
expectations
context.
were
criterion
answers
denition
that
might
each
sample
global
the
of
terms
review
career
that
the
few.
provide
Review
context
by
a
ensure
les.
command
chooses
your
to
expectations
terms
teacher
IB
test
be
name
are
context.
global
will
to
there
the
provided
that
specimen
session,
this
tools
criteria,
with
task
simulators
checker
in
the
the
assessments
global
to
it.
context
Imagine
eAssessment.
will
and
the
have
consider
possible
themes
all
links
Summative
Statement
When
that,
of
two
over
assessment
inquiry:
or
more
time,
individuals
impact
and
interact,
contribute
they
to
form
their
relationships
identity.
Introduction
Whales
focus
are
on
more
and
between
B
C
D
Sperm
●
●
●
a
whales
in
this
one
second
in
and
The
summative
species
species
that
have
where
assessment
humans
assessment,
and
been
there
is
includes
also
to
with
the
thoroughly
an
urgent
need
opportunities
consider
to
interactions
humans.
whales
sperm
any
animal
They
can
whale
on
live
(Physeter
microcephalus)
has
the
largest
brain
of
Earth.
for
more
than
70
years
and
grow
to
lengths
of
over
metres.
Sperm
and
whales
rays.
Sperm
mostly
They
sometimes
●
a
reex
The
20
in
of
investigation.
investigate
A
theme
interactions
researched
for
the
when
are
feed
to
venture
whales
whales
dive
more
only
young
on
feed
squid,
at
than
2
of
to
with
300–800
kilometers
vulnerable
or
together
depths
deep
predation
octopus
meters,
(2,000
by
but
m).
orcas
and
pilot
weakened.
p
●
Females
and
young
males
live
in
stable
family
groups
that
consist
Adult
a
calf
calf
of
several
adult
females
together
with
their
female
in
has
the
remora
Calves
10
are
years.
older
cared
Males
than
●
Adult
●
Sperm
males
live
whales
During
the
between
of
it
life
and
a)
between
b)
between
Explain
3.
Females
20
end
is
of
of
a
within
the
family
group,
an
In
groups
usually
for
when
to
(sucker sh)
it
about
they
are
the
whales
there
variety
will
be
the
season.
of
within
inhabiting
and
to
explanation
hunting?
sperm
for
at
whales
gave
a
species
whale
calves
sperm
females
other
sperm
produce
past
a
mating
sounds
and
for
between
many
groups.
interactions
oceans.
What
types
occur:
advantages
the
the
making
whale
animals
individual
the
whale
vocal,
during
communication
sperm
could
sperm
and
and
other
currently
years.
from
except
highly
prey
possible
humans,
What
alone
are
of
interaction
2.
cooperatively
ejected
with
10.
echolocation
1.
for
are
whale
Ocean. The
offspring.
attached
●
sperm
Indian
of
intervals
to
in
animals?
others
whales
were
birth
drop
and
of
the
its
living
of
hunted
young
of
in
species?
[3]
groups.
[3]
between
and
more
[3]
4
killed
and
by
frequently.
pregnancy
rate
since
the
[3]
15 9
I N T E R A C T I O N
4.
What
factors
whales?
A
B
C
D
and
whales
spend
Narwhals
by
major
are
can
can
as
of
(a
5.
Explain
6.
Humans
are
the
Explain
if
7.
the
details
of
Explain
A
B
C
D
most
canine
tooth
feeding
and
spend
on
The
winter
or
used
suggests
as
nar whal
sense
16 0
organ
tusk
acts
as
the
cold
test
will
that
sperm
over
The
of
rate
a
rst
the
“Heart
a
is
accompanied
system,
which
response
by
a
is
changes
long
diving
rate
kilometers
to
the
body.
during
have
2
breath.
Diving
followed
parts
is:
of
taking
slows
dive.
reex.
down
[3]
One
in
humans
water.”
human
water.
the
be
a
heart
hypothesis.
controlled.
of
contact
that
rate
to
slow
down
[3]
slowing
than
ensure
the
Include
Your
the
the
method
heart
with
all
cold
rate
should
is
due
water.
investigation
is
to
[6]
safe
and
[3]
of
nar whals
is
feature
side
and
of
in
winter
cod,
diving
the
is
the
a
most
large
upper
males
adult
of
coastal
formed
but
having
in
the
holes
it
northerly
tusk
jaw.
can
that
The
grow
mixed
of
species
develops
tusk
to
a
of
from
always
length
has
of
a
a
more
as
shrimp
meters
between
either
of
groups
there
3
or
pack
under
more
and
10
females
of
is
males
ice,
the
to
ice
catch
individuals.
with
and
their
females
can
juveniles.
cracks
open
where
and
1500
of
consist
but
water
squid
of
groups
in
up
they
migration,
reached
deep
depth
groups
waters
during
a
usually
males,
winter
in
cuttlesh,
to
live
groups
breathing
are
the
into
pack
that
channels
become
sometimes
summering
ice
waters
and
ice-free.
with
narwhals
they
Much
over
smaller
the
migrate
larger
1,000
groups
have
to
groups
individuals,
reform.
At
the
that
end
the
cold
monoceros)
left
especially
end
shallower
research
can
form
narwhal
of
form,
the
the
halibut,
These
At
to
distinctive
on
them.
also
of
circulatory
reex.
rate),
expecting
in
the
might
tested
depths
meters.
of
heart
we
rather
ages
spiral
sometimes
young
size
meters.
Narwhals
Recent
you
1,500
heart
in
variables
(Monodon
Its
be
for
to
different
so
possibility
The
3
brain
without
diving
slower
could
the
than
a
acceptable.
narwhal
the
immersed
Estimating
left-handed
p
for
breathing
whale.
than
to
immersed
how
ethically
of
reasons
how
oceans
functioning
experiment
the
stopping
is
is
an
the
more
the
owing
that
the
exclude
8.
large
underwater
mammals
face
face
Design
the
reex
mammalian
reasons
hypothesis
when
to
to
slowing
blood
in
hour
dive
the
diving
dive
an
changes
bradycardia
amount
the
over
known
explain
[3]
Investigating
Sperm
could
of
summer
the
narwhal
must
migrate
back
a
the
sea
near
the
coast
freezes
over
completely.
to
deep
water
before
Narwhals
emit
echolocation
used
or
for
May
a
of
and
their
time
young
narwhal
The
text
“Age-specic
monoceros)
Hansen,
published
The
in
Arctic
and
last
27
decline
intensive
possible
the
factor
Age
of
layer
some
age
cases,
animals
dentinal
reliable
in
is
in
an
techniques
narwhal
and
urgent
tissue
a
failed
age
need
and,
are
and
for
to
no
life
growth
in
known-
use
in
and
1980s
including
assumes
aspartic
older
called
in
stable
amino
Thus,
reliable
increments
in
and
at
as
a
the
acids
a
in
estimation
of
In
our
age
estimation.
the
eye
lens
collected
in
are
age.
of
the
can
tissues,
the
All
the
is
converted
thus
it
L-form.
L-form
rate
also
to
the
potentially
Because
amino
of
into
is
acids
aspartic
of
the
the
for
most
age
mammals.
study,
mammalian
for
isomeric
incorporated
racemization
body
of
method
including
rate,
ratio
since
the
different
however,
D/L
of
mammals,
The
D-enantiomers.
marker
used
2
organisms
fastest
used
of
acids,
in
constant
the
frequently
have
normally
living
and
has
L-
exist
ages
However,
humans.
amino
can
technique
assess
estimation
and
proteins,
and
used
acid
all
acids
eye
The
are
lens
and
Eyeballs
during
Uummannaq
nuclei
proteins
among
body
racemization.
animals
history.
that
to
sediments.
studies
age
whales
amino
slowly,
be
for
racemization
developed
several
acid,
proteins
acid
marine
technique
of
successfully
developing
their
has
provide
been
growth
hence,
to
especially
have
there
revealing
individuals.
the
aspartic
D-form
counting
was
originally
fossils
In
population
has,
Steen
paper
was
the
One
whales
(Monodon
acid
forms
use
reliable
of
by
the
biological
reference
narwhals,
known
for
of
The
the
best
more
However,
has
length
increasingly
needed.
entitled
narwhals
The
narwhal
Validation
by
narwhals
captivity
with
layers
for
No
the
whales).
Mammology
population
to
toothed
teeth.
done
in
and
walruses
paper
a
during
species’
performed
captivity.
results
available
there
been
of
is
summer.
Calves
Heide-Jørgensen,
of
April
during
and
aspartic
Greenland
a
determination
the
growth
individuals.
kept
in
a
is
in
by
Journal
sustainable
availability
been
groups
and
scientic
in
in
together.
year-round
Greenland
ensure
studying
age
traditionally
around
species
determination
m
born
(killer
and
probably
place
months
Forchhammer.
the
4–5
attributable
To
Peter
found
populations,
the
for
is
orca
a
are
sharks
longevity
monoceros)
experienced
the
for
is
in
close
estimated
C
However,
West
hunting.
dynamics
method
mainly
likely
narwhal
Mads
2007
and
as
to
are
20
bears,
are
navigation
takes
calves
polar
for
knocks
about
adults
Mads
reaches
management
knowledge
key
that
have
most
of
and
remain
by
used
Mating
so
for
remarkable
(Monodon
the
milk
introduction
Garde,
Canada.
decades
populations
of
Eva
waters
months,
Greenland
maturity
northern
2
and
February
whale
physical
the
are
whistles
always
Nachman,
narwhal
at
calf
Clicks
groups.
predated
from
by
14
with
predators
West
Gösta
on
toothed
be
growth
from
racemization”
H
is
lasts
and
can
natural
below
within
calves
mother
only
sounds.
Distinctive
gestation
feed
which
the
prey.
of
communication
Mothers
but
range
the
and
the
in
most
subject
from
Inuit
were
the
to
75
hunt
used
for
nucleus
stable
in
of
the
detectable
narwhals
of
were
narwhals
Qeqertarsuaq,
West
Greenland.
age.
1 61
I N T E R A C T I O N
9.
Explain
the
narwhals.
10. Discuss
age
of
11. The
the
bar
for
the
scientists
in
measuring
the
ages
of
[3]
the
method?
problems
validity
of
narwhals.
the
Can
scientists’
you
methods
suggest
any
for
estimating
improvements
to
the
the
[3]
chart
below
shows
the
age
estimates
produced
by
the
research.
16
females
slahwran
14
males
12
unknown
10
fo
8
rebmun
6
4
2
0
0
1
age
b)
What
was
the
most
c)
Suggest
the
12. The
sex
chart
a
of
reason
some
below
Greenland
in
is
of
an
(years)
oldest
frequent
for
of
the
the
the
age
1
1
the
–
0
was
1
0
What
1
1
–
a)
groups
5
0
1
9
0
–
9
9
8
0
–
8
9
7
0
–
7
9
6
0
–
6
9
5
0
–
5
9
4
0
–
4
9
9
3
0
–
3
2
0
–
1
0
–
0
2
9
–
1
9
9
age
narwhal?
age
of
scientists
narwhals.
pyramid
the
not
[1]
narwhals?
being
able
[1]
to
determine
[1]
for
the
human
population
in
2014.
Greenland
2014
male
female
100+
95–99
90–94
85–89
80–84
75–79
70–74
65–69
60–64
55–59
50–54
45–49
40–44
35–39
30–34
25–29
20–24
15–19
10–14
5–9
0–4
3
2.4
population
1.8
(in
1.2
0.6
0
0.6
1.2
1.8
population
age
16 2
0
thousands)
group
(in
2.4
3
thousands)
a)
Draw
West
b)
B
C
D
Hunting
There
are
research
the
13. Write
The
concerns
of
a
should
be
about
in
recent
using
able
have
from
by
component
ivory
b)
The
the
of
done
in
human
and
narwhal.
partly
to
The
investigate
Inuit
(a
it
diets
food
scientic
and
ways.
Should
know
what
be
a
ages
narwhal.
[3]
were
non-scientists
thousand
estimated
past,
ries
of
can
the
are
so
but
the
skin
for
be
now
sustained
and
prey
and
killed
the
used.
There
fatally
catch
a
gures
signicant
products
blubber)
or
the
catch
been
are
were
main
and
by
spearing
ofcial
$1,000
Inuit
years
annual
have
narwhals
Narwhals
the
sold
to
involved
recovered,
and
are
the
more.
over
very
remaining
narwhals
a
long
stable.
predator–
[3]
be
allowed
other
of
the
whale
into
hunting
effect
is
to
part
continue
of
of
Inuit
species
with
these
it
each
be
social
hunt
narwhals
even
if
it
[3]
there
but
narwhals
on
to
identity
narwhals?
narwhals,
communicate
its
of
bibliography.
that
reported
predator
important
research
groups
are
from
between
survival
with
way
an
velocity
the
of
a
least
numbers
relationships
an
at
with
hunting.
can
numbers
the
Compared
in
ages
a
narwhals’
in
method
not
to
made
which
Inuit
is
but
due
relationship?
the
for
high
shots
losses
the
the
for
[3]
numbers
but
on
suitable
how
traditional
rie
of
threatens
in
hunting
was
language
hunted
boats,
with
because
c)
between
paper
style
Greenland,
relationship
Should
a
explain
Similar
Predator–prey
the
in
understand.
and
tusks
periods
to
scientic
be
signicant
muktaaq
prey
investigated
identity
narwhal
that
underestimate
Is
narwhals
[3]
continued
in
the
been
years.
concerns
wounded
a)
the
scientic
to
1,000.
narwhals
large
to
should
Canada
of
now
the
differences
Inuit
rates
paragraph
of
for
hunting.
15. Narwhals
Inuit
about
reference
a
the
pyramids.
and
survival
chart
[3]
for
age
nar whals
estimated,
are
reasons
reference
14. Write
pyramid
narwhal
into
effect
age
Greenland.
Suggest
the
A
an
is
has
been
known
other
in
allowed
that
little
they
live
sophisticated
if
animals?
very
we
do
not
[3]
16 3
7
Balance
 A
balanced
diet
consists
carbohydrates,
dietary
but
lipids,
ber.
not
the
proteins,
What
chart
photo
Does
appropriate
provides
more.
pie
The
It
of
this
and
are
mean
In
minerals,
much
the
must
shows

as
different
some
the
or
transport,
mode
the
16 4
of
as
be
of
foods
in
each
and
people
others
example,
transport
work–life
of
and
uses,
in
our
diet?
food
type.
unbalanced?
many
work
for
is
body
included
amounts
diet
water
the
categories
all
cities
of
vitamins,
energy
four
they
that
school
quantities
a
helps
balance?
cycle
use
bus.
us
to
public
Which
more
with

Yoga
ago.
originated
Research
physical
and
balance.
can
also
by
helping
could
to
effect
the
help
it
on
reduce
of
and
regular
both
years
increase
exibility
is
the
falls.
depression
promote
can
balance
knees
for
5,000
strength,
prevent
evidence
exercise
physical
that
strengthening
particularly
some
about
especially
The
a
therefore
India
suggests
tness,
achieved
body,
in
lower
ankles.
There
yoga
and
Yoga
is
sessions
stress.
mental
How
and
health?

Slacklining
popular
that
1970s.
at
webbing
A
walk
low
allows
recoil,
Why
with
In
to
so
bounce
it
on
easier
dangerous
Balance
it
with
is
by
tragic
white
is
avoiding
the
of
to
ip
by
of
weight
turbulent
been
boats
in
can
balance
the
capsizing
refugees
they
What
about
easy
have
crowded
when
boat.
balance
arms?
consequences.
cases
board
line
can
achieved
There
because
the
and
potentially
Mediterranean
side
to
distribution
water.
it
end.
trampoline.
and
rafting
boat,
and
of
outstretched
water
even
a
and
on
to
stretch
kayaking
the
end
slackliners
as
is
anchors
tension
it
of
tensioned
balance
from
sport
since
length
is
two
slackliners
The
increasingly
developed
the
or
an
recreational
has
between

is
over
saw
we
from
on
to
a
one
rescue
learn
such
events?
16 5
B A L A N C E
Introduction
Systems
can
Key
be
are
sets
static
or
of
interacting
dynamic
and
or
interdependent
simple
or
complex.
components,
They
can
be
which
open
concept: Systems
(where
necessary
matter-based
Related
Global
concept:
context:
resources
resources
are
are
not
renewed
regularly),
removed
or
closed
replaced
but
(where
energy
ows
Balance
Fairness
in
and
or
out
out)
of
or
the
isolated
system).
(where
To
neither
maintain
matter
order
in
nor
the
energy
human
ows
body
in
and
in
and
natural
or
built
environments,
systems
must
be
kept
in
balance.
development
A
balance
is
free
to
is
move
becomes
From
this
to
expanding
provide
remain
peace,
to
for
had
the
led
a
the
B.C.
goddess
vir tuous
pivot
equal
has
can
used
for
Maat
is
only
sustainable
if
systems
in
scale
put
for
has
great
will
a
However,
living
on
strain
organisms
years. This
depiction
of
the
In
balance.
hear ts
of
the
on
to
the
dead
The
two
pans.
natural
be,
important
of
the
end.
the
to
on
on
necessary
questions
development
Hear t.
that
developed.
thousands
weighed
beam
each
continue
combine
all
at
placed
balance
and
we
pan
are
of
the Weighing
life
remain
a
has
population.
how
shows
of
been,
inquiry:
Development
and
consisting
weights
concept
sustainability
been
and
weighing,
population
human
and
have
1300
Egypt,
when
human
the
for
central
answered:
fairness
from
a
Development
be

Balances
16 6
on
level
used
observation
ecosystems.
of
device
beam
The
Statement
a
with
Earth?
papyrus
mythology
discover
of
dates
ancient
whether
they
The
in
biology.
two
●
concept
types
of
In
of
balance
this
homeostasis,
stability
the
In
chapter
which
of
within
an
both
cases,
systems
to
are
the
in
many
focus
will
contexts
be
on
regulation
between
balance
function.
at
is
of
the
internal
organism
ecosystems,
relationships
continue
useful
balance:
environment
●
is
the
allows
If
which
results
different
complex
balance
is
from
organisms.
systems
lost,
then
to
entire
risk.

Toco
Ecosystems
and
internal
body
systems
so
complex,
dynamic
and
open.
This
makes
they
difcult
usually
to
remain
achieve.
in
Natural
balance
but
ecosystems
they
can
also
be
in
by
natural
events
or
by
human
internal
environment
of
mammals
is
balanced
mechanisms
Until
the
Island
in
and
arrival
the
subtropical
tree
had
the
and
is
about
to
110
only
in
in
have
existed
years,
be
the
on
for
sustainability
contrast,
temperate
hemisphere
old. What
is
are
the
America,
and
uses
it
changes
while
toco
in
to
other
toucan
forest
ecosystems
species
has
homeostasis.
the
of
toucan
largest
Blood
ow
bill
to
are
of
the
any
bill
increased
in
warm
conditions
and
is
restricted
when
very
feedback
is
colder.
body
How
could
temperature
in
this
help
balance
at
to
keep
the
toucan’s
38–39°C?
was
a
the
led
to
with
species
without
the
forest,
Easter
how
far
this
Island
impor tant
it
nor th
may
Ear th.
as
long
of
be
It
as
the
ecosystems.
forests
only
habitats,
benet
population
demonstrating
amazing
open
to
sustainable
Australia
ecosystem
rat,
bird
but
by
show
to
prefer
species
ecosystem.
with
human
2,000–3,000.
rainforest
million
native
15,000
examples
oldest
could
all
there
forest
ecosystem,
provided
Queensland
the
and
development
Tropical
of
to
other
for
this
few
Easter
Polynesian
extinct. The
resources
dropped
of
on
Pacic,
combined
the
species
risen
humans
use,
of
destruction
becoming
of
negative
the
energy.
broadleaved
introduction
21
much
south-east
Unsustainable
the
using
of
actions.
it
precisely
one
threatened. The
is
The
(Ramphastos toco)
be
unsustainable
South
bird
disrupted
may
balance
from
more
toucans
are
about
of
the
In
nor thern
10,000
years
reason?
167
B A L A N C E
M E TA B O L I S M
How
in
is
glucose
concentration
kept
balance?
Glucose
SI
blood
is
units
supplied
for
(mmol/L).
by
measuring
The
scale
blood
the
to
cells
thoughout
concentration
shows
a
range
of
are
the
body.
millimoles
possible
blood
The
per
correct
liter
glucose
concentrations.
Extreme
with
hypoglycemia
seizures
and
loss
Lowest
normal
Hyperglycemia
of
consciousness
concentration
after
Highest
Lowest
for
0.0
concentration
normal
1.0
brain
Average
function
2.0
4.0
Blood
5.0
glucose
after
6.0
The
basic
SI
units
concentration
per
liter.
For
concentration
one
mole
180
grams,
at
moles
glucose
so
a
a
of
one
is
of
has
180
processes
mole
of
grams
dissolved
in
each

or
micromoles
may
be
even
per
used
if
concentration
full
be
can
the
is
and
very
shown
be
transported
control
have
used
of
not
the
add
of
or
body
contains
glucose
remove
kept
entire
and
it
body
rapidly.
keep
blood
glucose
concentrations
narrow
glucose
limits,
removed
the
from
amount
the
blood
that
be
is
balanced
added.
with
hormones.
A
This
is
the
amount
achieved
hormone
is
a
using
blood
both
in
the
glucose
secreted
by
blood.
The
two
concentration
cells
concentration
in
the
whereas
secreted
principal
are
insulin
pancreas.
glucagon
by
a
chemical
gland
hormones
and
Insulin
used
glucagon.
decreases
increases
cell
to
They
blood
it.
1.
Deduce
which
hormone
causes
these
processes:
scientists
a)
conversion
b)
use
of
glycogen
to
glucose
always
same
forms
abbreviation.
example,
all
of
by
For
the
same
5
mmol/l
5
mmol/dm
5
mmol
of
glucose
rather
than
fat
by
body
cells
to
generate
energy
respiration.
these
2.
mean
the
be
the
in
abbreviated.
Unfortunately,
in
grams
can
messenger
are
can
or
5
cannot
because
on a test stick
liter
glucose
Units
level
Blood glucose concentration
by placing the drop of blood
small.
●
10.0
can be measured by pricking a
solution.
Millimoles
periods
of
nger with a sterile lancet and
●
if
more
per
must
liter
risks
glucose
of
glucose
for
short
9.0
blood
about
between
liter
than
concentration
constant
only
To
solution
persisting
8.0
volume
example,
of
health
(mmol/L)
for
are
serious
eating
7.0
Glucose
●
normal
concentration
concentration
3.0
with
fasting
What
hormone
is
secreted
by
the
pancreas
after
a
meal
with
a
thing:
3.
3
high
sugar
Low
blood
content?
sugar
concentrations
can
cause
feelings
of
hunger.
−1
liter
a)
Explain
the
reasons
for
b)
Explain
the
reasons
for
hunger
at
the
end
hunger
returning
of
the
night.
−3
5
mmol
What
slash
does
dm
a
mean?
negative
forward
What
indices
a
do
mean
high
protein
or
a
fat
high
sugar
content
more
than
a
rapidly
breakfast
after
with
a
content.
Blood
glucose
concentration
is
sometimes
very
high
units?
vigorous
16 8
with
in
4.
SI
breakfast
exercise.
Suggest
an
explanation
for
this.
at
the
end
of
processes
glucose
to
that
the
glucose
release
the
of
release
in
liver
or
of
liver
from
glucose
and
uptake
of
adipose
acids
liver
to
into
cells for
glycogen
glucose
cells
conversion
L TA
literacy
for
respiration
conversion
produced
amino
of
muscle
blood
by
cells
in
remove
the
and
to
into
its
fats
skills
information
in
a
variety
of
formats
platforms
processes
presented
illustrate
in
the
presenting
to
by
glycerol
Present
The
uptake
cells
glycogen
glucose
Information
and
use
down
cells
body
gut
in
that
from
glucose
food
glucose
produced
breaking
glucose
from
digested
in
processes
add
blood
that
this
a
or
image
concept
this
produce
add
of
remove
as
a
set
information?
poster
of
balance.
On
explaining
blood
glucose
scales.
Can
page
what
It
you
of
there
can
been
intended
think
171
we
is
have
do
a
is
to
to
better
an
way
of
opportunity
avoid
diabetes.

What
formats
could
you
use
to
make
the
poster
as
effective
There are approximately 40 grams
as
of sugar in a 355 ml can of cola
possible?
This
may
depend
on
who
the
target
audience
is
for
the
or other soda—eight times the
poster
and
where
it
will
be
displayed.
amount that is normally being
carried by the blood. What is the
concentration of sugar in such a
can of soft drink?
What
are
the
epidemic
A
person
who
concentration
produce
longer
rise
The
8
has
in
insulin
respond
insulin
too
of
is
to
highest
mmol/L.
balance,
(Type
to
it
normal
1
is
the
unable
either
effectively
or
current
2
their
their
P H YS I O L O G Y
or
blood
pancreas
their
diabetes).
concentration,
concentration
untreated
keep
because
(Type
glucose
recurrently
to
because
diabetes)
blood
either
With
of
diabetes?
diabetes
reduce
high,
causes
does
body
As
it
glucose
the
cells
role
therefore
not
no
of
tends
to
persistently.
of
diabetes,
blood
the
glucose
in
balance
concentration
can
is
rise
far
16 9
B A L A N C E
higher.
coma
100
Concentrations
and
present
two
are
mmol/L
in
likely
Type
that
1
for
is
are
the
at
sometimes
by
to
this
prevent
adjusting
Both
the
to
This
is
too
and
avoid
diabetes
It
onset
glucose
1
populations,
populations.
the
are
a
body’s
in
diabetes.
own
the
illustrated
the
is
still
Type
2
1
of
more
two
in
The
is
injecting
later
is
in
much
life.
It
more
is
treated
glucose.
prevalent
are
in
greater
almost
in
graphs.
1
fo
raey
wen
%(
sesac
–0
fo
ot
epyt
dlo-raey-41
setebaid
)nerdlihc
0.02
0.01
rep
0
1980
1990
2000
year
10.0
)noitalupop
9.0
8.0
7.0
SU
6.0
fo
%(
5.0
etar
4.0
setebaid
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
00
02
04
06
08
10
12
year
black
Asian
male
female
14
all
certain
0.03
1970
so
treated
0.04
84
is
insulin
Germany
82
it
reasons
children,
Colorado
80
high
system
diabetes
and
diabetes
intake
the
immune
Sweden
1960
over
then
0.06
1950
17 0
are
Finland
0.05
diabetic
glucose
glucose,
pancreas.
Type
increases
by
there
develops
develops
becoming
though
a
concentrations
If
containing
concentration
rapid
cause
diabetes.
cells
high.
to
concentrations
usually
usually
likely
glucose
solution
of
unclear.
rising
Type
diet
of
result
are
recorded.
glucose
test
developed
early
blood
from
the
Blood
been
blood
a
mmol/L
insulin-producing
called
than
types
human
it
is
has
present
monitoring
common
or
drinking
person
diabetes
destroying
sometimes
urine,
after
a
30
life-threatening.
have
the
hours
over
by
Use
the
obtain
data
to
of
●
Is
the
●
Could
diabetes
risk
of
we
in
our
catch
What
are
the
we
have
can
do
Osmosis
solute
is
be
able
of
In
to
permeable
type
between
with
the
to
is
the
are
particularly
all
complex.
A
B
C
D
A
be
lm).
2.
If
you
3.
to
What
the
only
out
about
is
the
in
it
the
a
in
in
the
are
genes?
infectious
developing—
a
of
diabetes?
poster
to
explain
M E TA B O L I S M
is
dissolved
the
liquid
in
and
5.
difference
and
the
solute
is
of
in
cells
so
by
to
cells
form
need
freely
osmosis.
direction
solute
uid
liquid
therefore
The
in
a
water
are
out
Chapter
of
This
water
concentration
outside.
concentration
to
is
a
Water
to
a
whereas
advantage
the
model
size
of
is
ratio
more
used
a
cell
the
it
moves
area
a
as
you
20
the
food
a
cell
diameter
ratio
in
for
10
so
12.
for
items
is
to
are
Chapter
membrane
µm
difcult
cytoplasm
seal
of
are
systems
in
calculated
size
a
would
their
and
to
is
Models
fully
thickness
of
making
model
when
membrane
that
between
A
tested.
because
explored
lm
thick,
make
be
organisms
have
PVC
same
to
experiments
living
ratio
osmosis.
hypothesis
models
µm
to
produce
investigating
the
the
our
which
rates
membranes
lower
needs
size
cells,
cell
biology
of
10
wanted
give
is
for
of
of
concentration.
allows
concept
cell
is
What
be,
useful
made
1.
solute
variables
The
It
the
one
questions:
diabetes?
that
the
the
by
can
cell
moves
by
of
you
diabetes.
cell
described
has
that
of
Most
as
that
research
these
systems
increasing
particle
Water
valuable
the
model
can
avoid
determined
higher
cells
in.
is
that
the
could
inuenced
immune
model
cytoplasm
representation
control
it
You
consider
research,
cytoplasm
water.
area
our
for
to
chemical
take
the
the
Model
a
diabetes.
should
developing
your
try
movement
movement
from
in
any
solution.
to
information
environment—such
reasons
done
other
diabetes
when
of
any
of
You
developing
chance
you
and
causes
both.
the
what
to
the
affect
When
a
graphs
or
factors
diseases
A
the
research
types
●
in
osmosis
(known
nm
cell,
the
occur.
plastic
The
membrane
wrap
or
cling
thick.
membrane
how
Question
to
as
and
wide
that
of
would
the
the
plastic
model
lm?
have
to
1?
diameter
and
the
membrane
thickness
same?
Method
Follow
these
●
Cut
●
Fold
out
a
the
instructions
piece
lm
in
of
to
make
plastic
half
over
lm
the
a
model
that
end
is
of
cell:
about
your
100
mm
×
100
mm.
nger.
171
B A L A N C E
●
Bring
●
Remove
the
solution
you
Squeeze
the
●
the
sides
together
shape
and
will
get
ends
of
a
to
make
pour
in
model
the
tubular
0.5
cell
tubular
plastic
a
mol/L
with
shape
a
shape
around
sucrose
solution.
diameter
together
your
of
to
20
seal
If
you
mm,
the
nger.
use
4.2
assuming
tube,
if
it
ml
is
possible
of
sucrose
spherical.
with
no
air
inside.
film
sucrose
solution
water
or
sucrose
To
investigate
other
To
in
nd
after
a
1.0
out
they
solution
osmosis
mol/L
whether
have
from
been
the
you
could
sucrose
the
in
solution.
model
the
outside
M E TA B O L I S M
make
cells
You
gain
solutions.
of
the
two
How
cell
is
blood
too
much
water
the
Maintaining
An
is
adult
blood
in
2.4
The
17 2
will
of
out
be
an
hour
nd
you
pure
their
will
water
or
have
and
more,
mass
to
if
the
possible.
before
and
remove
all
the
incorrect.
concentration
the
our
and
balance
cell
cells,
become
inside
for
in
of
the
balance?
enters
cells
of
average
and
glucose,
so
of
size
the
they
outside
is
membrane
swell
dehydrated.
one
of
of
biologists
of
All
level
for
about
the
the
up
To
cell
carries
and
must
be
of
with
burst.
prevent
functions
4.7
solute
which
blood
solutes
overall
added
is
liters
blood
is
and
cause
measure
measured
together
to
measured
plasma
of
cells.
hormones
these
an
one
are
ions,
of
use
concentration),
normal
has
remainder
mineral
water.
concentrations
solute
The
in
in
one
osmosis,
them
mass
place
them
by
solute
concentration
these
and
it
a
If
risk—if
too
much
this,
the
solute
kept
the
same.
the
kidney,
in
the
osmoregulation.
liters
osmosis,
take
the
this
plasma
proteins,
leave
permeability
concentration
of
cells
water
you
or
the
out,
process
lose
kept
water
passes
should
or
When
model
The
model
solution
is
290
blood,
The
carbon
water
of
in
give
in
of
the
move
solute
per
2.6
osmoles
of
dissolved
by
concentration.
liter.
osmolarity
(osmol
milliosmoles
liters
consists
dioxide
to
moles
the
which
plasma
per
Each
of
(total
or
liter.
Osm).
1.
Is
water
added
processes:
2.
a)
of
digestive
in
the
In
Samuel
there
to
the
sweating,
juices
Nor
someone
the
Can
3.
on
a
osmolarity
you
Plasma
blood
proteins
malnutrition
excessive
saliva,
e)
poem
water,
any
is
their
this
c)
from
cell
it
by
each
respiration,
absorption
of
The
the
d)
water
of
these
secretion
from
food
Rime
of
Ancient
Mariner
are
develop
vena
dying
using
a
of
everywhere,
drop
blood
of
thirst
drink.
and
in
of
suffering
abdomens
their
the
due
of
seawater,
not
lower.
osmosis?
osmolarity
from
tissues.
drink
higher,
understanding
are
swollen
they
becomes
component
who
water
to
plasma
your
major
Children
amounts
inferior
exhaling,
as
Taylor’s
boat
of
explain
plasma.
removed
words:
Water,
If
or
urination?
Coleridge
these
b)
such
intestines, f )
are
plasma
severe
to
Can
retention
you
of
protein
of
explain
this?
cava
aorta
adrenal
gland
cortex
adrenal
vein
medulla
right
renal
with
artery –
high
renal
with
contains
urea
vein –
lower
contains
stores
cm
of
expelling
sphincter –
which
to
up
it
carries
The
kidneys
water
from
wastes
to
and
after
urine
urethra
from
outside
receive
it
body
muscle
of
urine
removed
urethra
of
to
bladder

about
before
from
bladder
urethra –
to
f low
urine
bladder
urine
ring
controls
from
carries
kidney
3
500
blood
concentration
ureter –
bladder –
blood
concentration
urea
from
kidney
blood
then
from
being
from
return
the
stored
the
the
blood
in
the
renal
blood
are
ar ter y,
to
the
remove
urea
circulation
eventually
expelled
and
a
through
from
the
variable
the
renal
body
amount
of
vein. The
through
the
bladder
17 3
B A L A N C E
The
osmolarity
removed.
must
be
Thirst
is
uids,
The
the
in
●
a
signal
Blood
is
a
knot-like
passes
The
ltrate
capillary
shaped
the
such
Water
water
the
at
of
to
water
or
(285–295
gained
add
the
a
water
and
to
amounts
three-step
that
are
has
is
such
because
the
are
as
of
by
are
from
can
water
large
through
have
salt
is
plasma
of
water
process
and
that
in
a
the
not
the
vary.
small
If
there
removed.
by
drinking
solutes
takes
of
large
blood
in
place
and
is
a
walls
As
called
all
returned
the
dilute
there
This
the
useful
to
the
by
osmosis.
amounts
of
of
urine
The
water
concentrated
the
solute
of
blood.
a
a
cup-
tubule.
substances
Waste
concentration
are
urine
of
excreted.
1.
Filtration
2.
Reabsorption
3.
Excretion
2
peritubular
capillaries
renal
vein
of
reabsorbed,
which
Reabsorption
capsule
excretion
is
as
the
renal
are
Bowman’s
urinar y
is
amount
capillaries
3
allow
process.
blood.
glomerular
1
that
such
through
capsule.
tubule,
the
ltration
pressure
tube,
in
reabsorbed.
ltrate
renal
divides
composed
molecules
plasma.
this
under
renal
volumes
increases
permeable
size,
which
each
capillaries
Bowman’s
large
ar ter y
1 74
or
glomerulus.
the
narrow
concentration
volumes
to
out
the
of
a
from
the
artery,
structures,
production
from
added
mosmol/L)
amounts
the
renal
very
apart
forced
start
the
called
according
along
urea
solute
by
million
reabsorbed
produces
the
volumes
retained
been
reabsorbed
kidney
pressure
collected
at
a
capillaries
through
ows
glucose
kidney
about
capillaries
pass
reabsorbed
reduces
of
particles
ltrate
is
the
high
to
walls
products
Urine
need
form
ball
structure
as
to
to
which
separation

range
if
losses.
balancing
These
particles
proteins,
●
safe
amounts
production,
brought
repeatedly
Blood
As
a
changes
kidneys.
any
●
we
of
urine
glomerulus.
●
within
water
method
is
plasma
between
that
replace
other
of
remain
balance
plasma
the
blood
a
to
up
●
To
of
the
of
small
blood
295
increase
more
fo
)L /lomsom(
detected
ADH
more
secreted
volume
water
reabsorbed
low
concentration
osmoreceptors
pituitary
nephrons
volume and
in hypothalamus
gland
of kidney
concentration
290
of urine
doolb
etulos
amsalp
noitartnecnoc
high
volume
decrease
less
ADH
less
high
water
concentration
detected
secreted
reabsorbed
low
285
The
the
is
solute
brain
the
concentration
called
pituitary
hormones,
ADH
ltrate
and
4.
in
the
heart
the
the
glands
least
to
the
secrete
nine.
One
in
one
of
water
ow
chart
blood
kidneys.
of
is
reabsorbed
shows
responses
blood
the
pumped
If
is
the
cardiac
supplied
volume
glomerular
out
of
to
the
by
the
output
the
is
blood
is
b)
What
volume
of
ltrate
is
produced
per
day?
Blood
What
How
Within
a
process.
the
original
to
in
of
a
be
are
level.
is
of
side
of
liters
per
per
minute?
out
as
it
1.5
of
liters
ltrate
of
is
urine
in
a
reabsorbed
day,
as
it
ows
types
it
the
of
the
at
night
ow
is
in
young
reduced.
be
maintenance
gap
to
used
to
a
humans
the
keep
use
gap,
that
and
the
any
the
of
original
so
the
change
in
balance.
internal
the
relatively
and
about
positive
causes
achieve
M E TA B O L I S M
future
between
decreases
Biologists
of
the
control:
feedback
are
limits.
of
about
the
used
work?
information
feedback
feedback
can
bodies
uses
increases
mechanisms
the
kidneys
adults
decisions
Negative
narrow
the
control
control
Negative
so
to
and
this?
make
restored.
for
in
to
two
within
environment
pumped
children
feedback
feedback
homeostasis
be
feedback
process
reversed,
body
produces
volume
feedback
Positive
level
to
older
advantage
system,
new
Negative
the
the
There
negative.
level
but
does
outcome
and
is
increases
nephrons?
continues
children,
the
the
ltered
minute?
the
is
capillaries.
per
of
5
kidneys
produced
person
to
left
is
a
of
two
from
ltrate
that
part
concentration.
the
of
that
of
percentage
or
these
volume
Assuming
a
hypothalamus
What
through
in
of
10%
through
monitored
a)
what
7.
The
volume
Appoximately
passes
to
of
solute
20%
passes
what
at
is
Adjacent
other
secretes
amount
blood
Approximately
minute,
6.
in
plasma
(ADH).
nephron.
decreases
the
5.
hormone
the
blood
Whereas
pituitary
increases
of
hypothalamus.
gland.
the
anti-diuretic
the
other
conditions
term
constant
animals.
internal
The
175
B A L A N C E
advantage
kept
if
in
the
of
ideal
large
(set
level
original
point)
(set
hostile.
maintain
The
cells
is
are
even
variable
disadvantage
energy
have
homeostasis.
concentration,
level
point)
blood
pH
to
be
and
is
that
used
and
of
blood
core
Blood
solute
body
variables
glucose
concentration,
temperature
that
are
kept
are
relatively
level
constant
Positive
the
as
of
Positive
feedback
human
processes
The
have
benets
feedback
are
and
the
secrete
blood,
Insulin
is
cells
are
rise.
A
negative
illustrated
rises.
insulin,
lowering
also
not
also
In
secreted
positive
by
the
and
considering
causes
in
feedback
people
it,
so
blood
glucose
than
ltrate
glucose
for
the
from
can
rise
290
so
from
volumes
of
from
blood
the
urine
1.
320
and
If
death
Explain
cruise
b)
an
or
in
used,
the
for
force
childbirth.
homeostatic
mosmol/L,
in
is
10–50%
type
control
in
exothermic
of
a
The
is
to
is
2
drawn
to
up
make
in
into
the
glucose
from
feedback.
but
can
the
body
continue
all
to
it
the
higher
the
removing
blood
solute
the
glucose.
rise
glucose
higher
the
and
overall
to
a
concentration
higher.
solute
normal
this
occurs
vehicle
reaction
in
these
and
Glucose
concentration
concentration
condition
cases.
chemical
rise
kidney.
re-established,
feedback
glucose
the
solute
including
blood
and
blood
take
negative
diabetes,
total
excreted,
of
if
detect
therefore
making
higher,
positive
cells
reabsorb
compared
not
of
to
is
are
of
develop.
blood
and
causes
higher
balance
which
a)
loop
concentration
mmol/L
mosmol/L.
coma
during
normal
happens
concentrations
water
osmosis
cells
Type
ltrate
Large
feedback
above
common
sometimes
concentration
ltrate.
the
water
solute
50
is
dangers
This
then
kidney
the
of
normal,
by
with
concentration
reach
when
what
body
may
concentration
overall
it
less
progressively
pancreas
glucose
loop
concentration
can
but
the
concentration.
to
High
the
much
contractions
non-diabetics,
which
sensitive
positive
is
homeostasis.
increase
occurs
feedback
impossible
This
of
failed.
of
concentration
part
body
to
muscle
sometimes
a
feedback
example,
17 6
of
that
conditions,
environment
amounts
examples
decreased
stable
is
level
to
original
and
outside
sometimes
increased
homeostasis
situations:
leads
of
to
2.
c)
a
rock
d)
the
Viral
concert
water
or
Salmon
start
remain
the
up
to
their
feeding
rivers
adjust
to
toilet
result
in
life
fever,
in
streams
between
to
mature
fresh
a
too
oat
close
to
a
loudspeaker
valve.
which
whether
How
growing,
out
with
gets
is
fever
a
is
higher
than
maintained
and
one
sea.
After
to
adapt
from
again.
This
poses
water
to
seawater?
rivers
three
some
years
swim
therefore
seawater
signicant
fresh
swimming
salmon
Salmon
salmon
and
before
adult
water
can
back
have
and
then

back
normal
by
feedback.
reproduce.
from
guitarist
Discuss
for
and
and
oceans,
a
a
question:
there
downstream
in
can
negative
Data-based
years,
of
temperature.
positive
and
tank
infections
body
when
challenges
The vertical bars of younger salmon are fading
for
and a silvery sheen is developing, showing that
osmoregulation.
The
salmon
that
swim
out
to
sea
this individual is undergoing smoltication in
are
called
that
smolts,
make
so
salmon
the
ready
called
smoltication.
1.
In
the
gills,
in
the
table,
a
developmental
large
in
fresh
b)
in
seawater.
this
surface
deduce
a)
for
changes
transition
area
whether
of
cells
tissue
in
water
smoltication,
need
their
gain
to
or
the
lose
surrounding
water
by
water.
osmosis
Using
when
a
the
data
salmon
is
to
blood
excrete
plasma
blood
(mosmol/l)
plasma
285
1000
young
large
in
concentration
<15
Seawater
they
gills
Solute
Salmon
Before
exposed
water
Fresh
a)
is
the
Fluid
2.
preparation for migration out into the ocean
are
salmon
volumes
balance.
eat
of
food,
dilute
Explain
the
but
drink
urine
to
reasons
little
keep
for
or
the
no
water.
solute
Despite
this,
concentration
of
this.
+
b)
Before
water
3.
a)
After
smoltication
into
in
the
smoltication
Explain
b)
blood
the
reasons
Drinking
large
amounts
of
Na
and
gills
and
for
by
Cl
ions
protein
migration
doing
quantities
of
are
pumped
pumps.
out
to
by
active
Explain
sea,
salmon
the
transport
reasons
drink
for
large
from
the
doing
surrounding
this.
quantities
of
seawater.
this.
seawater
makes
it
necessary
for
salmon
to
remove
large
+
that
4.
the
Summarize
it
to
adjust
and
Na
salmon
the
could
changes
from
a
Cl
ions
from
their
body
every
day.
Suggest
two
methods
of
removal
use.
that
occur
fresh-water
in
habitat
a
salmon
to
during
the
process
of
smoltication
that
allow
seawater.
17 7
B A L A N C E
E C O L O G Y
What
factors
growth
In
“An
of
Essay
Thomas
a
on
cause
Principle
increases
many
the
of
size
many
One
of
the
population
best
year.
typical
increase
doves
They
life
in
of
have
a
of
size
(published
in
1798)
increase
20th
an
is
the
an
survive
ever
and
faster
of
two
when
years.
They
The
eggs
they
after
and
are
below
their
of
reproduce,
rate.
the
species,
reaching
it
the
can
one
therefore
table
decade
spread
Asian
century,
size
breed
the
at
examples
quickly.
during
generation
ratio.
There
are
this.
clutch
three
unchecked,
geometrical
Originally
the
sometimes
of
a
does
decaocto).
during
span
Population”
when
each
documented
numbers
population
in
in
examples
Europe
Collared
a
offspring
(Streptopelia
through
per
a
natural
of
dove
the
exponential
stated:
Population,
If
the
population?
the
Malthus
can
shows
arrival
in
raise
the
the
ve
old
the
in
collared
spread
UK
year
have
the
1950s.
broods
and
have
capacity
to
estimated
Britain.
Estimated
Logarithm
UK
population
of
UK
Y
ear
1.
Plot
a
doves
2.
a)
1955
4
0.60
1956
16
1.20
1957
45
1.65
1958
100
2.00
1959
205
2.30
1960
675
2.83
1961
1900
3.28
1962
4650
3.67
1963
10,200
4.
1964
18,855
4.28
graph
in
show
Britain
the
from
exponential
increase.
population
logarithm
1955
to
1964.
of
population
1955
increase
dove
17 8
to
Geometrical
the
population
was
is
to
growth
test
also
whether
exponential,
estimated
curve
of
collared
1964.
sometimes
To
01
logarithmic
increase
plot
population
called
a
in
second
size
for
the
collared
graph
each
or
to
year
show
from
b)
If
population
on
the
graph
whether
Britain
3.
Calculate
doves
With
set
be
as
short
his
as
and
of
double
to
an
of
the
as
Malthus
average
If
with
had
a
the
of
the
two
Deduce
growth
in
exponential,
straight
dove
line.
the
points
Discuss
population
in
is
the
of
to
the
collared
animals
early
double
doubling
it
is
where
of
marriages
a
this
means
people
fewer
has
in
can
longer.
stated
the
the
population
time
much
Malthus
manners
the
Bureau,
America
This
between
of
more
than
been
time,
or
century,
the
of
US
can
that
50
but
change
combinations
the
in
found
the
2010
exponentially
as
time
fast
exponential.
is
rising
at
an
increases.
reproduction
will
and
doubling
years—not
still
population
exponential
emigration,
1910
increased
means
approximately
18th
nature
that
these
population
America,
of
year.
the
immigration
a
Thomas
the
Census
States
doubling
of
years.”
was
in
of
ample,
per
in
and
Europe,
United
1.5%
population
1964.
example,
plants
States
processes
a
for
checks
of
population
which
a
British
and
States
the
observed
no
the
numbers
In
more
states
shorter
is
with
collared
population,
United
rate—that
there
are
hour.
United
of
the
twenty-ve
rate
American
increasing
4.
an
been
in
the
1955
bacteria,
human
the
the
population
at
Even
In
modern
itself
According
the
growth
consequently
the
genuinely
joined
in
times
between
the
“In
be
increase
many
half
have
could
was
exponential.
time.
about
essay:
pure,
to
how
of
subsistence
any
was
exponential
Writing
in
the
doubled
period
increase
size
of
cause
a
and
death
population.
exponential
population.
a)
Reproduction
b)
Very
high
c)
Very
low
rate
and
death
reproduction
reproduction
rate
rate
rate
and
and
are
equal.
even
even
higher
lower
death
death
rate.
rate.
Puballs
Giant
puffballs
when
the
are
fungus
reproduces.
They
produced
Calvatia
contain
gigantea
as
12
many
as
Calvatia
most
×
prolic
claimed
the
7
10
spores,
gigantea
that
Earth
possibly
parent.
the
would
It
land
be
making
the
has
been
surface
covered
of
with
12
puffballs
and
if
all
produced
Investigate
7
×
10
another
this
spores
grew
puffball.
claim.
17 9
B A L A N C E
5.
Explain
relative
6.
How
What
exponentially
a
rate
can
despite
on
factors.
the
important
size
of
a
subsistence”
uctuate
high
of
the
Different
these
are
shown
shaded
Predation—if
Mineral
rise
of
and
a
a
prey
species
higher
rises,
percentage
the
is
rates.
They
affect
in
dense
by
year
become
population.
Light—in
population
factors
factors
per animal and some individuals may not obtain enough
the
and
the
from
reproduction
Various
Food—the denser the population, the less food is available
predators
in
terms
of
“early
marriages”
faster?
prevent
Plants
of
growth
death.
population
Animals
numbers
and
population
exponential
population?
mechanisms.
dependent
of
of
populations
depending
most
exponential
means
factors
of
of
reproduction
growth
natural
feedback
of
“ample
the
growth
Many
causes
rates
can
make
E C O L O G Y
the
to
This
are
and
may
due
or
never
to
less
known
and
so
not
rise
negative
intense,
as
density-
animals.
some
develop
in
plants
receive
nutrients—deciencies
elements
but
The
table.
populations
others
is
more
plants
the
year,
dense
of
may
enough
specic
be
light
mineral
populations
predated
Breeding
for
sites—if
breeding,
population
18 0
animals
there
may
need
be
not
a
be
special
type
enough
for
of
a
site
dense
Water—there
the
may
requirements
not
of
all
be
enough
plants
in
a
water
dense
in
the
soil
for
population
Disease
spread
are
and
easily
in
denser
and
parasites
populations
so
death
Pests
rates
and
diseases
populations
so
spread
death
more
rates
are
easily
in
dense
plant
higher
higher
What
In
parasitism—pathogens
more
is
nature,
with
each
an
populations
other.
E C O L O G Y
ecosystem?
of
Some
different
of
these
species
live
interactions
together
are
and
considered
interact
in

Henri Rousseau painted Fight
Chapter
6.
Ecologists
call
a
group
of
populations
living
together
Between a Tiger and a Bualo
in
an
the
area
a
community.
area—plants,
A
animals,
community
fungi,
includes
bacteria,
and
all
all
the
species
other
in
in 1908. What interactions
organisms.
between species, apart from
predator–prey, could Rousseau
Typically
there
are
very
large
numbers
of
species.
Interactions
within
have added to his depiction of a
a
community
are
biotic—they
take
place
between
living
things.
forest community?
Members
of
an
(non-living)
rock,
water
these
air
a
and
various
products
for
into
use
in
community
overall
who
ecological
community
environment.
air.
parts
it.
Organisms
of
For
The
the
of
example,
organisms
ecological
suggested
system
calling
it
take
abiotic
photosynthesis
was
an
interact
materials
plants
put
absorb
release
its
with
environment
that
environment
and
and
also
abiotic
forward
it.
1935
by
abiotic
soil,
from
waste
dioxide
into
environment
in
need
release
carbon
oxygen
abiotic
they
and
their
includes
from
The
idea
form
Arthur
the
that
one
Tansley,
ecosystem.
Mangrove
ecosystem
the
coast
materials
tree
is
a
in
the
does
release
for
growing
inundated
of
each
a
by
along
mangrove
its
it
abiotic
what
absorb? What
does
in
forest
tropics. What
and
does
adaptations
of
develops
into
environment
materials
type
that
a
tree
need
soils
that
are
seawater
for
par t
day?
181
B A L A N C E
How
E C O L O G Y
are
supplies
sustained
Rothamsted
extemely
been
The
is
application
fertilizer
one
shown
)eratceh/sennot(
10
8
Research,
on
of
eld
over
per
the
into
170
years.
results
below.
in
a
3-year
rotation
with
manure
in
a
3-year
rotation
with
NPK
continuous
wheat
with
NPK
continuous
wheat
with
manure
continuous
wheat
with
no
and
strip
and
elements
NPK
the
on
strip
yields
year
receives
control
this
site
Crops
every
strip
the
with
this
is
experiment.
each
is
Yields
of
UK,
Broadbalk
compared
The
wheat
London,
the
strips
One
graph
wheat
of
agricultural
called
hectare
mineral
ecosystem?
north
fertilizer.
strips.
in
a
divided
for
tonne
fertilized
an
long-running
grown
eld
in
of
of
and
are
an
of
wheat
since
a
or
have
1843.
different
has
had
very
ten
long-running
of
no
low—about
more
tonnes
experiment
on
are
fertilizer
fertilizer
fertilizer
fertilizer
(control)
6
dleiy
4
taehw
2
0
1840
1860
1880
1900
1920
1940
1960
1980
2000
2020
year
1.
According
a)
growing
b)
manure
those
2.
In
the
of
this
Yields
to
Plants
on
such
grouped
the
as
18 2
is
or
a
rotating
chemical
of
wheat
used
short-stemmed
control
strip
and
the
obtain
water.
soil
to
and
the
phosphorus
(primary
calcium
is
it
better
with
for
other
fertilizer
crop
yields:
crops?
containing
in
the
variety.
experiments
What
were
was
the
effects
and
(Fe,
small
do
very
you
carbon,
All
are
the
but
known
and
mineral
plants
potassium
are
not
yet
dropped
this?
elements
as
that
have
from
hydrogen
other
amounts
and
low
draw
oxygen
that
from
they
elements.
need
They
absorb.
required
in
large
macronutrients).
(secondary
in
are
conclusions
nutrients
required
(which
type
wheat
from
Nitrogen,
Nine
year
which
elements)?
the
according
quantities
●
NPK
new
What
Sulphur,
every
results,
yields?
quantities
●
or
a
dioxide
obtained
●
to
Broadbalk
wheat
three
on
zero.
carbon
the
1970s,
changed
3.
to
magnesium
are
required
in
moderate
macronutrients).
Mo,
B,
Cu,
quantities
Mn,
Na,
Zn,
Ni
(micronutrients).
and
Cl)
are
are
are
In
total,
some
the
soil
ecosystems,
soil
for
amounts
from
may
out
back
the
At
in.
source
of
come
growth
the
is
of
soil
have
years
each
ecosystems,
of
It
a
plants
millions
other
vigorous
take
provides
the
essential
be
that
different
they
we
balanced
all
these
have
still
underlying
would
that
chemical
absorbing
yet
from
this
plants
must
15
been
and
year
but
of
not
be
see.
by
chemical
elements
not
rock
run
or
enough
The
the
elements.
be
to
elements
are
from
out.
Small
washed
sustain
amounts
amounts
that
that
In
in
the
plants
are
put
recycled
within
the
from
ecosystem.
Broadbalk,
the
eld.
The
permanently
ultimately
remain
shows
in
this
balance
mineral
from
the
soil.
unsustainable.
the
how
system,
one
is
disrupted
elements
be
in
the
for
wheat
experiment
ecosystems,
sustainable
can
removing
Broadbalk
Natural
are
element
The
by
contained
where
ever.
The
crop
grains
is
are
lost
therefore
elements
diagram
here
recycled.
phosphate
ions
absorption
in
decomposition
soil
or
roots
by
fungi
by
water
and
and
photosynthesis
bacteria
phosphorus
compounds
phosphorus
compounds
death
in
dead
and
in
organic
bacteria
matter
and
in
fungi
plants,
ATP
and
e.g.
DNA,
RNA,
phospholipids
herbivores
death
feeding
phosphorus
in
compounds
animals
carnivores

The
phosphorus
What
cycle
processes
keep
atmospheric
CO
in
E C O L O G Y
2
balance?
Huge
year
amounts
and
are
of
carbon
removed
dioxide
from
it.
are
The
added
main
to
the
process
atmosphere
that
removes
each
CO
is
2
photosynthesis,
which
happens
bacteria
(cyanobacteria).
calcium
carbonate
CO
is
in
plants,
also
algae
removed
and
by
photosynthetic
animals
that
deposit
2
these
for
a
become
long
part
and
of
other
calcium
limestone
rock,
salts
the
in
shells
carbon
or
may
skeletons.
not
be
If
released
time.
18 3
B A L A N C E
Carbon
then
is
dioxide
excreted
also
The
in
million
chart
in
million
cell
respiration
is
exposed,
releasing
shows
A
or
atmosphere
it,
below
gigatonnes.
by
atmosphere
the
rock
carbonate
ow
uxes
the
into
limestone
calcium
produced
into
released
Where
is
into
from
weak
these
gigatonne
water.
a
in
organisms
Carbon
into
with
thousand
in
dioxide
the
attack
the
atmosphere.
estimates
million
and
wildres.
rainwater
dioxide
processes,
is
all
combustion
acids
carbon
in
of
global
tonnes,
or
a
kilograms.
combustion
in
forest
res
carbon
dioxide
120
respiration
in
in
the
photosynthesis
terrestrial
Earth’s
organisms
in
land
plants
120
atmosphere
(800)
acid
decay
release
of
dissolving
limestone
of
CO
of
CO
2
2
90
in
regions
in
regions
of
oceanic
90
of
oceanic
upwelling
downwelling
carbon
dioxide
50
respiration
50
2–
carbonate
ions
(CO
photosynthesis
)
3
in
in
marine
and
algae
and
hydrogen
cyanobacteria
organisms
carbonate
dissolved
ions
in
(HCO3
the
)
oceans
(38,000)
deposition
of
limestone
1.
Using
the
carbon
2.
Construct
such
data
dioxide
as
a
forests,
Combustion
changes
carbon
of
dioxide
carbon
There
coal,
is
oil
burning
dioxide
18 4
of
an
in
year.
natural
of
into
the
the
the
the
explain
the
(on
in
the
page
for
ow
production
atmosphere
10,000
this
of
fuel
concentration
chart
is
and
cement,
ecosystems
the
and
land-use
gigatonnes
year,
but
increasing
of
Discuss
the
by
and
carbon
the
of
balance.
of
quantity
only
four
difference.
reserves
atmosphere.
in
terrestrial
nine
each
gigatonnes
reserves.
the
183).
approximately
Explain
gas
how
remain
cycle
atmosphere
the
fossil
can
carbon
data
fuels,
estimated
and
all
of
release
into
chart,
atmosphere
diagram
fossil
dioxide
per
ow
the
using
cycle
currently
gigatonnes
4.
the
in
diagram
phosphorus
3.
in
in
the
probable
releasing
the
Earth’s
effects
carbon
of
A
B
C
D
Balancing
Carbon
A
photosynthesis
dioxide
makes
narrow-range
whether
carbon
decreased.
carbonate
The
below.
carbon
dioxide
the
lowest
most
water
dioxide
can
usually
The
range
indicates
concentration.
lowest
carbon
pH
dioxide
used
of
has
is
when
dissolves.
to
show
or
hydrogen
this
pH
indicator
and
indicates
the
the
are
highest
highest
pH
concentration.
→
←
it
used
increased
of
lowest
Purple
be
called
colours
the
→
CO
acidic
therefore
concentration
indicator
Yellow
respiration
slightly
indicator
indicator.
shown
and
pH
and
→
←
highest
←
least
pH
CO
2
The
2
diagrams
leaves
and
below
show
some
possible
combinations
of
plant
animals.
air tight
seal
wire
woodlice
mesh
basket
test
tube
leaf
hydrogen
carbonate
indicator
1
1.
2
Explain
the
containing
2.
The
reason
the
same
experiment
changed
inside
colour.
the
3.
What
is
4.
Assuming
tubes
the
intermediate
do
end
the
of
the
volume
be
Explain
for
the
pH
you
all
should
of
the
and
4
being
the
same
size
and
indicator.
as
soon
reasons
tube
carbon
the
of
than
indicator
expect
tubes
ended
the
longer
purpose
that
colour
for
3
for
as
not
the
indicator
keeping
has
animals
this.
without
starts
red,
dioxide
indicator
a
leaf
or
indicating
animals?
an
concentration,
to
be
in
each
what
tube
at
the
experiment?
18 5
B A L A N C E
5
What
to
combination
keep
the
carbon
of
leaves
dioxide
and/or
animals
concentration
would
inside
a
be
needed
tube
in
balance?
6.
What
with
colour
a
leaf
aluminium
E C O L O G Y
What
live
in
spread
colder
an
Ice
out
over
rapidly,
be
a
the
by
other
therefore
The
in
drilling
18 6
cores
using
rig
a
act
the
is
this
ice
of
this
ancient
is
These
the
by
the
the
indicator
tubes
was
to
be
in
covered
the
tube
with
light?
rise
at
in
the
been
ice
occur
of
carbon
end
bursting
heat
of
and
of
to
retained
ice
by
your
bubbles
in
by
rapidly
you
A
gas
the
one
ice
trapped
over
from
cores.
hear
a
If
ancient
air
are
in
one
and
kilometers
years.
you
Antarctic
ice
Samples
hold
popping
air.
trapped
can
atmosphere.
are
of
6°C
feedback
four
of
as
climate
special

Bubbles
very
concentrations
is
gradually
increasing
These
Earth’s
sheets
retreat
much
switch
millions
can
start
as
global
nish.
that
over
drilling
of
that
them.
and
sheet
ear
rising
ice
becomes
Interglacials
greenhouse
an
then
mechanisms,
start
causes
climate
suggest
accumulated
to
changes
the
decreasing
obtained
next
as
years.
changes
by
of
temperatures
changing
has
cycle
feedback
other
of
a
(glaciations)
glaciations
covered
and
have
the
average
amount
places
poles
positive
causes
of
which
ice
and
which
thousands
years.
two
Antarctic
deep
obtained
if
rapid
glaciations
global
hundred
altered
of
in
the
The
tens
with
mechanisms

Antarctic
exclude
the
Age
from
temperatures
to
to
expect
concentration
(interglacials).
in
foil
you
animals,
glaciation?
We
to
no
causes
dioxide
a
would
but
a
piece
sound
Scientists
past
in
have
650,000
it.
The
carefully
years
graph
concentration
glaciations
to
also
shows
two
isotopes
and
below
has
the
from
higher
estimate
air
measured
shows
varied
much
an
collected
of
the
very
levels
hydrogen
low
samples
dioxide
The
carbon
levels
during
temperatures
(
ice
carbon
results.
1
of
from
at
the
on
the
concentration
dioxide
end
interglacials.
based
spanning
the
of
The
graph
ratio
between
2
H
and
H)
in
the
ice.
The
higher
the
2
temperature,
snow
falling
the
on
more
water
molecules
containing
H
there
are
in
Antarctica.
)vm pp(
320
300
noitartnecnoc
280
260
240
edixoid
220
200
nobrac
180
160
700,000
600,000
500,000
400,000
Years
1.
What
were
during
2.
What
the
the
past
The
difference
shown
by
between
to
much
temperature
a)
the
million
State
the
in
the
data
carbon
current
lowest
200,000
100,000
0
present
carbon
dioxide
concentrations
years?
between
according
per
4.
is
and
650,000
relationship
temperature
3.
highest
300,000
before
the
the
on
carbon
data
dioxide
in
highest
the
graph
increases
dioxide
average
the
and
is
for
concentration
and
graph?
lowest
about
each
temperatures
9°C.
Calculate
increase
of
10
how
parts
concentration.
carbon
dioxide
concentration
of
the
atmosphere.
b)
Calculate
the
c)
The
highest
carbon
currently
at
the
The
how
much
concentration
dioxide
rising
end
higher
of
at
the
2
current
found
in
concentration
ppm
last
concentration
the
of
a
year,
glaciation.
carbon
the
of
What
dioxide
ice
the
which
concentration
are
is
than
cores.
atmosphere
is
is
200
the
now
times
is
faster
reasons
higher
for
than
than
this?
at
any
d)
time
since
scientists
the
Oligocene
being
doing
epoch,
anything
23
million
about
this
years
and
if
ago.
so,
Should
what?
18 7
B A L A N C E
Glaciations
more
ref lection
of
Interglacials
sunlight
by
ice
ice
rapidly
retreats
e
n
a
e
e
ic
m
n
i
e
O
2
C
r
t
s
i
ice
and
permafrost
melts
ice
allowing
more
gradually
trapped
absorption
and
CO
2
organic
spreads
matter
decomposed
trapped
in
is
of
not
and
methane
to
sunlight
conversion
is
and
permafrost
and
escape
to
heat
accumulated
organic
matter
decompose
to
releasing CO
2
The
positive
interglacials
and
understood
from
This
then
back
change
so
How
in
an
could
2.
Can
3.
At
you
times
may
more
In
normal
and
rises.
conditions,
This
westwards
currents
Pacic,
so
western
so
18 8
the
the
which
time
that
the
of
the
of
causes
of
South
the
it
in
it
any
towards
have
Earth’s
is
the
equator
formed
a
have
than
an
of
well
the
switch
around
the
Sun
elliptical
100,000
glacial
and
one
years.
interglacial
climate.
cause
a
switch
colder
from
on
a
Earth
to
warming?
might
ice
explain
sheets
during
and
recent
why
this
switch?
extended
cover—this
this
during
causes
gradually
that
complete
caused
path
orbit
history,
quite
Earth’s
rapid
theories
Earth’s
are
to
with
the
warming
what
course
becoming
the
could
orbit
the
there
other
Earth’s
affects
the
which
clear
closely
conditions
in
less
The
over
believe
cause
glaciations
is
circular
coincides
change
with
What
almost
circular)
during
much
glaciations.
is
called
has
it
not
They
Snowball
happened
recently?
of
the
water
water
downward
are
air
across
The
is
about
of
Pacic
This
and
that
air
the
Trade
half
Pacic
water
tropical
warms
8°C.
currents
the
movement
the
the
about
in
from
Sunlight
crossed
by
ocean
America.
water
Pacic
Pacic
has
risen
the
the
ocean.
upward
of
warm
across
the
has
causes
surface
movement
coast
air
surface
surface
to
a
but
that
balance
above
temperature
that
Westward
it,
by
its
air
more
the
the
Pacic
strong
near
across
near
Indonesia
draws
to
during
interglacial.
an
orbit
nd
even
Earth.
Niño—disruption
to
interglacial
further
El
cooling
scientists
glaciation
mechanisms
scientists,
between
periods,
1.
by
glaciation
changes
(and
feedback
causes
is
from
the
the
They
near
up
upper
of
Winds
to
is
cause
to
on
move
cold,
the
up
it
atmosphere.
that
westward
it
in
moves
South
warm
west
towards
cools
This
the
heated
blow
water
the
America
The
side
is
across
water
continue.
the
so
Pacic
winds
as
Ecuador
higher
water
western
water
source
Trade
drawn
the
resulting
surface
from
meter
of
The
Winds.
this
is
the
a
parts
east.
in
winds
than
the
air
to
the
the
are
east.
surface
above
completes
a
convective
in
the
loop
eastern
moves
upwards
results
in
the
Periodically
El
of
warm
Niño.
current
water
moves
more
area
this
warm
sinking
of
in
western
side
the
The
heating
South
and
the
of
area
atmosphere
Pacic
east
that
Niño
very
This
and
rainfall.
usually
is
from
again,
are
1.
the
to
draw
One
the
circulation
normal
when
2.
Draw
of
in
a
air
effects
the
an
diagram
infographic
of
El
world
of
rainfall
have
irregular
two
to
west
can
to
reach
dry
by
and
and
because
the
less
there
is
effects
some
westwards
cold
becomes
so
the
phenomenon
reason,
and
there
so
a
some
east
weaker
climates,
of
Pacic
and
in
of
the
a
warmer.
further
become
the
Countries
Peru,
around
during
with
further
of
of
the
world
Niño.
the
is
tropical
coast
heavy
because
The
in
rainfall
west
air
the
beyond.
water
the
experience
cold
in
movement
or
heaviest
on
above
replaced
Pacic
side
the
El
rises
west,
condensation
western
as
Air
therefore
encouraging
the
such
event.
east
are
middle
patterns
the
Niño
therefore
on
droughts.
weather
regions
for
back
water
both
east,
the
and
countries
El
Winds
water
for
strong
cooler
move
Trade
warmest
of
rainfall
of
concept
of
10.
intervals
years.
displace
to
an
results
very
phytoplankton
balance
feedback,
ocean
other
of
becomes
during
The
experience
tropical
less
of
and
that
The
the
of
end
area
of
between
of
an
El
warmest
two
Niño
and
seven
period
surface
years.
may
water
be
back
They
due
to
persist
for
slow-moving
towards
Indonesia.
blow
feedback
in
Niño
where
water
and
or
text
diagrams.
Pacic
El
to
the
show
and
the
is
area
sinks
water
event.
from
areas
out
surface
positive
in
altitude,
cold
re-establishing
conditions
there
warm
is
atmosphere
it
the
rates
high
The
sheries.
moves
becomes
operates
eastwards
blowing
Chapter
to
Winds
should
of
in
that
annotated
diagram
pattern
the
at
months
waves
information
two
in
Niño
Pacic
at
surface.
growth
major
thrown
ocean
This
eastwards
ocean
become
the
Pacic
Pacic.
consequences
develop
rapidly
conditions.
the
of
the
Evntually
Indonesia
normally
positive
normal
Use
As
El
upper
winds
side
normally
eastern
over
westwards
Winds.
an
is
moves
the
rapid
and
currents
of
moves
the
water.
heavy
happen
Trade
with
in
and
air
also
that
above
supports
western
side
Trade
water
by
considered
nine
the
mechanisms
have
which
There
that
of
normal,
extensive
causes
once
Pacic
warmest
conditions
anything
but
the
rising
the
during
divides
western
and
consequences
El
surface
and
in
eastern
the
water
western
currents
of
the
than
changes
air
pronounced
of
America
oods.
of
the
Pacic,
ecosystems
blowing
the
water
on
western
westwards
therefore
and
Winds
on
the
marine
winds
up
strength
water
both
of
further
the
of
The
in
back
and
diverse
Trade
warmest
east
of
piled
loop
more
The
the
slows.
in
rises
moves
nutrient-rich
upwards
convective
air
then
pattern
If
reduction
and
is
water
water
The
which
creation
this
called
the
in
Pacic
Ocean
the
Niño
other
event.
form
represent
on
the
you
in
other
the
part
live.
of

Pelagic red crabs (Pleuroncodes planipes) are native to the eastern
Pacic coast of Mexico, but during El Niño events they can are known
to travel 1500 miles further north, to Oregon (US)
18 9
B A L A N C E
Summative
Statement
of
assessment
inquiry:
Development
is
only
sustainable
if
systems
remain
in
balance.
Introduction
In
this
be
summative
upset
Chilean
to
bear
naturally
salmon
in
mind
development
A
B
C
D
Toxic “red
1.
Fish
600,000
Young
which
over
is
will
then
the
salmon
2015
huge
called
eggs
The
be
case
possible
not
how
taking
El
studies.
to
in
balance
Niño
The
achieve
can
and
question
sustainable
balance.
areas
numbers
of
algae
in
algae
appear
sh
itwas
are
coast
a
and
or
posed
consumed.
salmon
increased
were
Chilean
were
sei
strandings
coincided
which
coast
in
called
that
27
were
at
of
sea.
than
[4]
developed
of
vast
an
such
of
large
algal
as
algae
up
a
in
these
or
dead
one
and
if
of
The
red
off
degrees.
El
the
of
the
sardines
another
the
powerful
the
salmon
part
at
by
by
(Balaenoptera
of
seafood
salmon
either
tonnes
one
water
several
health
million
On
dead
history.
with
killed
killed
40,000
up
warmed
by
younger
temperatures
whales
washed
smolts,
sea.
appearance
human
Some
coast,
337
were
to
farms
washed
is
to
for
[4]
water
dumped
the
tides”
organisms
estimated
neurotoxin.
site,
of
in
consisted
The
seawater
threat
An
“red
land-
needed
become
farms
at
required
seawater.
ever
neurotoxin
a
they
2015.
tanks
is
salmon
They
ecosystem.
virulent
if
to
rapidly.
numbers
an
in
water
Chile.
water
huge
in
of
until
nearly
are
water
salmon
in
in
salmon
fresh
largest
spread
reared
Adult
develop
fresh
the
are
of
the
produced
consumption
reared
to
would
they
fresh
how
produced
containing
supply
from
2016
the
and
suddenly
a
Chile
farms
hatcheries.
that
early
off
human
these
salmon
algae
Explain
for
and
transferred
and
southern
transferred
problems
molluscsand
19 0
consider
activity,
as
are
of
stocking
of
The
it
coast
numbers
can
3.
of
for
tanks.
were
bloom.
human
industry
systems
the
fertilized
can
smolts
late
along
tonnes
the
Explain
by
whether
installations
lling
In
is
global
salmon
produce
2.
if
and
farming
you
tides”
farms
based
assessment
borealis)
biggest
tides
Niño
event,
Chilean
Populations
of
for
the
much
the
of
populations
unbalanced.
4.
A
B
C
D
factors
balance
and,
Find
5.
a
pond,
balance,
lake,
the
Formulate
algae
from
a
Design
how
and
7.
B
C
D
river
or
is
at
in
ocean
balance.
the
coast
water
Suggest
of
and
reasons
Chile
for
becoming
bring
the
populations
end
the
red
of
tides.
algae
back
into
[3]
aquarium
for
in
rather
what
exponentially.
which
than
is
the
being
numbers
bright
preventing
Explain
the
the
of
green
algae
or
numbers
reasons
for
are
red.
of
your
[3]
experiment
you
will
what
you
The
maps
two
periods.
the
the
show
Each
red
Atlantic
and
the
salmon,
distribution
b)
Describe
the
changes
in
area
rather
the
of
is,
how
you
including
investigation
constant.
Chilean
one
than
[7]
will
salmon
salmon
the
native
farms
distribution
2009–2010.
your
measure
it
virus
of
salmon
in
[5]
ISA
represents
Describe
and
the
hypothesis,
variables
results.
main
spot
your
variables
variable
your
a)
2006–2007
test
control
dependent
analyse
farming
below
to
independent
keep
your
will
salmon
2006–2007
in
off
least,
clear
hypothesis
scientic
are
could
water
how
reared
present
blooms
alter
how
stay
water
time
will
Chilean
8.
a
you
Explain
and
A
a
always
they
the
that
rising
hypothesis.
6.
time
in
for
algal
so
are
[4]
Suggest
Modelling
in
algae
that
in
farm.
farms
The
Pacic
species.
2006–2007.
occurred
in
sh
[3]
between
[2]
2009–2010
Pacific
Pacific
Ocean
Ocean
19 1
B A L A N C E
50%
Operating
farms
45%
400
35%
300
dna
30%
g n i r t a r epo
250
25%
200
20%
150
15%
fo
100
r ebmun
10%
50
5%
0%
0
N
O
o
c
not
of
with
the
data
to
farms.
[5]
non-
are
salmon
trout
killed
farm
on
farms
there
Pacic
salmon
0
t
are
species
are
v
-
A
Both
but
-
1
u
and
ISA
the
salmon
water.
1
0
0
u
g
l
-
1
farms
trout
introduced
and
of
salmon
Interpret
brown
Chilean
sh
of
operating
virus
1
J
J
2010.
coastal
0
1
M
u
number
and
0
y
n
-
1
0
A
a
p
a
r
r
-
-
1
1
0
0
F
M
a
the
prevalence
operating
virus.
ISA
in
1
J
e
N
a
b
n
1
v
ISA
0
0
-
the
information
ISA
the
of
of
Atlantic
by
it.
often
kills
far
higher
than
sea.
could
mortality
in
due
populations
to
of
ISA
virus
salmon
in
and
trout
[3]
spread
from
one
salmon
farm
to
[2]
sustainable
11. Consider
0
a
the
open
ISA
9
Building
O
how
o
farms
Suggest
c
A
for
salmon
the
t
u
of
to
been
and
cells
of
sh.
reasons
and
-
g
to
of
disease
the
the
2007
rainbow
with
the
blood
number
have
viral
shows
line),
rivers
Chilean
rivers
0
-
the
outbreak
of
0
J
they
in
9
9
n
an
0
M
u
a
y
A
but
a
number
from
the
both
resistance
100%
9
-
p
a
r
r
-
-
0
0
9
9
0
B
D
and
infected
another.
C
9
to
in
Suggest
in
A
9
F
strong
become
close
b)
M
Chile,
However,
a)
b
salmon
to
period
populations
show
can
0
J
now
e
a
10. Atlantic
a
the
is
red
above
(green
and
changes
(ISA)
the
chart
farms
bars)
over
the
infects
The
salmon
bars)
anemia
virus
them.
(blue
explain
native
9
c
N
D
Chilean
(red
salmon
The
destroys
disease
n
e
O
o
c
A
Infectious
salmon.
0
0
t
v
-
-
0
0
8
8
8
8
u
u
g
l
-
0
0
8
8
J
J
M
u
n
0
-
0
8
A
a
p
y
a
r
r
-
-
0
0
8
8
8
F
M
J
e
N
D
a
b
0
0
8
c
e
A
S
O
o
c
n
t
v
-
-
0
0
7
7
7
p
-
-
0
0
e
J
u
u
g
l
-
0
0
7
7
7
9.
farming
statements
that
you
below
can
nd
industr y
together
on
with
salmon
any
farming
other
in
Chile
and
elsewhere.
●
Salmon
the
at
farming
1980s
$100
2006
19 2
ecnelaverp
evitisop
40%
350
)%(
sm raf
450
million
$2
developed
onwards.
billion.
in
For
1990.
at
a
rapid
example,
By
2000
rate
in
southern
exports
to
Japan
they
were
$1
Chile
were
billion
from
valued
and
by
●
Many
they
salmon
are
in
farms
close
have
been
proximity.
constructed
Some
farms
and
are
in
very
some
large
cases
and
2
stocking
●
Salmon
70,000
more
●
densities
farming
people
jobs
Salmon
in
is
including
●
There
is
wild
provides
in
in
all
)
are
often
employment
Chile.
these
omega-3
need
for
human
salmon
m
southern
selenium
a
growing
per
very
for
Only
high.
more
copper
than
mining
provides
Chile.
high
unsaturated
(sh
nutrients:
fatty
and
acids,
increases
can
vitamins
A
long
and
chain
D,
and
minerals
iodine.
population,
that
protein,
be
in
protein-rich
but
caught
there
is
without
a
foods
limit
to
to
causing
feed
the
the
amount
populations
of
to
collapse.
●
Salmon
species
It
1
●
can
kg
are
caught
take
of
problem.
●
Crop
Can
a
in
essay
the
L TA
nal
range
of
writing
also
that
these
in
only
they
alternative
pellets
usually
of
these
and
used
made
to
from
feed
wild-caught
concentration
feces
other
to
of
Large
gradually
viruses
in
been
other
them
sh
as
well
to
in
sh
farms.
produce
farms
can
into
the
bacterial
far
releasing
water.
parasites
are
is
accumulate,
decomposes,
as
antibiotics
near
deposits
minerals
control
the
omega-3
bred
answer
using
to
this
farming
that
damage
are
released
diseases,
a
recurrent
every
with
year
by
increasing
can
to
fatty
GM
needed
in
a
technology.
question:
industry
provide
the
acids
be
food
wider
developed
for
world?
the
in
Chile
growing
or
human
[15]
skills
counterclaims
this
assessment
in
support
requires
evaluate
requires
of
students
an
to
to
your
students
argument.
support
counterclaims.
perspectives
alternative
the
populations.
produce
information
not
so
resistance.
thinking
task
and
tonnes
world
Addressing
The
are
kg
and
salmon
without
Critical
3
The
farms
have
sustainable
population
bed.
300
that
diet
an
elsewhere
wild
bacteria
Over
plants
write
feces
antibiotic
salmon’s
Now
sea
salmon
of
wild
as
phosphorus
Pathogenic
Chilean
the
carnivorous
salmon.
with
the
nitrogen,
levels
in
much
produce
than
covering
●
as
farmed
Salmon
higher
naturally
This
chosen
to
synthesize
a
Argumentative
their
viewpoint,
involves
viewpoint
but
anticipating
and
addressing
viewpoints.
19 3
8
Environment
Environment:
all
that
surrounds
us.

This
by
iconic
Apollo
Anders
while
It
on
in
called
24
the
lunar
December
around
Earth
horizon
“the
most
environmental
taken”.
world
a
The
from
lunar
up
by
way
the
the
this
and
missions
Earth

In
so
was
the
changed
from
Yann
documents
our
on
have
than
been
planet
view
19 4
this
is
that
How
marble”
Apollo
view
of
the
help
United
project,
French
Arthus-Bertrand
planet
and
150
It
by
a
is
estimated
printed
in
worldwide,
more
people.
from
using
exhibited
cities
seen
us
a
environmental
photographs,
200million
the
and
our
billboards
more
of
and
the
Above”,
photography.
his
all
thing
on
the
summed
moon,
”blue
taken
ever
point
best
Earth.”
other
photographer
that
been
seeing
came
the
Nations-supported
aerial
above
has
profoundly?
“Earth
activist,
of
important
photographs
Moon.
inuential
“We
discovered
has
rising
vantage
explore
most
we
1968,
photograph
mission
taken
Bill
the
and
impact
Anders:
to
was
crewmember
orbit
shows
the
photograph
8
Does
than
seeing
different
understand
it
point
of
better?

Environments
British
artist
materials
ice,
found
leaves,
such
a
change
who
in
the
feathers,
way
conditions
that
in
time.
natural
will
Andy
short-lived
petals
they
the
with
creates
Goldsworthy
works
of
environment
and
twigs.
disappear
They
as
they
art
such
are
are
is
a
using
as
snow,
constructed
changed
in
by
environment.

The
“Virtuoso
statue
off
the
Providence
is
about
made
cement,
pH
as
Why
is
life
it
similar
of
meters
a
tall
special
to
has
colonize
same
it.
for
possible
that
is
of
allowing
structures
as
and
type
the
important
environment
New
Bahamas
seawater,
man-made
as
The
which
the
marine
coast
in
2.5
from
Man”
to
to
be
the
surrounds
them?
19 5
E N V I R O N M E N T
Introduction
Every
living
(biotic)
Key
and
organism
has
non-living
an
environment.
(abiotic)
things
It
that
comprises
surround
all
the
the
living
organism.
concept: Change
The
Related
Global
concept:
context:
cultural
environment
place
where
it
to
ecological
an
individual
When
we
organism
apply
the
is
its
concept
habitat—the
of
environment
Environment
Personal
an
conditions
Environment
is
in
the
the
term
becomes
ecosystem
as
a
much
broader
and
whole.
and
expression
a
major
factor
see
if
in

These
The
a
blue
bright
change,
might
Statement
of
driving
this
are
gentian
cover
have
for
Both
for
owers
color
is
in
the
it
is
biotic
a
and
and
needs
alpine
attract
habitat
provide
expression,
aesthetic
but
benets
human-induced
and
changes
were
for
are
measured
taken.
photographed
scarce
might
pollinating
Change
these
at
2,500
is
meters.
insects. With
decrease. What
human
undermine
is
environments.
gentian?
inuence
be
and
evolution.
task
factors
to
it
chances
therefore
abiotic
understanding
to
because
survival
fundamental
action
(Gentiana verna)
blue
organisms
affects
selection
and
necessar y
this
living
ecosystems
occurring
concept
blue
snow
natural
in
to
health;
inquiry:
Environments
benets.
key
and
biologists.
changes
therefore
important
conditions
environmental
to
vitally
development
Monitoring
cultural
community,
encompasses
inuences
19 6
of
lives.
climate
consequence
Sudden
environmental
eruptions,
for
as
landslides,
example,
glaciers
shifts
retreat,
signicant
role
organisms
can
Abiotic
as
soil,
that
in
are
they
referred
to
can
take
to
on
or
or
between
time.
light
species
Some
of
volcanic
Other
of
changes,
new
ecosystems
organisms
and
play
the
loss
a
of
these
changes.
of
the
intensity
that
a
wind
habitat
Relationships
considered
and
environment
and
share
environment.
Chapter
result
environment
features
are
the
earthquakes.
their
organisms
the
be
development
long
non-living
other
can
signicant
communities
in
a
temperature,
have
interactions
climate,
structuring
are
the
ecological
wildres
in
lead
factors
water,
factors
in
changes
abiotic
in
speed.
and
Biotic
any
between
Chapters
factors
such
in
6
effects
species
and
7;
ecosystems
are

Concrete
create
7.
but
In
this
chapter
we
look
rst
at
habitats
and
then
at
how
Later
affect
in
the
organisms,
chapter
we
and
how
consider
organisms
changes
to
affect
the
the
the
humans
and
what
effects
they
have
had.
environment.
environment
Habitat
caused
climate
introduction
of
environmental
effects
for
one
area.
Another
Romania’s
What
from
Case
Movile
allowing
are
been
time
Movile
for
of
the
5.5
rich
and
forms
in
(8%).
a
ammonia
in
to
but
fossil
There
lakes
wetland
of
and
are
swamps
now
valuable
and
small
developed,
biodiversity
with
whole
area
is
that
protected
the
often
the
harmful
there
Chernobyl
in
has
widespread
occasionally
at
and
of
destruction,
fuels
most
thriving
about
in
are
(Ukraine)
surrounding
Vă
că
res
ti,
in
the
heart
of
environments
what
case
to
its
but
E C O L O G Y
high
the
water
(3%)
life
is
no
Sea
the
that
time,
of
biotic
that
follows
undisturbed
coast
within
system
an
of
in
is
the
during
Romania
had
been
evolved
consists
by
the
in
of
(1%),
that
but
hydrogen
low
sulde
was
sealed
off
isolation
a
network
mineral-rich
atmosphere
methane
light
over
effects
particular
environments
cave
ooded
concentrations
and
at
remained
with
and
happen
the
A
evolving.
cave
and
research.
example
Black
and
Movile
ecosystem
dioxide
has
the
look
discovery,
chambers
are
about
the
been
environment
The
changes
studies
that
have
close
environmental
evidence
humans,
Until
years.
small
humans.
now
wild
see
obtain
Often
by
unique
carbon
There
used
humans
outside
of
the
failed
Cave?
located
million
cracks
This
the
of
explosion
species
learn
to
1986.
by
species,
nuclear
environment
that
in
is
burning
some
to
Bucharest.
studied
factors.
Cave,
discovered
from
is
altered
opposite—an
rare
widely
scientists
abiotic
entire
we
caused
The
city,
to
are
other
example
can
studies
have
with
capital
environment
and
and
benets.
example,
due
species
changes
humans
unexpected
is
change
alien
built
at Văcărești,
patchwork
grasslands,
the
pollution,
were
scheme
complex
such
by
dams
reser voir
abiotic
a
factors
a
is
waters.
unusually
in
oxygen
and
enters.
19 7
E N V I R O N M E N T
Food
cave
chains
are
else.
the
are
unlike
1.
the
in
aid
their
here
have
their
in
Movile,
woodlouse,
but
is
in
the
being
as
assigned
also
in
a
species
yet
organism
clearly
be
of
related
in
skin
is
a
eyeless
gain
Movile
to
energy
the
is
that
similar
genus
coloring.
predator
on
the
the
feed
on
them.
occur
found
nowhere
outside
enough
cave
of
chemical
to
Armadillidium,
The
of
centipedes,
walls
from
feeding
Cave
The
invertebrates
organisms
woodlouse
or
Nepa,
are
that
outside.
Microscopic
invertebrates
in
classied
eyes
genus
but
water
woodlouse
others
scorpion,
and
pseudoscorpions
is
and
other
animals.
for
the
concentration
whether
roosting
3.
Explain
of
4.
An
the
high
of
concentration
oxygen
cave
would
in
air
in
provide
of
carbon
the
a
dioxide
cave.
suitable
environment
bats.
the
advantages
by
cave
unnamed
the
endemic
Suggest
unnamed,
of
being
eyeless
in
Movile
Cave.
species
reasons
for
is
one
such
a
that
is
high
found
nowhere
number
of
else.
endemic
species
in
MovileCave.
water
but
5
What
genus Nepa
E C O L O G Y
from
What
The
conclusion
Movile
is
a
such
as
in
which
nd
shelter,
absence
of
predators
tolerant
of
a
specic
in
Habitats
small
could
coral
vary
be
water,
as
the
in
Organisms
while
as
a
habitat
streams
For
about
organism
conditions
evolution
range
and
environment
of
normally
mates,
water,
for
territory
Some
conditions;
found
their
is
and
organisms
others
can
its
survival,
be
the
are
very
requirements.
from
for
is
required
environment.
large
a
log,
oor
land
have
areas
or
parasite.
lakes.
plants
supportive.
forest,
body
Habitats
deep
that
more
of
the
Marine
and
adaptations
plants
is
this
and
example,
them
an
the
rotting
ocean
have
water
around
wide
widely,
the
draw
protection,
in
habitat
such
reefs,
habitat.
very
their
sites
we
habitat?
Organisms
food,
can
Cave?
environment
habitat.
19 8
other
species
reasons
low
with
no
There
Discuss
genus Armadillidium,
to
the
bacteria
methane.
those
habitat:
attacked
scorpion,
to
has
of
from
adaptations
sur vival
preferred
it
specialized
for
that
cave
different
and
are
A
are
lms
of
species
them
and

Organisms
types
Suggest
2.
with
bacteria,
33
eyeless.
highly
cave
suldes
system.
species
also
of
These
cave
outside
a
using
lms
There
the
covered
reactions
these
in
host
be
or
desert
organism
on
land
include
or
kelp
to
that
in
fresh
forests,
vents.
them
often
exible
grassland
a
can
habitats
sea
help
of
have
stems
survive
rigid
in
their
stems
because
for
the
preferred
support,
water
Habitat
1.
For
case
each
of
studies
the
information
following
from
the
case
text
and
studies
the
habitats,
identify
accompanying
of
images.
The
sea
coast,
kelp
and
forest
in
and
the
the
they
a
past,
that
territor y
(sh,
sea
habitat,
give
year,
sea
otters
for
within
along
sheltered
from
a
furs,
molluscs
severe
their
the
marine
beaches
ocean
otters’ territories
otters
the
remain
salt
and
threatened
but
of
California
with
under
using
kilometer
length. The
diving
became
a
storms. The
in
urchins,
their
factors,
deep. The
protection
during
all
abiotic
lives
metres
kilometers
hunted
recovered
20
action
few
prey
were
to
favored
wave
same
for
a
up
reefs
typically
forage
In
is
and
(Enhydra lutris)
waters
barrier
winds
are
otter
in
biotic
water
to
crustaceans).
species
numbers
because
have
since.
The lagoon jellysh (Mastigias papua) has a life span of about
four months and is active in the summer and autumn. Its
habitat consists of coastal waters such as bays and lagoons,
where it feeds on animal plankton. Algae living in its tissues
produce food for the jellysh to use. During the day, the lagoon
jelly travels upward, orienting its body to absorb maximum
sunlight.
The number of lagoon jellies in some mangrove lakes declined
dramatically in 1998, possibly because of an El Niño event. The
temperature of the mangrove lakes rose, as did the saltiness,
creating a less than ideal environment for the jellysh. By the
year 2000, numbers recovered.
Lagoon
algae
jellies
are
symbionts
popular
make
among
them
aquarists
because
their
color ful.
The spotted owl (Strix occidentalis) inhabits forests in the west of
North America. It prefers old growth forest that has never been
logged, because this provides mixed ages of tree and dense
cover. Y
oung are raised using natural holes in large trees as
nestsites.
The
spotted
prey.
It
voles.
The
are
It
is
forests
nor thern
has
inhabited
at
the
indigenous
and
farmers
on
the
of
and
uses
mammals
larger
spotted
old
on
the
other. The
to
var y,
locate
and
and
eagles.
there
features. The
redwood
British
hand,
Fish
to
squirrels
as
between
one
US
owl
as
such
growth
conict
hearing
dierent
California
a
its
such
birds
slightly
inhabits
groups
the
by
with
nor thern
centre
and
on
owl
night
small
by
subspecies
from
at
on
preyed
spotted
range
been
hunts
feeds
itself
several
that
owl
usually
forests
Columbia.
It
conser vationists
and
loggers
and Wildlife
Ser vice
2
has
set
aside
35,000
km
as
critical
habitat
but
this
is
still
beingchallenged.
19 9
E N V I R O N M E N T
The elfcup fungus (Chlorociboria aeruginascens) grows on
fallen logs and on trees with dead wood, in temperate
deciduous forests in Europe and North America. It prefers
poplar, aspen, oak and ash trees as hosts and it requires
moisture to grow. The fungus stains the wood blue or green,
making the timber very sought after by furniture makers and
artists.
The
2.
Identify
a
habitat
the
organism.
the
image
L TA
Thinking
Relate
each
cultural
of
your
Attempt
with
in
in
to
local
area
capture
descriptions
of
where
as
a
many
biotic
and
specic
features
abiotic
the
case
expression,
studies
thinking
in
the
previous
ways
in
which
humans
express
●
the
ways
in
which
humans
discover
●
how
humans
appreciate
E C O L O G Y
artistry,
ideas,
the
beliefs
creation
much
dogs
and
The
increasing
The
habitat
that
deer
in
large
are
social
made
up
the
of
most
in
this
In
the
of
as
have
can
you
be
can
impacts
found.
in
on
the
the
Take
a
photo.
photo
of
Annotate
organism.
global
context
of
personal
and
values
and
of
and
of
by
the
for
Plains
sea
soil
birds
otter,
of
living
as
due
whose
are
soil
to
it
owls
that
time
cattle
lost
absence
forests.
of
this
Where
completely,
control,
sea
kelp
otters
forests
the
antelope
habitat
often
urchins
been
was
by
tend
reduced
become
by
in
and
the
mule
active.
populations
sea
have
to
grazing.
described
feeding
on
earlier
them.
families
kelp
can
structure
composition
pronghorn
dogs
giving
to
that
systems
improves
plant
native
burrowing
rainwater,
also
are
burrows
tunnel
compaction
bison,
urchin
such
change
prairie
that
extensive
consist
systems
dogs
where
sea
rodents
dig
channeling
reverses
controls
They
sites
that
environment?
burrows
prairie
graze
there
plant-eating
tunnel
burrows.
range,
chapter,
are
The
is
the
America.
runoff
digging
their
beauty.
nesting
plovers.
patterns
its
sp.)
North
preferentially
In
and
aect
aeration
grazing
vicinity
20 0
humans.
organism
evidence
provide
erosion
inltrate.
that
of
mountain
prevent
several
its
to
and
(Cynomys
grasslands
subsequently
of
of
factors
for
nature
craft,
How
Prairie
live
living
activity
organisms
dogs
inedible
about:
the
communities
is
context
●

Prairie
fungus
to
in
degraded.
overgraze
number
Along
or
with
the
catastrophic
habitat
kelp
or
storms
The
food
fronds,
and
acorn
effects
source,
reduces
banksia
Its
the
lower
slopes
the
ground,
the
its
layers
each
year
becoming
brown
of
As
of
soil
a
seen
highly
is
near
the
from
the
in
both
water
on
is
provided
it
source
season,
the
is
by
as
a
the
from
lying
lateral
dry.
are
of
species
can
and
a
into
period
such
as
the

New
Holland
perched
important
on
a
honeyeater
banksia
ower
banksia
community.
have
on
is
the
biological
nutrients
habitat,
pollinators
preservation
the
its
and
below
roots
There
in
honeyeaters
of
Western
areas
mineral
by
plant
for
from
15meters
and
less
organisms
other
tree
low
lost
owering
living
forests
coastlines
level
water
water
food
on
kelp
owering
mostly
function
examples,
shelter
making
making
overall
a
obtain
this
only
the
the
use
vulnerable
is
the
can
that
seawater.
soils,
surface,
is
species
effect
of
if
of
important
the
these
signicant
Even
Some
Later
other
for
sandy
the
of
prionotes)
banksia
tree
critically
of
on
roots.
species
removes
turbidity
dunes.
honeyeater.
important
also
on
protection
the
acorn
tap
when
pollinators
tree
the
has
(Banksia
habitat
long
it
the
increases
Australia.
using
this
a
the
abiotic
environment.
1
What
evidence
do
a)
living
b)
biodiversity
these
organisms
examples
changing
being
affected
the
by
provide
abiotic
these
for:
environment?
changes
to
the
abiotic
environment?
2.
The
of
keystone
an
arch
a)
What
b)
Which
c)
What
is
Can
you
which
is
bridge
the
keystone
reason
a
wedge-shaped
species
keystone
the
is
whole
species
for
nd
other
examples
of
would
collapse?
These
primary
volcano
which
there
areas
known
as
mosses
and
break
it
collect
fungi
down
of
is
or
the
summit
ecosystem?
the
to
at
examples
identify
described
keystone
here?
species
in
the
a
glacier
no
colonized
arrive
as
retreats,
by
a
biological
Pioneer
or
them
pieces;
pioneers,
plants,
species,
ecological
without
community
of
an
of
bare
as
community
species
seeds,
such
which
penetrating
dead
creating
such
E C O L O G Y
areas
rock
appear
life.
spores
from
smaller
keystone
and
succession?
succession.
roots
into
larger
or
initially
become
around
growth
erupts
primary
laments
in
trying
ecosystem
a
an
stone
together.
ecosystems?
environment
is
structure
in
abiotic
When
with
a
locks
the
What
on
a
are
natural
3.
of
that
soil
grasses
rock
and
conditions
and
in
shrubs.
a
lichens,
germinate
the
material
as
and
that
algae,
and
grow,
helping
mineral
to
particles
favor
These
process
the
plants
2 01
E N V I R O N M E N T
further
for
improve
shrubs
and
Throughout
in
the
water
amount
Sometimes
that
by
used

Plants
quickly
colonize
a
left
by
the
Skaftafellsjökull
and
may
create
the
conditions
needed
trees.
process,
of
solar
the
activities
energy
through
process
have
res
Imagine
a
stored
greater
or
a
similar
to
biological
of
in
living
the
things
induce
community,
inltration
world
What
would
b)
What
does
where
This
life
happen
this
tell
primary
and
changes
they
percolation,
succession
community
agriculture.
a)
increase
and
they
is
had
to
known
not
newly
you
which
about
as
occurs
has
in
been
areas
disrupted
secondary
succession.
evolved.
formed
the
areas
effects
of
of
bare
living
rock?
organisms
bare
on
gravel
quality
quality.
to
oods,
1
this
soil
soil
then
retention
improve
the
natural
environments?
retreating
glacier
in
2.
Research
an
example
of
primary
or
secondary
succession
that
Iceland
happens
gardens
in
the
that
area
are
a)
What
are
b)
What
type
where
no
the
longer
rst
of
plants
ecological
develop—grassland,
E C O L O G Y
Do
abiotic
aect
A
to
group
area
of
of
organisms
are
an
as
we
consider
environment
1.
Deserts
Even
a
can
are
For
Reserve
the
San
or yx
between
the
dominating
landscape
Nature
South
deser t
in
the
Reser ve,
been
quick-growing
all
or
would
something
choose
eventually
else?
environment
species
the
place
of
the
the
can
effects
in
soil
long
during
6,
a
burst
area
is
known
together
discuss
in
a
in
the
an
types
community.
factors
of
time
of
activity
desert
burst
the
forms
of
brief
California
that
we
abiotic
periods
a
an
living
in
the
community.
bare
has
of
in
organisms
that
a
cause
Africa
owers
the
Chapter
normally
Mountains
and
In
between
have
rain
living
populations
organisms
South
The
and
is
soil
poor
is
and
the
in
also
rich
calcium.
vegetation
on
in
the
from
spring
is
has
a
rain.
living
Goegap
ephemeral
there
it
without
plant
rainseason.
an
area
very
of
high
in
nickel,
Few
chromium
plants
can
and
tolerate
magnesium
these
is
stunted.
There
are
unusually
conditions
high
Namaqualand,
normally
covered
plants
bare
with
that
numbers
of
jewelower
endemic
plant
(Caulanthus
species,
such
amplexicaulis).
as
the
Santa
Wherever
the
Barbara
same
have
occurs
in
the
world
owers
serpentinebarrens.
20 2
could
the
type
color ful
rock
you
Goegap
Africa. The
has
same
can
of
colorful
Rafael
city
roofs.
spring
pH.
owers
on
example,
serpentine

An
take
that
in
a
or
colonize?
the
community.
period
with
the
examples
Nature
In
of
have
things.
In
communities?
can
areas
brief
growth
2.
that
live.
community
in
population;
ecological
interaction
Here
a
to
forest
factors
natural
ecologists
you
cultivated
there
are
sparse
ecosystems
called
rock
3.
In
temperate
growing
and
regions,
conditions
summer,
wide
for
when
thin-walled
winter,
smaller
this
cycle
visible
is
varies
as
between
temperature,

In
this
scanning
(Larix decidua),
vary
vessels
in
ring
tree
of
years
and
can
and
other
electron
the
summer. The
each
year.
gray
yellow
annual
ring
show
bands
of
of
of
fast
while
year
with
in
spring
fastest,
autumn
The
of
annual
are
result
growth
growth
differences
of
is
rings
in
factors.
annual
open
smaller
one
During
appear.
each
correlated
the
contain
consists
cells
width
abiotic
large,
year.
produced,
where
The
the
seasons,
photosynthesis
xylem
be
micrograph
bands
well-dened
through
trunks,
xylem.
by
and
are
thick-walled
rainfall
early
An
a
trees
transpiration
xylem
and
represented
characterized
rings
vessels,
vessels
and
one
from
a
larch
produced
and
slow
are
in
tree
produced
growth

Santa
spring
and
later
Barbara
endemic
jewelower,
species
of
an
serpentine
soils
region
20 3
E N V I R O N M E N T
sequence
of
below
rings
from
menziesii).
a
It
a
40-year
Douglas
grew
in
that
r
a
the
plantation
0891
(Pseudotsuga
shows
1.
Starting
with
the
annual
the
value
1980,
ring
in
a
and
was
trees.
the
Explain
how
procedure
for
measure
each
the
year
width
and
of
record
table.
3.
Construct
using
you
for
a
standardized
measuring
graph
whatever
The
end
of
periodically
start
is
of
dark.
the
same
of
the
annual
format
you
species
The
growth
was
measured.
latitude
2.
thinned
each
Four
by
felling
annual
of
the
ring
rings
some
is
of
in
in
height
The
each
others
of
the
scatter
seed
parts
trees
graph
source
of
light
are
dated.
0102
photograph
growth
0991
The
question: Trees
0002
Data-based
and
of
per
Europe.
year
shows
the
the
growth,
your
in
height,
in
height
of
trees
raised
from
it.
grown
from
imported
The
growth
rings.
ring
width,
is
consider
shown
height
of
of
trees
as
a
the
percentage
trees
raised
of
the
from
growth
local
seeds
in
seeds.
appropriate.
120
4.
Suggest
a
reason
for
the
narrow
rings
in
the
110
most
recent
years.
100
%
in
Douglas
England.
200
mm
Using
graph,
in
during
growth
of
the
the
Wyre
rainfall
to
during
but
was
1995
hypothesis
growing
r
below
1996.
and
that
season
the
was
and
photograph
Douglas
Forest,
August)
1994,
the
the
the
years,
1990,
data
in
(May
most
evaluate
rainfall
the
in
1989,
the
area,
season
mm
in
grew
evitaler
5.
this
growing
above
160
In
tree
thgieh
main
r
htworg
The
your
90
80
70
60
50
40
low
reduces
30
trees.
20
35
6.
Discuss
whether
the
data
provides
40
45
latitude
that
the
factors
growth
other
of
than
Douglas
temperature
r
trees
timber.
seeds
are
widely
Young
from
them.
A
site
a
trees
7.
trees.
mature
growth
grown
are
trees
study
to
raised
and
was
latitude
of
57°,
in
Identify
the
origin
collecting
Trees
were
trial
20 4
site
from
and
Pinus
the
out
on
Highlands
using
from
sylvestris
seeds
relationship
and
65
seeds
/
70
°N
between
latitude
growth:
between
35°
and
57°
b)
between
57°
and
70°
a
Suggest
reasons
trees
collected
local
seeds
near
the
from
for
the
relationships
of
and
collected
60
imported
germinating
carried
grown
55
of
a)
between
Scotland.
origin
produce
by
8.
at
of
affect
of
Pine
50
evidence
trees
the
latitude
growth
of
of
origin
the
of
imported
seeds
trees.
®IB Organization
Data-based
The
two
average
question:
principle
annual
Climate
variables
in
temperature
determines
climate
and
the
Using
are
precipitation.
The
the
variables
community
determines
combination
that
the
develops
type
over
of
community
answer
the
following
questions:
What
type
of
time
of
plant
community
will
these
at
an
average
annual
temperature
plant
in
an
Boreal
of
15°C
of
150
and
average
annual
precipitation
area.
cm?
forest
)mc(
300
2.
What
range
of
rainfall
permits
forest
Desert
noi tatipicerp
development?
Grassland
250
Permanent
3.
ice
What
is
the
range
of
temperatures
over
200
which
Temperate
desert
can
develop?
deciduous
launna
150
4.
forest
If
you
climb
a
high
mountain,
you
will
Temperate
move
through
different
plant
communities:
rainforest
100
egareva
forest,
Tropical
rainforest
of
herb-rich
scattered
grassland,
alpine
plants
a
community
and
nally
rock
50
Tundra
and
snow.
–20
–10
0
10
20
average
What
is
annual
the
Electromagnetic
in
the
form
characterized
by
materials
in
absorb
1,000
mm.
carbon
us
in
range
of
Molecules
has
and
of
of
as
energy
and
different
nm
in
the
nitrous
wavelengths
–12
light).
wavelengths
Earth’s
oxide
and
ranging
–5
becomes
intense?
–1
molecules
Molecules
between
700
such
nm
–3
liquid
as
absorb
and
infrared
1
mm.
(eV)
2
10
7х10
4
10
7
10
10
10
10
(m)
–7
10
of
1and
1
10
10
through
example,
vapor
between
Wavelength
6
more
electromagnetic
atmosphere,
water
–3
10
>10
warming
these
are
with
For
absorb
(visible
have
travel
waves
interact
Energy
10
global
to
E C O L O G Y
can
ways.
chlorophyll
which
that
electromagnetic
various
gases
and
eect?
energy,
400–700
methane,
which
form
These
such
microwaves,
dioxide,
radiation
waves.
a
wavelength
pigments
the
water
of
is
happen
(°C)
greenhouse
around
photosynthetic
radiation
temperature
radiation
if
will
30
more
space
What
communities
0
and
plant
graph,
develop
two
of
average
1.
annual
type
–7
–10
–8
4х10
10
10
–13
–16
10
<10
Gamma
Radio
waves
Microwaves
Infrared
Visible
Ultraviolet
X-rays
rays
the
possible
wavelengths
700

Radio
rays,
waves,
X-rays
microwaves
and
and
ultraviolet
infrared
light
are
at
nm
radiation
the
are
higher
400
at
the
nm
lower
end. Visible
gamma
energy
light
is
a
end
of
the
mid-range
range
of
rays
and
overlap
spectrum,
energy
of
X-rays
while
gamma
radiation
20 5
E N V I R O N M E N T
Have
and
you
found
parked
it
is
ever
in
it
a
to
be
heating
space
was
effect
rst
horticulture.
through
the
warming
form
pass
of
infrared,
glass
similar
does
not.
is
strikes
the
on
or
the
so
other
Earth’s
it
reaches
reective
much
infrared
is
can
is
the
Sun
has
Earth’s
absorbed
use
by
inside
in
and
has
rock,
them.
soil
because
been
Most
in
light
such
as
the
used
of
the
short
the
Some
of
it
back
out
other
materials
long
but
greenhouse.
of
or
enters
visible
photosynthesis;
These
relatively
of
any
passes
car
greenhouse,
lengths,
outside
by
surface.
it
the
the
relatively
absorbed
a
that
in
radiation,
wave
than
day
enclosed
sunlight
lengths
heating
into
found
an
used
inside
atmosphere.
materials
with
faster
ar ticial
not
that
warming
radiation
be
up
and
of
re-emit
longer
sunny
gotten
into
are
form
wave
with
builds
no
that
the
a
be?
glass
materials
short
the
and
in
you
on
closed
this
through
Earth’s
from
nm)
organisms
surface,
the
though
the
might
materials
radiation
greenhouses
radiation
by
windows
Have
greenhouses
warmed
in
of
windows
radiation
therefore
even
occurs
other
atmosphere;
the
thermal
20 6
and
ice
in
(400–700
atmosphere,
plants
rates
its
passing
Whereas
Heat
lot
Why
absorbed
glass,
higher
process
is
a
expected?
of
inside?
in
These
infrared.
wavelengths
all
sunlight
and
up.
electromagnetic
by
of
with
than
with
warm
through
temperature
the
area
observed

Photosynthesis
A
room
Electromagnetic
them
freely
a
warmer
sunny
uncomfortably
The
the
entered
is
gases
in
absorbed
some
through
materials
then
wavelengths
re-emit
(8–15
µm)
and
some
energy
as
gases
in
is
if
Earth
or
natural
are
be
by
gases
out
into
infrared
atmosphere
other
would
back
the
gases
effect.
methane
dioxide
all
the
greenhouse
and
absorbed
passing
than
greenhouse
a
it
from
warmer
The
of
and
Carbon
the
too
cold
phenomenon
absorb
dioxide,
greenhouse
far
space.
warming
principal
and
atmosphere,
This
was
water
in
the
support
in
causes
able
infrared
effect
that
to
the
gases.
moderation
Thus
it
Earth
radiation
are
cause
nitrogen
Without
atmosphere,
life.
preventing
the
to
the
be
escape.
they
vapour,
greenhouse
gases
to
the
radiation
that
the
in
is
known
the
oxides
any
carbon
temperatures
greenhouse
benets
living
on
effect
is
organisms.
space
some
is
shor twave
reected
back
radiation
into
space
Sun
solar
greenhouse
radiation
gases
atmosphere
shor twave
some
radiation
of
the
longwave
passes
radiation
emitted
by
absorbed
by
the
through
Ear th
is
atmosphere
greenhouse
par ts
of
are
gases
so
the
is
Ear th's
trapped
sur face
reective,
such
as
ice
Ear th

The
sur face
of
the
electromagnetic
If
the
concentration
thermal
effect
of
the
infrared
will
be
increase
has
has
led
rise,
the
to
What
all
of
human
1.
carbon
2.
methane?
3.
nitrogen
at
is
have
Carbon
any
time
since
called
generate
are
activities
gases
been
in
the
rapid
dioxide
in
the
start
in
some
of
the
of
as
wind,
up
atmosphere
and
recent
20
the
as
emissions
increases
is
million
other
the
more
in
at
most
higher
The
Revolution
effect.
temperatures
climate
into
now
years.
greenhouse
and
rises,
greenhouse
Industrial
average
rain
the
particular
past
enhanced
and
summed
cause
re -radiates
intercepted
the
the
and
Sun
be
warming
that
which
will
There
global
reects
the
greenhouse
place
what
is
from
gases.
than
taken
processes
increase,
of
greater.
consequence
absorbs,
radiation
greenhouse
concentrations
and
Ear th
radiation
The
on
weather
Earth
events
change.
atmosphere
of:
dioxide?
oxides?
207
E N V I R O N M E N T
Modelling
Fill
by
a
ask
the
with
collecting
water
can
water.
the
be
greenhouse
gas
Displace
generated
displaced
by
eect
the
water
from
inverting
a
in
the
chemical
the
ask
in
ask
with
reaction
a
pan
carbon
such
and
as
then
dioxide,
sodium
either
using
bicarbonate
displacing
the
water
bottled
and
with
gas
vinegar.
the
CO
or
The
gas.
2
Stopper
the
ask
with
standard
laboratory
but
a
with
Position
ask
both
temperature
over
asks
a
one-holed
contains
an
stopper.
thermometer
equal
just
either
the
a
hole.
data-logging
thermometer
As
set
a
control,
up
the
or
same
a
apparatus
air.
distance
10-minute
Insert
through
from
period.
a
100
Compare
W
light
how
bulb
the
and
then
temperature
record
changes
the
in
changes
the
two
in
asks
time.
This
experiment
light
on
and
off
Data-based
The
that
over
a
grade
following
could
to
be
extended
simulate
question:
graphs
show
night
over
and
one
more
24-hour
cycles
by
using
a
timer
to
switch
a
day.
Greenhouse
the
or
gases
concentration
of
CO
in
the
Earth’s
atmosphere
detected
at
Mauna
2
Loa
Observatory
in
Hawaii,
from
1958
to
2015,
and
the
monthly
over
ria
ni
OC
2
1980
1990
2000
erutraped
OC
2
noitcarf
noitcarf
1970
1960
morf
ni
yrd
yrd
325
ongoing
0
–1
–2
–3
Jan
2010
Apr
Jul
change
2.
Mauna
a)
Outline
b)
What
a)
Identify
b)
Hawaii
these
Changes
of
the
of
how
20 8
in
the
Loa
how
in
concentration
the
is
in
continuous
mountain
the
factors
are
of
CO
levels,
the
top
in
as

CO
when
northern
that
methods
could
of
to
the
carbon
this
be
described
in
of
changed
over
for
7,
biological
removing
which
700,000
atmospheric
a
greenhouse
Chapter
last
has
of
Suggest
responsible
the
dioxide
the
time
period
measured.
rise?
hemisphere.
over
on
concentration
concentrations
changed
variation (yearly average deviation)
2
taken
Hawaii
contributing
atmospheric
climate
measurements
concentration
months
months
research
the
by
Oct
month
2
obser ved
1.
year.
1
year
the
typical
2
ylraey
ria
350
egareva
375

An
a
3
)lom/loml(
)lom/loml(
400
variation
gases
allow
years.
process
carbon
have
carbon
dioxide
that
is
falling.
occurs
during
dioxide.
been
scientists
investigated
to
gain
an
using
some
understanding
The
following
either
as
parts
graphs
per
show
million
the
concentrations
(ppm)
(a)
or
part
per
of
three
billion
greenhouse
gases
since
1750,
expressed
(ppb).
400
m
2–
)
W(
)mpp(
300
0
1800
1900
evitaidar
nobrac
1
gnicrof
edixoid
350
2000
year
2000
(b)
evitaidar
500
gnicrof
0.2
W(
1000
m
2–
enahtem
0.4
)
)bpp(
1500
0
1800
1900
2000
year
W(
)bpp(
m
2–
)
330
(c)
270
0
evitaidar
suortin
0.1
gnicrof
edixo
300
240
1800
1900
2000
year
3.
4.
a)
Using
b)
Calculate
Compare
of
5.
the
the
the
methane
what
a)
methane?
The
factor
relative
Which
gas
graphs,
determine
percentage
concentration
and
By
Determine
6.
three
nitrous
is
the
of
oxide
of
carbon
in
the
concentration
concentrations
each
dioxide
same
of
gas
is
a
current
carbon
contributes
measure
of
the
level
of
relative
most
to
the
in
since
the
of
each
of
the
gases
in
the
year
2000.
1750.
atmosphere
in
2000
to
the
concentration
year.
b) nitrous
forcing
the
increase
the
dioxide
greater
than
the
concentration
of:
oxide?
amount
forcing
greenhouse
of
for
heat
each
energy
of
the
trapped
three
per
unit
area.
gases.
effect?
20 9
E N V I R O N M E N T
What
E C O L O G Y
Natural
from
and
is
this
A
number
lifestyle
World
of
and
phone
Fund
take
do?
21 0
of
questions,
action
to
and
therefore
websites
personal
websites
anyone
reduce
and
is
cattle
eor ts
of
the
in
are
to
reared
in
allow
taken
landll
are
to
contributions
to
their
are
can
only
become
carbon
two
greenhouse
footprint.
and
examples.
aware
Is
to
of
ways
into
algae
are
as
there
in
farms
dumps,
it
gases.
are
from
and
by
also
from
Nitrogen
rice
oxides
agricultural
to
The
(http://
anything
they
you
a
can
could
emission
of
decomposes;
dioxide
promote
used
their
answering
which
the
carbon
ponds
then
analyze
myclimate
By
now
dioxide
released
released
minimize
waste
electricity. The
pumped
algae. The
individuals
is
on
them
are
production,
permafrost.
and
remove
carbon
Methane
Arctic
household
produce
is
of
gases?
fertilizers.
being
from
waste
of
of
also
electricity
sheep
vehicles
use
released
growth
for
matter
of
and
concentrations
quantities
fuels
and
organic
the
burned
gas
transportation.
engines
site,
Huge
fossil
thawing
(http://footprint.wwf.org.uk)
www.myclimate.org)
series
landll
Methane
of
of
of
gases
footprint
apps
identify
Wildlife
by
combustion
and
carbon
for
the
including
captured
the
your
and
greenhouse
greenhouse
activity.
systems
of
greenhouse
but
burning
from
produced
gases.
Track
human
the
homes,
activities,

At
release
decomposition
paddies
are
to
by
digestive
from
sources
atmosphere,
due
released
heating
the
processes
the
rising
the
are
for
greenhouse
at
this
released
site,
photosynthesis
biofuel
it
from
production
Data-based
Sunlight
question:
includes
Ozone
ultraviolet
depletion
radiation
(UV).
primary
As
productivity
–3
(mg
it
passes
through
the
atmosphere,
ozone
(O
C
xed
m
–1
d
)
)
3
0
absorbs
about
98%
of
the
UV
radiation
with
20
40
60
0
Full
wavelengths
between
200
nm
and
315
sunlight
nm;
Sunlight
90%
of
atmospheric
ozone
is
in
a
part
of
5
upper
What
are
the
Chemicals
of
the
benets
UV
released
by
by
chlorouorocarbons
to
life
on
Earth
humans,
removed
Sunlight
of
ozone?
(CFCs)
UVB
stratosphere.
htped
absorption
called
)m(
1.
atmosphere
with
the
and
UVA
with
UVB
removed
10
15
especially
from
aerosol
cans
20
and
other
ozone
in
devices,
the
caused
large
stratosphere,
decreases
particularly
in
over
25
Antarctica.
in
size
The
from
Antarctic
the
late
”ozone
1970s
to
the
hole”
early
increased

21st
Primar y
productivity
amount
century,
ozone
but
throughout
concentrations
radiation
penetrated
the
the
UV
and
Earth’s
more
UV
3.
a)
Explain
surface.
data
in
the
the
harming
2.
Based
on
the
ozone
hole
data
reach
below,
its
when
maximum
did
size?
b)
Using
c)
the
Predict,
in
CFCs
were
the
and
called
stratospheric
Antarctic
ozone
(the
hole
(purple
sequence
runs
and
from
violet)
left
to
from
right,
left
to
bottom
stabilized.
data
with
effects
Antarctic
has
of
UV
Ocean
from
280
to
315
phytoplankton
different
either
or
on
phytoplankton
of
been
315
nm.
to
both
UV
A
Primary
in
and
full
in
nm
and
for
and
provided
by
ultraviolet
the
graph,
UVB
the
light
reasons,
light
on
the
as
a
the
effects
marine
food
result
of
an
in
harm.
of
chains
chemicals
international
Protocol.
concentrations
article
more
Ocean.
Montreal
ozone
discuss
causes
ozone-destroying
out
An
sunlight
UVB
due
measured
and
and
to
had
Discuss
draw
UV
A
UVB
production
was
4.
the
investigated.
400
photosynthesis
depths
UVB,
depth
the
journal
By
2005
had
that
ozone
Science
abundance
in
over
right)
have
wavelengths
in
or
Antarctic
reported
Antarctic
The
of
from
2016
top
evidence,
graph,
UV
A
other
phased
treaty
1979-2014
function
phytoplankton.
ultraviolet
The
a
the
whether

as
exposure
stratosphere
decreased
to
of
to
begun
the
from
how
to
increase.
conclusions
the
the
case
world
of
that
ozone
we
should
depletion
community
responded
it.
at
with
removed.
21 1
E N V I R O N M E N T
E C O L O G Y
What
are
global
We
can
impact
the
consequences
of
warming?
expect
on
ecological
climate
ecological
summarized
due
to
global
warming
Some
examples
in
climates
to
of
have
an
impacts
are
below.
Yellow
cedars
Analysis
of
change
communities.
of
warmer
freezing
would
but
live
winters
weather
normally
with
Many
cues,
better
that
the
way.
For
same
time
in
chicks
are
is
events
in
the
in
of
there
an
British
there
but
cedar
spring
is
like
that
snow,
the
healthy
of
and
spring
it
is
with
has
freeze
is
a
Columbia.
trend
persistent
shallow
increase
where
climates
autumn.
events
not
the
breeding
emerging
consequences
from
temperate
However,
example,
its
reduced
cover,
still
spring
timing
earlier.
same
to
indicates
spring. Yellow
protected
snow
cold
data
by
in
roots
snow
lethal
that
cover,
root
deeper-rooted
on
drainage.
biological
noticeably
early
cedar
especially
shown
leading
declining
with
wetlands
station
in
be
damage. Yellow
soils
in
weather
all
European
earlier. This
increasing
over
pied
but
the
reduces
chick
the
organisms
grounds,
are
driven
Research
has
last
have
30
ycatcher
mor tality
food
and
seasonal
to
40
years
changed
in
arrives
caterpillars
the
by
repeatedly
it
at
feeds
supply,
declining
the
to
with
is
the
its
the
ycatcher
populations.
Walruses
from
In
use
which
2007,
water,
the
to
ice
to
sea
where
thousand
oes
dive
ice
it
trips
a
assembly
dense
food
resources
walruses
Coral
on
by
is
reefs
ear th.
of
are
coral
of
corals
too
live
is
the
which
said
coral
is
the
21 2
be
its
an
for
the
in
a
Ocean. This
most
close
beyond
the
the
place
beaches
single
of
to
to
of
will
a
base
as
the
feed.
rest
Alaska.
the
as
such
edge
location
Fur thermore,
and
prey
walruses
biologically
association
stress,
brown
colour
for
as
provide
depend
it
the
picture
situation
that
young
clams.
shallow
Several
between
Over
time,
deplete
mor tality
such
bottom
of
young
stampeding.
bleached. This
to
their
alternative
zooxanthellae
color. This
organisms
deep
renowned
appears
feed
moving
coast.
the
in
under
the
needed
maintain
Indian
to
to
to
bottom-dwelling
along
the
among
are
warm,
on
animals
due
zooxanthellae. The
When
too
sought
along
Corals
places
shrank,
settling
higher
are
as
feed
was
walruses
feeding
to
of
be
picture
still
was
on
the
taken
the
At
the
the
only
for
to
algae
these
ocean
this
waters
coral.
the
Some
zooxanthellae,
and
thus
Maldives,
the
their
called
algae.
point,
bleached
nutrients
in
not
coral
due
when
shows
with
threatens
is
expelled.
contains
coral
environments
symbiotic
corals
example,
can
diverse
with
coral
in
the
itself,
sur vival.
but
You
can
research
scientic
the
for
sources
cigarette
decades
campaigns
Air
and
after
of
effects,
not
industry
there
the
political
was
Carbon
by
Dioxide
used
biologists
the
concentration
of
to
you
are
of
an
open
evidence
global
to
causes
and
use
that
cancer
similar
warming.
trials
(FACE)
experiments
effect
area.
only
remember
tobacco
FACE
the
careful
should
over
forest
be
that
scientic
likely
Enrichment
in
We
deny
investigate
CO
must
ones.
to
strong
progress
are
but
continued
misinformation
Following
Free
more
of
We
raising
might
2
expect
the
rate
would
remove
of
some
the
atmosphere.
are
being
Besides
set
the
photosynthesis
up
A
in
FACE
of
the
series
excess
of
natural
to
increase,
carbon
large-scale
or
dioxide
FACE
semi-natural
experiment
in
the
which
oak
from
experiments
forests.
forest
in
the

UK
(photo
right),
a
similar
experiment
is
taking
place
The
set-up
used
concentration
a
eucalyptus
forest
in
Australia;
four
more
forest
Early
but
results
that
You
planned
suggest
this
can
are
is
soon
follow
the
that
sample
can
What
evidence
by
progress
natural
of
help
of
the
of
the
to
a
in
forests
shortage
these
does
of
increase
minerals
experiments
world’s
absorb
climate
raise
an
oak
the
carbon
forest
in
dioxide
Staordshire
from
400
to
550
ppm
future.
biomass
limited
representative
forests
for
of
FACE
(UK )
experiments
to
in
forests,
the
excess
change
so
in
initially
the
online.
they
carbon
soil,
They
should
dioxide
due
to
increased
especially
are
give
that
a
being
photosynthesis,
nitrogen
set
strong
up
in
or
a
indication
humans
are
phosphorus.
of
whether
releasing.
can
31-May
be
obtained
from
phenology?
21-May
Phenology
in
such
plants.
that
nesting
Evidence
from
in
for
the
is
a
timing
birds
climate
phenological
BudBurst
allows
of
to
natural
owering
change
can
be
studies.
citizen
individuals
or
of
science
submit
tsri f
Project
as
study
fael
obtained
the
dub
events
is
project
11-May
1-May
21-Apr
phenology
11-Apr
data
can
for
be
any
plant.
searched
by
The
resulting
species,
database
date,
owering
1-Apr
time,
fruiting
time,
leaf
color
changes
38
and
40
42
44
latitude
many
other
Outline
the
relationship
between
The
relationship
rst
leaf
Suggest
rst
the
for
apple
latitude
trees
in
the
and
rst
Eastern
leaf
bud
United
States
bud.
of
2.
between
latitude
appearance
and
48
variables.

1.
46
(degrees)
factors
that
affect
when
America
leaves
bud.
213
E N V I R O N M E N T
3.
Discuss
whether
4.
Discuss
what
5.
Visit
the
this
might
National
map/24)
and
a)
Are
there
b)
Are
the
is
be
a
cause
the
impacts
Geographic
carry
out
similar
trends
in
other
effect
on
Project
further
trends
in
and
an
relationship
ecosystem
BudBurst
investigations
leaf
budding
species
L TA
variety
Citizen
leaf
is
simply
a
correlation.
budding.
(http://budburst.eldscope.org/
the
trees
of
digital
science
natural
with
is
the
world
examples
on
the
of
whether
scientist
or
a
collected.
between
Some
scientists
are
entirely
in
peers
below.
West
Coast
and
and
exper ts
environments
collection
by
number
others
earlier
it
the
East
Coast?
skills
increasing
have
whether
similar?
Collaborate
the
as
apple
Communication
to
of
website
such
for
or
and
members
citizen
not,
the
science
can
citizen
of
data
public.
and
institutes
and
relating
There
enter
projects
the
are
an
where
data
rely
a
media
opportunities
collect
science
research
and
analysis
of
using
on
anyone,
that
they
collaboration
public,
while
public-driven.
Data-based question: Is climate change causing any species to move their range?
The
of
graph
records
number
below
of
of
shows
bird
the
breeding
databases.
results
of
(nesting)
Using
the
data
analysis
from
1.
a
have
whereby
half
identied
a
is
the
expansion
”half-way”
all
records
for
a
Calculate
species
of
that
north
of
it.
evidence
geographical
This
for
type
changes
of
of
location
analysis
range
and
gives
in
of
northward
species
in
the
range
UK?
the
total
mean
northward
range
half
North
America
during
the
period.
are
strong
many
in
are
study
south
rate
bird
location,
expansion
of
mean
for
available,
2.
scientists
What
3
a)
Estimate
range
species.
since
how
has
far
moved
the
in
northward
North
America
2002.
2.5
b)
one
assumption
you
have
made
answer.
2
naem
noisnapxe
drawhtron
)raey/mk(
egnar
your
4.
1.5
Predict
the
northward
5.
Discuss
potential
range
whether
consequences
movement
there
is
any
of
of
birds.
doubt
1
about
the
causes
expansion.
0.5
0
UK
20-year
period
(ending
21 4
State
in
1991)
North
America
26-year
(ending
period
in
2002)
of
the
northward
range
in
What
are
Globalization
to
be
has
introduced
Sometimes
their
alien
new
threaten
become
made
into
these
it
the
survival
invasive
Data-based
Invasive
alien
of
so
species
they
lack
they
native
from
are
not
predators
come
to
species.
one
and
of
alien
the
in
ecosystems
species
world
found.
competitors
dominate
An
part
naturally
has
and
then
species.
question:
species
environmental
for
where
species
environment,
an
easy
areas
alien
E C O L O G Y
species?
issue
are
in
Invasive
a
alien
species
serious
most
parts
Marine
of
the
world.
ecosystems
<1900
1900–1909
Data
from
with
the
Nordic
environments
is
shown
here,
1910–1919
1920–1929
numbers
of
invertebrate,
vertebrate
1930–1939
and
plants
or
fungus
species
indicated
in
each
1940–1949
1950–1959
bar.
1960–1969
1970_1979
1980–1989
1990–1999
<1900
1900–1909
0
10
20
30
40
50
1910–1919
number
of
alien
species
1920–1929
1930–1939
1940–1949
1950–1959
1960–1969
1970_1979
1.
There
are
far
more
alien
species
in
terrestrial
1980–1989
habitats
1990–1999
0
200
400
600
number
800
of
habitats.
1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600
alien
in
freshwater
Suggest
reasons
or
for
marine
this
difference.
species
2.
Freshwater
than
Analyze
the
between
ecosystems
also
<1900
the
data
to
three
nd
types
other
of
differences
ecosystem
and
similarities.
1900–1909
1910–1919
3.
Choose
an
example
of
an
invasive
alien
1920–1929
species
1930–1939
in
your
area.
Try
to
nd
answers
to
1940–1949
these
questions:
1950–1959
1960–1969
1970_1979
a)
Where
b)
How
c)
What
d)
How
did
the
alien
species
come
from?
1980–1989
1990–1999
0
10
20
number
of
30
alien
40
did
it
travel
to
your
area?
50
ecological
problems
is
it
causing?
species
could
the
alien
species
be
controlled?
21 5
E N V I R O N M E N T
Action
on
deforestation
2
An
intact
indicates
of
forest
that
there
biodiversity,
on
Earth
loss
The
landscape
was
are
carbon
already
(IFL)
no
signs
storage,
greatly
is
dened
of
as
human
water
a
area
activity.
cycles
reduced;
an
and
further
of
at
They
other
loss
least
are
500
the
most
ecosystem
of
7.2%
km
was
in
which
valuable
functions.
registered
By
by
remote
areas
for
2000,
2013,
sensing
conservation
the
area
with
the
of
IFLs
rate
of
increasing.
bar
S.
chart
below
America,
Eurasia,
IFL
losses
between
2000
and
2013
by
region
and
according
to
cause.
tropical
southern
and
shows
boreal
temperate
Africa
N.
America,
northern
boreal
Southeast
N.
America,
southern
and
Eurasia,
Asia
boreal
temperate
northern
boreal
Australia
S.
America,
temperate
0
50
100
150
200
2
×
km
Source:
1.
Is
Potapov
et
Is
Sci.
deforestation
eliminating
2.
al.
there
Adv.
an
250
300
350
3
10
2017;3:e1600821
important
enough
issue
for
us
to
focus
our
efforts
on
reducing
or
it?
anything
that
you
together
with
your
fellow
students
can
do
that
will
really
make
a
difference?
3.
Is
the
what
21 6
maxim
we
“Think
should
do?
globally,
act
locally”
relevant
here?
How
does
the
data
help
us
to
decide
Summative
Statement
of
inquiry:
Environments
human
these
assessment
provide
cultural
aesthetic
expression,
but
and
health
benets
human-induced
and
inuence
changes
undermine
benets.
Introduction
In
this
terms
to
of
the
question
A
B
C
D
by
1.
Distinguish
2.
Outline
of
between
the
keystone
as
clear
Wales
zones
the
of

Sea
aims
world;
zonation
in
extent
with
the
to
and
air
which
natural
changes
pollution.
these
changes
services
to
that
Prince
record
images
useful.
can
be
the
colored
seaweeds
above
that
greenhouse
effect
and
climate
change.
[5]
[2]
the
From
red-brown
cli
the
investigate
species
in
[2]
species.
Passage.
and
is
We
structure
concepts:
scientically
yellow-brown
maura)
species
ShoreZone
being
species.
invasive
interfere
the
following
b)
well
of
community
ecology
pioneer
throughout
to
considered
structure
a)
Project
be
due
consider
environments.
Community
the
to
we
distribution
structure
community
provided
assessment
natural
community
The
in
summative
it
on
Passage,
other
Alaska
truly
the
black
trees
(United
cliffs
we
in
can
and
of
here
Alaska’s
is
as
of
Prince
distinguish
cariosus),
lichen
States
beautiful
shown
(Semibalanus
distichus),
and
are
upwards,
barnacles
coastlines
photograph
observed
(Fucus
along
produces
The
waterline
spruces
of Wales
habitats
then
(Verrucaria
shrubs.
America)
21 7
E N V I R O N M E N T
3.
Suggest
reasons
a)
barnacles
b)
lichens
cliff
c)
A
B
C
D
4.
and
The
not
or
growing
seaweeds
higher
growing
up
on
only
the
on
cliff
the
[2]
middle
part
of
the
[2]
trees
Trees
for:
air
and
air
in
particles
of
not
growing
lower
down
on
the
cliff.
[2]
pollution
urban
pollution
Area
shrubs
areas
solids
in
and
urban
Lead
contains
gases.
areas
of
a
The
New
variety
table
York
Nitrogen dioxide
of
pollutants,
below
and
Nitrous
shows
rural
the
areas
oxide
including
level
of
air
nearby.
Sulfur
dioxide
–3
(μg
m
)
(ppb)
(ppb)
(ppb)
Urban
0.09
37.7
39.3
18.7
Rural
0.04
6.2
0.5
2.3
Compare
areas.
5.
Tree
in
the
urban
nutrients
limiting
ground
has
areas.
near
atmospheric
the
in
factor
measured
two
same
on
was
pollution
type
of
growth
one
areas
of
a
Populus
soil
all
lack
The
below
The
(green
in
that
rates.
and
year.
as
way
in
bar
bars)
of
urban
and
Trees
areas.
of
growth
chart
urban
High
of
rural
was
in
of
trees
rural
pots
mineral
not
the
above
biomass)
areas
quality
and
levels
shows
urban
air
grown
the
(root
below
four
in
were
nutrients
ground
and
improving
deltoides
investigated.
ensured
biomass)
after
rural
soil
suggested
growth
York
the
(shoot
been
The
New
containing
for
of
[2]
planting
areas
levels
the
was
results
(red
bars).
Key
80
rural
)g(
ssamoib
100
areas
urban
toohs
60
ssamoib
20
areas
40
0
)g(
toor
20
40
R1
R2
U1
U2
U3
U4
sites
a)
Evaluate
the
methods
manipulation
b)
Evaluate
Can
21 8
you
the
and
control
method
suggest
used
any
of
in
of
the
investigation,
variables.
presentation
improvements?
especially
the
[3]
of
data
[2]
in
the
bar
chart.
c)
Outline
of
d)
the
Populus
Discuss
deltoides
deltoides
whether
a)
The
in
between
near
May
New
agricultural
the
and
data
and
the
September
forested
be
in
in
rural
show
Compare
and
can
concentration
below
York.
that
differences
urban
the
histograms
from
the
between
differences
6.
conclusions
the
growth
air
about
the
chart.
[2]
rates
could
of
urban
ozone
and
due
to
[2]
exposure
rural
exposures
growth
of Populus
be
pollutants.
range
ozone
areas.
bar
areas
of
in
the
drawn
areas
in
urban,
[2]
10
Key
urban
8
urban
areas
agricultural
areas
6
forested
areas
4
setis
2
fo
rebmun
0
rural
8
6
4
2
0
30
35
40
seasonal
b)
The
concentrations
deltoides were
the
scatter
previous
in
the
Give
of
graph
ozone
growth
below.
of
of
for
this
50
exposure
measured
parts
reasons
45
ozone
at
and
eight
Using
shoot
The
data
suggest
Populus deltoides
your
the
sites.
the
question,
55
(ppb)
in
a
the
of Populus
are
shown
scatter
hypothesis
between
hypothesis.
growth
results
urban
graph
for
and
in
and
in
differences
rural
areas.
[2]
100
Key
rural
areas
urban
areas
80
)g(
ssamoib
60
toohs
40
20
0
15
Source
(2003),
of
25
data
Nature,
used
424,
in
35
all
graphs
pages
45
on
pages
55
218-219:
JW
Greg,
et
al.,
183–186
21 9
E N V I R O N M E N T
7.
Trees
are
them
in
shows
able
their
the
to
remove
biomass
pollution
Pollution
0.03
-
0.67
a)
Generate
b)
Choose
one
procedure
A
B
C
D
The
The
in
emerald
emerald
large
over
in
parts
100
the
ash
of
map
removal
of
-
borer
trees.
by
on
trees
1.87
to
from
per
-
be
their
in
to
air
-
4.50
trends
explain
it.
This
across
store
map
the
US.
kilometer
the
and
either
surfaces.
3.38
test
and
counties
square
explain
used
the
3.37
hypotheses
could
borer
them
(tonnes
1.86
these
4.51
-
8.41
observed.
carefully
[2]
a
[3]
invasion
(Agrilus
Canada
million
trap
hypotheses
that
ash
or
removed
0.68
two
pollutants
and
planipennis)
the
Affected
United
areas
of
is
an
States,
the
invasive
where
United
it
alien
has
States
insect
killed
are
shown
below.
120°W
100°W
80°W
60°W
50°N
50°N

An
adult
emerald
ash
borer
30°N
30°N
Key
Low
0 50 100
Moderate
Moderate
200
300
400
500
Map
High
produced
by
CO
FHTET,
on
IL
Fort
Collins,
11-16-2012
File:
EAB_Detection_Likelihood.mxd
Miles
High
Albers
Equal
Area
100°W
2 20
Conic
Projection
Project:
EAB
Risk
Analysis
80°W
2013
Larvae
the
limits
an
the
down
over
a
a)
in
range
the
Identify
Display
that
c)
limit
73
−29
79
−32
93
−34
98
−36
99
and
Suggest
of
a
into
regions
of
If
for
A
B
C
D
The
The
fewer
data
(a
years.
years
numbers
over
amount
cycle,
the
results
larvae
was
of
the
ash
the
infested
whether
that
are
most
borer.
type
of
[2]
chart
or
graph
[4]
winter
US
states.
Using
temperatures
they
have
emerald
increase
could
a
if
in
the
the
warming
States
been
ash
an
over
cold
borer.
look
at
of
a
average
region
trend
most
of
has
affected
historical
meteorological
evidence
the
warming
of
emerald
of
Bird
The
be
results
a
online
range
enough
Report
of
to
your
minimum
the
occurred
by
the
monthly
databases.
trend,
winter
infestation.
in
[1]
the
emerald
minimum
[2]
outline
the
reasons
is
to
effort
in
use
ash
America
(CBC)
are
borer
in
stored
has
the
in
a
been
sponsoring
month
public
of
an
December
database
that
for
can
be
(http://netapp.audubon.org/cbcobservation/).
may
partly
the
North
Count
online
there
time
of
to
from
participants
may
measure
using
suitable.
heavily
United
Society
accessed
some
but
of
Christmas
100
readily
life
also
[3]
Audubon
over
States
emerald
table
coldest
whether
You
nd
impacts
annual
In
it.
the
consequence
were
the
borer.
you
the
possible
temperatures
f)
the
most
the
the
but
[3]
Inquire
ash
in
United
by
determine
temperature
e)
the
reproduction
ndings.
d)
of
affected
nd
shows
of
emerge
mor tality
−28
one
two-year
table
mortality
5
data
a
and
larvae,
%
(°C)
parts
winter
many
temperatures.
experienced
consider
the
percentage
to
The
34
database,
years
leading
growth.
sub-zero
over
kills
−23
the
Choose
tree
only
−18
the
you
others,
which
of
larvae
signicantly
b)
of
the
not
population
temperature
by
inside
weather
development
slows
Coldest
reside
Cold
experiment
tested
8.
insect
season.
the
which
of
of
next
have
other
due
the
amount
to
been
years,
this.
number
of
many
time
and
One
of
people
uctuations
way
birds
spent
counting
to
in
birds,
raw
standardize
reported
searching
for
per
count
CBC
party
birds
or
hour
the
expended).
2 21
E N V I R O N M E N T
The
emerald
ash
populations.
the
CBC
Great
●
The
9.
on
Write

A
by
a
felled
health
to
deaths
of
the
is
likely
to
hypotheses
your
search
is
to
from
Explain
of
an
will
what
by
have
below
an
impact
and
location
the
to
have
test
it
focus
showing
damage
online
article
of
in
forests.
on
bird
using
on
the
research
borer
and
is
lung
importance
making
titled
the
in
your
the
birds
of
ash
are
backed
that
with
15
the
over
US
to
For
lar vae
York
Yourself
claims
research.
borer
New
made
[2]
that
investigation,
emerald
”Immerse
references
claims.
of
are
in
eat
numbers.
claims
associated
of
to
indicating
disease
that
numbers.
Conservation
scientic
birds
[5]
due
which
All
for
supply
in
found
language.
food
in
food
decrease
Environmental
to
when
provides
increase
reduce
you
published
ash
birds
birds
Health”,
heart
the
these
these
tree
given
emerald
infestation
scientic
benets
research
2 2 2
so
Better
references
due
so
trees
ash
posted
for
reference
a)
ash
seeds
account
has
Forest
the
trees
Department
State
a
of
of
borer
appropriate
trunk
10. The
of
ash
an
using
one
ltering
ash
inside
death
feed
infestation
region.
emerald
insects
●
Choose
database,
Lakes
The
borer
in
about
up
example,
death
of
20,000
a
trees
extra
states.
published
scientic
b)
One
Y.,
of
the
references
Prestemon,
(2013).The
are
Liebhold,
from
Preventive
Medicine.
could
mark
and
the
on
with
these
the
A.,
of
it,
G.,
Gatziolis,
Between
Spread
the
Trees
Butry,
D.,
and
Mao,
using
the
that
Health:
Journal
abstract
language
Michael,
M.
Human
EAB.American
Find
D.,
of
of
this
non-scientists
[3]
three
EAB
Donovan,
44(2):139-45.
summarize
understand.
H-X
infested
this:
Relationship
Evidence
research

The
J.,
is
trees
and
will
in
be
For t
cut
Erie,
Ontario,
Canada
indicates
that
they
down
2 23
9
Patterns
Regularities
are
obser vable
all
around
us.

Due
to
Sun,
At
we
the
the
the
central
quite

2 24
in
solstice,
contain
this
and
each
such
when
a
repeated
have
intricate
tile
as
the
seasons.
years
aligned
the
to
sunrise
celebrations
Why
is
of
the
Stonehenge
it
be
perfect
motif
and
are
oral
used
What
mosaic?
5000
were
and
been
architecture.
to
year.
will
around
repeating
allowing
geometric
and
of
4000
solstice
monuments
and
rotation
structures
winter
Complex
art
its
pattern
phenomena
decorative
both
a
stone
perfect
that
patterns.
highly
of
and
constructed
the
summer
Designs
see
of
natural
alignment
not
tilt
experience
sunset
these
in
Earth’s
Stonehenge,
ago,
of
the
now
again?
called
patterns
for
are
centuries
repeats
can
you
y

In
of
geometry,
an
object
a
in
transformation
the
transformations
the
red
leaf
leaf?
onto
because
over
What
the
it
is
across
coordinate
necessary
light
about
blue
created
different
by
to
refers
plane.
the
Can
transform
those
leaf?
to
you
the
necessary
This
repeating
pattern
a
change
to
simple
identify
dark
is
in
blue
position
the
leaf
transform
known
pattern
as
onto
the
a
over
red
fractal
and
scales.
x

Symmetry
in
Though
nature
in
a
two
in
equal
bottom
gives
biology
parts
but
two
no
halves
echinoderms,
section
of
an
results
from
symmetry
that
left
or
that
such
as
are
is
reections
right.
are
the
the
almost
In
always
of
one
pentaradial
reections
sea
balanced
star,
of
but
one
can
distribution
approximate,
another.
In
symmetry,
another.
also
be
a
This
found
of
a
parts
cut
radial
cut
around
through
symmetry,
through
type
of
any
for
axis
axis
there
one
symmetry
elsewhere,
an
an
is
is
of
of
symmetry.
should
a
top
ve
result
and
arms
characteristic
example,
in
the
of
cross-
apple.
2 25
PAT T E R N S
Introduction
Patterns
natural
Key
can
occur
world,
in
both
scientists
time
look
and
for
space.
When
predictable
observing
things
the
happening
over
concept: Relationships
time,
form
Related
concept:
or
for
predictable
testable
as
context:
Orientation
in
inductive
of
theories
things
based
in
on
space.
these
They
then
patterns.
based
on
reasoning.
the
observation
Once
such
of
patterns
generalizations
is
are
known
formed,
time
predictions
and
and
Patterns
Generalization
Global
distributions
hypotheses
can
be
made
and
tested.
Nobel
prize-winning
scientists
space
James
data
Watson
that
helped
Scientists
variables
the
in
data,
With
time
and
Reticulated

of
this
you
use
girae‘s
whether
girae
it
or
a
is
the
patterns
coat
a
make
their
results
the
relationship
or
nd
over
to
on
to
about
investigate
graphs.
points
on
between
a
the
recognize
If
the
structure
relationships
there
graph
is
form
variables.
patterns
a
a
By
clear
of
in
DNA.
between
pattern
straight
looking
line,
for
in
it
is
patterns
relationships.
time,
with
that
able
predictions
experiments
example
were
something
predictable
there
is
a
might
frequency.
certain
time
of
always
For
day
happen
example,
that
a
at
an
the
same
observer
hummingbird
to
identify
reticulated
Rothschild’s
to
feed
particular
at
a
group
ower
of
owers.
opens
at
a
They
certain
might
time
also
during
note
the
that
day,
so
a
on
reasonable
opening
conclusion
pattern
are
might
be
that
the
feeding
pattern
related.
girae?
Statement
Observing
explain
2 2 6
day
Crick
Rothschild
this
Can
a
do
scientists
notice
comes

of
Francis
them
plot
for
patterns
might

often
results,
evidence
and
of
inquiry:
patterns
how
the
allows
living
scientists
world
to
works.
propose
new
theories
that
and
ower
Some
of
stripes
may
the
and
camouage
predator
is
most
to
Another
type
the
for
have
similar
them
to
or
and
to
forms.
the
have
Can
nectar
there
in
you
from
always
a
role
natural
These
as
or
in
species
or
living
or
see
they
of
patterns
owers?
Is
or
may
the
in
act
spots,
space
allow
predators
is
the
within
here
are
a
that
as
a
prey
sign
to
tness.
niche
shown
to
things
roles
world
patterns
giraffes,
signal
health
similar
hummingbird
extract
are
Within
observed
that
the
coats.
predators
individual’s
related
in
animal
undetected,
toxic.
an
pattern
are
patterns
of
against
prey
organisms
buttery
nature,
of
of
that
Unrelated
its
even
mates
structure
often
or
colors
pray
stalk
distasteful
potential
striking
vibrant
in
that
patterns
of
organism.
an
the
ecosystem
adaptations
might
anything
make
truly
it
of
easier
random
in
patterns?

In
this
chapter,
we
explore
how
patterns
of
similarities
lead
us
Some hummingbirds such as
to
the ruby-throated hummingbird
recognize
universal
described
in
features
of
living
things.
Patterns
can
often
be
(Archilochus colubris) migrate
between seasonal feeding and
terms
of
the
spatial
relationships
between
their
repeating
nesting grounds.
elements;
context
they
here
is
L TA
Creative
could
●
shells,
all
a
Generate
cyclical
testable
in
a
that
right
testable
plants
are
basis
of
●
Outline
the
steps
you

Pale
should
clouded
be
by
tested
butter y
time,
hence
the
global
space.
skills
twining
handed
left
(such
as
beans)
and
DNA
versions.
for
whether
handed
DNA,
versions,
snails
or
or
both.
hypothesis.
could
or
over
thinking
or
your
constant
yellow
and
hypothesis
right
the
variables
recur
hypothesis
left
Explain
other
time
climb
or
●
Hypotheses
in
and
innovative
plants
exist
twining
be
orientation
and
Generate
Snail
can
perform
one
in
at
other
a
to
time.
words
(Colias hyalae)
test
your
This
hypothesis.
requires
keeping
“controlled”.
showing
its
proboscis
in
side
view
2 27
PAT T E R N S
M E TA B O L I S M
What
proper ties
are
shared
by
all
living
organisms?
A
pattern
diversity
groups
of
discern
be
created
life,
the
a
life
then
form
discover
to
Living
we
be
things
do

In
their
organize
the
and
species
on
of
how
to
in
try
they
to
should
evolving
years
that
today.
used
the
them
Earth
of
Earth
be
at
repeated
and
on
billions
could
look
from
properties
alive
they
ago.
If
this
ancestral
If
we
can
distinguish
things.
of
characteristics,
reproduction,
waste,
all
existed
of
we
often
and
being
such
as
composed
maintaining
internal
responding
of
cells,
to
the
obtaining
conditions
that
are
surroundings.
ever yday
Examine
that
some
are
organisms,
for
organisms
number
When
patterns
living
properties,
determine
living
these
of
species
all
repeated.
evidence
non-living
a
is
characteristics
study
expect
by
growth,
we
are
1.
and
expelling
from
How
ancestral
common
of
origins
strong
might
share
environment,
distinct
is
shared
living
nutrients,
Biologists
There
these
between
something
evolutionary
common
true,
if
combinations
species.
classied.
from
is
is
of
terms,
and
the
that
we
the
that
recognize
ame
photograph
your
answer
something
to
a)
What
properties
are
b)
What
properties
do
is
seedlings
construct
following
found
both
the
alive?
not
and
the
that
is
only
the
in
a
Venn
diagram
to
questions:
the
seedlings
ame?
and
the
ame
possess?
c)
2.
What
What
the
properties
ame,
alive?
2 2 8
properties
and
do
that
are
the
found
only
seedlings
lead
us
to
say
in
the
possess
that
seedling?
that
only
are
the
missing
seedlings
from
are
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
Which organisms have a pattern of
segmentation?
Some
structures
example
of
is
the
hexagons.
without
store
is
squares

of
or
nature
comb
shapes
and
for
in
made
tessellation
overlapping
honey
reason
wax
A
arrangement
found
that
and
pollen,
bees
is
a
t
consist
by
and
close
to
the
repeated
honeybees,
geometric
without
making
of
rear
Bees
in
of
a
a
An
tessellation
by
repeated
the
pattern
honeycombs
What
hexagons
is
formed
make
offspring.
comb
which
pattern
together
gaps.
subunits.
do
and
you
not
to
think
the
triangles,
circles?
A honey comb is two sided, with each corner of a hexagon on
one side opposite the centre of a hexagon on the other side.
What is the advantage of this pattern?
Symmetry
in
patterns
Symmetry
generates
concept
form
1.
Can
of
you
is
nd
obvious
explored
examples
patterns.
in
in
Chapter
that
These
are
seen
in
the
form
of
many
organisms.
The
2.
chapter
of
these
types
of
symmetry:
a)
bilateral
mirror
b)
radial
does
c)
The
2.
shell
not
change
a)
Is
b)
Does
the
the
where
the
the
left
and
right
sides
are
other?
rotation
overall
where
around
a
xed
point
shape?
rotation
along
a
screw
axis
translation?
mollusc
structure
the
where
each
symmetry,
causes
of
of
symmetry,
helical
also
symmetry,
images
shell
Nautilus
of
the
have
a
consists
shell
helical
symmetrical
of
or
a
series
of
whorl
sections.
spiral?
pattern?
2 2 9
PAT T E R N S
The
repeating
segments
and
and
of
fused
or
types
of
have
a
body
are
it
is
pattern
class
of
is
is
the
called
variation
in
thorax
is
(3
the
and
centipedes
segmentation.
which
including
advantage
distinctive
What
millipedes
Myriapoda,
arthropods,
more
the
body
of
part
insects,
insects
than
of
segments)
the
and
of
in
the
have
the
and
head
abdomen
having
different
the
a
phylum
column,
series
of
in
of
is
vertebrae
having
the
Chordata.
which
a
series
Most
another
rather
of
members
example
than
short
a
bones
of
of
single
bone.
rather
than
back?
centipedes only have one pair
per segment
This scan shows two of the twelve thoracic vertebrae (top) and ve
lumbar vertebrae. Humans also have seven cervical vertebrae in the
neck, above the thoracic vertebrae. What could be the reasons for
having dierent type of vertebrae?
this
phylum
segmentation
has two pairs of legs, whereas
23 0
the
myriapods
body:
Each segment in a millipede

Millipedes
of
segmentation?
sections
advantage
all
is
are
segment?
in
bones
All
form
segments).
advantage
longer

show
the
the
What
segments
vertebral
because
in
segments),
12
Humans
the
of
type
are
bodies.
segments
groups
(11
this
Arthropoda.
segmented
(6
in
centipedes
phylum
The
subunits
What
is
fewer,
How
do
other
We
in
now
segments
know
organisms
●
The
the
●
The
the
During
give
certain
sequence
of
in
melanogaster.
relation
insects
and
G E N E T I C S
called
of
the
homeotic
genes
regulates
homeotic
animals.
most
genes
of
the
These
is
this
genes
genes
commonly
the
fruit
organism
development
of
are
direct
studied
y Drosophila
occur
a
similar
the
in
two
different
area
of
body.
antennapedia
development
bithorax
group
of
group
development
different
the
is
of
development
the
all
One
homeotic
group
y’s
to
genes
in
embryos.
The
Each
fruit
that
and
development
the
in
animals?
function
groups.
develop
is
composed
these
of
abdomen
genes
segments
ve
genes
and
regulates
head.
composed
the
of
of
are
the
y
three
and
genes
the
constantly
body
and
is
involved
in
thorax.
expressed
specic
in
structures
orderto
and
roles.

The
homeotic
development
regions
the
head
legs
only
in
adult
genes
of
both
the
the
control
same
y
the
body
embr yo
and
y
halteres
and
legs
legs
and
wings
1
2
4
5
6
7
antennapedia
Although
8
9
bithorax
there
are
more
homeotic
genes
in
humans,
they
display
the

same
patterns
as
the
y
genes:
their
order
on
the
DNA
is
the
In
the
early
Haeckel
and
their
same
action
sequence
Drosophila
during
as
in
homeotic
the
the
development
fruit
genes
y.
To
perform
test
the
of
the
embryo
whether
same
the
follows
human
functions,
the
and
scientists
that
in
a
human
homeotic
gene
to
the
embryo
of
a
fruit
y
all
the
the
correct
development
of
the
the
ver tebrates
early
stages
Ernst
pattern
look
of
similar
their
development.
diagram
emphasizes
and
similarities
observed
centur y,
obser ved
embr yonic
His
transferred
19th
same
between
tor toise
embryo.
(top),
at
chick,
early
dog,
stages
in
man
development. What
can
be
(bottom)
their
similarities
obser ved?
2 31
PAT T E R N S
What
patterns
Patterns
do
not
the
examples
the
timing
of
are
only
exist
shown
the
there
here
life
in
in
the
the
and
timing
of
distribution
in
each
case
life
of
cycles?
variables
discuss
what
in
space,
the
but
The
population
varies
over
cicadas,
low

have
cycle. They
and
crabs
(Gecarcoidea natalis)
live
in
large
of
Christmas
Island.
Males
red
to
the
coast
and
mate.
All
and
females
fer tilised
high
tide
eggs
into
the
the
last
water
quar ter
at
of
the
the
rise
turn
of
moon,
of
or
is
times
of
show
when
Brimstone
question:
the
when
Ovum
Lar va
Pupa
Imago
232
2
study
three
eggs
3
of
1
2
3
patterns
circles),
in
years
a
shor t
red
life
blood
inside
them
and
invade
cells. This
to
a
of
pattern
malaria
in
the
with
and
a
shivering
fever
two
and
days
sweating
if
the
that
malaria
caused
three
are
the
most
Plasmodium
is
vivax
if Plasmodium
the
cause.
butter ies
timing
likely
caterpillars
Mar
4
in
in
by
days
of
to
(green
natural
be
seen
circles)
phenomena.
ying
and
in
the
The
UK
chrysalises
charts
(black
(purple
below
circles).
circles)
show
They
can
the
also
found.
rhamni)
Feb
4
Phenology
butteries
(red
(Gonepteryx
Jan
1
17
cause
out
coldness
malariae
Phenology
or
December.
or
based
as
habitats
the
is
Data
13
in
in
takes
November
known
release
then
during
in
females
cycle
their
invade
blood
adults,
present
ever y
ver y
burst
symptoms
migrate
shown
numbers
gives
forests
Consider
occurs.
that
a
reproduce
then
other
the
time.
pattern
insect Magicicada tredecim
however,
parasites
cells,
the
Mature
explosion
malaria
in
the
consistently
numbers,
The
of
time.
are
population
Red
over
of
cycle.


also
advantages
1
2
3
Apr
4
1
2
3
May
4
1
2
3
Jun
4
1
2
3
Jul
4
1
2
3
Aug
4
1
2
3
Sep
4
1
2
3
Oct
4
1
2
3
Nov
4
1
2
3
Dec
4
1
2
3
4
Adonis
blue
(Polyommatus
Jan
1
2
Feb
3
4
1
2
bellargus)
Mar
3
4
1
2
Apr
3
4
1
2
May
3
4
1
2
3
Jun
4
1
2
3
Jul
4
1
2
3
Aug
4
1
2
Sep
3
4
1
2
Oct
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
Nov
4
1
2
4
1
2
Dec
3
4
1
2
4
1
2
3
4
Ovum
Lar va
Pupa
Imago
Painted
lady
(Vanessa
Jan
1
2
cardui)
Feb
3
4
1
2
Mar
3
4
1
2
Apr
3
4
1
2
May
3
4
1
2
3
Jun
4
1
2
3
Jul
4
1
2
3
Aug
4
1
2
Sep
3
4
1
2
Oct
3
4
Nov
3
Dec
3
3
4
Ovum
Lar va
Pupa
Imago
Source
of
all
data:
http://www.ukbutteries.co.uk/species_phenologies.php
1.
Describe
the
2.
Explain
the
differences
between
the
data
for
the
Brimstone
and
the
Adonis
3.
Explain
the
differences
between
the
data
for
the
Brimstone
and
the
Painted
Data-based
Erwin
four
adenine,
to
was
types
thymine,
analyzed
the
determine
cycle
of
the
Brimstone
question: What
Chargaff
different
life
DNA
the
aware
of
that
of
patterns
DNA
a
and
great
percentage
guanine.
range
of
of
each
are
contained
nitrogen-containing
cytosine
buttery,
of
his
data
is
shown
in
the
3.
type
Determine
data
to
identify
any
the
a)
octopus
b)
chicken.
stages
of
the
cycle.
blue.
lady.
structure
ratio
in
of
guanine
DNA?
to
cytosine
in:
of
base.
Deduce
the
approximate
relationship
Analyze
the
amount
of
guanine
and
the
patterns.
amount
Organism
the
of
He
between
the
in
timing
base:
organisms
table.
the
observable
4.
Some
including
%
%
%
%
Adenine
Guanine
Cytosine
Thymine
5.
of
cytosine
Determine
the
in
ratio
all
of
organisms.
adenine
to
thymine
in:
Corn
26.8
22.8
23.2
27.2
Octopus
33.2
17.6
17.6
31.6
Yeast
31.3
18.7
17.1
32.9
E. coli
24.7
26.0
25.7
23.6
Chicken
28.0
22.0
21.6
28.4
22.8
27.1
6.
Wheat
?
22.7
Sea
?
17.7
urchin
?
Determine
the
four
the
bases
sum
in
of
the
Compare
in
the
the
corn.
Deduce
the
approximate
the
of
amount
thymine
of
in
relationship
adenine
all
and
the
organisms.
?
percentages
for
Suggest
of
the
why
these
ratios
are
not
exact
in
all
organisms.
corn.
relative
different
b)
amount
8.
2.
chicken
between
7.
1.
a)
amounts
of
guanine
Predict
for
the
expected
percentage
of
adenine
expected
percentage
of
adenine,
wheat.
organisms.
9.
Predict
the
cytosine
and
thymine
for
the
sea
urchin.
23 3
PAT T E R N S
How
G E N E T I C S
did
patterns
discover
A
number
study
of
was
DNA
was
uncovering
James
prize
beam
created
The

Understanding
what
of
the
had
a
the
pattern
the
image
helped
structure
of
of
is
passed
pattern
of
Hershey
1950s,
associated
that
and
signicant
and
Maurice
structure
diffraction
are
the
Chase
effort
with
the
hereditary
showed
was
how
invested
into
DNA.
Crick
the
DNA?
of
data
the
dots
structure.
a
rays
that
The
DNA.
by
crystal
was
of
DNA
the
dots
Nobel
and
crystallography.
and
and
obtained
of
the
Wilkins
X-ray
collected
Franklin
spacing
shared
Maurice
obtained
through
of
Wilkins
the
pattern
analyzed.
showed
that
indicated
the
might
visible
of
the
helix,
including
its
diameter
(2
nm)
and
the
length
in
of
this
the
and Watson
established
protein.
contributed
helical
dimensions
generate
In
Francis
X-rays
by
not
of
experiments
Macleod
structure
Franklin
X-shaped
DNA
and
determining
Rosalind
A
and
made.
the
Watson,
for
scientic
Avery
DNA
Crick
structure
famous
DNA.
material
new
of
the
help
one
complete
turn
of
the
helix
(3.4
nm).
elucidate
the
DNA
The
three
types
of
subunit
in
DNA
are
nitrogenous
bases,
phosphate
molecule
groups
James
DNA
the
A
and
ve-carbon
Watson
might
molecule.
linked
by
Watson
T
that
used
to
test
would
two
be
pattern
strands
made
of
to
on
Crick
and
hypothesize
opposite
alternating
that
sides
sugars
of
attached
knew
of
bases
that
two
to
on
sugar.
opposite
two
rings
each
of
of
the
strands
and
would
be
strands.
bases
atoms
The
and
(adenine
that
the
and
other
in
a
the
of
thymine)
X-ray
paired
sugar
had
data
only
had
together
and
one
ring.
revealed,
would
phosphate
be
and
From
they
too
that
the
bases
diameter
deduced
wide
to
thymine
that
t
and
of
the
adenine
between
the
DNA
lines
pair
the
molecule:
mark
the
should
X-ray
be
too
narrow.
Chargaff ’s
What
are
data
This
still
showed
left
the
four
possible
cytosine
pairings
that
pairings
actually
between
exist
in
they?
base
Crick
and
Watson
tested
their
hypothesis
for
the
structure
of
DNA
the
distance
occupy
by
making
their
models.
discovery
in
This
is
described
1953.
It
was
the
in
Chapter
start
of
the
12.
They
branch
of
published
science
now
diraction
known
as
molecular
biology,
pattern
been
234
with
Francis
T
DNA.
match
Crick
guanine
bases.
to
and
base
between
and
would
base
bonds
a
(cytosine
strands
the
diffraction
helix,
strands
deoxyribose.
C
A
dashed
These
with
consisted
and
pairing
Franklin’s
double
guanine)
helix
Models
a
called
G
phosphates,

used
be
sugars
immensely
productive.
which
continues
to
this
day
and
has
Patterns
DNA
An
is
a
in
the
nucleic
individual
nucleotides
Looking
at
structure
acid
DNA
held
the
of
because
molecule
together
picture
of
to
DNA
it
is
is
a
form
the
long
a
DNA
the
pattern
of
orientation
2.
Describe
the
pattern
of
the
words
KAYAK,
palindromes
backwards.
3.
Why
of
is
the
An
5´
5.
Palindromic
the
palindromic,
base
of
two
minor
sequences
grooves.
are
examples
forwards
in
DNA
even
that
strands.
as
is:
though
read
the
neither
same
backwards?
Does
When
have
the
same
palindrome
3´
as
of
and
the
CTTAAG
regarded
nucleotides.
strands
shape.
ROTATOR
GAATTC
as
palindromic
can
a
and
read
3´
4.
How
of
major
5´
strands
a
they
example
this
forwards
REDDER
because
of
two
helix:
Describe
of
of
helical
1.
The
chain
composed
base
sequences
DNA
structure
sequence
be
have
in
an
DNA
extra
have
repeatedly
of
DNA
of
the
had
been
type
some
of
symmetry?
important
roles.
Can
you
copied?
discovered,
it
was
nd
one?
G E N E T I C S
immediately
parental
obvious
how
between
copies
bases
on
the
molecule
two
strands
could
are
be
weak.
made.
They
The
are
DNA
bonds
called
hydrogen
C
C
bonds
and
can
quite
easily
be
broken.
The
double
helix
can
C
be
separated
each
of
the
into
two
single
strands.
strands
as
a
New
strands
mold
or
can
then
template.
be
Many
made
A
using
needed
to
do
this,
but
the
principal
ones
are
DNA
G
T
enzymes
G
are
C
T
polymerases.
A
T
They
make
nucleotide
the
new
consists
strands
of
a
by
linking
deoxyribose
nucleotides
sugar,
a
together.
phosphate
G
therefore
and
Each
a
A
C
base.
G
The
A
T
G
nucleotides
are
added,
one
at
time
to
make
a
longer
and
longer
C
chain.
A
G
In
the
structure
of
DNA,
adenine
on
one
strand
is
only
ever
paired
T
T
with
thymine
on
the
other
strand
and
guanine
with
cytosine.
This
is
T
C
C
A
T
A
T
C
C
A
A
G
C
called
complementary
base
pairing.
It
is
the
key
to
copying
DNA.
The
G
G
A
base
on
the
template
strand
determines
which
base
there
should
be
T
A
A
T
A
on
the
new
strand.
the
wrong
base,
the
template
it
If
DNA
will
not
polymerase
form
tries
hydrogen
to
add
bonds
a
nucleotide
with
the
base
with
A
T
T
A
T
on
G
C
C
A
strand
and
it
will
be
rejected.
Because
of
this,
the
T
two
A
T
T
DNA
molecules
produced
when
DNA
is
copied
have
exactly
the
same
sequences
as
each
other
and
as
the
original
molecule
–
they
so
the
process
of
copying
DNA
is
called
DNA
replication.
C
are
old
replicas,
A
G
G
base
T
A
strand

new
new
strand
Four
strand
dierent
nucleotide
replicate
types
are
used
old
strand
of
to
DNA
23 5
PAT T E R N S
G E N E T I C S
When
The
DNA
that
both
Looking
●
is
DNA
inside
a
of
cells
at
the
the
that
●
are
eukaryotic,
organelles
and
DNA
is
●
rather
up
cell
for
meiosis,
Why
do
a
cell,
DNA
is
the
have
cells
divides,
full
are
located
cell
cell
a
in
set
of
so
genes.
either:
the
cytoplasm
compartments
prokaryotes).
a
nucleus
such
as
and
membrane-bound
mitochondria,
(plants,
animals
and
Golgi
fungi
apparatuses
have
division
happen
in
different
ways
in
the
two
in
one
circular
molecules
which
and
is
and
then
some
DNA
produced
divides.
bacteria
two
copy
is
molecules,
The
it
This
can
molecule.
are
pulled
whole
be
of
that
every
but
described
division
in
the
produced
both
of
DNA
there
in
making
molecules
associated
molecule
molecules
so
DNA
proteins
DNA
mitosis,
which
DNA
have
each
moved
one
cell
just
complicated.
circular
this
the
cell,
multiple
division
and
have
to
process
completed
in
minutes.
have
gets
doing
and
the
carefully
division
cell
mostly
more
than
and
of
inside
ssion
thirty
replicated
their
of
can
membrane-bound
reticulum
of
binary
and
Before
C E L L S
cells
Eukaryotes
slower
before
division
eukaryotes.
ends
than
that
no
cytoplasm
replicated
called
less
replicated
by
organisation
DNA
and
and
opposite
be
example
the
replication
This
to
cells).
Prokaryote
is
an
endoplasmic
prokaryotes
●
have
with
in
eukaryotic
has
produced
meaning
they
(bacteria
cell
internal
prokaryotic,
and
replicated?
the
a
Chapter
and
are
with
then
cells
second
are
division
linear,
them.
nucleus
molecule.
is
cell
is
packaged
produced
The
usual
method
in
the
method
called
2.
cell
enlargement
alternate?
The
diagram
below
eukaryotes
during
It
in
is
a
cycle
shows
growth
which
cell
a
pattern
and
followed
when
division
and
lost
cell
cell
cell
volume
volume
halved
doubled
cell
enlargement
during
23 6
interphase
by
multicellular
damaged
cells
enlargement
division
and
cell
or
mitosis
are
replaced.
alternate.
Before
The
cell
division
process
nuclei
is
condensed
Cell
to
It
enlargement
proteins
increase
DNA
and
through
cell
this
some
for
there
must
nucleus
the
DNA
to
be
into
be
two
two
nuclei
in
the
genetically
tightly
cell.
identical
packaged
up
into
this
phase
the
DNA
of
a
the
phase
cell
is
needed
structures
Many
up,
involves
and
processes
the
during
must
the
very
for
within
these
in
active,
growth.
the
cell
activities
be
life
of
as
require
unpackaged
cell
called
producing
The
such
a
and
DNA
is
all
mitochondria
access
to
spread
the
out
nucleus.
division
explains
one
substances
number.
the
packaged
These
other
and
in
divide
requires
happens
During
and
replicated
happen
chromosomes.
interphase.
So,
used
mitosis.
can
cell
What
would
2.
What
would
3.
Zygotes
of
happen
enlargement
a
cannot
if
if
a
cell
a
series
between
of
the
requires
at
division
divided
cell
requires
happen
alternating
happen
perform
which
enlargement
therefore
pattern
1.
mitosis
cell
DNA
the
same
and
divisions.
it
had
be
be
tightly
unpacked.
time,
which
replicated
without
without
How
to
to
enlargement.
repeatedly
divisions
DNA
the
before
divided
the
can
any
this
its
DNA?
enlarging?
cell
happen?
What pattern of events occurs during mitosis?
Mitosis
is
identical
the
process
nuclei.
1
It
Early
is
that
divides
easier
to
one
observe
nucleus
in
prophase
2
Each
into
plants
Late
chromosome
two
cells
genetically
than
animal
3
two
extend
are
identical
DNA
each
formed
the
from
pole
to
Microtubules
equator
two
by
replication
Metaphase
Microtubules
contains
molecules
cells.
prophase
Microtubules
growing
C E L L S
to
in
The
nuclear
poles
from
are
different
molecules
the
attached
DNA
in
each
Chromosomes
interphase
are
membrane
has
chromosome.
becoming
broken
shorter
and
down
and
fatter
chromosomes
by
supercoiling
have
the
moved
to
equator
Anaphase
6
All
chromosomes
have
the
Each
reached
poles
split
Microtubules
membranes
into
break
form
two
and
chromosome
nuclear
has
around
down
them
genetically
The
cell
identical
divides
Microtubules
Chromosomes
chromosomes.
pull
(cytokinesis)
the
uncoil
form
are
no
to
and
genetically
two
cells
with
longer
genetically
identical
identical
individually
nuclei
chromosomes
visible
to
opposite
poles
237
PAT T E R N S
One
a
of
the
growing
onion
is
the
cells
the
cell
other
By
most
plant
root.
A
in
have
rounded
is
a
the
enlarging
cells
in
stages
in
metaphase,
a
tip
cells
this
questions
than
are
in
in
of
and
observe
of
cells
the
with
the
a
events
and
series
have
mitosis
from
end
of
is
in
root
the
tip
section.
visible
given
tip
of
out,
of
an
Most
of
because
interphase.
changes
been
is
spread
in
have
of
the
this
DNA
dividing—it
mitosis
mitosis,
series
anaphase
to
at
nucleus
rather
root
the
places
photograph
shown
studying
The
convenient
The
chromosomes.
can
be
observed.
names:
prophase,
telophase.
Interphase
The
DNA
and
the
cell
of
cell
the
is
activities.
chromosome
chromosomes
able
use
it
During
this
phase,
contains
two
to
is
to
spread
provide
the
identical
out
the
DNA
DNA
through
the
information
is
replicated
nucleus
needed
so
that
for
all
each
molecules.
Prophase
The
a
chromosomes
coiling
nuclear
double
process.
are
At
membrane.
structure
condensing
this
stage
Though
because
the
(shortening
chromosomes
difcult
the
and
DNA
to
has
see,
are
each
been
thickening)
still
inside
chromosome
by
a
is
a
replicated.
Metaphase
The
by
nuclear
membrane
microtubules
These
Each
into
microtubules
chromosome
a
disappears
line
link
still
at
the
the
and
the
centre
of
chromosomes
contains
two
chromosomes
the
to
identical
cell
the
(the
poles
DNA
are
pulled
equator).
of
the
cell.
molecules.
Anaphase
The
microtubules
identical
cell.
DNA
Each
pull
each
molecules
chromosome
chromosome
and
now
pulling
contains
apart,
them
just
to
separating
opposite
one
DNA
the
poles
of
the
molecule.
Telophase
The
chromosomes
around
The
them.
cell
can
The
now
reach
DNA
divide
the
of
poles
the
into
and
nuclear
chromosomes
two
identical
membranes
uncoils
and
reform
spreads
cells
Interphase
The
two
cells
happening
23 8
are
and
now
the
in
cells
the
start
phase
to
where
enlarge.
many
cell
activities
are
out.
Mitosis
1.
Six
in
onion
onion
root
metaphase.
2.
How
many
3.
Cells
in
not
small
cells
are
in
in
are
you
prophase
the
are
micrograph
are
in
they?
anaphase?
in
pairs,
and
out
How
cells
in
cells
spread
can
tip
nuclei
lumpy.
telophase
Cells
cells
fully
appears
4.
tip
Which
telophase
relatively
are
root
so
they
have
the
chromosomes
the
nucleus
many
pairs
of
still
cells
in
identify?
have
strands
or
lumps

visible
are
in
the
being
nucleus
coiled
chromosomes.
prophase
5.
The
and
relative
cells
in
up
to
How
which
phase.
form
many
lengths
each
because
is
of
DNA
closest
Which
from
the
cytoplasm
root
(pink)
tip
and
of
an
onion
nuclei
showing
(purple)
condensed
cells
time
Cells
molecules
of
in
to
prophase
the
the
phase
can
you
see?
Which
of
these
is
closest
to
the
start
of
end?
four
takes
phases
the
of
mitosis
shortest
and
can
be
which
deduced
takes
the
from
the
longest
Why do cells divide before they have grown
numbers
of
time?
C E L L S
to a very large size?
Unicellular
size.
Cells
size.
There
●
Cells
and
organisms,
in
multicellular
are
need
various
to
release
membrane
the
such
materials
of
and
in
a
organisms
some
how
cell
and
affects
out.
As
The
for
from
cell
gets
it
it
a
they
their
very
reach
large
a
large
surroundings
of
do
cell
while
and
to
the
the
this,
uses
needs
larger,
to
this.
area
can
quickly
quickly
cell
grow
before
surface
the
how
how
a
divide
substances
quickly
therefore
never
explanations
substances.
affects
volume
materials,
Amoeba,
possible
absorb
other
as
produces
transport
ratio
between

the
Small
of
a
organisms
single
consist
cell—they
unicellular. These
surface
area
and
the
volume
makes
transport
more
and
more
types
of
a
of
are
Animal
cells
consist
mainly
of
water.
The
cell
membrane
holds
in
about
the
cell
contents
is
very
thin
and
has
little
strength.
a
increases
structural
stronger
●
A
typical
genes.
used
failure.
than
cell
These
during
access
to
there
the
a
one
genes
life
more
tissue
single
has
the
A
is
cell
made
of
the
nucleus,
contain
of
a
more
of
which
One
rapidly
risk
many
same
essential
cell.
information
and
of
cells
the
will
cell
a
on
human
the
one
tooth
μm)
in
micrometre
diameter
As
and
size
of
that
(0.001
cell
bacteria
problem.
sur face
●
are
dierent
are
unicellular
suffering
therefore
be
volume.
contains
all
information
nucleus
enough
could
for
a
the
that
not
very
organism’s
is
actively
provide
large
cell.
23 9
PAT T E R N S
L TA
Critical
thinking
Evaluating
1
the
2
Which
a

the
skills
evidence
explanations
of
reason
the
for
and
written
explanations
larger
arguments
in
do
organisms
the
you
text
all
think
being
is
valid?
most
important
multicellular?
Debate
as
this
Almost all organisms that are
with
other
students
and
try
to
achieve
consensus.
larger than a millimetre in
diameter consist of more than
3
Can
you
think
of
any
other
explanations?
one cell—they are multicellular.
1
Are
there
any
consequences
of
being
unicellular
that
are
This ant and the plant that it is
an
advantage?
on both consist of many cells, so
they are
multicellular
2
Calculate
mm
get
larger?
given
What
C E L L S
A
tissue
Tissues
if
Cell
to
is
a
are
a
to
only
The
alga
Spirogyra
reproducing
lament
of
multicellular
cylindrical
unidimensional
24 0
is
sexually,
each
cells.
pattern
but
individual
Its
tissue
a
have
in
a
three
has
to
the
in
the
unwanted
Leaf
in
cells
in
at
limits
and
as
to
100
cubes
cell
size
perform?
structure
organisms,
same
10
and
all
function.
of
genetically
way,
together
the
and
which
result
the
are
identical
cells
is
a
cells
tissue.
must
have
gaps.
of
as
for
1,
ratio
tissues?
many
appearance,
precision
for
the
membranes
same
tissue
dimensional,
to
implications
cell
produce
the
ratios
happens
there
develop
single
a
the
with
regular

is
volume
multicellular
holds
avoid
to
What
that
are
used
geometrical
a
therefore
is
these
to
are
cells
found
of
shape
or
it
just
of
adhesion
the
two
unless
is
What
functions
Mitosis
tissues
have
one,
group
group
cell
suitable
Some

a
the
area
cubes.
patterns
eukaryotic.
and
surface
diameter
a
the
the
layer,
but
we
cannot
tessellation.
examples
The
here
expect
pattern
the
pattern
is
can
be
show.
moss Bryum capillare are
so
them
two
arranged
dimensional
in
a

The
lens
outside
ber
have
of
the
and
cells
no
eye
inside
that
are
nucleus
transverse
has
a
cuboidal
ver y
4-7µm
or
epithelium
regular
wide
array
and
organelles.
of
on
10-12µm
Here
they

the
transparent
Ciliated
long. They
cells
seen
mucus
are
columnar
(yellow)
in
section
is
with
an
cilia
up
epithelium:
epithelium
out
on
of
the
the
the
lining
consisting
exposed
air ways,
of
of
end. These
to
help
the
trachea
column-shaped
cells
keep
the
waft
lungs
clean
What are the advantages and disadvantages
R E P R O D U C T I O N
of asexual reproduction?
In
asexual
reproduction
genetically
identical.
reproduction.
●
In
bacteria
cell
●
What
and
divides
in
once,
offspring.
The
become
In
multicellular
offspring
group
Asexual
of
cloning
1.
What
that
is
are
is
described
the
a
longer
consist
a
offspring
stage
the
as
in
type
can
after
single
organism.
the
only
and
parent
reproduce
producing
cell
are
asexual
of
Amoeba,
parent
exists
of
a
parent
can
single
cell
cells
but
called
10.
asexual
because
they
in
produced
sometimes
Chapter
reproduce
methods.
in
of
rst
on
such
The
different
identical
advantage
successful
of
the
All
its
can
two
go
on
themselves.
many
consists
genetically
are
no
organisms,
reproduction
of
it
is
parent.
depends
ssion).
each
parents
are
one
eukaryotes
(binary
because
There
only
next
unicellular
single
only
is
replication
offspring
to
repeatedly.
DNA
happens
two
asexually
there
other
by
cloning.
reproduction
are
well
In
asexually
some
cases
the
cases
it
adapted
a
parent.
Articial
for
is
the
methods
organisms
to
their
environment?
2.
What
is
during
the
a
disadvantage
period
of
of
asexual
environmental
reproduction
to
a
species
change?
241
PAT T E R N S
3.
Choose
a)
one
Asexual
with
b)
a
of

Asexual
is
population
reproduction
generation
c)
hypotheses
reproduction
low
Asexual
these
and
more
investigate
prevalent
it:
in
small
populations
in
species
density.
is
more
prevalent
with
a
short
time.
reproduction
has
evolved
many
times.
The bacterium Enterococcus
faecalis lives in the human
intestine. Here it is reproducing
asexually by binary ssion.
To remain in the intestine its
reproduction rate must be
equal or higher than the rate of
its removal in feces

Plantlets
are
produced
asexually
diagremontianum. They
their
24 2
independent
already
existence
along
have
the
roots
edges
when
of
the
they
leaves
drop
o
of Bryophyllum
the
plant
and
star t
Summative
Statement
of
Observing
explain
assessment
inquiry:
patterns
how
the
allows
living
scientists
world
to
propose
new
theories
that
works.
Introduction
In
this
summative
associated
spatial
patterns
plants.
with
to
with
We
the
keep
A
B
C
D
they
mind
of
relate
investigate
distribution
in
of
while
we
traits
patterns
the
the
in
a)
Outline
b)
Design
a
yellow
objects
on
in
the
that
in
a
the
human
scale.
and
and
to
associated
The
is
time
pattern
examine
body
assessment
space
cyclical
pattern
geographic
the
the
then
question
how
helps
us
to
world.
cicada
the
to
We
geographic
place,
that
could
consider
cicadas.
both
the
natural
properties
test
rst
in
completing
orientation
understand
Cyclical
1.
as
nally
observation
better
assessment
metamorphosis
be
life
are
cycle
shared
performed
image
below
are
by
to
all
living
things.
determine
insect
eggs
if
or
[6]
the
candy.
[3]

Adult
the
2.
The
periodical
where
the
insect
developing.
life
its
known
outer
sheds
its
as
skin
are
graph
in
The
to
At
fth
prolonged
burst
in
the
the
end
instar
become
stage.
a
septemdecim
underground,
instars.
shows
each
following
a
Magicicada
spends
While
skin.
emergence,
The
cicada
the
the
short
adult
the
of
period
goes
of
underground
information
in
the
above
the
from
stage
underground
ve
periods
period,
At
emerging
nymph
cycle
it
and
point
ground
nymphs
graph,
of
sheds
underground
adult.
population
life
time
instar
from
lived
of
a
through
each
emerges
percentage
Using
it
has
cicada
nal
of
the
occurs.
that
answer
the
questions.
24 3
PAT T E R N S
100
ratsni
instar5
instar4
80
hcae
instar3
instar2
60
fo
instar1
egatnecrep
40
20
0
7
year

Changes
in
percentage
a)
of
lar vae
In
year
instar
b)
in
each
5,
3
d)
what
how
species,
from
would
in
e)
what
look
what
when
Predict
i)
In
year
one
the
ii)
that
The
that
mole
instar
in
is
iv)
A
B
C
D
The
cicada
suck
on
over
the
Investigating
3.
a
The
golden
1.62.
systems
a +
24 4
b is
nymphs
that
are
in
the
kill
animal
occurred.
to
this
of Magicicada
the
adult
in
this
[2]
cicadas
occurred
occur?
in
2011,
Determine
[3]
cicada
During
are
an
cicada,
found
there
emergence
than
is
It
is
like
argued
cicadas.
higher
that
the
year,
caterpillars.
with
their
Explain
roots
why
numbers
on
the
underground
instar
attach
of
of
the
cicadas
themselves
Predict
the
cicada
pattern
periodical
tissue.
of
lives
fth
the
cicada.
the
irrational
to
cicada
the
roots
mole
are.
to
and
nymphs.
a is
to b
appear
geometry,
mathematician
Euclid
of
fth
population
[3]
plant
pattern
eats
of
roots
tree
and
damage
[3]
human
number
forearm
art
many
approximately
and
times
in
architecture.
human
equal
The
knowledge
Ancient
Greek
b
to a as
a
[3]
associated
in
of
takes
next.
periodical
rather
leaves.
the
Predict
cycle
an
emergence
leaves.
oak
cycle
to
emergence
cicadas
found
propor tions
ratiois
cycle
population
periodical
oak
life
adults
an
fungus
nymphs
life
If
including
root
life
[3]
where
the
the
b
to
a +
area
the
eat
on
be
an
of
relation
the
and
nymphs.
the
of
complete
next
in
have
trees.
invertebrates
a
of
the
effect
infect
in
emergence
eats
might
immature
occur
time.
where
trees
can
period
[2]
graph
over
patterns
the
nymphs
iii)
will
preferentially
Mature
16-year
percentage
years
would
area
Predict
a
emergence
previous
caterpillar
birds
over
the
17.
many
these
the
stage
[2]
like
year
the
emergence
events
in
Deduce
Predict
instar
stage.
Predict
last
determine
septemdecin
c)
since
wrote
about
it
2,300
years
ago,
though
he
did
not
the
ratio
Nautilis
a)
use
the
“golden
applies
shell,
in
and
Show
that
bones
in
the
the
ratio”
some
others
situations
state
golden
nger.
a
name.
that
ratio
Some
where
it
erroneously
it
doesn’t,
doesn’t
applies
to
apply
every
claim
such
when
pair
of
as
it
that
in
the
does.
adjacent
[3]
b
a +
a
b
+
b
a
8
5
8
13
+
5
=
1.62
8
5
b)
3
Design
to
a
wrist
data
(a)
classmates
A
B
C
D
Investigating
In
a
and
to
sunlight
in
to
a
given
be
to
wrist
record
to
plant,
space
in
an
if
the
the
nger
golden
leaf
allow
(b)
of
ratio
of
for
of
the
the
you
leaves
in
as
your
[7]
plants
far
maximum
elbow
and
applies.
distribution
arrangement
would
?
measurements
longest
determine
patterns
photosynthetic
possible
table
?
apart
as
amount
of
captured.
24 5
PAT T E R N S
The
following
Each
cell
a
360°
0.25
4.
A
B
C
D
orange
divides
object
it
turn,
patterns
can
a
Use
the
leaf
pattern
Using
This
a
three
genetic
article
is
of
90°
a
turn.
0.5
the
a
cell.
In
the
represents
from
Within
the
the
simulation,
a
180°
website
Mathisfun.
simulation,
a
turn
degree
of
turn,
1
a
when
turn
of
generated
Aloe
plant.
patterns
abridged
to
from
from
the
simulator
to
explain
the
[5]
protect
against
poaching
http://sciencenetlinks.com/science-news/
science-updates/genes-and-geography/.
Read
DNA
We
tend
human
the
to
skin
Take
you
see
large
hand,
tells
ourselves
color,
two
will
coding
people
words,
is
Even
once
24 6
within
in
and
answer
the
of
questions
than
In
DNA
are
that
less
world.
Earth
of
the
makes
than
tiny
and
the
aren’t
the
as
handful
others.
for
of
DNA
differences
dramatic
between
in
The
these
as
of
that
follow.
So
of
The
far
base
are
another.
small
entire
only
signatures
a
are
populations
mutation
is
non-coding
are
function
one
In
more
than
in
responsible
is
so
sequences,
bases
been
natural
version
how
of
adjacent
has
of
particular,
consequence
sequence
the
speaking,
sequences
sequences,
over
base
of
repeats
no
favor
across
within
differences.
short
not
no
are
human
process
does
of
variable
genetic
Microsatellites
consisting
these
as
they
some
small
repeated.
one
as
just
Comparatively
common
same.
us
overwhelming
differences
small
other.
fraction
the
or
similar.
genome.
people,
fact,
genetic
in
on
99.9%
are
populations
on
we
ethnicity,
pretty
anywhere
the
that
evidence,
whether
all
individuals
between
nationality,
we’re
their
populations
of
that
more
between
thought.
majority
by
concentrated
varies
between
us
everything
one-thousandth
that
Scientic
from
that
sequences
other
unique
up
differences
genetically
nd
passage
geography
populations.
other
divide
In
and
the
the
represents
turn.
images
in
developed
represents
take
turn
represents
were
it
a
are
each
found
for
selection
microsatellite
seems
many
repeated.
to
that
times
to
be
the
Microsatellites
are
passed
the
number
from
of
unchanged.
changes
in
genomes,
in
However,
the
coding
changes
microsatellites
Differences
develop
to
parent
repeats
between
the
with
of
number
far
more
of
the
to
base
be
national
The
To
Researchers
genetic
come
can
code
from.
use
to
They
program
of
sequences
genetic
able
to
of
accurate
of
increasingly
origins.
This
5.
State
6.
Distinguish
7.
a)
how
across
using
looking
as
guesses
studied
are
data
about
Once
why
other
used
to
species
obtain
extremely
human
between
the
Suggest
may
be
in
and
microsatellites
so
and
megafauna
combat
came
evidence
of
obtained
They
be
the
few
of
of
each
allows
from
its
by
a
both
to
resume.
a
threatened.
data
built
feces
from
it
microsatellite
ivory
to
be
up.
from
as
and
microsatellites.
population
of
populations
been
of
base
population
DNA
ban
a
remaining
elephant
samples
in
to
international
again
has
fallen
then
poaching
once
extracted
lengths
elephant
can
is
Africa
individuals
the
our
due
Since
poaching,
proles
extracted
the
of
had
failures
and
allowed
one
whole
1990s
ivory.
and
elephant
killing
The
proles
of
compared,
from
which
tusks
identied.
important,
beings
genes
of
obtained
DNA
being
can
many
the
resolve
have
to
the
possible.
for
researchers
of
Researchers
a
hundreds
in
elephant
microsatellite
of
people
by
levels
against
Illegal
are
genetically.
microsatellites.
are
useful
in
[3]
[3]
tracing
geographic
[3]
specic
c)
By
the
statistical
occur
similar
Explain
origin.
b)
once.
slivers
ancestries.
Microsatellites
are
at
this
analyzes
microsatellites
make
people’s
that
tiny
where
accomplish
computer
patterns
these
predict
ght
governments
of
try
the
Africa.
survival
species
of
populations.
our
in
community
used
separateness
low
trade
in
in
weakening
repeats
therefore
can
very
on
our
of
example
poaching
frequently.
populations
and
for
with
remaining
compared
rapidly
evidence
offspring,
sequences
occur
relatively
provide
to
to
usually
be
origin
actions
specic
used.
of
the
might
ivory
be
is
taken
situations
in
determined,
to
limit
which
suggest
elephant
what
poaching.
microsatellite
[3]
sequences
[3]
24 7
10
A
Consequences
consequence
Consequences
unavoidable,
events
in
can
be
positive
history.
is
the
result
unexpected,
and
What
of
something
predictable,
negative.
types
of
Consider
consequence
that
happened
avoidable,
these
do
examples
they
each
of
illustrate?
t
This
at
makeshift
Camp
the
rst
case
in
of
a
avian
new
all
a
of
the
over
think
of
other
Catherine
of
England’s
repeatedly
stillbirth
Only
resulted
or
one
wanted
a
wife.
the
remarry.
He
in
Rome
annul
to
16th
usually
granted
diplomatic
just
the
been
Charles
V
.
prisoner.
the
and
to
of
Holy
The
By
nephew
not
the
the
was
In
were
discreet
Rome
sacked
had
by
Emperor
in
effect
of
the
marriage
and
set
led
to
to
in
Can
coincidences
you
nd
a
power
the
becoming
other
examples
having
consequences?
As
the
motion
of
was
refused
Henry.
England
a
Aragon
Pope
rejected
protestant.
historical
Henry
determined
Pope
some
but
Catherine
Henry
of
son.
of
that
unlikely
a
Charles
her
Pope
changes
was
Roman
surprisingly
annul
of
marriage.
and
Pope
VIII
coincidence,
consequence,
of
with
invaded
troops
Henry
annulments
pressure,
that
miscarriage,
and
his
you
pregnancies
death
needed
century,
and
Can
had?
survived.
heir
to
the
in
early
daughter
male
was
to
infected
people.
Her
in
rapidly
population
have
Aragon
the
produced
consequences
might
rst
was
infect
world,
million
epidemic
that
spread
the
world’s
50
any
of
u
could
disease
parts
killed
this
t
The
almost
was
mutations
virus
which
was
where
u”
Spanish
random
inuenza
humans.
ward
Kansas,
“Spanish
of
strain,
third
in
1918.
consequence
an
hospital
Funston
recorded
24 8
before.
major

About
that
was
with
km
66
million
more
the
than
Earth,
wide
and
in
which
avian
out.
“rst
likely
can
chains
the
our
causes
we
another
of
of
the
volcanic
to
not
this
of
followed,
non‐
species
prove,
impact
it
died
seems
was
a
interrelated
of
or
would
and
and
and
to
would
can
as
be
on
the
the
so
of
the
same
or
if
on
consequences
strikes
profound
different
never
start
Earth
asteroid
be
follow
the
our
whether
again
whether
such
that
of
beyond
debated
through
grandparents,
generations
life
may
origins
consequences
ancestors
eruptions
yet
months
complex
parents
evolution
tape
events
evolution
do
of
have
planet,
chance
to
individual
evolution
Biologists
ran
six
event
other
asteroid
and
non-mammalian
pathways
immediate
ammonites,
off
180
were
and
many
set
our
millions
mammalian
life.
The
collided
over
Earth.
beyond
through
and
that
trace
of
extend
across
extinction
impossible
that
on
rain
asteroid
crater
impact
remaining
cause”
a
deep.
acid
dinosaurs
changes
We
all
km
the
mass
Although
very

A
10
an
km
of
megatsunamis,
darkness.
ago
forming
20
consequences
years
know
paths.
the
or
that
We
answer
question.
24 9
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
Science
Key
is
the
knowledge
of
consequences
and
concept: Change
dependence
Related
Global
concept:
context:
of
one
fact
upon
another.
Consequences
Scientic
and
Introduction
technical
innovation
Philosopher
effects
or
Thomas
results
consequences
prepared
to
react
Genetics
of
just
is
one
one
of
to
us.
It
is
on
the
the
suering
from
conditions,
muscular
can
lives
be
of
used
our
DNA
has
come
carefully
technical
plants
possible
in
or
important
world
and
genetics
have
key
or
Understanding
can
being
trigger.
concept
of
life
more
Hence,
to
of
scientic
discover
change.
innovation,
such
as
edit
to
the
it
over
is
possible
make
genes
the
the
them
of
genetic
more
right
the
This
humans.
impact
ethically
Differences
consequences.
years
they
animals
the
change.
how
to
are
better
consequences.
experiments
and
questions
all
of
Consequences
means
major
150
whether
in
events.
events
the
controlled
1651.
events
that
to
from
crop
raise
of
in
examples
can
now
natural
this
earlier
characteristics
allowed
useful
These
that
for
us
we
to
have
use
ways.
to
people
genetic
such
as
Duchenne
dystropy
Statement
Scientic
we
25 0
clearest
of
innovations
editing
linked
even
innovations
of
chain
changes
in
using
modication
a
this
inherited
has
the
the
causes
of
of
closely
research,
research
improve
to
of
base
Knowledge
Gene
are
wrote
outcomes
potential
consequences

or
Hobbes
have
of
inquiry:
and
on
technical
the
world.
innovations
can
change
the
impacts
that
Experimental
objectively.
variable
is
constant.
the
In
a
typical
Another
independent
that
biology,
it
experiment
often
research
is
the
is
If
causes
ethical
is
to
or
for
and
conclude
be
night‐time
with
easy
lighting,
myopia
bedroom
passed
are
than
from
example
to
but
more
parents
parent
reminds
to
us
with
that
investigated
one
independent
variables
see
if
it
kept
changes
conclude
We
do
call
a
to
the
An
correlations.
that
the
with
the
variable
with
For
the
normal
have
a
a
light
vision,
the
to
be
is
as
a
myopia
young
child.
consequence
explanation
leave
increase
on
is
that
example,
between
lights
myopia
obvious
approach
correlation
that
we
to
reasons.
probably
child
to
can
changes.
sleeping
likely
be
variable.
revealed
It
other
we
impossible
(short‐sightedness)
would
does,
other
look
1990s
all
measured
the
to
investigation,
with
it
dependent
sometimes
for
used
in
scientic
variable
the
consequences
varied,
variable.
variable
responds,
then
allows
deliberately
independent
In
science
on
and
that
their
genetic
chance
careful
is
in
of
parents
children’s
factors
myopia.
not
to
of
This
assume

that
a
correlation
High
shows
hyperopia
Hyperopia
(long
that
there
Normal
vision
Myopia
(short
is
a
causal
link—it
does
not.
Is
myopia
sleeping
a
consequence
with
the
lights
of
on?
sight)
sight)
High
100
2
myopia
1
1
16
15
21
80
egatnecrep
29
60
50
66
40
48
20
31
9
1
7
3
0
Darkness
Night
night-time
light
Room
ambient
before
age
light
lighting
2

In the mouse on the left, a gene
that aects hair growth has
been knocked out
The
research
into
myopia
biology—whether
that
we
inherit
environment
years.
This
consider
helping
Several
strain
all
it
to
from
created
known
this
gene
our
for
as
parents
us
the
some
has
been
of
by
or
our
are
our
of
a
the
strains
in
this
mice
replaced
or
the
and
we
an
be
is
example.
In
inactivated,
to
the
shall
innovation
are
DNA
formative
developed.
active
of
in
especially
early
debate
been
gene
the
technical
Knockout
removed,
having
and
have
questions
experiences,
nature–nurture
answers.
big
consequence
parents
Scientic
different
consequences
one
characteristics
chapter.
provide
thousand
one
the
is
in
our
illustrates
each
allowing
investigated.
2 51
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
G E N E T I C S
What
All
our
been
are
do
genes
known
they
of
sexual
gametes.
with
genes
genes
in
one
can
have
version
one
or
In
a
Gene
p
Parents
pass
on
just
half
genes
in
each
It
is
which
sperm
comes
and
is
a
matter
of
combination
together
therefore
in
a
the
in
is
one
gene
gene.
The
various
They
are
are
rare
Since
DNA,
A
father
but
even
versions
events.
as
of
the
They
from
(in
in
sequence
mutation
known
as
parent
mostly
the
to
sperm)
base
the
parent’s
gene
as
a
the
caused
offspring
fuse
sequences
cells,
occurs.
small
new
usually
of
has
widely
the
changes
be
bases
it
we
profoundly.
produces
a
1950s
more
change
alleles
can
of
but
very
Mostly
same
a
the
essentially
sequences
egg).
the
so
proteins,
passed
the
and
changes,
consequences.
bases.
are
the
precisely
mutation
in
parents?
characteristics
from
(in
of
These
genes
genes
are
a
parents.
acids
our
mother
gamete
mutagenic
as
this
form
only
but
Usually
or
differ
by
gene.
by
radiation
or
a
chemicals,
mutation
but
occurs
it
is
a
and
matter
what
of
the
chance
new
base
where
will
in
be.
the
Mutations
chance
of
genes
gamete
inherited
do
not
occur
happen
if
because
living
a
new
organisms
allele
were
of
a
gene
designed
is
needed.
rather
than
This
would
evolved
and
we
by
then
only
see
changes
to
base
sequences
mutations
are
harmful
(deleterious)
that
are
benecial.
child
Many
This
are
leads
not
player
arm
there
The
p
important
no
For
bones
in
children,
not
is
the
the
That
them
their
the
genes
right-handed professional
for
child
hold
only
that
this.
to
their
cause
player
the
and
Of
characteristics
stronger
racquet.
bones
if
in
If
a
the
the
playing
these
course,
tennis,
during
disease.
acquired
happen
play
genetic
develops
inuence
characteristics
from
X-ray of the arms of a
to
and
biology:
muscles
would
in
in
tennis
used
mechanism
acquiring
tennis player
arm
a
stronger
mutations
encourage
inheriting
principle
example,
inherited.
genetic
may
child
than
an
specic
is
parent
and
has
are
caused
to
inherited.
muscles
25 2
of
our
or
would
a
bases.
amino
all
humans,
mutations
sequence
egg.
a
of
our
composed
reproduction,
major
two
from
are
of
from
of
by
their
genes
almost
there
base
of
inherited
sequences
from
occasionally
just
inherit
sequences
inuence
During
in
are
that
inheriting
determine
we
tennis
playing
tennis
characteristics;
tennis-playing
but
that
their
is
different.
lifetime
rather
parents.
p
X-ray
of
the
newborn
forearms
baby
of
a
A
B
C
D
By
of
comparing
the
a)
bone
b)
the
It
and
newborn
not
of
have
Design
a
only
this
a
scientic
valid
variables
L TA
When
data
small,
both
thinking
and
the
human
Others
speak.
is
be
are
more
group
our
the
p
each
relative
Skin
hair
the
right-handed
tennis
player
and
development
one
arm
right‐handed
to
after
have
people
birth?
stronger
have
bones
stronger
and
right
muscles
arms
and
than
the
left‐handed
to
test
this
and
arm
hypothesis.
right‐handed
strength?
How
simple
method
would
be
to
measure
the
people.
Can
would
A
you
you
suggest
analyze
a
better
the
method?
What
results?
conclusions
from
scientic
comparing
data
a
to
that
the
testable
can
be
experiments,
tennis
support
are
player’s
prediction
a
the
it
is
X-ray
while
conclusion.
collected,
of
of
characteristics
the
due
colour
entirely
consequence
importance
colour,
freckles
bone
causes
left‐
experiences
about
one
on
controlled?
develop
the
from
Is
of
In
at
important
with
the
the
same
general,
a
that
sufcient
infant’s
time
sample
X-ray,
a
relevant
cautious
recognizing
size
less
that
than
one
ve
is
too
better.
debate
third
debates
forearms
babies?
assessing
be
characteristics
entirely
the
about:
skills
to
A
below.
of
insufcient
acquired
many
for
When
Nature –nur ture
Some
arms
to
of
deduce
arms.
conclusions
might
images
that
investigation
need
collected.
of
activity
left
X‐rays
you
newborn
tennis
method
drawing
is
the
can
hypothesis:
suppor ted
approach
pair
of
would
Critical
Draw
be
this
stronger
circumference
in
physical
Consider
people
Is
what
development
effect
might
other.
contrasting
baby,
of
and
are
(nurture);
relative
entirely
the
our
partly
nature
nature
and
p
or
of
to
cell
nature
nurture,
nurture
Sickle
due
intelligence
importance
to
consequence
environment,
be
of
for
an
and
genes,
example,
genetic
is
or
our
factors
example
nurture.
are
any
such
the
(nature)
of
this.
to
a
our
and
There
Consider
due
as
eye
languages
the
colour.
that
are
have
we
partly
been
examples
combination.
How
could
investigated?
anemia
p
Tattoos,
hair
ear
piercing
and
length
253
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
p
Height
p
G E N E T I C S
ABO
blood
How
Gregor
were
at
a
did
rst
time
less
when
theory
Ovule
where
the
Stigma
is
gamete
the
in
would
change
colour
and
to
the
did
varieties
their
one
of
to
can
For
eye
and
If
it
was
blending
generations
example,
colours
everyone
experiments
Mendel
characteristics
inheritance.
brown
where
the
his
a
will
a
an
working
generally
of
our
parents.
inheritance
lead
human
and
had
it
was
to
less
and
population
mixture
of
heights
intermediate
eye
height.
where
pollen
plant.
be
In
a
between
purebred
have
developed
together
varieties
1856
and
1863
using
purebred
and
In
so
by
quite
pollen
saving
peas
it
the
is
is
variety,
same
easily
by
unlikely
seed
only
particularly
all
the
plants
characteristics.
growing
to
be
from
easy
many
spread
plants
plants
to
with
because
and
Purebred
the
them
the
of
from
desired
owers
tend
self‐pollinate.
Mendel
chose
varieties
of
pea
that
differed
in
distinctive
(purple
or
white)
ways,
for
male
example,
the
colour
of
the
owers
and
the
height
produced
of
the
plant
(tall
experiments
the
stigmas
crosses
of
all
were
25 4
one
because
inherited.
discovered
of
many
population.
(offspring)
characteristics.
is
of
are
been
blending
and
genetics
mixture
experiments
pea
variety
other
gametes
a
of
genes
hadn’t
course
same
his
progeny
varieties
containing
how
genes?
the
pollen
Anther
a
blue
discover
father
show
Addiction
which
receives
produced
DNA
called
over
with
Mendel
female
is
the
show
we
variation
starting
is
to
that
happens,
p
Mendel
Mendel
the
believed
This
groups
and
of
by
in
or
the
one
He
transferring
owers
of
progeny
Mendel’s
like
dwarf).
of
pollen
another
are
crosses
the
performed
parental
the
variety.
called
were
from
the
rst
simple
anthers
We
lial
The
call
or
same—all
types.
hybridization
F1
of
other
of
one
these
hybrids.
the
type
F1
variety
to
experiments
The
hybrid
had
results
plants
apparently
disappeared.
For
white‐owered
they
were
just
example,
peas,
as
all
in
the
purple
as
a
cross
F1
between
hybrids
their
were
purple
purple‐owered
purple‐owered
parent.
This
is
not
and
and
blending
inheritance.
Mendel
what
allowed
type
of
the
progeny
always
the
this
generation,
F2
again,
same.
75%
apparently
peas
had
parents.
been
the
were
hybrid
they
Both
in
of
a
Neither
of
discrete
the
by
purple
the
and
F1
the
ower
just
as
were
appeared
in
example
Despite
white‐owered
as
nor
the
the
Again,
false.
our
nd
white.
white
process.
was
results
types
were
coloration
determine
to
purple/white
25%
generation,
were
inheritance
which
the
parental
Using
hybridization
blending
factors
the
they
self‐pollinate,
Again,
original
ratio.
in
and
to
produced.
the
3:1
disappearing
changed
plants
purple‐owered
reappeared
theory
that
F1
original
white
this
Mendel
had
showed
had
characteristics
that
revealed
are
passed
p
A
cross
seeded
unchanged
from
together
a
parent
to
offspring.
Different
factors
could
hybrid
but
then
separate
again
when
the
offspring.
This
is
Mendel’s
law
of
segregation.
We
now
gives
factors
What
the
this
investigated
found
than
the
that
other.
statement:
example,
and
the
all
other
pea
white.
These
allele
white
was
the
a
allele
for
dominant
this
case,
used
To
for
a
purple
that
of
hybrids
of
lacks
any
a
own
were
ower
protein
If
is
allele
all
that
rather
these
are
F1
grown
allowed
ratio
of
to
F2
self-pollinate,
a
peas
G E N E T I C S
for
in
the
and
a
must
the
of
resulting
do
and
every
types
rather
experiment”
.
be
was
a
For
purple
factor
makes
that
them
alleles.
only
pass
it
have
on
owers
to
their
and
one
for
intermediate‐coloured
owers
letters
is
an
is
a
hidden
result
most
so A
genes
allele,
modied
in
if
In
is
one.
characteristic
a
and
alleles.
anthocyanin,
that
for
recessive
is
denote
dominant
in
dominant
allele
to
recessive
code
not
in
emphasize
parent
that
plants
recessive
a
to
must
gene:
remember
either
they
a
purple
owers
sequence
dominant
A
used
any
one
always
purple
for
in
if
and
parental
factor
pea
than
peas
italics
there
of
for
recessive.
alleles
or
so
allele
in
the
another
colour,
produced,
activity,
both
of
used
observed
versions
Mendel
we
base
Recessive
normal
and
allele
pigment
is
not
realized
one
purple
the
present.
the
one
and
white‐owered
dominance,
Using
of
purple-owered
Mendel
owers
is
purple
protein.
forms
have
have
white
all
alternative
because
owers.
were
characteristics
constancy
were
or
dominant
protein.
version
are
plants
but
is
understand
for
white.
their
allele
the
the
this
purple‐owered
purple‐
Hybrid
This
different
plants
plants
factors
owers,
owers.
F1
called
F1
plants
for
seven
“Transitional
Pure‐breeding
progeny.
the
He
the
makes
the
3:1
Mendel’s
yellow-seeded
if
same?
Mendel
case
genes.
makes
all
and,
call
and
these
yellow-
green-seeded
hybrid
hybrids
produces
and
come
peas
in
between
the
alleles
an
code
active
such
as
protein
production
are
present
25 5
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
then
some
dominant
then

Flower
colour
purple
or
in
peas
can
of
the
active
form
characteristic.
none
of
the
active
If
of
the
protein
recessive
protein
is
alleles
made
is
made,
are
and
a
the
we
only
different
see
ones
the
present
characteristic
be
is
seen,
for
example,
white
owers.
white
Recent
the
in
research
gene
binds
to
specic
the
a
peas
cells
the
factors
a
is
are
present,
and
G E N E T I C S
What
Mendel
from
an
for
of
knew
their
F1
pea
causes
white
the
a
He
one
of
and
Aa
of
is
now
more
gametes
made.
are
ratio
can
much
deduced
are
The
explain
of
No
so
one
purple
the
used
so
transcription
the
if
only
genes
are
allele
for
switched
off
white.
ratio?
inherited
two
different
recessive.
plants
they
algebra
had
factors
example,
white‐owered
and
could
to
For
and
owers
F2
that
these
produced
synthesize
remain
purple‐owered
for
and
He
In
meiosis
type
the
to
the
the
The
of
1
one
an
equal
inherit
explain
recessive
two
the
3:1
a
chance
of
the
ratio
in
+
a)
events
plant
gametes
nuclear
diploid
in
receive
of
+
2Aa
are
+
aa
white‐owered,
that
are
the
are
are
occurring
pollen
ovule,
a
grains
haploid
is
with
are
of
each
two
each
type
is
so
in
of
the
copies
gene.
the
gamete
contain
only
in
one
the
of
owers
by
of
each
set
being
sets
of
meiosis.
2.
the
pea
chromosome
produced
chromosome
is
male
two
Chapter
ovule
Cells
pea
containing
halved
described
and
in
female
diploid—they
chromosomes
there
of
aa
anthers
copies
one
and
division
the
cells,
two
AA
anthers,
Inside
pea
=
white.
the
number
both
therefore
only
a)(A
made.
The
happens
and
+
Inside
being
cells
special
Meiosis
type
and
that
factors
each.
purple
chromosomes.
plant.
A
purple‐owered
3
fully.
chromosomes.
This
had
A,
development,
owers
3:1
on
generation.
overall
We
between
two
(A
AA
hybrids
dominant
dominant
these
or
F1
one
cross
one
owers.
factor
F2
of
has
inheriting
same
his
parents,
hybrid
plants
that
Mendel’s
the
at
anthocyanin
are
produced
anthocyanin
protein
switches
allele
petals
anthocyanin.
a
DNA
for
factors
ower
in
and
that
colour
for
This
plant’s
With
transcription
ower
codes
needed
production.
shown
factor.
pea
places
genes
during
has
affecting
Mendel’s
transcription
25 6
so
and
by
therefore
one
copy
matter
grains
a
of
of
chance
and
alleles,
which
chance
A
2
A
half
The
of
and
and
×
egg
a
the
(½
A
a
×
a
cell
=
A
coming
coming
or
is
by
and
different
passed
a
pea
half
during
together
together
together
a
two
them
together
vice
as
the
versa.
alleles
to
plant
a.
It
is
a
is
½
¼.
×
also
=
There
pollen
The
½
present,
gamete.
that
has
a
fertilization.
is
are
chance
matter
The
¼.
of
Aa
is
a
pollen
and
chance
chance
two
could
of
the
Similarly,
are
grain
Of
both A
it
of
two
the
different
ways
contain
is
therefore
½.
outcomes
called
of
contain
fuse
coming
egg
the
produced
alleles
½)
If
which
will
and
possible
diagram
gene.
cells
gametes
dominant
of
each
a
of
Punnett
genetic
crosses
can
be
shown
using
a
square.
Male
gametes
A
a
AA
Aa
A
setemag
elameF
aA
aa
a
Data-based
1.
Some
varieties
others,
called
Mendel
to
question: Tall
of
dwarf
crossed
produce
pea
F1
plant
peas
grow
varieties,
grow
pure-breeding
hybrids,
which
to
tall
and
about
to
less
and
were
dwar f
all
two
metres
than
dwarf
tall.
peas
half
a
can
and
metre.
varieties
What
tall
together
you
p
conclude
from
Wild
for
2.
The
F1
hybrids
generation.
pea
were
Use
a
allowed
Punnett
to
self-pollinate
square
diagram
to
to
produce
explain
the
an
F2
reasons
in
suppor t
other
expecting
a
3:1
ratio
in
the
as
use
they
plants,
cultivated
shor ter
for
plants
tendrils
this?
but
varieties
stem
climb
high
some
grow
sections,
so
much
are
F2.
dwar f
2 57
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
3.
There
were
4.
were
tall
actually
and
a)
Calculate
b)
Explain
Mendel
that
100
tall
and
a)
why
the
the
F2
plants.
from
the
same
Calculate
Does
in
the
Mendel
published
ignored
for
apply
were
only
to
rediscovered
of
in
One
is
rose
comb
p
Rose
the
self-pollinate.
of
both
the
dwarf
from
the
tall
F2
He
plants
separately
each
produced
of
the
of
100
all
tall
plants.
homozygous
if
each
were
dwarf
heterozygous
found
from
plants
and
word
and
3:1.
if
two
there
of
are
two
pea
At
the
30
the
plants
in
work
as
in
in
years,
end
theory
work
inheritance
percentage
homozygous
F2
and
generation.
the
same
way
peas?
the
1860s,
the
19th
it
it
was
was
century,
its
largely
thought
several
inheritance
realized
soon
but
because
blending
they
were
the
in
partly
of
of
of
and
in
many
biologists
when
signicance.
discovered
to
they
Examples
other
plants
examples
so
If
Mendelian
pure-breeding
crossed
the
of
together,
allele
for
chickens
all
single
inheritance
the
F1
comb
is
with
birds
discovered
single
have
comb
the
dominant.
If
in
and
normal
these
animals
F1
rose
single
chickens
comb
are
mated
with
one-quarter
Some
from
breeding
that
birds
grey
ndings
is
grey
were
and
dominant
feathers
rose
of
and
and
peas.
white
one
the
the
for
were
For
breeds
called
with
from
have
single
combs
and
combs.
in
of
other
the
F2
other,
chicken
so
a
there
a
of
has
were
was
a
F1
When
1:2:1
This
ratio
ts
with
one
grey
of
with
allele
plumage.
pure-
hybrids
the
alleles—neither
grey
slightly
between
produced
blue”).
the
chicken
feathers
that
cross
generation.
dominance
white
discovered
example,
“Andalusian
each
chickens
over
three-quarters
inheritance
(often
crossed
white
apart
other,
Mendel’s
black
were
each
have
examples
different
25 8
tall
research
Mendel’s
comb.
are
comb,
Single
787
animals.
of
comb
p
peas.
Mendelian
and
his
than
questioning
to
seeds
28
using
expected
species
more
which
plants.
progeny
present
inheritance
other
of
alleles.
heterozygous
G E N E T I C S
the
from
included
are
total,
precisely
self-pollinated
results
allele
in
dwarf
collected
grew
72
to
generation
He
He
plants
wasn’t
Progeny
these
different
tall
ratio
from
other
F2
dwarf.
of
F2
progeny.
Explain
b)
ratio
separately.
the
were
collected
dwarf
plants
the
allowed
seed
only
277
1064
F1
black,
Mendel’s
allele
for
black
Other
t
examples
Mendelian
processes
of
male
meiosis
and
its
and
female
the
male
and
together
being
located
1.
humans
2.
In
the
sets
female
the
allele
for
Can
two
blue-eyed
b)
Can
two
brown-eyed
order
to
Holsteins
Hereford
were
coat
Holstein
the
of
1870s
of
are
genes
and
in
the
and
research
homologous
the
number
united
fertilization.
pairs
by
fusion
Mendel’s
that
halving
chromosome
brown
a
eyes
the
cow
milk,
no
have
a
is
In
others
of
during
some
being
dominant
for
with
produce
cow
must
black
beef.
the
cases,
located
to
over
genes
the
allele
if
a
from
these
milk
have
a
with
have
Many
black
children?
blue-eyed
for
coat
They
semen
a
used
patches.
head,
outcome
brown-eyed
widely
and
white
white
possible
is
each
head
reared
with
have
parents
cattle
black
are
parents
inseminated
all
bred
of
produce
cattle
articially
progeny
breed
have
red
Discuss
in
The
not
eyes.
Holstein
a
in
time
known
did
chromosomes.
a)
and
to
that
explained
chromosomes
due
same
the
meiosis,
of
be
discovered
gametes
were
blue
The
could
therefore
during
two
sex
was
discovered
reproduction.
was
for
In
p
on
they
sexual
between
ratios
on
were
both
It
then
non-Mendelian
but
gametes
separate
chromosomes,
close
all,
during
1880s,
rediscovery.
of
at
occur
chromosomes
fusion
inheritance
ratios
that
in
of
calf
every
and
head
cattle
bulls.
no
year.
patches.
all-white
Holstein
Hereford
coat
production.
white
an
child?
The
white
Holstein-Hereford
are
patches.
crosses
together.
p
Hereford
bull
p
Holstein–Hereford
cross
25 9
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
3.
Welsh
Mountain
breeding
all
have
black
black
lightens
to
expected
Note
Black
female
that
there
in
are
parents
In
most
is
against
long
that
an
it
before
the
when
the
are
together,
but
of
genetic
to
male
for
If
the
coat
are
pure-
F1
progeny
gradually
older.
What
is
the
together?
white
coats
in
sheep,
for
sheep
closely
to
marry
marry
disease
of
the
sheep
bred
gene
coats.
in
mating
reasons
we
a
or
cousin.
offspring
between
now
having
related?
brother
rst
were
can
a
of
of
closely
close
and
laws
Using
them,
in
the
us
parents.
were
using
some
protect
related
relatives
understood.
explain
sister
Such
The
known
principles
one
disease
as
example.
brown
from
white
mated
lambs,
sheep
recessive
illegal
illegal
risk
are
are
or
Leicesters.
are
is
black
consequences
discovered
Garrod
investigated
urine
it
also
high
Mendel
a
F1
White
consequences
Archibald
and
the
they
colour
two
also
who
is
the
harmful
urine
if
have
sheep
while
Bluefaced
countries
countries
Normal
white
p
What
can
grey-black
sheep
G E N E T I C S
p
and
coats
outcome
example,
p
a
sheep
was
a
pioneer
alkaptonuria,
urine
that
turns
of
which
black
on
research
causes
a
exposure
into
genetic
person
to
air.
(1
case
to
diseases.
produce
Garrod
He
deep
made
these
a
observations:
person
with
alkaptonuria
●
Although
he
●
●
If
found
one
parent
had
unusually
high
who
rst
In
were
ve
large
children
total
2 6 0
alkaptonuria
families
of
at
is
extremely
which
the
several
disease,
proportion
their
people
rare
individuals
offspring
with
in
had
very
250,000
the
rarely
alkaptonuria
people),
disease.
did,
had
but
an
parents
cousins.
families
and
57
in
least
children
that
one
who
he
of
found,
them
were
where
had
normal
there
were
alkaptonuria,
and
19
who
ve
there
had
or
more
were
a
alkaptonuria.
These
observations
caused
by
symbol
for
A
the
H.
is
which
who
H
likely
they
do
child
the
with
allele
of
to
a
allele.
that
the
two
one
having
h.
disease
can
is
the
and
h
alleles
other
alleles,
they
use
h
Grandfather
Grandmother
Hh
HH
and
alkaptonuria
inherit.
if
is
alkaptonuria.
their
one
Two
parent
of
parents
produce
each
chance
can
allele
two
with
H
to
The
the
has
disease
alkaptonuria
disease
We
causes
because
certain
the
dominant
person
have
have
and
children
allele
disease
are
not
normal
that
alkaptonuria
child
has
very
recessive
the
with
The
rarely
rare
for
recessive
person
no
a
H
suggest
of
have
one
25%.
of
Father
Mother
Uncle
Aunt
HH
Hh
Hh
HH
a
one
their
Having
two
Man
parents
unless
that
the
diagram
with
carry
an
parents
shows
h
are
how
alkaptonuria
a
if
allele
is
related.
man
he
very
The
can
marries
Wife/first
Hh
uncommon
cousin
Hh
pedigree
have
his
a
child
rst
Normal
males
Normal
females
cousin,
Male
because
he
and
his
wife
have
both
inherited
with
alkaptonuria
the
Son
h
allele
It
is
from
now
gene
a
metabolic
it
is
acid,
which
dominant
is
H
1.
What
is
Hh
that
breaks
The
not
chance
into
consequence
acid
converts
enzyme
the
blood
of
mutations
enzyme
amino
colourless
the
in
This
the
enzyme
a
present,
is
homogentisic
cannot
is
in
phenylalanine
compound.
and
in
involved
be
If
the
produced,
excreted
in
so
urine,
black.
of
children
a
HGD.
down
HGD
accumulates
or
is
enzyme
colour,
brown
b)
Calculate
mating
rst
3.
is
acid
the
the
excess.
dark
allele
has
alkaptonuria
hh
a
child
with
a
with
alkaptonuria
woman
who
has
if
these
a
man
with
the
combinations
alleles:
a)
2.
a
dark
disease
of
in
grandparent.
for
pathway
homogentisic
it
that
codes
present
which
making
shared
known
a
if
a
hh
whether
between
the
HH
chance
brother
of
and
genetic
sister
or
disease
from
a
is
higher
mating
from
a
between
two
cousins.
Self–pollination
siblings,
the
a
c)
yet
result
reasons
of
for
in
plants
genetic
is
an
diseases
self-pollination
even
are
in
a
closer
rarely
mating
observed
pure-breeding
than
when
between
progeny
variety.
Explain
are
the
this.
2 61
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
G E N E T I C S
How
in
1.
Genes
on
are
long
DNA
are
made
DNA
molecules
only
clearly
mitosis. This
into
two
the
cell
out
and
Do
all
is
Ever y
on
it,
be
in
same
can
be
a
cell
the
has
a
and
to
of
Do
all
up
A
of
one
of
roundworm,
mosquito,
for
you
a
simple
to
A
many
be
gene
of
of
shor tly
be
can
break
it
down
is
before
spread
placed
to
on
burst
a
it.
of
of
(and
during
of
that
therefore
meiosis.
reveal
type
genes
DNA
Chromosomes
in
the
Special
structure
that
body
cells
chromosome,
genes.
sequence
in
pair
form
so
of
genes
of
its
during
each
gamete
which
has
gives
three
chromosomes
human’s
of
can
chromosomes.
Parascaris equorum,
combinations
one
that
four
chromosomes. The
of
is
bases.
a
length
Alleles
sequence. The
nucleotide
one
We
during
has
yellow
pairs
are
two
possible
fever
and
so
eight
possible.
chromosomes
could
gametes?
normal
4.
answer.
research.
together
sequence
same
each
Aedes aegypti,
combinations
there
without
questions
nucleus
number
randomly,
chromosomes
combinations
How
the
a
can
dierences
of
chromosomes
oriented
either
horse
pairs
of
are
receive
have
question,
chromosomes?
pairs
meiosis
each
sequence
humans
their
The
same
up
applied
genes
have
the
is
next.
of
show
of
big
non-coding
normally
two
there
variation?
the
pair
is
chromosomes
coil
mitosis
linear
sequence
used
so
divides
same
there
sections
can
in
pressure
a
grouped
nuclei
chromosomes. These
on
●
that
between
with
3.
is
gene
same
structure)
stains
●
with
one
the
if
variation
chromosomes.
Chromosomes
have
chromosome
usually
smaller
they
identical
and
or
is
into
are
genetic
humans?
This
narrow,
when
process
counted
slide
and
called
ver y
two.
humans
between
have
are
visible
the
chromosomes
2.
DNA
genetically
splits
microscope
●
of
molecules
much
base.
of
of
a
DNA
gene
with
dier
commonest
polymorphisms
SNPs
can
have
a
specic
in
their
dierences
(SNPs),
major
hemoglobin
mutated
hemoglobin
sequence
base
are
which
single
aect
consequences.
DNA
C
T
T
C
A
T
G
A
A
G
U
A
just
For
mRNA
example,
in
the
one
base
hemoglobin
change
gene
from
causes
adenine
to
sickle -cell
thymine
anemia.
Protein
●
How
many
dierent
polymorphisms
humans?
2 6 2
single
have
been
nucleotide
discovered
in
Glu
Val
Is
genetic
Mutations
twins
are
have
continually
some
development.
60–70
Research
Unless
variation
must
Mutations
when
regions
these
genetic
mutations
children.
but
variation
of
can
into
we
at
not
are
increasing
occur
any
position
chromosomes
called
sequence
and
is
dog,
Mutations
conserved
were
but
our
the
Even
that
identical
during
we
parents,
same
G E N E T I C S
humans?
mutations
suggest
at
along
have
it
occur
do
DNA
it
was
precisely
unchanged
they
the
conserved
example),
certainly
sequences,
of
from
compared,
highly
found
for
variation.
rates
receive
in
pass
to
rate,
their
on
our
genetic
humans.
human
rat
genetic
because
eliminated
in
genomes
are
to
mutation
did
human
conserved
element.
adding
differences
mutations
be
sequences
(mouse,
that
increasing
is
in
of
any
seen
the
same
sequences.
the
as
an
a
sequence;
highly
of
other
species
ultra-conserved
in
highly
conserved
not
persist
in
the
specic
base
If
genomes
known
chromosome,
that
and
ultra-
population.
p
Computer-generated
of
Some
of
these
conserved
sequences
code
for
the
active
site
of
a
pectinase,
If
a
mutation
changes
the
amino
acid
sequence
at
the
the
the
enzyme
will
almost
certainly
fail
to
catalyse
its
six
reaction.
If
site
that
with
the
reaction
catalysed
mutation
will
by
the
enzyme
die.
This
could
the
egg,
sperm
is
vital
happen
at
to
a
survival,
very
early
individuals
stage
in
var y
course
In
a
eliminated
similar
proteins
gene
as
do
when
mutations
Here
not
have
to
the
their
so
are
with
or
mutations
mutation
zygote.
eliminated
can
This
is
the
The
at
the
mutation
is
pectin.
from
dierent
acids
enz yme,
in
but
specic
such
as
fungi
the
par ts
the
of
active
of
site,
are
that
mutations
identical,
indicating
dies.
from
with
survive
an
it
from
to
individuals
offspring.
or
individual
receptors,
too,
consequences,
sequence
an
hormone
expression.
harmful
that
way,
such
in
digest
considerably,
amino
the
development—even
acids
the
Pectinases
chemical
amino
active
active
site,
in
an
pink
enzyme.
model
showing
genes
that
promoters
base
the
sequence
mutation
and
example
pass
of
a
on
code
that
the
vital
would
be
deleterious
regulate
have
die.
process
for
there
very
Individuals
normal
called
gene
natural
selection.
Natural
shown
are
selection
that
nor
mutation
does
of
the
deleterious.
increase
is
of
a
a
not
is
gene
human
decrease
in
of
to
60–70
Nearly
DNA
change
matter
eliminates
the
is
but
therefore
A
not
acid
because
of
only
neutral
at
an
as
are
research
on
could
gene,
fate
one
mutations
Genetic
only
or
of
of
be
is
about
spread
level
two
neither
because
in
a
neutral
our
variation
equilibrium
has
neutral—they
This
a
The
pass
but
generation
survival.
function
disappear.
probably
per
mutations
sequence.
we
few
most
mutations
mutations
other
chances
does
children.
population
population
the
the
amino
chance,
our
new
all
that
deleterious
gene
mutations
two
copies
through
in
and
the
is
the
but
the
human
not
increasing.
2 63
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
Genetic
1.
Put
drift
nine
bag.
the
The
red
blue
balls
and
blue
balls
are
is
parental
a
mutant.
one
a
red
ball
normal
The
bag
into
allele
a
If
and
represents
Shake
out
to
up
the
balls
randomly;
another
are
the
took
a
called
if
bag,
it
if
of
the
is
it
offspring.
out
in
the
bag
blue
is
red
parental
add
do
Replace
and
one
ball
so
one
blue
likewise;
the
bag
take
there
ball
nine
blues
and
one
it
Repeat
the
with
10
natural
the
you
stage
2
offspring
until
more
red
will
these
that
Is
red
balls
process
in
you
have
populations
drift.
likely
mutant
spread
that
allele
through
population
or
be
eliminated?
are
The
chance
of
the
red.
red
3.
up
a
genetic
the
b)
still
end
generation.
a)
2.
you
simulated
you
have
10
balls
in
mutant
replacing
bag.
one
can
allele
the
be
blue
calculated
mathematically.
4.
The
offspring
bag
now
becomes
the
Is
parental
bag.
Repeat
stages
2
and
3
the
chance
greater
in
small
or
large
to
populations?
produce
another
generation.
c)
5.
Continue
until
all
the
balls
are
blue
or
How
could
simulate
Data-based
The
in
image
these
question:
shows
the
sequences
represented
using
Comparing
amino
stands
just
acid
for
one
a
letter:
Histone
HUMAN
MOUSE
RAT
COW
CHIMP
1.
amino
sequence
specic
for
H1
this
activity
be
of
a
amino
example,
(residues
acid
A
all
or
deleterious
20
stands
protein
amino
for
called
acids
alanine
histone
found
and
K
in
for
LA A T P K KA K K P K
K P V K A S K P K K
TVK A
AK P V K
V V K VK P V K A S K P K K
AK T V K
K K A AK P K K A A S K A P SK K P K A T P V K K A K K K
P A A T P K KA K K P K
K K A AK P K K A A S K A P SK K P K A T P V K K A K K K
PAATPKK T KKPK
T VK A
K P V K A S K P K K
T K PV K
KKA S K P K K A A S K A P TK K P K A T P V K K A K K K
L A A T P K KA K K P K
T VK A
K P V K A S K P K K
AK P V K
differences
there
I
V K VK P V K A S K P K K
to
record
the
letter
can
be
AK P V K
are
Mouse
chart
Each
120-180)
PA A T P K K A K K P K
many
H1.
proteins
lysine.
K K A AK P K K A A S K A P SK K P K A T P V K K A K K K
how
to
mutations?
sequences
structural
acid;
benecial
KKA S K P K K A A S K A P TK K P K A T P V K K A K K K
Count
modied
red.
Rat
Cow
Chimp
numbers.
Human
2.
Which
two
species
a)
smallest
show:
Mouse
the
amount
of
genetic
variation?
b)
the
second
Rat
smallest
amount
of
genetic
Cow
variation?
3.
2 6 4
Suggest
an
explanation
for
the
differences
in
genetic
variation
between
these
ve
species.
How
does
Natural
selection
It
and
continued
has
the
the
a
is
biology.
all
is
natural
diverse
theory
of
publication
the
process
“big
that
ever
forms
of
his
ideas
since
by
of
1.
variation
This
variation
How
2.
is
does
Chances
an
sexual
of
are
survival
Some
they
and
together
rst
of
exist.
Natural
years.
in
the
whole
appeared
Charles
selection
1859.
in
It
on
has
resulted
Darwin
the
1830s,
selection
is
of
Earth
but
the
in
developed
delayed
inevitable
populations.
to
mutation
reproduction
and
and
cause
sexual
reproduction.
variation
reproduction
are
in
a
population?
affected
by
characteristics.
factors
that
have
an
impact
on
chances
of
reproduction:
individuals
are
life
billions
now
natural
survival
many
links
E V O L U T I O N
work?
things:
due
individual’s
There
●
is
that
when
over
that
until
consequence
There
three
idea”
began
life
evolution
of
selection
likely
reproduction
to
and
are
more
grow
they
successful
more
are
rapidly
less
at
competing
and
likely
to
have
die
for
more
during
food,
so
resources
periods
of
for
food
shortage.
●
Some
individuals
escaping
●
Some
Some
epidemics
individuals
example,
by
Can
3.
by
ghting
you
are
better
are
or
at
by
more
that
their
their
nd
Offspring
are
chased
individuals
during
●
when
kill
evading
effective
resistant
predators,
for
example,
by
camouage.
to
disease,
so
they
survive
others.
more
physical
successful
at
appearance,
attracting
their
a
mate,
courtship
for
displays
or
rivals.
real
examples
inherit
of
these
or
characteristics
other
from
factors?
their
parents.
p
Some
characteristics
are
acquired
as
a
result
of
our
The
peppered
betularia)
but
most
are
due
to
our
genes
and
can
therefore
moth
(Biston
environment,
be
passed
on
to
is
predators
during
vulnerable
when
daylight
it
to
roosts
hours
on
the
offspring.
branches
Does
evolution
by
natural
selection
happen
with
characteristics
are
two
having
that
were
acquired
as
a
result
of
our
of
birch
forms
black
of
trees. There
the
wings
moth,
and
one
the
environment?
other
white
wings
with
peppering. Which
form
the
of
in
better
areas
where
and
chance
with
birch
form
is
areas
unpolluted
in
in
here
covered
in
air
are
pale
lichens? Which
favoured
selection
has
sur vival
branches
covered
black
by
natural
polluted
birch
black
industrial
branches
soot
are
with
no
lichens?
2 6 5
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
Simulations
Two
or
such
more
as
a
gripping
tongs,
by
for
of
E V O L U T I O N
uses
rounds
the
only
is
due
Fossil
lived
genes,
developed
and
70,000
Read
on
their
traditional
includes
marine
much
mammals
and
given
blunt
have
at
caught
up
or
seeds.
seeds
the
one
area,
variety
as
the
seeds,
are
students
tool
either
re-spread
best
with
for
north
pattern
the
skin
that
cells.
vitamin
the
very
visible,
despite
being
amounts
of
melanin,
Exposure
to
ultraviolet
most
rst
Their
over
a
of
North
were
lighter
of
the
variation
the
black
light
between
causes
people
modern
million
years
humans
and
in
colors
in
ago.
color,
in
sapiens)
Africa
Between
out
America
skin
(Homo
ancestors
migrated
South
changes
skin
humans
pre-human
of
and
100,000
Africa
Asia.
resulting
long-established
and
As
in
they
the
populations
north.
selection
Sunlight
is
●
Melanin
absorbs
●
Ultraviolet
more
the
here
intense
converts
radiation
causes
cancers.
Vitamin
deciency
write
human
an
explanation
skin
based
color.
the
equator
than
the
poles.
radiation.
converted
malignant
then
in
radiation.
near
ultraviolet
then
and
variation
ultraviolet
radiation
is
Ultraviolet
given
for
●
be
related
cholesterol
into
vitamin
mutations
in
in
the
skin
into
pre-vitamin
D.
skin
cells
that
can
result
sh
that
causes
D
reduces
calcium
absorption
in
the
intestine
rickets.
which
●
Few
●
Ultraviolet
foods
naturally
contain
vitamin
D.
and
are
rich
radiation
causes
degradation
of
folate
(vitamin
D
●
Folate
deciency
developmental
2 6 6
all
inherited.
groups
Europe,
are
the
but
be
skin
there
of
in
Africa.
ago
information
which
color
B
).
12
in
of
of
time
fewest
of
Is
an
laundry
group
same
the
elimination
wide
forceps,
the
and
a
over
in
nor th
diet
oily
dark
contains
●
to
by
shows
through
natural
skin
can
Sunlight
than
may
it
●
●
expected. This
so
years
further
D3
far
that
spread
student
time,
eliminated
picking
melanin,
sub-Saharan
had
living
the
for
variations
more
evidence
in
current
skins
human
small
of
migrated
in
are
feeding
Each
short
students
tool
synthesized
to
spread
darker
in
to
synthesis
living
a
are
holders,
are
seeds?
pigment
have
for
small,
Students
tube
tweezers.
mass,
of
least-adapted
and
What caused variation in human skin color?
due
Inuit
or
large
test
tool,
The
selection
bench.
as
tongs,
one
number
Differences
p
such
students.
more
the
types,
laboratory
barbecue
their
natural
seed
tools
students
other
of
in
pregnant
abnormalities
women
in
increases
babies.
the
risk
of
and
What
is
the
selection
One
to
of
each
natural
of
dierence
and
these
selection.
Progressive
change
characteristics
of
a
in
E V O L U T I O N
natural
evolution?
pairs
In
between
of
each
statements
pair,
which
refers
is
to
evolution
and
the
other
which?
the
Non-random
population
or
one
transmission
generation
to
the
of
next
genes
from
because
better-
DEFINITIONS
species
over
the
generations
adapted
sur vival
…
daily
and
throughout
variation,
that
even
which
adding
hourly
the
up
is
all
the
bad,
that
and
insensibly
and
wherever
scrutinizing,
world,
slightest;
rejecting
good;
working,
silently
oers,
it
be
length
exist,
would
EARLY
at
it
too
of
too
bold
time,
perhaps
be
have
a
greater
chance
of
reproduction
commencement
whenever
oppor tunity
to
and
and
would
great
preser ving
is
…
ever y
individuals
millions
of
the
bold
imagine,
the
of
to
ages
living
which
have
the
the
the
mankind,
that
arisen
GREAT
in
began
before
of
imagine,
animals
that
ear th
histor y
warm-blooded
lament,
to
since
all
from
FIRST
one
CAUSE
DESCRIPTIONS
the
improvement
being
in
relation
inorganic
of
to
each
its
conditions
organic
organic
of
endued
and
life.
down
its
(Charles
animality,
new
those
posterity,
par ts…
with
and
improvements
world
without
the
of
power
of
delivering
by
generation
to
end!
Dar win, The Origin of Species,
1859)
(Erasmus
Dierences
dierent
between
ages
fossils
in
rocks
of
EXAMPLES
OF
EVIDENCE
CAUSE
Dar win,
Dierences
in
reproduction
that
Causes
with
acquiring
dier
in
Zoonomia,
rates
of
sur vival
between
heritable
1794)
and
varieties
of
a
species
characteristics
OR
evolution
Consequence
of
natural
selection
CONSEQUENCE
2 67
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
Data-based
question: The
evolution
of
penguins
The
evolution
investigated
of
living
genes.
Using
have
all
penguins
penguins
and
data
related
This
is
to
deduce
of
penguins.
the
evidence
the
the
base
has
a
the
tree
to
a
morphology
proved
them,
diagram
different
most
been
sequences
also
available
called
the
has
comparing
constructed
other.
Emperor
by
species
Fossil
closely
p
of
cladogram
likely
to
species
of
useful.
biologists
show
are
and
how
to
each
allows
evolutionary
us
origins
swimming
Aptenodytes forsteri (Emperor
Aptenodytes
penguin)
Aptenodytes patagonicus (King
Pygoscelis adeliae (Adelie
penguin)
penguin)
Pygoscelis
Pygoscelis papua (Gentoo
penguin)
Pygoscelis antarcticus (Chinstrap
Eudyptula minor (Fairy
penguin)
penguin)
Spheniscus
Spheniscus magellanicus (Magellanic
Spheniscus demersus (Jackass
Spheniscus humboldti (Humboldt
penguin)
Spheniscus mendiculus (Galápagos
penguin)
Megadyptes antipodes (Yellow-eyed
Eudyptes pachyrhynchus (Fiordland
Eudyptes sclateri (Erect-crested
Eudyptes
Eudyptes chrysolophus (Macaroni
To
which
2.
How
3.
Fossil
ago.
4.
can
Penguins
a)
larger
b)
smaller
In
several
and
or
if
Explain
seen
as
to
how
that
the
evidence
(Emperor
wings
common
size
even
occurred
with
Suggest
the
though
reasons
of
for
including
most
penguins
penguins
between
largest
Snares
penguin)
penguin)
penguin,
penguin)
ancestor
including
penguin
species
penguins
in
Royal
closely
do
lived
not
far
evolving
related?
y?
about
species
the
penguin)
since
south
to
70
million
that
and
years
time?
the
smallest
become
southwards
migrate
northwards.
do
varieties
of
not
of
all
one
classied.
problem
for
of
splits
in
equator.
being
the
have
biologists
just
are
forsteri
presence
migrate
they
are
the
often
the
cases,
plants
Aptenodytes
considerably
they
if
the
suggests
how
vary
close
is
explain
Roughly
species
2 6 8
we
evidence
species
5.
species
penguin)
penguin,
penguin)
Eudyptes chrysocome (Rockhopper
1.
penguin)
penguin)
agree
species.
Darwin
by
This
used
populations
evolution
whether
it
that
natural
is
as
populations
quite
a
common
evidence
might
selection.
or
of
in
might
his
penguin
problem
great
not
be
are
separate
when
book Origin
separate
animals
of
Species.
species
can
be
What
on
The
causes
species
to
B I O D I V E R S I T Y
evolve
islands?
text
below
Convention
150
new
was
on
government
Islands
boast
adapted
Biological
a
leaders
truly
island
dwellers
larger
landmasses
emerged
become
other
from
large
land
evolutionary
genetic
with
by
by
and
or
dwarsm
predation.
on
time,
in
and
Genetic
loss
of
was
as
Species
they
to
isolation
highly
ability
by
to
become
off
of
a
These
unique
species
can
disperse
sizes
from
distinct
specialized
y,
newly
distance
exerts
population
from
populations
some
development
and
the
islands
islands,
located
of
of
signed
break
ocean
adaptations.
the
diversity
website
Summit.
life.
the
this
the
unusual
the
these
areas
emergence
and
of
islands
Once
result
the
Earth
across
isolated
Over
that
Rio
on
on
convention
assemblage
oor.
masses.
article
This
1992
drifting
small,
forces
an
dispersing
characteristics
gigantism
the
ocean
to
reservoir
new
against
or
the
at
unique
either
conned
from
Diversity.
include
or
tend
defend
to
be
p
low
and
species
often
become
concentrated
in
small
conned
areas.
Lopevi
the
Many
island
species
are
endemic,
meaning
that
they
are
endemic
else
species
endemics
variety.
home
rises
For
endemic.
reptiles
In
8,000
the
It
has
often
over
are
species
number
been
biodiversity
that
they
thought
be
some
of
is
the
of
all
while
that
out
of
of
in
Cuba
are
the
proportion
a
to
as
of
land
plants
and
up
of Vanuatu.
islands
formed
can
from
also
coral
be
reefs
of
birds,
and
more
than
with
Africa.
contribution
their
small
is
nation
biodiversity
80
make
are
Guatemala
it
over
that
topographic
species
sub-Saharan
make
reservoirs
and
There
making
species
islands
each.
of
of
proportion
mammals,
island
mainland
three
collectively
richest
size
island
plants,
The
Madagascar,
remarked
island
and
of
found
concentrations
number
Hawaiian
only
endemic
sense,
can
of
50%
have
on
of
The
endemic.
mammals,
nearby,
do.
higher
isolation,
90%
some
global
on
to
area.
“hot
In
this
spots”,
animals
Earth.
There
living
is
no
evidence
matter
species
speciation
The
dodo
is
What
are
to
a
are
the
famous
have
most
species
is
new
most
example
died
It
species.
on
of
This
important
frequently
on
a
This
species
the
for
process
factors
that
island
process
at
from
non-
existing
is
called
causing
islands?
factors
islands
created
evidence
important
inhabited
out.
being
abundant
frequently
annihilated.
the
new
There
produce
happen
species
happening
for
Earth.
What
to
completely
island
on
splitting
speciation.
2.
increasing
endemic
harbour
continents
Mauritius,
endemic
containing
1.
with
both
highest
than
Islands
amphibians
18
Honduras,
Earth.
example,
and
to
on
one
islands
archipelago
New
nowhere
is
volcanic
is
of
been
Mauritius.
Many
called extinction.
causing
the
has
extinction
to
be
moment?
2 6 9
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
G E N E T I C S
What is genetic modication?
There
●
are
two
Vertical
transfer
one-way
sexual
●
types
ow
or
recipient.
pass
from
of
the
resistance
move
the
of
bacteria.
now
it
by
is
The
1970s,
happens
common
cell
from
in
small
to
a
either
are
genes
in
all
of
genes
direction
added
of
to
the
is
a
happens
is
between
is
during
transferred.
existing
transferred
is
some
extra
species
the
tree
to
but
species
loops
of
This
explains
that
branching
species,
recipient.
and
one
transfer
for
two
genome
of
small.
than
can
how
horizontal
DNA
another.
evolution
others.
called
take
genes
A
of
diagrams—there
rst
was
a
easy
example
inserted
gene
for
using
for
for
of
was
the
human
that
transfer
in
to
It
often
plasmids
place
for
between
antibiotic
consequence
bacteria
are
cannot
cross-links
insulin
1973
was
when
put
into
of
Many
been
extra
an
the
antibiotic
coli.
useful
Later
same
human
genetically
exist
genes
Escherichia
supplies
diabetes.
have
naturally
insert
bacterium
abundant
treating
bacteria
gene
biologists
this
into
consequence,
available
produced
horizontal
relatively
the
As
became
set
It
only
branches!
gene
in
in
full
It
species
species
mechanisms
bacteria,
a
horizontal.
offspring.
generations.
and
donor
to
and
species
where
donor
gene
represented
soon
more
different
can
articially.
27 0
a
a
genes
bacteria,
horizontal
Because
of
much
in
parent
the
happen
a
vertical
transfer
transfer
is
from
number
within
between
in
the
between
resistance
be
from
transfer
bacteria
of
Genes
could
Horizontal
happens
is
reproduction
transfer
transfer
transfer:
down
Horizontal
Vertical
can
genes
Usually
gene
gene
genes
transfer
individuals.
Vertical
of
of
asexual
Horizontal
a
of
type
insulin
proteins
modied.
are
Horizontal
gene
uncommon
typically
or
in
in
plants
has
a
●
plants
where
two
mutualistic
and
been
are
plants
make
pests
a
has
and
until
to
given
only
transfer
Some
live
relationship,
is
recently
animals.
organisms
animals
possible
Examples
Crop
in
transfer
but
as
to
feeding
general
plants
are
resistant
which
weeds
●
can
to
kills
●
insect
be
controlled
crop
produce
vaccines
for
treatments
diseases
in
contain
health
in
●
a
●
and
use
as
against
such
genetically
plant
2.
Can
3.
Using
transfer
1970s
it
articially.
that:
proteins
be
in
their
easily
and
milk
so
harvested
produce
hormones
increase
growth
less
phosphate
infectious
plant
that
rates
polluting
in
foods
feces
more
by
digesting
effectively
as
that
produce
promote
omega-3
for
high
fatty
allergy-free
human
milk
consumption
protein
milk
for
or
cheese
production
process
What
the
host
humans
nutrients
of
modication
1.
gene
them
can
release
acids
The
and
so
●
●
known,
animals
useful
secrete
herbicide
growing
antibodies
rule
since
livestock
make
them
a
are
parasite
and
they
●
a
However,
Farm
on
as
below.
that:
toxin
a
extremely
examples
together
vertical.
genes
been
transferring
or
genetic
modied
is
the
or
GM
a
crops
what
importance
you
of
example
animal
be
articially
engineering.
organisms
latest
farm
genes
that
legally
know
keeping
The
to
an
organism
organisms
is
produced
genetic
are
(GMOs).
of
genetic
you
grown
about
can
in
gene
“natural”
modication
in
either
a
crop
nd?
your
area
transfer,
and
GM
or
are
they
evaluate
organisms
banned?
the
p
separate.
GloFish
are
genetically
4.
Would
a
GMO
be
non-genetically
favoured
modied
by
one?
natural
What
selection
would
over
this
a
depend
produce
on?
zebra
(Danio rerio)
a
that
modied
red,
uorescent
danios
have
green
been
to
or
orange
pigment
2 71
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
G E N E T I C S
What
tool
Restriction
DNA
endonucleases:
cutting
modication
naturally
has
How
each
could
is
occurring
organisms,
The
are
in
a
genetic
engineer’s
kit?
Genetic
of
tools
enz yme
been
assembled.
one
EcoR1
possible
enzymes,
be
useful
cuts
DNA
because
DNA
Some
in
gene
here:
enz ymes
a
molecular
and
of
RNA
these
are
These
enz ymes
scissors
by
have
over
ligase:
joining
This
enz ymes
A
T
T
act
cutting
been
200
T
A
Plasmids:
vectors
for
gene
transfer
type
link
of
enz yme
G A
A
T
T
C
T
A
A G
is
larger
DNA
These
are
that
are
also
for
polymerase:
copying
enz yme
can
cut
at
makes
seal
sugar-
nicks
chains
is
of
and
DNA
necessar y
into
a
when
plasmid
or
molecule.
small
found
In
gene
This
the
loops
bacteria
of
and
can
copies
is
a
few
main
bacterium
about
plasmids
50
times
are
used
is
it
at
high
being
evolved
in
the
Thermus aquaticus,
hot
of
work
without
since
bacterium
enz yme
typical
DNA
transfer.
enz yme
in
a
but
lab,
temperatures
lives
extra
in
in
circular
denatured
272
of
sequences.
micro-organisms. The
larger.
DNA
specic
C
is
DNA
to
inser ted
chromosome
a
at
that
base
bonds
together
gene
other
Taq
molecular
A G
a
T
table.
endonucleases
discovered
dierent
nucleotides. This
T
micro-
the
C
so
C
like
DNA
restriction
phosphate
G A
in
sequences. Thousands
dierent
DNA
shown
consisting
and
transfer?
base
DNA
toolkit,
molecules
springs.
used
a
DNA
to
In
the
make
lab,
which
this
multiple
fragment.
G E N E T I C S
Is genetic modication ethical?
Scientists
work.
have
must
Ethical
an
obligation
consequences
of
scientic
of
has
about
been
modication.
ethical
to
consider
be
question
it
of
your
ethical
transfer
or
benecial
starting.
predict
are
good
controversy
more
own
for
of
but
over
these
their
and
the
harmful
Consequences
and
or
of
scientists
there
could
be
bad.
the
ethics
questions,
of
or
genetic
frame
an
debate.
to
genes
animals
other
one
to
they
implications
complex,
the
before
hard
considerable
ethical
very
both
research
may
the
often
whether
Debate
Is
are
consider
their
research
disagreement
There
always
questions
to
from
species?
Is
it
ethical
disease
in
using
to
cure
humans
genetic
modication?
Is
it
ethical
modied
food
to
use
crops
supply
cause
for
harm
to
genetically
increase
humans
to
if
the
they
wildlife?
Is
sell
it
ethical
GM
to
foods
produce
if
the
and
long-term
p
consequences
are
Hydra viridissima is a pond
not
animal that can reproduce
known
with
certainty?
asexually by budding. A small
Is
genetic
of
humans
allows
could
ethical
research
result
therapies
outgrowth forms on the side,
modication
for
in
if
which develops into a new
it
that
polyp and then detaches
new
disease?
What is cloning?
Cloning
can
in
its
broadest
reproduce
doing
this
Some
animals
but
most
cells.
can
types
articially
by
Often
individual.
differentiated
by
is
and
cannot.
cells,
It
an
group
much
is
asexual
of
reproduction.
gardeners
have
cuttings,
asexually,
relatively
early-stage
embryonic
more
but
is
taking
reproduce
splitting
each
It
sense
asexually
articially,
G E N E T I C S
difcult
techniques
for
to
embryo
cells
to
for
developed
methods
aphids
clone
into
an
have
an
of
groups
into
older
now
and Hydra,
animal
small
develops
clone
this
plants
example.
including
easy
Many
a
of
separate
animal
been
that
has
developed.
273
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
The
rst
carried
which
from
successful
out
an
this
could
It
way
have
was
cells
egg
a
not
from
cells
the
small
the
large
Nobel
until
an
on
the
two
the
sheep
horses,
and
that
a
cloned
was
animal
their
gland
starved
of
to
join
to
might
its
was
have
the
from
nucleus
an
he
and
John
treated
very
likely
Gurdon
was
In
named
sheep.
a
sheep
them
of
one
and
is
Cells
and
next
out
The
were
to
of
lamb
probably
were
One
electricity
case
zygote.
Dolly,
with Xenopus,
inactive.
placed
pulse
just
As
differentiated
removed.
adult
was
A
like
a
using
of
each
was
of
used
several
that
the
most
existed.
other
now
an
cells
together.
developed
and
frogs.
was
frog Xenopus,
that
tadpoles
were
make
nucleus.
born
eggs
cloned
was
nuclei
gland
cell
new
the
taken
the
Xenopus
mammal
and
were
cells
of
embryo
removed
nucleus
into
missing
goats
It
a
Some
adult
used
an
2012.
improvements
rate.
with
He
than
Gurdon
mammary
ever
cloned
it
older
Gurdon.
water.
tadpole.
mammary
fused
Cattle,
success
in
The
cells
cells
in
become
obtained
the
John
animal
successfully
to
1996
inactive
egg
by
an
replaced
prize
adult.
of
eggs
Xenopus
subsequently
famous
p
and
developed
These
hundred,
was
1960s
a
gone
from
cultured.
make
of
were
removed
to
cell
cell
awarded
the
unfertilized
egg
intestine
in
in
lays
cloning
in
be
mammal
technique
possible
species
have
to
have
greatly
clone
since
raised
humans
been
the
using
Each potato tuber planted
differentiated
cells
from
an
adult,
but
this
has
not
been
done
because
grows and then reproduces
asexually to form 10 or more
of
serious
ethical
concerns.
new tubers. This is a natural
1.
What
is
the
advantage
of
cloning
an
adult
animal
rather
than
method of cloning and
embryo?
explains how vast numbers of
genetically identical potatoes
2.
Is
the
natural
process
of
human
embryos
splitting
to
can be produced
identical
3

2 74
Dolly
meets
the
media
What
are
twins
the
a
form
ethical
of
cloning?
objections
to
cloning
humans?
produce
an
Summative
Statement
Scientic
we
have
of
inquiry:
and
on
assessment
technical
the
innovations
can
change
the
impacts
that
world.
Introduction
Potato
(Solanum
tuberosum)
is
the
world’s
most
important
non-grain
p
food
crop
and
is
central
to
global
food
security.
More
than
300
Potato
that
tons
of
potato
40,000
A
B
C
D
Late
1.
blight
In
on
tubers
the
1840s,
many
for
because
the
emigrated
crops
was
Ireland
2.
the
at
even
can
that
Late
so
a
little
varieties
South
year.
more
of
long
blight
time.
is
In
Potatoes
than
have
of
people
of
a
become
potatoes
blight”,
The
genetic
had
to
potato.
Some
the
died
of
lack
of
failed
starvation
of
genetic
in
year
after
consequences
destruction
diversity
potatoes
years.
from
a
The
have
been
process
Explain
wild
entire
and
many
potato
diversity.
potato
were
crops
Explain
grown
in
how
species
developed
took
a
hundreds
cultivated
and
reasons
from
or
variety
for
it
wild
maybe
of
plant
taking
[3]
by
potato
the
and
micro-organism
species,
do
not
Phytophthora
many
Phytophthora
suffer
plants
from
late
are
resistant
blight.
to
Explain
this
Some
infestans
could
develop
in
populations
of
to
are
late
varieties
of
potato
have
been
produced
that
to
then
the
Suggest
that
5.
In
the
variety
reasons
was
blight.
Phytophthora
often
only
starts
for
resistant
a
infestans,
works
to
for
a
suffer
this
potato
will
and
and
dying
soon
spread
stems
to
and
due
the
other
also
to
are
growing
tubers
this
few
from
cultivated
becoming
but
on
already
blight
disease
the
resistance
leaves
how
[3]
cultivated
resistant
Desiree)
har vest
dependent
leaves
4.
to
about
plant
wild
(variety
humans.

micro-organism
resistance
ready
[3]
of
caused
wild
Ireland
crops
Irish
America.
developed
infestans.
each
“late
America.
time.
thousands
be
such
in
When
disease
eight
to
in
consequence
was
Cultivated
species
3.
in
more
there
people
food.
of
immense—one
how
produced
genes—many
are
disease
potatoes
year
are
protein-coding
tubers
million
years
late
potato
and
blight.
variety
susceptible
to
late
[3]
past,
produced
varieties
resistant
by
with
resistance
wild
gene.
innovations
potato
cross-breeding
species
Scientic
have
made
it
varieties
were
cultivated
that
and
contained
a
technological
possible
to
transfer
2 75
C O N S E Q U E N C E S
individual
venturii
new
A
B
C
D
to
an
millions
one
20
variety
the
A
B
C
D
Micropropagation
of
potato
varieties
Depar tment
of
St
of
wild
potato.
resistant
might
for
species
Suggest
potato
such
as Solanum
advantages
varieties.
of
this
[3]
Formulate
b)
Explain
c)
Design
Analyzing
the
an
by
more
of
the
rapid
has
needed
to
of
produced,
farmers
naturally,
the
method
been
for
clone
end
a
tuber
this
cloning
with
method
testable
a
of
cloning
to
up
growing
plant.
to
season.
a
potatoes—you
bud,
to
cloning
small
of
new
cloning;
for
develop
roots
test
based
for
your
on
your
could
pieces
an
to
reasoning
experiment
or
Think
of
buds
hypothesis,
scientic
potato
of
(micropropagation).
encourage
a
potato
allowed
method
improve
a)
and
a
of
are
[3]
bud
might
variety
variety
produced
portions
of
more
rooting
rapidly.
innovation.
innovation.
hypothesis.
tissue
innovation
example,
your
use
[3]
[3]
[9]
methods
a)
Present
the
data
that
you
have
collected
in
your
experiment,
of
using
Biotechnology,
from
at
8.
the
be
need
a
this
planted
articial
inside
hormone
new
of
potato.
an
cuttings,
p
is
may
of
Choose
that
varieties
developing
tubers
tuber
tubers
from
for
improved
of
Explain
7.
resistance
potatoes
When
If
for
cultivated
method
Cloning
6.
genes
suitable
tables
and
charts.
[5]
University
Petersburg,
Russia
b)
Interpret
the
reasoning.
A
B
C
D
c)
Evaluate
d)
Suggest
Genetically
Late
blight
from
July
crops
had
it
been
venturii
a
explain
of
improvements
modied
and
produced
gene
been
your
results
using
scientic
in
as
by
your
or
method
and
extensions
to
your
your
hypothesis
experiment.
[3]
[2]
potatoes
troublesome
disease
some
many
announced
The
had
and
validity
fungicide
was
England.
the
onward
with
2014,
is
data
[5]
that
as
a
transferred
15
at
to
The
have
prevent
Sainsbury
the
the
wild
potato
disease
to
blight-resistant
the
from
to
potatoes.
farmers
times
new
biologists
Rpi-vnt1.1
of
years
spray
the
GM
spreads
potato
disease.
potato
Laboratory
In
variety
in
species Solanum
variety
Desiree.
See
http://rstb.royalsocietypublishing.org/content/369/1639/20130087
Field
trials
blight
in
over
the
unmodied
The
yield
of
Regulations
potatoes,
altered
27 6
Desiree
the
years
GM
there
the
almost
potato
is
the
no
presence
showed
modied
plants
prevented
but
by
three
genetically
crop
the
high
level
twice
from
as
gene.
resistance
with
leaves
destroyed
high
tasting
mechanism
new
of
plants,
completely
was
biologists
known
of
a
Desiree
for
as
the
the
each
the
GM
taste
to
of
late
the
year.
non-GM.
Desiree
being
Over
are
400
known
number
have
If
R
a
in
of
been
stack
genes
R
they
to
genes
the
using
the
developed
Jones
for
quoted
as
of
before
9.
of
potato
Union
think
are
variety
years.
is
GM
unlikely
crops
for
granted
that
a
team
it
is
going
to
human
license
they
company.
research
“I
infestans.
to
had
Professor
has
been
unfortunate
to
taxpayers’
benet
funded
that
from
work
the
way
Europeans”.
an
evaluation
potatoes
to
arguments
whether
Union
a
many
American
European
Write
for
large
resistance
transferred
biologists
farmers
the
similarly
technology
the
saying
American
fruits
an
led
resistance
Phytophthora
growing
the
a
make
blight
GM
to
who
in
European
approval
but
blight
overcome
were
should
late
consumption,
for
that
discovered
of
resistant
give
potatoes,
genes
potatoes
Because
conferring
for
you
or
and
they
as
effectively
L TA
Reflection
Consider
genetic
them
resistant.
ending
should
in
in
modication
blight
against,
think
approved
language
of
make
the
your
with
be
an
banned
United
States.
evaluation.
p
Consider
overall
as
in
Try
assessment
the
to
Solanum venturii
both
of
European
use
scientic
[15]
skills
ethical,
cultural
and
environmental
implications
Ethics
is
the
academic
“wrongness”
in
their
linked
of
a
to
strategy
recognized
for
that
should
most
be
that
both
sides
or
response
we
the
to
our
or
of
action.
to
the
“rightness”
Since
often
important
ethical
on
groups
have
a
can
people
be
or
differ
strongly
approach
a
considerations
a
rational
can
be
common
compromise
potential
The
but
be
these
if
there
is
examine
existing
about
goal
likely
even
and
these
of
If
it
First,
is
maximizing
might
of
an
be
action
should
a
potential
remote
should
moral
within
seek
similar
employ
outcome
caution
practices
issues
to
framework.
position
other
is
considered.
consequences
most
catastrophic,
similar
beliefs
considers
mind.
relies
should
examine
related
with
is
weighed.
considered,
Lastly,
made
that
community,
Secondly,
involve
It
open
opposing
consequences
practiced.
have
of
carefully
actively
the
course
approaching
approach
the
discovered.
for
for
an
that
considerations
values.
with
motivations
benet
ethical
personal
systematic
the
particular
priorities,
considerations
One
a
discipline
be
judgments
our
the
be
we
communities
most
consistent
cases.
277
11
Evidence
Scientic
ideas
obser vation

Romans
cooking
a
of
a
modern
to
the

Lead
in
is
that
easily
was
down
in
a
an
suggest
ruling
the
a
as
“sapa”
of
taste.
recipes;
that
class
lead
of
In
in
lead
acetate,
book Apicus
many
A
data.
leaden
of
those
minority
poisoning
Rome
areas
of
The
ingredient.
empire.
counts
to
solution
sugary
Roman
as
extracted
used
Roman
applications
278
of
through
and
was
contributed
where
historians
evidence?
and
puried
from
ore.
It
is
malleable
and
unsurprisingly
was
widely
used
Rome.
ingesting
from
the
what
ancient
Lead
in
of
“sapa”
scholars
decline
disagree,
has
collection
widespread
juice
resulting
which
include
suppor ted
interpretation
grape
vessels,
contains
recipes
and
boiled
compound
are
for
making
lead
has
times
for
the
a
pottery
suggest
use
and
signicant
of
that
lead.
eating
adverse
scholars
utensils
effect
were
on
aware
and
our
of
in
the
health.
this,
yet
production
Analysis
other
of
of
wine.
primary
documents
We
now
source
indicate
know
documents
dangerous

Evidence
of
The
shown
skull
partial
the
remains
individuals,
Georgia.
did
not
evolution
debate
rst
and
much

an
Man
adult
discovered
stomach
was
the
a
fruit
How
changed
in
court
presentation
What
types
admissible?
similarities
between
and
the
lawyers
involve
of
of
What
considerable
ancestors
exist
other
and
within
a
examples
hampered
by
a
of
lack
a
of
well-preserved
bog
in
from
and
scientists
no
among
What
traces
the
is
time
that
wild
were
of
body
200 BC
Analysis
his
last
seeds.
able
meat,
contents,
the
of
how
to
only
meal
see
or
grain
of
diets
of
Under
sh
signicance
knowledge
over
about
Denmark.
showed
barley
were
is
a
this
have
useful?
are
are
the
differences
scientic
in
human
evidence.
evidence
use
that
about
the
evidence
and
erectus
ecosystems
can
dated
contents
seeds.
fact?
Trials
in
gruel
there
fresh
and
was
man
microscope
that

the
evidence?
Tollund
of
from
features
fueled
know
being
fragmentary.
Dmanisi,
human
European
you
in
have
which
when
understanding
of
Homo
theories
variation
Do
often
comes
ve
skulls
about
species.
of
existing
invaded
how
is
here
uncovered
The
t
past
evidence
that
court?
279
E V I D E N C E
Introduction
How
do
scientists
understanding
Key
of
gather
the
evidence
world?
and
There
use
are
it
to
many
expand
our
different
steps
scientists
concept: Relationships
take
to
world
Related
concept:
achieve
and
hypotheses,
recorded.
context:
Scientic
of
of
all,
they
interesting
make
observations
phenomena.
This
of
can
the
natural
often
lead
which
Scientists
are
then
possible
make
explanations
some
for
predictions
the
observations
which
help
them
controlled
experiments
to
test
whether
the
hypotheses
are
true
innovation
or
not.
this
Carrying
allows
scientists
new
In
the
them
to
ones.
This
The
for
global
technical
and

This
year
John
claim. That
Statement
Healthy
disease.
of
be
the
explored
methods
lead
map
of
this
until
to
deaths
between
likelihood
of
in
with
on
a
how
its
deaths
map
close
of
a
and
cholera
the
he
had
was
being
to
is
aected
no
scientic
Street
by
in
and
medicine
from
Soho
London,
water,
evidence
in
water
by
from
provide
stemming
systematic
the
evidence
can
outcomes.
Broad
outburst
evidence
variables.
transmitted
area. This
house
inhabitants
was
the
method.
vaccinations,
health
allow
it;
formulate
qualitative
innovations
around
cholera
a
chapter
analyze
even
scientic
between
this
all
suspicion
when
or
quantitative
methods,
improved
that
the
between
and
exist
are
cholera
1854,
as
and
ultimately
experimentation
Experimental
that
met
that
will
data
hypotheses,
known
and
collect
which
initial
observation
hypothesized
not
cholera
relationship
and
to
they
distinguish
relationships
Snow ’s
is,
we
is
observation
study
Snow
their
steps
direct
context
contemporaries
record
of
method,
the
conclusions,
reject
innovation
1854.
experiments,
draw
series
creativity
is
the
or
Both
population
human
to
through
experiments.
evidence
out
accept
scientic
obtained
2 8 0
rst
note
and
design
technical
this:
Evidence
to
Global
take
to
but
sustain
allowed
approach
pump
in
in
the
his
him
his
to
showed
Broad
the
Street
cholera
inquiry:
lifestyles
can
be
based
on
evidence
of
relationships
between
types
of
behavior
and
risks
of
In
science,
cancer
for
incidence
example
incidence
When
of
articles
within
the
that
outline
for
in
such
number
of
vaccination
as
when
years
rate
the
rate
smoking,
lead
to
of
or
inverse,
decreased
yield
are
the
interesting
discovered,
edited
and
scientic
scientists
reviewed
signicance
exploration.
results
or
and
new
publish
other
implications
Published
community
by
and
of
results
their
ndings
scientists.
a
are
sometimes
relationships
result
often
more
Journal
and
indicate
debated
widely
by
public.
Popular
studies,
media
and
articles
allows
their
results
may
making
literate
in
direct,
with
increases
are
further
the
be
disease.
variables
journals
areas
a
can
increases
when
experiments
between
in
relationships
exaggerate
critically
capable
eld
are
it
often
of
direct
organized
to
complex
to
non-experts.
and
important
evaluating
researchers
and
in
to
own
tables,
importance
that
claims.
keep
their
specialized
the
up
to
readers
Reading
date
research,
graphs
analysis,
and
they
with
but
are
particular
scientically
scientic
the
not
and
journal
developments
because
charts
are
of
published
are
always
often
subject
accessible

This
careful
are
This
is
dissemination
understood
by
why
to
the
reputable
the
public
public
and
scientists
of
research
not
ensure
that
ndings,
misrepresented
so
by
there
that
is
they
journalists.
engraving
12th
out
centur y
an
experiment.
proponent
method
to
of
and
describe
the
shows
the
of
the
scientic
Roger
Franciscan
He
use
the
use
natural
method
was
of
Bacon,
monk,
an
the
of
early
scientic
mathematics
world. Why
so
successful
modernresearch?

The rst mass production and
clinical trials of oral poliovirus
vaccine (OPV ) made from
live but altered viruses were
conducted in the Soviet Union
in the late 1950s. The success
of these clinical trials paved
the way for the vaccine’s key

The Lancet,
oldest
and
Ar ticles
by
rst
best
within
other
published
known
the
research. This
is
to
known
1823,
scientic
journal
researchers
in
have
ensure
as
peer
is
a
one
medical
been
the
of
the
journals.
reviewed
quality
review
of
the
a
carr ying
role in the global poliomyelitis
eradication campaign. This
stamp from Egypt is part
of a campaign to promote
vaccination
2 81
is
in
E V I D E N C E
C E L L S
What
evidence
led
to
the
discovery
of
mitosis?
Cells
reproduce
have
reached
functions
division
also
such
must
needed
Walther
Parascaris
a
shown
as
many
a
as
before
smaller
an
they
perform
ones.
organism
Cell
grows.
It
is
in
the
19th
larvae
and
drawings
for
century.
in
of
division
genetic
the
He
made
roundworm
salamander
of
material
the
in
cells
nucleus
the
by
nucleus
stains.
way
times
evidence
made
as
this
cannot
cells.
Flemming’s
called
are
repeatedly
do
cells
efciently
division
He
must
large
salamander
of
provide
these
They
damaged
cell
mitosis.
chemicals
such
or
in
Some
They
as
happen
lost
studied
named
two.
because
exchange
replace
here.
in
size,
observations
using
How
gas
a
therefore
to
he

Drawings
C E L L S
as
equorum.
process
visible
dividing
large
Flemming
microscope
are
by
too
of
presenting
does
qualitative
cell
evidence
division
need
to
happen to produce enough cells to conver t
a
fer tilized
Evidence
If
all
will
the
To
a
cells
scientic
in
repeatedly
number
the
for
of
nd
many
the
cells
of
the
into
will
an
prediction
body
double.
cells
number
egg
divide
at
the
in
the
number
of
doublings
are
in
be
the
to
human
humans.
body
by
reference
time,
the
total
mathematical
1,
is
2,
4,
8,
16
to
reason.
number
pattern,
and
so
the
on
until
reached.
necessary,
An
human?
made
same
this
sequence
cells
there
can
According
follow
adult
we
estimate
need
to
obtained
know
by
how
careful
13
research
and
an
body.
adult
Try
to
published
This
calculate
the
is
in
2013
is
that
there
37,200,000,000,000
number
of
cell
are
or
divisions
3.72
37.2
×
10
trillion
needed
to
cells
in
cells.
produce
13
3.72×
of
10
cells.
You
numbers—there
do
are
not
have
easier
to
ways
work
to
do
out
the
the
complete
calculation.
sequence
The
answer
13
you
should
get
is
that
45
doublings
gives
3.52
×
10
cells,
which
13
is
nearly
many
2 8 2
enough
more
than
and
46
doublings
needed.
gives
7.04
×
10
cells,
which
is
Data-based
question: Caenorhabditis elegans development
2.
The
C.
graph
elegans
Interpret
these
shows
in
the
the
a)
Do
b)
What
The
is
the
cells
is
Caenorhabditis elegans is
a
atworm
that
is
of
in
cell
and
biological
divisions
research.
during
hermaphrodite)
its
It
life
have
a
follows
and
xed
a
precise
both
total
they
are
adults.
sexes
the
all
the
graph
cell
number
graph
to
divide
of
to
in
life.
answer
synchronously?
approximate
one
Interpret
How
of
time
division
cells
this
answer
many
needed
(male
number
Here C. elegans is
cells
data
and
after
and
these
interval
the
210
the
next?
minutes
data
in
questions:
cell
divisions
would
be
pattern
of
to
produce
182
cells?
cells
b)
when
in
of
minutes
widely
a)
used
total
182.
the

data
number
210
questions:
between
3.
the
rst
Have
all
cells
completed
this
number
of
surrounded
divisions?
by
large
which
numbers
is
of
provided
the
as
unicellular
food
for
it
in
bacterium E. coli,
laboratories
4.
The
pattern
C.elegans
1.
Caenorhabditis
elegans
atworms
start
a
single
cell.
Adult
males
have
a
development
involves
1,031
cells.
Calculate
how
total
would
have
to
occur
to
many
adult
male,
if
all
cells
divide
apoptosis.
same
time
In
131
How
cells
many
kill
cells
themselves
must
be
produce
at
by
cell
division
if
the
nal
cell
exactly
total
the
death).
cell
produced
an
called
cell
of
by
divisions
process
(programmed
hermaphrodites,
exactly
a
in
life
apoptosis
as
of
in
an
adult
hermaphrodite
is
959?
(synchronously).
180
rebmun
120
llec
60
0
0
Is
there
cell
can
Leonard
a
may
ends
be
of
to
but
the
to
100
how
many
150
times
a
200
human
G E N E T I C S
divide?
embryo
up
possible,
limit
Hayick,
human
divide
a
50
60
an
American
were
times
grown
but
apparently
limiting
then
not
factor.
chromosomes.
biologist,
in
an
stop,
many
articial
so
time
a
45
more.
Telomeres
Each
discovered
are
cell
or
cell
46
culture,
divisions
Structures
the
that
the
of
cells
they
is
called
sections
divides,
if
from
would
certainly
telomeres
DNA
telomere
at
the
becomes
2 83
E V I D E N C E
shorter,
in
a
of
cell
until
human
that
shortening
lifestyle
is
life
division
divisions
2004.
it
is
too
(the
they
are
to
PNAS.
Vol.101
zygote)
possible.
a
has
is
of
more
divisions.
telomeres,
setting
some
between
rate
Pp.
any
long
There
telomere
(49).
allow
shorter,
variable
lower
“Accelerated
to
become
highly
leads
short
a
but
limit
evidence
individuals
telomere
shortening
with
to
the
that
and
shortening
in
response
The
each
cell
round
number
the
that
life
rate
a
(Epel,
to
rst
of
of
healthy
ES
et
al.
stress”.
17312–17315).
Data-based question: Ageing and telomere shortening
The
graph
green
in
a
that

The
scanning
line
large
shows
the
represents
sample.
exists
in
length
the
The
about
blue
1%
of
telomeres
average
of
line
the
as
telomere
represents
a
function
length
the
for
of
a
age.
The
certain
telomere
age
length
population.
electron
12
micrograph
#10
shows
of
the
chromosome
telomeres
10
in
)bk(
marked
green
htgnel
8
6
50%
eremolet
4
1%
2
0
0
10
20
30
Source
of
data:
syndromes”.
Armanios,
Nat
1.
Describe
2.
Evaluate
Rev
the
the
M.
Gen.
and
Pp.
relationship
that
60
70
(years)
Blackburn,
Vol.13.
claim
50
40
age
EH.
2012.
“The
telomere
693–704
between
telomere
age
and
length
is
telomere
variable
length.
within
a
population.
3.
Suggest
some
possible
causes
of
shorter
telomeres
in
some
individuals.
4.
a)
b)
List
If
three
the
on
processes
ability
mitosis
of
body
decreased
consequences?
2 8 4
the
which
are
to
with
dependent
carry
age,
out
what
on
mitosis.
processes
would
be
dependent
some
of
the
Are
there
number
Some
cells
produce
that
our
are
with
cells
do
difcult
these
The
cells
lost
of
cells
cells
named
ends
cell
divisions.
of

Human
only
if
their
cells
This
develop
HeLa
seems
can
for
to
will
grow
are
on
types
In
that
into
a
cells
be
be
has
no
even
They
by
been
limit
to
came
this,
human
there
the
into
though
as
it
our
C E L L S
cultured
a
of
in
life,
the
so
Most
have
it
more
endlessly.
in
number
from
In
lives,
adult
they
must
Cells
cells
sperm.
makes
dividing
the
they
tissue.
are
throughout
protective
tumor
do
telomeres.
throughout
develop
telomerase
may
of
males
dividing
cells
To
lengthens
several
that
limited?
endlessly.
surface.
go
theory
tumor
laboratories
of
times
found
that
in
a
Lack.
is
that
many
and
is
replacement,
divide
suitable
HeLa
times
chromosomes
conditions
the
which
in
of
divide.
this
however
the
They
Henrietta
explanation
divide
skin
contain
it.
called
There
tumor
telomerase;
to
the
the
number
making
cells
occur
allow
from
huge
to
telomerase,
however
for
1951.
woman
capacity
telomerase.
for
strain
since
the
to
divisions
telomerase
the
not
gene
cell
enzyme
these
that
producing
A
have
the
skin
testes
the
of
produce
cells
exceptions
do
in
(such
a
cells
HeLa
not
liquid
as
produce
cells
become
culture,
incubation
the
divide,
at
too
either
enzyme
the
telomeres
short
in
for
tubes
or
at
further
dishes,
but
37 ° C)
2 8 5
E V I D E N C E
H E A LT H
How
is
the
rate
of
growth
of
a
tumor
determined?
Cancer
in
the
is
body.
because
some
and
the
Tumors
may
rate
of
periods
of
nd
is
index
is
of
(P
,
M,
and
calculated
by
T)
of
so
cells
and
this
index
in
also
N
=
dividing
is
scan.
scans,
rate
the
cells
the
of
is
can
the
+
A
+
In
quickly
rate
scanning
would
the
of
be
of
T
undesirable
of
tumors
by
biopsy.
examined
phases
cells
+
it
involve
can
index.
taken
four
number
M
grows
the
growth
mitotic
sample
each
by
This
with
of
lost.
minimal.
measured
The
+
tumor
tumors
repeatedly
been
tumors,
posed
each
a
the
other
be
the
(P
so
have
of
I).
in
of
The
with
a
mitosis
interphase
The
mitotic
formula:
(P
Mitotic
are
In
on
tissue,
cells.
using
that
division
calculating
a
of
spread,
repeated
stained,
number
A
could
size
the
of
the
threat
treatment.
index
number
the
the
delay
and
cells
cell
also
frequently,
so
between
of
urgent.
tumor
delaying
The
total
a
often
over
divide
slow,
of
sectioned
counted
groups
measuring
mitotic
microscope.
N
very
without
the
are
and
controls
cells
waiting
To
growth,
particularly
growth
assessed
is
is
and
be
(I);
the
be
consequence
sample
the
normal
tumors,
repeatedly
is
to
treatment
division
The
due
+
M
+
A
+
T)
=
×
100%
N
In
a
fast
mitosis
index
The
The
mitotic
photograph
melanoma
Nuclei
in
index
of
interphase
vessel
How
2.
In
3.
How
many
of
of
section
are
in
are
in
be
2 8 6
Calculate
the
mitotic
time,
a
high
so
a
malignant
purple.
Red
are
blood
skin
Nuclei
cells
in
cancer.
of
cells
a
blood
orange.
mitosis?
is
each
cell?
interphase?
and
the
red
It
is
easiest
blood
cells
index
of
this
tumor.
to
count
should
proportion
whenever
high.
ignored.
4.
tumor
one
life-threatening
stained
tumor
mitosis
nuclei
will
through
brown.
the
are
any
tumor
causes
stained
cells
number
a
that
cells
stage
a
mitosis
through
many
what
the
in
are
passing
1.
shows
tumor,
cells
of
growing
at
be
the
of
cells
biopsy
are
is
performing
taken,
the
mitotic
Data-based
The
table
with
The
for
shows
one
rates
with
three
ranges
of
the
are
of
of
rates
of
There
of
cancer
women
tumors
index.
and
2.
a)
for
and
(If
were
the
in
survival
after
a
positive
the
survival
there
is
a
survival
or
negative
between
rate
positive
rate
index
is
higher.)
What
is
the
is
the
mitotic
after
six
index
years?
relationship,
higher
if
the
then
mitotic
index.
b)
Overall
there
rates
relationship
and
women
mitotic
survival
Is
cancer.
separately
larger
numbers
ranges
index
for
breast
shown
and
mitotic
equal
three
Mitotic
survival
form
smaller
approximately
each
the
particular
survival
women
question:
6
years
explanation
for
this
correlation?
(%)
Mitotic
index
11–20 mm tumors
>
20
mm
3.
tumors
Is
a
< 0.1
100
100
100
83
4.
0.11
–
0.5
the
size
better
The
81
women
you
the
data
consider
L TA
Information
Finding,
in
scans
of
reason
Display
tumor
of
this
of
the
trial
their
or
the
mitotic
chance
were
liver
of
all
and
index
survival?
given
bones
and
79
X-rays
1.
the
indicator
regular
> 0.5
of
in
most
whatever
graph
or
their
for
breasts
these
and
liver.
What
is
the
tests?
chart
appropriate.
literacy
skills
interpreting,
judging
and
creating
information
●
Present
●
Collect
information
and
informed
●
Identify
The
data
paper
in
source
Activity
number
The
of
a
scientic
L
Patients
11.
are
by
Pp
three
made
bars.
most
Looking
With
two
tumor
the
data
bar
chart.
is
to
of
formats
identify
and
solutions
platforms.
and
make
secondary
is
a
secondary
primary
journal.
et
al.
with
sources.
source.
The
2003.
source
The
correct
reference
“Prognostic
Node-Negative
because
primary
to
this
Relevance
Breast
it
has
source
of
Cancer.”
been
is
a
primary
Mitotic
Vol
16,
1067–1075.
way
possible
size,
You
of
displaying
ways
giving
need
of
data
grouping
three
to
the
groups
decide
the
of
which
is
with
bars:
two
by
bars
allows
a
or
bar
chart.
mitotic
two
index
groups
comparisons
to
be
easily.
for
large
and
question
Medri,
in
variety
data
another
conventional
There
and
this
from
is:
a
decisions.
primary
in
obtained
analyze
in
correlations
data
clear
sets
this
enough
in
is
data
is
usually
for
any
a
common
done
with
correlation
type
a
to
of
analysis.
computer
be
but
deduced
here
from
a
2 87
E V I D E N C E
H E A LT H
What
is
the
consequence
of
tumor
cellsmoving?
Broadly
speaking,
malignant.
do
not
threat
damage
to
also
tumors,
to
and

Carcinoid
so
of
the
intestine
This
type
1
in
that
30,000
of
it
surrounding
tissue
cells
them.
The
it
is
where
it
not
2 8 8
tumor
wall
The
just
into
will
to
a
part
of
oxygen
actions,
but
if
and
secondary
consequence
of
secondary
or
the
but
as
cancer.
They
may
secondary
a
the
It
in
of
of
the
visible. The
not
it
elsewhere.
only
the
happens
in
must
adhesions
that
then
cells
bind
or
these
break
a
vein),
migrate
itself
tumor
in
between
(usually
in
a
cells
tumor
probably
cells
a
other
cavities
vessel
Most
tumor
many.
is
movement
primary
then
but
between
establish
the
left
follows
break
body
blood
and
villi)
but
collagen,
allow
and
liver,
body
must
body.
right
(with
tumor?
move
as
to
tumors,
movement
tumor,
of
nutrients.
cell
tissue.
and
major
establish
growing,
the
malignant
through
or
the
wall
is
and
cell
tissue
one
tumor
such
vessel
a
regarded
they
to
intestine
digested
move
lymph
and
localized
pose
surrounding
then
Proteins
not
usually
nodes
tumor
benign
remain
do
where
parts
must
surrounding
establish
one
It
they
intestine;
the
benign
they
health.
the
other
be
must
another
of
lymph
The
cells.
must
cell
the
to
tissues.
of
a
to
small
tumors:
not
body,
where
to
this
steps.
receive
these
and
of
Is
cells
other
body
carried
perform
move
to
the
structure
spread
so
are
threat
of
of
but
destroy
the
damaged
cases.
together,
the
vessel
is
can
tumor
pattern
attach
through
tumor
they
and
wall
folded
types
grow,
tissues,
of
major
the
wall
complex
so.
in
normal
of
two
may
why
parts
a
the
Movement
the
are
tumor
is
invade
other
tumor,
about
so
this
tumors
spread
are
tumors
surrounding
health;
Malignant
there
Benign
is
many
therefore
fail
of
to
able
will
is
out
position
to
do
usually
Primary
tumors
removed,
together
is
sometimes
it
in
size
surgery
is
before
often
because
of
their
is
but
bone.
or
varies
usual
Some
cells,
tumor
of
the
location
that
is
there
depending
the
it
a
that
are
cure
and
lymph
are
cancer.
location
location
that
used
either
The
nodes,
chemicals.
these
makes
no
the
many.
type
in
reduce
surgically,
cancer
with
Ironically,
too
the
with
treat
chemicals
cells.
are
on
to
to
tumor
there
tumors
develop
approach
to
needed
secondary
the
is
Radiation
either
of
If
tumor
tissue.
tumor,
radiotherapy.
all
The
surrounding
because
is
surgery.
primary
commonly
tumors
chemotherapy.
be
by
the
a
called
remove
they
The
secondary
of
in
because
may
location
tumors
including
or
to
treated
cells
This
this
be
some
kill
surgery
tumor,
and
form
with
to
tumors
secondary
to
often
impossible
of
primary
brain
used
impossible.
secondary
It
can
has
kill
is
any
do
the
spread
This
chemicals
of
liver,
called
dividing
not
work

Lymph
well
with
slow
growing
tumors
that
have
a
low
mitotic
index.
body
recent
only
years
tumor
chemical
cells
treatments
rather
than
all
have
been
dividing
developed
that
target
is
the
some
percentage
target
of
of
in
of
but
change
in
Cancer
treatments
However,
Debate
how
to
cells.
difcult
these
1
What
2
Is
are
there
a
are
the
to
for
how
is
successfully.
the
of
world,
has
decades
they
in
better
have
with
reasons
in
been
and
it
and
needed
with
the
to
schemes
been
other
some
much
should
vessels
enter
the
from
inter vals
lymph
higher
carried
(shown
blood
hear t. The
has
system
swellings
along
the
by
green)
near
at
vessels
are
nodes
been
development
how
form
normal
of
body
secondary
recent
than
years
they
raised
by
so
were
some
survival
in
the
new
rates
past.
treatments.
students:
new
treatments
national
health
being
services
very
or
expensive?
health

Brain
insurance
drains
is
major
there
into
migrate
a
Cancer
a
that
and
cured.
improved
issues
limit
how
be
much
questions
treated
Cancer
many
research
can
have
be
deaths
understanding
cells,
cancer
cancers
all
for
more
tumor
and
many
the
much
into
cannot
of
countries.
research
tumors
with
15%
developed
progress
treatments,
cancer
about
medical
immense
cells
cases
cause
uid
tissues
lymph
the
Sadly,
is
In
pay
for
cancer
MRI
scan
of
a
39-year-old
treatments?
man
with
secondar y
tumors
(metastases)
3
Should
individuals
treatments
that
or
only
families
have
a
be
allowed
small
chance
to
pay
for
expensive
of
extending
life
signicantly?
What
factors
in
causenormal
tumor
A
tumor
group
The
but
of
small.
starts
with
specic
of
body
a
single
mutations
any
chance
The
environment
cells
to
can
change
H E A LT H
into
cells?
chance
the
the
of
reason
one
all
of
why
of
body
have
these
them
cell
to
changing
take
mutations
occurring
tumors
place
are
not
in
into
to
a
the
occurring
the
same
tumor
genes
is
very
cell
innitesimally
is
rare
cell.
in
A
the
cell.
small,
extremely
is
that
our
2 8 9
E V I D E N C E
bodies
into
a
contain
tumor
Mutations
stable
are
high
and
chemicals,
of
these
mutagens.

Ionizing
when
radiation
nuclear
released
bombs
due
to
can
cancer
after wards.
bombs
during
and
cause
so
war fare,
two
far
at
Nagasaki. The
shows
a
later
a
the
can
is
nitrosamines
(found
cause
in
(found
(such
cell.
DNA
in
as
so
they
(UV)
and
high
refer
are
is
a
very
various
(Y
rays),
radiation
tobacco
we
change
example:
rays
hydroxyl
at
but
for
gamma
cooked
cancer,
a
could
large.
conditions,
X-rays,
meat
which
mutations,
mutations,
cause
in
ultraviolet
species
of
quite
DNA
cause
radiation:
oxygen
mutations
is
chance
to
shortwave
can
one
also
smoked
radicals)
foods),
and
temperatures).
to
them
as
carcinogens
cancer).
are
Explain
how
each
of
the
following
can
cause
cancer:
deaths
test
a)
nuclear
bombs
b)
articial
c)
smoking
d)
X-rays.
nuclear
been
used
sunbeds
Hiroshima
photo
detonation
2.
Debate
made

Some
other
it
is
whether
illegal
people
each
because
have
of
hypotheses
impor tant
cancer,
so
suggest
that
that
to
of
an
using
know
these
is
if
four
that
data
can
have
causes
increase
the
be
an
of
from
in
the
hairdressers
example
factors
factors
hairdressers
the
they
suggested
occupations. This
validity
2 9 0
as
any
environmental
factors
amines
factors
As
changes
normal
and
cells,
collective
(ionizing)
such
of
decades
Only
have
in
reactive
(acarcinoma
1.
detonated
the
chemical
heterocyclic
All
so
particles
benzene,
numbers
chemical
energy
alpha
●
cell,
substance
physical
●
vast
a
in
question
risk
have
of
experiments
environment
identied
increased
and
risk
rates
Scientists
or
of
other
of
sources.
hairdressers
cancer?
cancer
evaluate
removed. What
of
should
be
cancer.
higher
hypothesis.
1
In
are
than
the
this
case
causing
evidence
would
Data-based
The
UN
has
developed
Development
down
into
further
question:
Goals”,
169
17
main
which
targets.
subdivided
Global
further
targets
measurable
broken
are
of
even
evidence
of
progress
to
be
pollution
number
human
number
3
refers
to
good
and
aims
to
health
ensure
pollution
promote
well-being
for
all
healthy
at
is
a
signicant
all
both
and
of
these
indicators
By
2030,
deaths
water
and
and
substantially
illnesses
soil
pollution
the
of
chemicals
and
3.9.1
air,
are
Mor tality
ambient
By
2030,
reduce
special
other
Source:
The
to
air
of
barrier
to
goals.
of
The
success
specic
related
to
air
shown
in
the
following
table.
rate
attributed
to
household
and
pollution
adverse
cities,
quality
per
capita
including
and
11.6.2
by
paying
municipal
and
soil
Annual
(i.e.
PM2.5
1.
Outline
rate
attributed
pollution
mean
and
and
levels
PM10)
in
to “hazardous
chemicals,
contamination”
of
ne
cities
par ticulate
(population
matter
weighted)
and
management
http://indicators.report/goals/goal-3/
map
matter
and
attention
waste
the
impact
air
Mor tality
water
environmental
and
contamination
3.9.2
11.6
and
ages.
number
hazardous
and
cities
resilient
Indicators
reduce
from
safe,
lives
Targets
3.9
making
and
pollution
and
on
inclusive,
quantied.
targets
well-being
focuses
sustainable.
achieving
Goal
11
settlements
indicators,
Air
allowing
air
Goal
”Sustainable
are
These
into
distribution
shows
(PM10).
damage
the
global
pattern
Particulates
lung
tissue.
can
of
be
Further,
particulate
inhaled
might
adhere
to
the
distribution
surface
of
and
increase
the
risk
of
particulate
air
Predict
the
pattern
of
the
global
the
distribution
particle
of
globally.
carcinogenic
2.
chemicals
the
pollution
of
respiratory
diseases
such
as
cancer.
asthma,
emphysema
and
lung
c a n c e r.
2 91
E V I D E N C E
Lichens
of
or
fungi
are
composite
living
in
close
photosynthetic
types
of
lichen
generally,
the
organisms
bacteria.
that
are
lower
that
association
There
sensitive
the
are
to
pollution
consist
with
3.
Using
algae
the
different
lung
pollution;
rates,
the
diversity
of
biodiversity
number
of
of
lichens
locations
Italy.
the
lichen
graph,
identify
mortality
due
biodiversity
in
to
the
region.
Explain
in
was
the
determined
Veneto
Mortality
due
to
lung
to
the
relationship
lung
cancer
and
between
lichen
mortality
biodiversity.
at
region,
men
who
had
lived
in
one
region
in
for
north-east
and
in
between
lichens.
Only
a
data
the
due
The
the
cancer
Veneto
4.
higher
only
relationship
their
entire
life
were
included
in
the
cancer
investigation.
in
each
from
of
the
these
examination
relationship
shown
locations
in
between
the
of
was
medical
these
following
determined
two
records.
variables
5.
The
Suggest
one
reason
for
two
reasons
excluding
other
men.
is
graph.
6.
Suggest
graph
G E N E T I C S
What
were
Genome
All
of
the
organism
scientists
Genome
all
lying
objectives
on
of
the
the
points
line
the
of
on
best
the
t.
Human
Project?
genetic
is
the
not
for
information
referred
to
collaborated
Project.
This
as
in
its
a
within
the
genome.
venture
project
had
In
DNA
the
known
a
as
number
of
late
the
of
an
individual
20th
century,
Human
objectives
including:
●
determining
3

Phosphoglycerate
a
protein
living
2 9 2
that
things
is
kinase
universal
billion
and
DNA
●
identifying
●
making
documenting
base
the
pairs
location
in
of
the
the
sequence
human
of
the
more
genome
genes
is
the
information
in
investigation.
available
to
scientists
for
further
than
To
locate
DNA
genes,
that
act
scientists
as
signals
look
to
for
start
or
specic
stop
three-base
translation
of
sequences
messenger
in
the
jak3
RNA.
severe
A
start
signal
rst
needs
to
be
located.
If
a
long
sequence
of
bases
combined
BCKDHA
immunodeficiency
maple
without
any
stop
signals
follows
and
there
is
then
a
stop
signal,
urine
long
base
sequence
is
likely
to
be
a
syrup
the
disease
gene.
DMPK
The
completion
of
the
project
was
announced
in
2003,
and
APOE
the
myotonic
data
collected
development
has
of
led
to
a
great
applications
range
of
further
research
and
including:

Human
60
●
development
of
atherosclerosis
dystrophy
the
personal
genome
analysis
related
to
chromosome
million
base
pairs,
19
of
contains
which
over
more
than
health
85% have been mapped. This process has
●
understanding
of
evolutionary
relationships
shown that there are over 1,700 genes
chromosome
●
comparison
How
are
human
Medical
Project
researchers
to
compare
genomes
their
genomes
Analysis
of
increased
makes
predicts
that
it
they
of
may
well
can
be
Comparison
a
gene
the
the
This
from
to
better
by
(Adoxophyes
honmai,
is
a
The
of
respond
provides
cytochrome
common
Diatraea
a
in
a
certain
person’s
fewer
disease
between
to
person
is
can
condition.
to
Genome
condition.
leading
if
at
then
The
genome
drugs,
side
be
analysis
that
meaning
effects.
organisms
evidence
C
of
oxidase,
sequences
sequences
saccharalis,
genetic
individual
the
with
between
base
their
G E N E T I C S
Human
Differences
indicate
variations
The
of
a
the
research?
the
have
increasingly
disease.
will
from
who
cause
can
in
health
affected.
treatments
protein
mutation.
not
prevention
sequences
has
in
possible
identify
gene
accumulate
are
analysis
person
DNA
detected
individuals
relatedness
for
metabolism.
to
given
of
of
species.
information
genome
lead
that
the
who
This
suffering
Determining
have
DNA
indicate
possible
how
used
individual’s
that
different
useful
people
medicine.
risk
advice
the
may
an
personalized
have
of
from
patterns
genome
the
also
genomes
the
with
given
of
19
in
for
Ostrinia
relationships.
an
enzyme
most
part
that
species,
of
the
furnacalis
but
gene
and
Nearly
is
time
four
Ostrinia
eukaryotic
essential
over
in
all
for
species
energy
differences
species
nubilalis)
of
are
buttery
shown
in
the
table.
A. honmai
D. saccharalis
O. furnacalis
O. nubilalis
1.
What
(5') T
(5')
A
(5') T
(5')
C
does
A
C
G
T
A
G
G
G
G
A
G
C
T
A
A
A
T
T
A
G
C
G
C
A
C
G
A
T
C
G
G
G
C
G
T
G
A
T
C
G
T
(3')
T
G
C
A
T
C
C
C
C
T
C
G
A
T
T
T
A
A
T
C
G
C
G
T
G
C
T
A
G
C
C
C
G
C
A
C
T
A
G
C
A
(3')
A
G
G
T
A
G
G
C
G
A
G
C
T
T
A
A
T
T
A
G
G
G
C
A
C
G
A
A
C
G
G
G
C
G
T
G
A
T
C
C
T
(3')
A
A
G
T
A
G
G
G
G
A
G
A
T
C
G
C
T
A
A
G
C
G
C
A
C
G
A
T
A
A
T
A
G
C
T
G
A
T
C
G
T
(3')
the
data
given
here
suggest
about
the
relationship
between
the
species
in
the
table?
2 9 3
on
E V I D E N C E
2.
Based
on
the
table,
which
two
species
are
the
most
closely

A
related?
technician
Neander thal
sample
and
will
humans
East
What
Genome
known
if
they
are
mapping
as
model
have
has
short
have
as
projec t.
who
from
its
a
sample
genetic
par t
100,000
fossilized
of
material
the
in
to
Europe
30,000
bone.
The
ex trac ted
Neander thal
Neander thals
lived
of
neander thalensis)
were
and
ear ly
the
years
M iddle
ago
organisms?
been
carried
organisms.
useful
laboratories,
of
model
drilling
(Homo
sequenced
genome
G E N E T I C S
is
out
Species
characteristics,
generation
for
are
such
times,
or
a
number
chosen
as
ease
for
of
of
this
species
research
rearing
production
of
in
large
numbers
offspring.
Model
organisms
Saccharomyces
include
cerevisiae
the
and
fruit
the
y
soil
Drosophila
nematode
melanogaster,
worm
yeast
Caenorhabditis
elegans.

The
puer
genes
to
making
it
mapped
2 9 4
sh Fugu rubripes is
humans
faster
after
but
to
the
a
much
map.
It
human
a
model
smaller
was
the
genome
organism
amount
rst
of
ver tebrate
map
was
because
genetic
to
have
completed
it
has
a
material
its
similar
set
between
entire
of
genes,
genome
Over
are
60%
of
similar
about
such
Mus
has
in
1,500
as
direct
The
D.
those
Once
a
the
less
also
genes
of
to
as
the
elegans.
found
immune
model
human
among
gene
is
have
animals.
organisms
diversity
hypothesized
a
that
C.
are
human
model
and
and
that
complex
used
layout
existence
universality
in
is
similar
families
from
matches
disease
melanogaster
gene
musculis
a
human
been
identied
Scientists
in
all
system,
For
are
this
organism.
have
animals.
The
genes,
likely
the
mouse
far
identied
Some
less
reason
thus
to
have
mouse
genome
genome.
further
living
identied
illustrates
the
idea
of
things.
in
one
species,
similar
p
sequences
will
be
sought
in
other
species.
Through
a
The gene that codes for the
procedure
production of the protein leptin
known
as
“knocking
organism.
The
out”,
effect
of
a
gene
can
deactivating
be
the
deactivated
gene
can
in
give
a
model
an
has been “knocked out” in the
indication
mouse on the left. This allowed
scientists to recognize that
of
the
function
of
that
gene.
leptin plays a role in energy
Scientists
humans
were
using
What
able
to
locate
mice
as
a
evidence
infectious
Until
to
19th
century,
causes
such
as
specic
Under
sites
that
cause
a
nutrient
showed
process
formalized
1.
If
an
2.
The
with
was
to
common
foul
a
of
a
the
leptin
cause
attribute
odours
by
Robert
is
of
individual
suspected
the
or
in
of
evil
exist
infectious
spirits.
and
the
the
metabolism, giving insight into
H E A LT H
diseases
Louis
could
into
of
be
Pasteur
the
the
should
under
a
from
pus
several
in
a
microscope
of
an
infectious
disease
postulates.
disease,
be
the
bacteria.
cause
four
pus
cultured
culture
variety
from
disease
the
specic
of
extracted
and
specic
Koch
suffering
with
he
infection
single
establishing
cause
to
organisms
conditions,
skin
Examination
organism
specic
the
of
it
controlled
presence
was
of
disease.
solution.
The
function
such health concerns as obesity
established
exposure
a
person
the
the
organism.
disease-causing
of
carefully
on
model
determine
diseases?
the
established
and
then
found
in
the
large
suspected
numbers
in
disease.
cause
organism
can
be
isolated
and
cultured.
3.
The
cultured
introduced
4.
The
organism
into
organism
original
healthy
that
organism
individual
original
a
and
should
was
must
should
test
lead
be
the
disease
when
individual.
suspected
be
to
found
of
in
identical
causing
large
to
the
disease
numbers
what
was
in
found
in
the
in
the
test
the
host.
2 9 5
E V I D E N C E
Healthy
animal
iseased
Koch's
rst
postulate
animal
Suspected
pathogen
Obser ve
under
Red
a
sample
microscope
blood
cell
Red
blood
cell
Koch's
Culture
No
second
postulate
sample from
pathogens
diseased
or
healthy
present
animals
Cultured
pathogen
Inocu
with
ate
ea
t
suspected
y
anima
Koch's
pathogen
third
postulate
iseased
animal
Obser ve
the
sample
under
microscope
Suspected
pathogen
Culture
Koch's
The
of
work
of
infection
innovations
2 9 6
Pasteur
for
of
and
several
Koch
led
diseases,
vaccinations
and
as
to
discovering
well
as
to
the
pasteurization
the
specic
highly
of
four th
milk.
postulate
cause
successful
Disease
Specic
Malaria
Trypanosoma sp. (protozoan)
Measles
measles
Tuberculosis
Mycobacterium tuberculosis (bacterium)
Amoebic
Entamoeba histolytica (protozoan)
dysenter y
Per tussis
(whooping
cough)
HIV
Robert
Koch
presence
infected
using
Discuss
his
3
For
which
4
What
5.
Discuss
are
Pathogens
by
on
body
a
which
the
will
person
Vaccines
consist
they
the
a
may
Edward
people
The
to
who
people
vocal
these
object
others
falsely
Thimerosal
is
a
culture
observed
apply
tube
and
in
the
a
by
the
the
blood
method
of
above
microscope
to
living
to
in
a
this
to
in
postulates
not
be
helpful?
the
third
postulate.
H E A LT H
a
and
further
the
disease,
vaccine
of
This
the
is
depends
results
against
by
the
the
in
the
disease,
pathogen,
of
way
for
and
immunity.
so
similar
survived
as
thimerosal
autism
vaccine
as
a
and
He
that
extracted
people
with
smallpox.
vaccines
questionable
to
for
noticing
smallpox.
to
may
injection.
unaffected
immune
success,
enough
needed
an
after
They
Alternatively
antibodies
injected
obvious
between
is
smallpox
became
on
that
the
of
pathogen.
administered
cowpox
of
person
recovery
antibodies
development
based
vials
a
response.
infections
version
of
When
disease.
usually
inclusion
added
of
immune
the
their
links
postulates
models?
organisms.
from
people
claim
animal
infections
despite
the
of
production
are
suffered
Koch’s
Koch’s
microorganism
developed
of
would
cells
any
weakened
a
to
disease.
develops
an
stimulating
treated
to
and
out
stimulate
minority
he
caused
work?
memory
cowpox
Unfortunately,
a
of
causing
Vaccines
had
from
a
was
could
considerations
resist
or
contain
it.
that
Koch
limitations
disease
immunity
by
Jenner
material
it.
both
dead
anthrax
bacteria
limitations
carrying
has
to
of
ethical
rapidly
pathogen
immunity
types
pathogen
work
of
cause
disease
of
that
how
mice,
possible
the
are
production
cows,
vaccines
infected
their
Explain
the
the
do
virus
hypothesis.
some
identifying
How
rod-shaped
infected
conrm
2.
of
infection
virus
hypothesized
cows.
of
Bordetella per tussis (bacterium)
AIDS
1.
cause
are
resisted
evidence.
Some
preservative,
by
of
whereas
vaccination.
containing
more
than
one

An
dose,
in
order
to
prevent
the
growth
of
bacteria
and
fungi.
When
example
takes
preservative
mercury
enters
the
compound.
body,
it
is
broken
down
to
ethylmercury,
of
a
book
that
this
a
issue
thimerosal
with
as
a
the
use
of
preser vative
in
vaccines
2 97
E V I D E N C E
There
H
H
H
C
Hg
H
C
are
most
but
they
of
H
are
two
types
of
organic
mercury
compounds
to
which
people
H
H
commonly
have
mercury
exposed—methylmercury
different
that
can
properties.
build
up
in
and
ethylmercury—
Methylmercuryis
certain
kinds
of
sh
a
compound
and
humans
H
are
exposed
to
it
when
eating
this
sh.
In
humans,
methylmercury
ethylmercury
can
be
absorbed
into
the
blood
through
the
intestine,
and
at
high
(EtHg)
levels

Structural
formulas
methylmercur y
link
was
and
vaccine
question:
postulated
measles,
and
rise
MMR
between
mumps
the
as
a
methylmercury,
quickly
Data-based
triple
acts
toxin,
and
of
and
the
does
DTP
use
rubella
childhood
and
of
ethylmercury
not
tend
MMR
vaccine
was
introduced
to
the
(MMR)
after
a
measles
very
outbreak
there
be
to
considerable
no
system.
in
Britain
killed
some
cleared
from
the
of
believe
single
in
vaccines
such
a
and
making
autism.
a
link
Japan,
17
has
the
but
the
MMR
vaccine
programme
was
was
and
and
only
single
vaccines
used
180
children
13-year
the
top
graph
vaccinated
shows
(MMR
in
the
the
UK.
percentage
uptake)
over
a
40
100
80
40
30
60
20
10
20
0
0
period.
87
88
89
90
Outline
the
the
period
pattern
shown
of
in
MMR
the
uptake
graph.
92
91
year
2.
%
of
in
optional
50
120
detaniccav
data
is
[2]
60
140
7
The
vaccination
vaccines.
evitalumuc
MMR
single
advocating
70
160
sraey
The
than
vaccination
propose
rep
rather
doctors
thereafter.
autism
instead.
for
in
in
people.
ecnedicni
triple
reasons
introduced
terminated
shown
000,01
Suggest
between
in
ot
1.
to
more
[2]
people
link
body
accumulate.
research
ega
use
to
contrast
human
MMR
continue
In
autism.
research
connection,
is
MMR
1993
Though
nervous
about
1989,
1988
the
vaccines
In
The
affecting
of
ethylmercur y
A
it
of
93
birth
of
94
95
96
97
cohort
over
The
[3]
data
in
incidence
the
of
second
autism
in
graph
Japan
shows
for
the
children
95
%
coverage
by
the
age
of
grouped
2
4.
Outline
)%(
over
ekatpu
90
5.
by
the
the
the
trend
period
Evaluate
RMM
is
year
linked
using
to
the
that
in
the
shown
the
they
MMR
incidence
in
data
were
the
the
born
of
graph.
claim
vaccine.
in.
autism
[2]
that
autism
[3]
85
The
the
third
tetanus
80
1990–1
92–3
94–5
96–7
98–9
2000–1
graph
history
of
and
provides
the
triple
pertussis)
information
DTP
in
vaccine
England
about
(diptheria,
and
Wales
02–05
over
a
50-year
period.
The
incidence
of
year
pertussis
1940
3.
Suggest,
giving
a
reason,
a
year
in
2 9 8
UK
media
may
have
carried
a
1995
cough)
(red).
A
is
shown
second
curve
between
(blue)
which
shows
the
(whooping
and
story
DTP
vaccine
uptake
from
the
mid-1960s
to
the
mid-1990s.
The
period
when
the
stories
about
alleged
green
British
bar
media
side
indicates
carried
effects
of
6.
a
Using
the
changes
many
50
DTP
data
in
years
in
rates
from
the
of
graph,
explain
whooping
1940
to
1990.
the
cough
in
the
[3]
vaccination.
The
medical
journal
The
Lancet
was
criticized
ecnedicni
500
DTP
introduced
after
93%
it
published
a
paper
in
1998
regarding
a
link
300
between
the
MMR
vaccine
and
autism.
In
vaccine
February
2004,
The
Lancet
published
a
statement
uptake
200
rep
sissutrep
000 ,001
81%
400
31%
by
10
of
the
paper’s
13
co-authors
withdrawing
100
their
claim
that
there
is
the
possibility
that
MMR
0
could
1940
1950
1960
1970
1980
cause
autism.
The
journal
completely
1990
year
withdrew
one
of
the
the
research
researchers
unethically
in
article
was
conducting
in
2010,
found
the
to
after
have
acted
research.
L TA
Information literacy skills
Is
Finding,
interpreting,
a
and
creating
this
Use
Find
an
media
article
on
skills
to
analyze
conducting
sources,
it
is
author’s
name
the
to
can
corporation
clicking
on
internet
about
is
the
content
using
consult
be
What
the
the
credentials
to
where
This
take
article
and
shows
a
convince
can
the
author.
What
and
you
as
a
reader
is
qualied
to
speak
can
says
determine
“About
this
by
us”.
of
the
website?
Typically
some
organizations
than
.com,
but
are
this
more
will
still
judgment.
the
author
provided
links
to
the
sources
to
create
the
content
on
the
website?
evaluate
the
citations
on
the
site
provide
enough
credentials
that
with
.org
sources
so
that
they
can
be
partially
an
evaluated
author
You
that
domain
information
would
do?
link
for
Do
of
or
organization
that
responsibility
you
.gov
require
the
used
the
is
suitable
internet
sites
located.
prepared
of
organization
vaccines.
Has
author
an
this
communications.
research
better
the
by
does
and
.edu,
When
What
information
critical-literacy
interpret
provided
corporation?
or
●
website
judging
authority
without
opening
them?
on
vaccinations?
What
The
of
wall
of
oxygen
the
coronary
the
and
coronary
branch
all
is
heart
become
of
the
to
heart
veins
Blood
provides
form
wall.
deoxygenated,
coronary
muscle
nutrients.
arteries
repeatedly
parts
is
hear t
which
a
tissue
dense
Having
the
carry
blood
it
and
pumped
this
therefore
to
supply.
cardiac
The
network
picked
ows
back
to
H E A LT H
disease?
up
on
the
of
muscle
coronary
capillaries
waste
from
right
requires
supply
through
arteries
that
products
the
a
serves
and
capillaries
atrium
of
the
to
the
heart.
2 9 9
E V I D E N C E
Coronary
heart
as
building
plaque
arteries.
the
The
artery
forming
coronar y
cells
a
narrower.
the
in
the
the
These
starts
wall
become
artery.
heart
H E A LT H
artery
part
These
contracting
of
with
one
hardened
changes
If
a
attack
What
clot
fatty
or
deposits
more
and
of
make
increase
is
ar ter y
wall
rates
and
within
a
of
person’s
the
is
a
the
the
dislodged,
hear t
coronary
of
the
the
risk
it
known
coronary
inside
of
will
of
blood
be
clots
carried
on
health
of
blood
receive
way
narrower.
reaching
is
supplied
oxygen
this
is
outcome
or
The
cardiac
by
the
coronary
clot
may
muscle
blocked
glucose,
commonly
of
that
are
heart
certain
ofcials
pressure
–
disease
There
coronary
the
from
so
they
known
heart
as
stop
a
disease.
contribute
to
disease?
heart
a
becomes
that
factors
between
High
longer
populations.
risk
wall
common
relationships
advice
heart
no
and
blood
coordinated
and
are
The
of
a
branches
preventing
cells
in
coronary
vary
a
disease.
factor
seeking
increases
widely
number
the
New
and
to
of
Age
leads
the
to
countries
which
evidence
risk
reduce
risk.
between
factors
for
the
modications
incidence
reduces
increase
the
of
in
CHD.
elasticity
of
ar tery
arteries.
women.
plaque
supply
with
Men
the
evidence
A
more
lack
Cholesterol
LDL.
High
rates
of
of
is
likely
increases
heart.
inactivity
itself.
with
are
Smoking
to
Recent
is
that
perhaps
exercise
it
in
is
obesity
the
more
the
lipoproteins
from
pressure
and
increases
transported
density
suffer
blood
Inactivity
suggests
that
to
high
and
are
blood
(HDL)
deceases
correlation
risk
in
are
of
pressure
factors.
of
being
overweight
than
being
overweight
high
two
than
oxygen
contributing
signicant
the
blood
blood
forms:
associated
pressure.
HDL
with
and
reduced
(blocked)
with
CHD,
with
in
low
of
risk,
why
large
CHD
density
CHD.
High
but
some
are
to
rates.
LDL
may
not
have
ethnic
quantities
lipoproteins
levels
this
levels
predisposed
explain
consume
have
rates
Lipoprotein
genetically
low
arteries.
increased
LDLs.
may
while
increased
formation
3 0 0
the
blockage,
branch.
ar tery
in
deposits
within
where
form
plaque
up
(CHD)
ar teries
to
healthy
disease
of
in
of
be
the
fat
blood
in
the
because
solely
due
different
groups,
as
associated
increases
are
are
diet.
levels
and
are
blood
they
to
such
cholesterol
(LDL)
plaque
associated
correlated
Some
people
regardless
the
of
Maasai
saturated
fat
of
to
are
diet.
This
Kenya,
and
yet
Summative
Statement
of
inquiry:
Healthy
lifestyles
types
behavior
of
assessment
can
be
and
based
risks
of
on
evidence
of
relationships
between
disease.
Introduction
In
this
While
summative
completing
healthy
A
B
C
D
The
1.
lifestyle
causes
a)
of
Outline
b)
A
an
iii)
a
lifestyle
human
is
starts
pattern
then
mitochondria
What
is
b)
Estimate
is
your
If
the
cells
Like
whole
division
of
of
of
diseases.
rate
single
that
cell
in
that
In
follows
a
study,
so
the
of
that
the
an
nuclei
in
a
precise
development
adult.
are
embryo
cells
the
The
organisms,
structures
of
to
an
simple
stains,
cell
supports
leading
eventually
number
the
embryo
appear
not
at
pattern
such
of
as
C.
blue
of
of
the
elegans
and
visible.
this
stage?
embryo.
[1]
How
reliable
[2]
the
64
have
to
cells,
been
divide
nuclei?
embryo
how
up
one
to
many
this
rounds
stage?
nucleus
into
of
cell
[2]
two
[1]
each
contain
more
nuclei
or
more
[1]
mitochondria
pre-existing
if
has:
[3]
divisions
elegans.
used
cells,
consequence
slower
a
and
there
is
that
evidence
shape
identical
mitochondria?
f)
risk
disease.
choosing
[1]
way.
contained
would
process
the
the
causing
how
[1]
cause
Other
total
embryo
genetically
cause
studied
overall
the
disease
uorescent
estimate?
division
Do
fetus
green.
the
a
this
cell
been
with
a)
minimize
the
with
of
a
has
in
Caenorhabditis
treated
factors
about
[1]
outline
caused
life
divisions
What
cause.
case,
embryo,
was
e)
of
pathogen-based
atworm
d)
example
a
each
explore
think
disease
ii)
cell
c)
can
environmental
controlled
an
behaviors
an
In
we
assessment
i)
disease
2.
assessment
the
the
than
can
mitochondria.
mitochondria
the
only
embryo
in
cells?
be
produced
What
the
would
embryo
by
be
the
divided
at
a
[2]
3 01
E V I D E N C E
A
B
C
D
Analyzing
and
childhood
Increasing
outside
of
pressure
In
an
related
dietary
late
1960s,
disease
of
the
in
with
aim
the
factors:
Between
whether
of
in
as
and
2012,
34,000
the
are
factors
smoking,
which
are
in
in
high
are
blood
factors
for
(1972
of
was
the
of
set
and
in
shows
the
the
of
to
100%
help
up,
pressure.
determine
30–59
at
Finland,
were
the
participated.
in
death
factors,
level
set
cardiovascular
project
risk
coronary
eastern
was
blood
reduction
the
To
main
high
aged
eastern
the
project
conducted
women,
as
three
from
in
CHD.
community
prevalence
is
the
rate
men
for
in
each
rates
both
of
the
observed).
Women
100
ni
ni
2791
2791
120
l evel
l evel
80
fo
fo
60
egatnecreP
egatnecreP
40
20
40
20
0
0
1977
1982
1987
1992
1997
2002
2007
2012
1972
1977
1982
1987
year
1992
1997
2002
2007
year
Prevalence
Average
blood
a)
and
the
population
based
on
smoking,
cholesterol
cholesterol
concentration
mortality
Estimate
the
and
Identify
men.
c)
mortality
blood
CHD
in
pressure
CHD
1972
b)
smoking
pressure
Average
Actual
of
blood
Predicted
reduction
2012
which
in
in
men.
risk
actual
CHD
mortality
between
[1]
factor
changed
most
signicantly
in
[1]
Distinguish
women
3 0 2
cancer
which
risk
death
risk
smoking
living
below
the
highest
levels
and
and
highest
working-age
study
men
graphs
changes
a
taken
study
60
1972
disease,
community-based
cholesterol,
and
the
the
a
the
Men
80
of
the
with
CHD,
reducing
women
variables
100
unlike
all
had
carrying
from
measures
Over
data
well
of
1972
beginning
men
hear t
history
control,
choices,
world,
dietary
the
efcient.
as
family
Finland
the
country
deaths
The
and
individual’s
decrease
risk
coronar y
mor tality
gender
bad
to
health.
the
heart
part
age,
and
declining
3.
data
between
over
the
the
course
changes
of
the
in
smoking
study.
[1]
in
men
and
2012
d)
i)
Distinguish
CHD
ii)
4.
The
and
Suggest
bar
chart
the
shows
The
100,000
people.
in
for
ten
mortality
people
Lung
who
the
actual
predictions.
reasons
globally.
and
between
the
rate
is
have
difference.
with
the
has
never
in
deaths
due
to
[2]
cancers
cancer
reductions
[2]
the
highest
number
been
of
split
mortality
deaths
into
per
deaths
rates
year
in
in
smokers
smoked.
9
8
)000,001
7
6
×(
shtaed
5
4
launnA
3
2
1
0
etatsorp
saercnap
xivrec
)srekoms-non(
gnul
sugahposeo
tsaerb
revil
mutcer/noloc
hcamots
)srekoms(
gnul
a)
Calculate
smokers
b)
i)
how
compared
Deaths
ii)
due
Suggest
changes
to
time
be
the
for
a
variable,
consequences
patient.
to
involving
taken
very
chance
the
in
of
non-smokers
this
paradox.
would
cancer
is
in
[1]
environment,
which
lung
would
drop
if
[3]
apart
reduce
from
deaths
stopping
due
to
lung
[2]
research
the
cancer
Explain
smoking,
the
non-smokers.
lung
smoked.
cancer.
In
to
greater
to
nobody
cigarette
c)
much
174
lung
patients
tumor
ranging
of
the
with
to
from
30
doubling
lung
double
to
rate
in
1,077
of
a
cancer
size
days.
tumor
in
was
Japan,
found
Discuss
for
the
[3]
3 0 3
E V I D E N C E
5.
Gapminder
variety
global
One
of
data
health
of
refers
of
(www.gapminder.org)
the
to
good
reducing
The
data
mortality
Nations’
health
under-5
HIV
,
exploration,
and
shown
due
in
four
17
that
makes
including
“Sustainable
well-being.
mortality
malaria,
deaths
in
for
website
data
a
wider
related
to
issues.
United
reducing
diarrhea,
available
is
to
the
from
measles,
This
such
Development
goal
includes
infectious
pertussis,
Goals”
the
target
diseases
pneumonia,
as
as
well
as
accidents.
graph
countries
represents
since
1800,
the
as
trend
in
under-5
investigated
on
Gapminder.
750
Chile
Australia
700
650
)nrob
600
000,1
550
rep
500
gniyd
450
sdlo-raey
400
350
5–0(
300
ytilatrom
250
200
dlihc
150
100
50
1800
1820
1840
1860
1880
1900
1920
1940
1960
1980
2000
years
a)
State
b)
Compare
four
the
under-5
contrast
countries.
c)
Suggest
d)
The
database
for
to
nd
and
in
trends
the
observed
Development
mortality
currently
the
rate
Australia
in
in
under-5
1800.
[1]
mortality
in
the
[2]
reasons
Sustainable
under-5
3 0 4
and
mortality
to
25
three
four
per
Goal
1,000
countries
countries
patterns.
target
in
that
that
all
for
2030
countries.
have
have
[2]
yet
reached
to
is
to
Use
that
reach
reduce
the
target
that
target.
[2]
6.
Explore
the
question
with
to
Clearly
b)
Choose
c)
explore
state
B
C
D
available
how
question.
representative
for
graphs
Gapminder.
A
sets
regarding
your
justication
Produce
d)
data
on
Gapminder
health
and
indicators
develop
have
a
changed
time.
a)
a
other
Analyze
countries
choice.
using
the
for
your
study
and
provide
[2]
trails
functionality
on
[2]
your
Consequences
this
[1]
graphs
of
and
smoking
state
your
during
conclusions.
[2]
pregnancy

Ultrasound scans are used to
7.
The
text
that
follows
consists
of
two
extracts
from
check that a fetus is developing
“Molecular
normally in utero. Fetal growth
Epidemiology:
On
the
Path
to
Prevention?”
by
FP
Perera
in
the
is slower in women who smoke
Journal
of
the
National
Cancer
Institute
(2000,
Vol
92,
pp
602–612).
during pregnancy
Tobacco
very
top
PAHs
smoke
of
the
and
smoking,
and
toxicants,
retention
in
the
of
early
Explain
what
utero
iii) cell
b)
The
is
nd
c)
List
in
risks
of
also
detoxication
to
or
from
DNA
the
develop
of
in
a
over
utero
or
smoke,
to
and
air
of
in
at
the
including
automobile
air
from
grilled
the
tobacco
food.
early
years
Experimental
and
immaturity,
environmental
pollution
and
greater
higher
cancers
many
or
physiologic
the
ranks
from
life.
toxicants,
that
still
indoor
in
variety
repair,
fact
in
air
smoked
later
exposure
exposure
and
development,
sources;
and
carcinogens,
outdoor
cancer
tobacco
increased
opportunity
of
adults
pesticides,
known
in
exposures
types
than
55
consumption
differential
risks
carcinogen
found
industrial
life,
many
lung
contains
from
adult
of
It
are
other
diet
include
of
human
rate
of
initiated
radiation.
absorption
cell
in
the
womb
decades.
by:
[1]
written
in
to
[1]
scientic
pieces
why
of
women
language
understand.
article
pregnant
pregnant
and
because
may
the
PAHs
the
greater
stages
meant
difcult
other
that,
potent
[1]
comprehensible
become
in
nitrosamines,
have
proliferation.
text
may
is
the
reduced
early
years
i) carcinogen
ii) in
PAHs,
toxicants,
a
carcinogens.
occurring
experience
mechanisms
during
as
plants
and
increase
indicate
including
proliferation
a)
data
underlying
power
heating;
exposures
children
1949
hydrocarbons).
from
and
with
in
environmental
disproportionately
infants
and
of
emissions
epidemiologic
or
identied
aromatic
cooking,
Compared
The
list
(polycyclic
exhaust
can
was
to
it
explain
would
health
based
Write
to
be
advice
on
the
that
a
women
wrong
that
text
non-scientists
short
who
for
you
and
have
them
would
extracts.
easily
to
just
smoke.
give
[8]
to
[4]
3 0 5
12
Models
Complex
systems
When
I
had
And
To
I
was
two
all
And
sick
toys
me
at
lay
my
beside
happy
sometimes
be
and
pillows
my
keep
can
for
all
an
explored
using
simplied
a-bed,
I
head,
me
the
lay,
day.
hour
or
was
That
And
the
sits
sees
The
representations.
giant
upon
before
pleasant
great
the
him,
land
of
and
still
pillow-hill,
dale
and
plain,
counterpane.
so
˝The Land of Counterpane˝
I
watched
With
my
dierent
leaden
soldiers
uniforms
and
go,
by Robert Louis Stevenson
drills,
Among the bed-clothes, through the hills;
And
All
sometimes
up
and
sent
down
my
ships
among
the
in
eets
sheets;
This
Or
brought
my
trees
and
houses
poem
models
And
3 0 6
planted
cities
all
about.
describes
the
author’s
experiences
of
out,
to
from
children
his
childhood.
about
small
What
world
is
play?
so
appealing

Physical
models
sometimes
test
full
of
size
placed
test
constructed
purposes,
wind
of
the
advantage
of
the
shape
new
before
are
to
What
the
a
shape
cars
tunnels
resistance.
of
for
example,
designed
in
air
for
models
newly
are
is
modelling
constructing
car
a
prototype?

Niels
Bohr
atomic
orbited
model,
and
Ernest
structure
by
in
which
negatively
electrons
Rutherford
in
the
charged
orbitals
proposed
positively
electrons.
further
a
model
charged
from
the
to
nucleus
=
3
n
=
2
n
=
1
of
nucleus
According
n
is
this
have
Light
more
the
energy,
nucleus
Electrons
the
you
use
containing
as
electrons
energy
do
not
planetary
Can
so
is
emitted,
actually
model
this
of
to
to
an
usually
move
atomic
model
different
move
in
in
xed
structure
explain
the
orbital
the
closer
form
orbits
like
therefore
colours
of
of
to
light.
planets.
Is
invalid?
reworks
metals?

Weather forecasts are based
on atmospheric variables
such as temperature and air
pressure that are monitored
at many sites around the
world. Complex computer
models predict changes in
these variables over the
following hours and days.
How far into the future are
weather forecasts accurate in
yourarea?
3 07
M O D E L S
Introduction
While
a
system
biological
Key
can
systems
be
composed
typically
have
of
just
many
two
interacting
interacting
elements,
elements,
making
concept: Systems
them
very
between
Related
concept:
to
emergent
properties
context:
Globalization
challenging
elements
are
to
study.
often
The
very
interactions
complicated
and
can
is
properties.
“the
whole
is
A
simple
greater
phrase
than
the
that
sum
sums
of
its
up
emergent
parts”.
and
Biologists
sustainability
entirety,
features
may
so
not
they
that
are
approximation,
simplied
can
factors,
so
and
or
they
are
in
models
able
of
comprehend
variables
to
be
cause
relationships
linked
to
in
the
and
the
in
only
system
contain
only
helpful,
natural
response
and
effect.
forecast
global
a
Despite
very
change
explore
that
research.
still
something
how
closely
to
models
their
can
used
complex
are
be
simplied
important
these
predict
they
understand
hence
need
create
representation
Models
to

and
system’s
Models
lead
Global
complex
the
as
being
they
to
an
are
a
different
They
of
its
world.
future
context
in
the
allow
us
behavior,
globalization
sustainability.
Snow geese are migratory birds that breed in the Arctic. They spend the winter in the central region of the United States
of America, where they feed on crops such as winter wheat, rice and corn. As more food is available, the overall population
of snow geese increases which has a negative impact on the local environment. Modelling this system led to proposals
for managing the environment in a sustainable way. Can you think of a dierent example where a model was used in
decision-making?
Statement
Methods
that
3 0 8
of
of
inquiry:
achieving
explore
sustainability
differences
between
can
be
systems.
developed
using
models
Scientists
use
models
to
explain
phenomena,
Modelling
make
can
be
may
over
real
used
not
might
be
predictions
be
be
to
run
timescales
so
are
ecological
inuences
whether
mitigate
general
are
of
it
too
the
is
on
we
a
local
are
adverse
short
to
They
and
a
on
that
or
Simulations
too
of
Analysis
a
long
for
can
explore
experiments
simulation
allows
the
changes
to
run
in
model
to
reality.
for
research
can
global
overexploiting
effects
senses,
or
outcomes
Simulation
Models
processes
directly.
useful
communities.
of
human
closer
particularly
help
scale.
natural
ecosystems.
us
into
to
They
interactions
investigate
can
resources
be
human
used
and
to
how
They
can
help
as
does
this
impact
within
predict
we
can
answer
these
questions:
●
how
are
●
how
can
long
term?

with
observe
that
that
hypotheses.
simulations
to
Analysis
rened,
test
observable
difcult
time.
Models
and
people
our
connected
way
of
life,
and
and
how
the
systems
we
have
in
me?
place,
last
COBWEB is a large-scale ecological simulation program. Here it is being used
for modelling interactions between four species of predator (triangles) and four
species of prey (squares). Many parameters such as breeding rate can be varied to
investigate the eects. The outcome of this particular simulation was that all four
prey species became extinct due to overexploitation and as a consequence the
populations of all four predator species crashed
3 0 9
M O D E L S
G E N E T I C S
How
A
wide
Crick
metal
can
range
and
explain
all
Crick
sure
and Watson
that
bond
made
angles
are
more
now
model
bond
were
all
lengths
propor tion. Why
the
When
DNA
sophisticated
and
was
this
for
of
such
some
Health
printing
Files
3D
can
be
printer
become
Crick
now
their
them
on
in
the
DNA,
with
indicated
other
can
by
in
wall
It
was
examined
investigate
analyzed
their
it
that
it
second
they
Francis
metal,
the
did
not
model
had
which
represented
methods
as
3D
of
constructing
printing.
This
molecular
technology
is
models
schools
have
a
3D
printer.
The
US
now
widely
National
has
models
of
an
online
tens
downloaded
such
and
part
of
as
for
and
proteins
someone
what
is
of
database,
thousands
with
free
and
who
now
from
used
to
the
print
nucleic
can
the
les
as
different
NIH
3D
models
acids.
teach
known
of
needed
you
“the
If
Print
of
you
how
molecules.
to
maker
Exchange
complex
have
use
access
it,
you
to
a
could
community”.
(seated)
the
is
Science
Behind
a
two-
the
two
of
double
helix
ribbons. What
DNA
structure
produced?

A
model
3D
310
DNA.
to
was
of
representation
models
be
clamps
model
models.
sheets
model,
London.
dimensional
of
DNA
preser ved
Museum
of
who
from
(standing)
James Watson
discuss
and
rst
construct
in
molecules
and
to
made
accurately.
(http://3dprint.nih.gov)
Francis
stands
properties
used
models
their
biochemists
of
be
models?
correct
were
impor tant?

can
used
laboratory
available,
Institute
and
Watson
physical
in
available
their
of
all
construct
methods
DNA.
structure
Much

and
of
convinced
the
of
James
rods
structure
we
of
printing
a
ribosome
and
three
dierent
transfer
RNA
molecules
produced
by
Streamlining
●
Make
a
in
sh
model
material
as
barracuda,
long
water.
You
can
model
without
as
it
is
using
denser
produce
a
any
than
model
ns.
tube
●
Drop
the
model
into
a
vertical
tube
reach
and
the
time
bottom.
measuring
to
●
a
a
more
Make
models
barracuda,
but
hypothesis
about
shape
and
of
its
with
it
takes
could
but
greater
reliable
other
long
You
cylinder,
contrive
get
how
if
use
sides
to
a
large
possible
vertical
with
of
glass
water
barracuda
simplied
water
try
drop,
to
result.
with
the
same
modied
volume
shapes.
Use
as
your
them
to
model
test
a
the
barracuda
effect
on
water
resistance.

To
catch
their
barracuda
40
km/h. Their
shape
L TA
In
over
water
allowing
them
thinking
modelling
this
chapter,
Physical
●
Mathematical
●
Conceptual
All
types
of
can
models
that
at
can
many
be
models
model
the
essential
look
models
argue
skills
an
we
●
might
at
streamlined
this
Critical
Is
swim
reduces
resistance,
do
prey,
can
an
can
help
be
1.
What
is
value
2.
Some
biologists
investigations
in
us
the
used
think
to
that
a
to
types
the
resulting
a
model
aid
and
complex
rst
of
in
observations
is
can
of
using
help
with
experiments
any
and
by
framing
there
what
the
is
them.
visualization.
and
make
hypotheses
scientic
framed
suggest
biology?
ways
frame
investigation
hypothesis
in
phenomena
and
stage
and
they
results
predictions
scientic
before
research
of
analyze
about
be
all
learning
make
should
starting
argue
and
be
of
different
effective
used
modelling
par t
draw
conclusions.
generalizations.
and
for
this
reason
we
investigation.
a
hypothesis?
an
observing
hypothesis
stage
should
in
be.
most
Do
you
agree?
3.
Some
or
scientic
discovery
examples
of
is
breakthroughs
made
by
a
are
stroke
serendipitous
of
the
result
luck
discoveries
of
rather
and
is
serendipity.
than
by
modelling
This
careful
is
where
planning.
unnecessary
in
an
Do
these
observation
you
know
any
cases?
31 1
M O D E L S
How
3D
are
printing
needed
for
process
is
a
model
printer
to
be
but
the
for
in
having
onto
a
new
leg
printing
is
skin
a
uses
The
a
an
cell
use
as
whole
a
cells. The
and
cells
in
arranged
each
in
gel
vessel
perform
grafts,
of
the
its
to
the
heart
of
3D
tissue
and
the
Plastics
including
currently
of
for
motion
were
metals
being
cells
is
using
needed
of
3D
a
3D
the
skin,
out
of
living
cells
organ
techniques
made
are
printer
places
for
multilayered
structures
which
functional
that
positions
bioprinting
in
transplanting.
materials
complex
relative
generation
guide
improvements
organs
into
organ
function.
the
and
distributing
correct
STL
cells.
printing
components
in
applied
3D
producing
an
layer.
materials
are
to
as
have
bone,
cartilage.
is
organ
of
complex
layers
the
ink.
provides
framework
printer
away,
to
shortage
things,
model
structures
been
a
by
also
printer
instead
other. When
washed
accurate
is
used
layer
are
printing
involves
known
Techniques
living
models
3D
technique
sticky
suppor ting
the
living
other
but
the
which
then
longevity
enabled
supporting
An
other
there
is
object
using
human
have
(CAD),
in
Organ
inkjet-type
of
in
models,
point
printed
proposed
types
printing
science,
with
making.
printing?
3D
patient
wound.
manufacturing
where
a
3D
advances
used,
model
increase
adding
blood
for
3D
structure,
model
material
and
a
This
the
rst
already
design
desired
produce
available
tissues.
starting
to
are
in
construct
head
the
and
to
the
le.
a
compatible
patient
of
used
The
of
Recent
printer. The
used
computer-aided
transplant
skin
be
printing.
(stereolithography)
With
Future
can
3D
computer
developed

models
for
places
gel
patterns
on
top
the
gel
result
of
is
is
a
3Dorgan
Using
computer-assisted
hear t-shaped
1.
Visit
2.
Select
the
create
a
3.
Drag
4.
Scale
and
312
the
a
it
website
box
to
www.tinkercad.com.
Projects tab
new
design
disc
on
the
left
and
design.
shape
down
to
dimensions
to
the
12
the
workpane.
height
mm
×
of
12
2
mm
mm.
generate
a
simple
5.
Drag
Scale
and
a
it
down
copy
6.
Rotate
7.
Select
8.
Group
menu
9.
cylinder
Under
and
the
all
a
the
height
paste
box
of
a
shape
the
the
the
of
workpane.
2
second
by
items
mm
and
diameter
of
12
mm
cylinder.
here
the
Group
kidneys
button
on
the
toolbar
top.
for
is
3D
a
save
the
item.
model
shown
It
can
also
be
printing.
of
two
kidneys,
and the ureter. Use a CAD application to
the
a
45°.
using
Design menu,
downloaded
10. Pictured
to
to
items.
all
at
shape
in
this
associated
generate
blood
the
vessels
models
of
image.
3 13
M O D E L S
L TA
Communication
skills
of
Take
eective
notes
in
class
what
what
make
eective
summar y
is
distinct
from
hearing
in
that
a
more
active
process.
Listen
to
we
can
the
Ted
Talk
is
Atala
called:
“Printing
a
human
you
listen
“What
do
need
to
a
video
or
a
lecture,
to
learn
by
think
about
are
writing
down.
think
why
faster
our
than
mind
a
person
wanders
can
during
talk.
lectures.
are
supplementary
activities
you
can
do
listening?”
recording
the
ideas
of
the
speaker:
ask
●
I
to
kidney”.
while
Before
us
by
These
Anthony
requires
listening
This
is
record
notes
We
Listening
to
and
thinking
about
questions
that
the
For
presentation
doesn’t
address
example,
●
1.
What
challenge
does
Atala
mention
to
forming
been
why
in
there
the
have
eld
of
been
so
few
regenerative
clinical
What
has
been
achieved
medicine?
so
far
need
to
be
If
and
your
mode
of
you
know
answer
note-taking
the
notes
record
speaker
says.
blank
word
for
Listeners
word
can
as
fast
as
a
if
you
have
less
is
slower,
speaker
want
likely
you
verbatim
shown
speaker
so
to
said
that
talks,
result
in
would
notes.
typed
but
to
However,
verbatim
to
This
is
in
your
the
questions
notes
lecture,
ahead
of
have
time,
the
leaving
below
as
the
you
questions
and
writing
listen.
spaces
between
entries
in
your
notes,
so
you
can
add
reviewing
in
your
things
later
on
when
you
notes.
type
studies
notes
selective
because
space
answers
If
are
what
you
notes
the
are
not
understanding
anyway.
research
You
online
to
can
ask
nd
the
the
your
speaker,
teacher
answers
later
take
or
do
on.
handwritten
Focus
note-taking.
to
guiding
hand-
have
remembering
compared
relation
have
type
are
writing
in
you
everything
often
that
almost
that
carefully.
Leave
that
has
surmounted?
down
Verbatim
what
what
a
Choose
about
said.
questions
challenges
opinions
advances
to
2.
your
explain
making
a
more
on
the
big
ideas
of
the
speaker
selection
than
How
do
the
specic
biologists
use
facts
given.
graphs
to
model
relationships?
In
many
variable)
experiments,
on
another
independent
and
●
the
A
bar
chart
example,
content
●
A
bar
is
used
chart
●
A
in
line
an
or
graph
is
scientic
31 4
if
and
on
the
variable
dependent
the
put
vertical
independent
pears
histogram
for
in
can
of
be
is
an
used
example,
used
and
investigation
graphs
(the
one
conventionally
investigation
quantitative
Line
of
(the
independent
variable)
on
the
is
tested.
The
horizontal x-axis
y-axis.
variable
investigation
is
categoric,
of
the
for
vitamin
C
fruits.
discontinuous,
birds
is
variable
apples
of
effect
variable
variable
dependent
the
of
when
the
clutch
the
continuously
the
activity
used
investigation:
to
if
of
model
the
variable
number
size
of
on
variable,
a
for
enzyme
quantitative
laid
mortality
independent
an
is
eggs
per
of
variable
relationship
different
at
two
by
nestlings.
is
example,
at
and
clutch
pH
pH
in
an
levels.
stages
in
a
1.
A
graph
predict
The
can
the
plotted
2.
is
to
show
When
results
points
plotted
relationship.
The
graphs
expected
on
a
a
is
on
the
a
This
of
the
any
a
form
show
curve
a
types
there
conventionally
y
is
performed
dependent
The
the
is
of
no
called
an
graph
relationship
to
variable.
may
experiment
drawn
done
“by
mathematical
two
if
of
from
curve
sometimes
or
the
are
be
or
it
may
be
equation.
obtained
graph,
is
on
experimentally.
general
been
experiments
independent
mathematical
have
below
before
tested
procedure
type
graph
of
then
using
statistical
drawn
effect
model
sketched
be
on
eye”
the
but
equation
relationship
relationship.
a
curve
even
y
graph
it
to
is
the
to
also
Note
it
to
the
use
the
a
curve.
the
that
is
data
model
better
position
and
if
and
the
line
straight!
y

Graphs
showing
between
x
The
as
level
the
of y
level
x
increases
of x
The
is
as
increased.
When
than
we
to
look
in
the
up
each
shown
When
into
a
graphs
right.
level
The
you
You
in
x
decreases
of x
There
is
relationship
should
maximum
or
a
they
of
also
x
say
are
the
like
and
at
minimum.
x
and
this,
say
relationship
and
y
level
(when x
complicated
line
on
should
the
here,
as
x
is
divide
level
as x
y
the
relationship
of x,
is
change).
changes
the
example,
y
doesn’t
more
you
what
what
For
often
U-shaped
between
graphs
ranges
no
between x
Consider
describe
is
increased y
biology,
above.
different
range.
reaches
at
three
increased.
graph
the
of y
increased.
the
graph
level
relationships
variables
of
the
is
y
increases
x
from
x
=
to
5
units,
5units.
The
is
0
As
x
increased
it
is
can
called
decreases,
increases
relationship
line,
y
where
take
a
from
one
5
to
0
variable
various
linear
reaching
forms.
increase.
a
minimum
units,
y
If
it
takes
here
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
increases.
increases
Shown
0
when
when
another
the
form
are
three
of
a
variable
straight
other
possibilities:
y
y
y
x
x
is
to
directly
y,
if
there
increase
in y
increased
zero,
y
proportional
is
is
a
as
and
also
linear
x
zero.
exponential
happens
is
when x
An
y
is
is
to
if
the
directly
the
size
increase
increase
of x,
so
increases,
the
y
larger
become
in
proportional
that
as x
increases
and
in
larger.
A
decelerating
happens
in
y
if
the
become
smaller
This
is
as x
increase
increases
smaller
because
approaching
saturation
and
increases.
a
the
level
of y
maximum
is
or
level.
31 5
M O D E L S
a)
b)
y
c)
y
y
1.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Examples
biology
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
of
graphs
2.
Sketch
3.
If
plants
to
the
of
a
of
in
relationship
the
graphs
a),
between
b)
and
species
grow
competition,
so
a
linear
to
show
x
and
y
c).
y
as
x
is
relationships:
an
exponential
decrease
in
y
as
x
is
increased
c)
an
accelerating
decrease
in
y
as
x
is
increased.
biological
in
following
b)
a
decrease
the
a
Suggest
example
increased
of
each
of
the
graphs
in
question
in
density
,
high
or
density
,
number
as
of
they
plants
grow
per
larger,
unit
the
area,
smallest
decreases.
plants
The
die
due
decrease
−3/2
has
been
This
observed
observation
to
t
has
the
mathematical
become
known
as
equation
Yoda’s
y
=
law,
x
and
the
following
process
is
publication
called
of
a
self-thinning.
study
by
K.
Yoda
−3/2
and
of
collaborators,
surviving
growth
summarizing
plants,
ρ
characteristic
is
the
of
the
this
density
species
relationship
of
the
as
W
surviving
=
Cρ
plants,
,
and
where
C
is
a
W
is
the
constant
mean
dry
reecting
weight
the
concerned.
100,000
)g(
10,000
thgiew
tnalp
1,000
elohw
naem
100
10
0.1
1
10
100
0.1
1
10
100
2
density
The
scatter
graphs
pensylvanica (left)
1.
Compare
show
and
the
density
and
mean
tree
mass
(number
of
pure,
mass
of
the
two
species
316
1
tree
per
m
2
b)
10
trees
per
m
)
dense,
at:
2
a)
per
Abies balsamea (right).
mean
1.
law
together
the
graph
a)
question: Y
oda’s
single
effects
shown
the
from
experiments
Data-based
Describe
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
m
even-aged
forests
of Prunus
2.
Identify
a)
3.
which
growing
Discuss
at
the
be
to
maths
the
4.
yet,
end
of
with
you
called
5.
A
next
come
found:
density
a
back
and
questions
If
with
the
largest
mean
mass.
mathematical
density
two
b)
you
and
mean
you
haven’t
attempt
mass.
will
need
covered
the
to
these
questions
in
at
5.
how
whether
for
logarithms.
can
year
Explain
the
was
highest
between
approach
familiar
the
evidence
relationship
Note:
species
it
the
ts
Yoda’s
data
the
could
be
tested
mathematical
to
model
see
that
is
law.
logarithmic
scale
has
been
used
for
both
the

x
In commercial forestry, such as this stand of
white r in New Mexico, trees are removed
and
y
axes.
before they die because of self-thinning.
a)
Explain
b)
Predict
the
advantage
of
this
for
these
What are the advantages of doing this during
graphs.
the growth of a stand of trees? What is the
the
shape
of
the
curve
if
logarithmic
advantage of repeated moderate thinning,
scales
How
are
had
not
been
used.
statistical
rather than infrequent major thinning?
samples
used
to
model
populations?
Scientists
face
the
wanting
population.
called
a
model
at
can
be
Stratied
sample.
(strata)
has
very
To
proportion
1.
If
can
to
you
of
a
all
the
3.
a
needed
within
the
if
equal
carry
out
what
sample,
a
is
the
to
being
help
divided
the
are
that
individuals
the
An
sample
selected.
a
of
of
In
are
the
practice,
random.
representative
different
and
the
categories
same
sample.
you
the
meet
reasons
based
stratied
a
for
on
randomly.
model
on
street
this
to
not
being
a
population?
often
chosen
into
population
member
truly
get
stratum,
whole
are
of
within
is
a
member
population.
every
sample
each
groups
of
of
every
number
individuals
in
election
study
model
people
the
numbers
to
used
what
of
to
chance
representative
to
characteristics
smaller
that
in
included
hundred
community,
a
random
population
an
the
used
sampling
before
give
is
ensure
sample
telephone
you
a
questionnaire,
landline
school
study
sometimes
rst
polls
If
to
an
to
the
Opinion
sampling
about
impractical
achieved
be
strata
representative
2.
is
random
ask
answer
be
To
have
this
is
sample
difcult
do
it
choose
The
sampling
with
know
that
random.
population
it
They
sample.
effective
chosen
to
challenge
of
a
Does
whole
random
would
you
calls
to
this
voting
as
using
method
of
population?
sampling
dene
voters
of
your
the
strata
school?
317
M O D E L S
Data-based
A
study
was
children
question:
conducted
with
immediately
fever.
to
Does
see
Twelve
before
and
1
aspirin
how
effective
4-year-old
hour
after
Temperature
Patient
and
1.
of
Find
a)
2.
a)
3
37.9
39.4
38.8
5
38.4
37.6
6
38.2
37.9
7
39.2
38.3
8
39.5
37.8
9
39.3
38.2
10
39.0
38.4
11
38.8
38.5
12
38.6
37.8
Remington
Sciences,
the
the
pg
the
competing
anyone.
In
pamphlet
access
plot
For
of
each
the
318
on
The
body
temperature
temperatures
results
are
as
in
taken
follows:
after
variation
with
that
be
is
a
This
additional
both
Applications
after
data
that
English
a
was
to
the
Biology
treatment
with
aspirin.
sets.
the
lowers
to
of
is
a
a
group
body
model
a
open
system
branch
situations
case
treatment
representative
of
where
access
and
economistWilliam
were
animal,
after
with
aspirin.
temperature
of
the
in
broader
example
with
each
cattle
the
shared
could
an
individuals
are
not
Forster
of
to
mathematical
mathematics
the
herders
entitled
herder
using
let
by
Lloydpublished
sharing
receive
are
overuse
their
increased
that
owned
a
cows
of
an
common
additional
risk
of
a
open-
graze.
damage
to
children.
To
population
organisms?
hypothetical
they
whole
in
is
used
theory
are
b)
aspirin
data
description
Game
strategies
the
in
b)
aspirin
between
which
the
aspirin
sample
games
included
with
temperature:
this
model
(°C)
edition
with
the
resources
on
Schork: Statistics
conclusion
that
1833,
but
their
children?
temperatures:
treatment
optimal
that
and
Second
treatment
average
resource.
benets,
of
symbols.
for
land
163,
range
think
and
reducing
had
in
37.6
38.8
mathematical
predicts
aspirin
4
can
concepts
Temperature
(°C)
3
interaction
A
in
u
aspirin.
37.8
Evaluate
How
of
39.5
before
you
be
from
39.1
Comment
Find
administration
before
temperature
could
2
before
c)
aspirin
suffering
1
data:
Health
girls
body
number
aspirin
Source
lower
of
what
extent
children?
do
the
commons.
assigned
strategy
What
to
Game
pay-offs
that
gives
strategy
pay-off
is
matrix
theory
for
the
best
uses
certain
a
decisions.
maximum
for
the
pay-off
benet
herder
matrix.
Game
to
the
Quantities
theory
whole
community
can
predicts
be
the
community.
according
to
the
below?
Herder
Cooperate
A
Add
an
additional
Cooperate
A:
second
best
A:
cow
worst
B
redreH
B:
Add
an
second
A:
additional
theory
organisms
of
an
in
can
make
of
why
such
best
or
in
using
stansburiana),
morph
and
a
used
B:
to
on
the
model
best
third
best
matrix
offer
as
in
is
This
side-blotched
the
in
best
pay-off
for
between
the
strategies
of
developed
explanations
cooperation
exist
and
The
third
interactions
strategies
population.
male
“morphs”
worst
pay-off
which
yellow-throated
Each
A:
ecosystems.
strategies
persist
illustrated
forms
A
predictions
altruism
be
depends
organisms.
to
also
natural
individual
other
B:
cow
B:
Game
best
three
wild:
and
can
be
lizards
(
Uta
different
orange-throated,
blue-throated.
undertakes
a
different

reproductive
The
three
morphs
of Uta
stansburiana
strategy.
a
large
The
territory,
relatively
impinge
both
on
the
with
becoming
the
more
to
chooses
making
mate
it
with
there,
common
morph
one
mate
so
as
for
females
within
employs
the
a
his
and
behavior
of
defends
territory.
“sneaking”
produce
The
carefully
the
ensuring
aggressive
ultimately
they
and
very
female
The
strategy,
lizards.
They
territory
offspring.
impossible
her,
and
throat's
females
the
throat
is
blue
guards
sneakers
production
sneaker
morph
defender
hprom
her,
all
markings
orange
yellow-throated
throat
the
with
yellow
morph
ycneuqerf
mate
mating
unagressive
mimicking
to
orange-throated
morph
aggressive
morph
of
time
blue-throated
offspring
and
overtaking
the

population
of
yellow-throated
sneakers.
However,
the
blue
Graph
of
male
frequency
cannot
defend
graphical
1.
What
blue
2.
the
3.
model
game
beats
What
their
mate
here
does
idealizes
this
yellow
name
is
against
the
pattern
and
given
the
orange
to
the
aggressive
changes
remind
beats
type
of
in
orange
throats.
frequency
you
of:
of
yellow
morph
throats
each
beats
over
time
The
morph.
orange;
blue?
mathematical
pattern
shown
in
graph?
Construct
colour
a
pay-off
morphs
of
matrix
for
the
breeding
success
of
the
three
lizard.
319
M O D E L S
How
to
can
agent-based
simulate
Agent-based
the
actions
theory,
agents.
of
For
with
the
with
each
prey
many
agents
in
and
an
inuences
and
might
the
the
Explain,
an
to
of
are
the
used
They
predict
between
epidemic
cod
can
in
to
simulate
use
the
game
overall
autonomous
can
be
population
been
simulated,
that
also
of
be
interact
used
of
what
agent
b)
to
simulate
effects
Grand
if
between
variables
investigate
can
resources
the
prevented
effects
to
between
multiple
such
how
as
stable
community.
adverse
on
with
altered
natural
interactions
interactions
simulated,
ecological
how
examples,
examples
simulating
efciency
an
can
catastrophic
with
be
population
have
for
Predator-prey
hunting
persist
can
had
mitigated
be
Banks
models
human
be
avoided.
in
the
been
The
north-west
created
to
overshing.
is
meant
mitigation
by
of
these
phrases:
adverse
effects
of:
overexploitation
of
b)
ideal
species
autonomous
Suggest
a)
is
overexploitation
Atlantic
2.
interactions
of
that
agents.
strategies
members
ecosystems,
in
simulate
programs
other
used
ecosystems?
autonomous
spread
the
modelling
on
collapse
a)
being
ecosystem.
can
Agent-based
1.
the
modelling
rate
how
and
in
be
other.
populations
and
of
individual
predator
breeding
computer
systems
example,
Multi-agent
species
are
interactions
complex
outcome
interactions
models
and
modelling
of
natural
resources,
apart
from
overshing
cod
adverse
effects
of
humans
on
ecosystems,
apart
from
overexploitation.
3.
Discuss
based
E C O L O G Y
whether
it
modelling,
is
to
necessary
check
the
to
re-run
simulations
in
agent-
outcome.
How
can
the
ecological
footprint
help
our
understanding
of
model
resource
consumption?
The
Earth’s
cropland
sheries.
productive
These
●
supplying
renewable
●
absorbing
waste
The
ecological
amount
with
320
biologically
and
of
these
we
resources
generate,
footprint
productive
services.
It
areas
is
a
land
can
land
such
as
model
that
that
used
to
our
can
we
include
services
food
including
area
be
areas
provide
and
be
nd
the
we
grassland,
need:
oxygen
carbon
each
forests,
that
used
emissions.
to
require
total
estimate
to
areas
the
provide
us
required
for
the
whole
available.
used
1.
to
Use
the
2.
The
that
human
The
graphic
resources
your
biggest
do
to
activities
Every
this
areas
you
Compare
Explain
a
and
identify
that
how
whether
quantitative
changes
in
the
we
Footprint
model
of
pursue
the
of
the
what
resource
more
indication
sources
obtain
land
that
the
day”.
affect
patterns
can
the
your
has
area
footprint
of
it
a
can
are
be
a
takes
countries
as
day
across
discover
what
you
daily
the
most.
known
mean
our
tool
support
which
footprint
in
well
to
identify
might
change
to
tool
Identify
calendar
this
as
land.
web-based
the
and
ecological
what
inform
areas
that
land
the
a
Use
Earth.
identies
Suggest
model
ecological
on
of
from
Network
much
these
lifestyle.
consumption
lightly”
organization
overshoot
aspect
to
services
Global
to
in
Earth
(www.footprintnetwork.org).
“tread
year,
“Earth
4.
you
lifestyle
on
about
model
and
organization
allows
results
decisions
your
can
3.
model
inform
the
population
and
as
how
practice.
the
globe.
emerge.
3 21
M O D E L S
Summative
Statement
Methods
that
of
of
assessment
inquiry:
achieving
explore
sustainability
differences
between
can
be
developed
using
models
systems.
Introduction
In
this
summative
models.
habitat
A
B
C
D
loss
and
Comparing
The
bar
Brazil,
line
a
are
curve)
and
ecosystem
loss
below
show
correlation
given:
showing
the
the
we
use
representations
forest
charts
with
statistics
assessment
Simplied
the
in
Indonesia
annual
curve
in
condence
number
be
used
of
to
different
investigate
changes.
mean
change
a
can
forest
that
level
45,000
Forest
Indonesia
in
over
of
the
loss
increment
Brazil
Indonesia
the
increment
loss
(p)
loss
indicates
annual
forest
and
the
overall
for
forest
years
1,021
loss,
Three
a
trend
(correlation
correlation
curve.
45,000
annual
=
and
trend.
Forest
Brazil
2
km
40,000
mk(
2
)
=
Correlation
0.83
35,000
=
0.001
p–value
30,000
tserof
25,000
25,000
20,000
20,000
15,000
15,000
10,000
10,000
5,000
5,000
0
0
launnA
ssol
30,000
[2]
Compare
and
contrast
forest
c)
Compare
and
contrast
the
what
correlation
32 2
in
in:
Indonesia
correlation
curves
and
for
Brazil.
is
indicated
curves.
reasons
for
by
the
p-values
for
the
two
[2]
forest
loss
in
Indonesia
and
[3]
Indonesia
[3]
Explain
Suggest
loss
countries
Brazil.
[3]
and
21–11
2008–09
both
0.009
11–01
ii)
Brazil.
2.
2
km
–0.71
01–90
[2]
in
=
90–80
2003–04
loss
80–70
i)
forest
70–60
annual
60–50
the
50–40
40–30
30–20
20–10
10–00
21–11
11–01
01–90
90–80
80–70
70–60
60–50
50–40
40–30
30–20
20–10
10–00
State
year
b)
d)
–1,318
=
35,000
p–value
a)
annual
=
40,000
Correlation
year
1.
loss
increment
A
B
C
D
Designing
The
map
being
3.
a
here
FACE
shows
the
distribution
of
places
on
the
Earth
where
forest
is
being
lost
and
forest
is
gained.
a)
Identify
b)
Identify
The
experiment
forecast
million
two
a
areas
country
increase
over
the
where
in
next
dioxide
Enrichment
around
the
world
where
could
FACE)
simulate
is
forest
atmospheric
century
(or
to
forest
being
is
being
carbon
have
and
both
in
are
the
not
lost
dioxide
profound
experiments
conditions
lost
gained.
and
[2]
gained.
concentration
effects
on
being
set
up
forests
of
the
30 m
Suggest
from
forests.
in
A
400
how
to
series
representative
this
550
of
or
six
areas
is
possible.
more
Free-Air
of
parts
[3]
per
Carbon
natural
forest
future.
diameter
wind
trees
CO
2
no
thgieh
lacol
,m 72–42
yponac
gnidneped
shrubs
herbs/moses
litter/coarse
woody
debris
streams/pools

Basic
design
of
a
forest
FACE
experiment

Tower
pipe
4.
a)
Explain
how
test
how
the
forest
areas
you
dependent
b)
Discuss
in
you
site
of
up
be
controlled
future.
a
FACE
chosen,
establish
effectively
the
set
should
would
and
how
forests
would
and
how
what
variables
your
experiment,
model
many
the
would
would
including
suppor ting
from
dioxide
is
which
black
plastic
carbon
released
circular
independent,
be.
[7]
simulate
conditions
[3]
323
M O D E L S
A
B
C
D
Investigating
5.
Visit
the
forest
website
of
loss
the
using
about
a)
Choose
b)
Determine
cover
c)
a
country.
how
loss.
e)
the
covered
in
Identify
the
tree
cover
f)
Visit
the
country
percentage
Forest
database
world’s
Watch
that
contains
forests.
ranks
globally
in
terms
of
tree
year
loss.
your
chosen
country
that
is
on
record
that
had
the
greatest
amount
of
[1]
how
NASA
of
[2]
much
percentage
the
of
Global
another
[1]
the
trees.
Determine
what
status
or
[1]
Determine
d)
the
database
organization
(www.globalforestwatch.org)
information
a
is
res
of
the
country
regenerated
database
is
forest.
primary
forest
and
[2]
(https://earthdata.nasa.gov/
earth-observation-data/near-real-time/rms/active-re-data)
determine
g)
Using
h)
A
B
C
D
the
websites
on
zoos
article
the
which
lives.
is
an
area
as
temperatures,
as
place
put
biotic
and
the
where
on
wide
varieties
parts
of
the
zoo
to
Early
des
zoos
kept
in
species
than
small
as
like
were
of
live
so
the
natural
as
in
others,
in
[2]
your
country.
data.
magazine
[4]
[2]
and
a
range
the
of
that
it
is
like
are
the
of
habitats.
zoo
and
of
is
a
are
contain
native
to
challenge
Animals
with
as
200
of
cities,
little
cannot
were
relatively
have
for
urban
small
This
in
large
that
these
zoos
are
to
and
is
grow,
popular
in
the
middle
There
and
is
many
landmarks
animals
and
kept
of
that
in
modern
parks
in
zoos
provide
technique
called
are
Many
open-range
roam
sit
still
redesigned.
sprawling
popular
habitats
were
difcult.
to
enclosures.
as
cities,
zoos
historic
or
zoos,
These
territory
habitats.
natural
regulated
expansion
urban
destroyed
cities.
giving
recreating
zoos
Often,
developed
outside
more
located
smaller
ago.
many
and
toward
usually
buildings
be
trend
governments.
making
zoo’s
In
many
the
a
are
zoos,
room
the
living
by
is
animals?
space
Zoos
years
of
Jardin
of
resemble
all
habitats.
du
more
Urban
as
of
there
inspected
of
Zoos
museums
allow.
animals
availability
view.
Today,
in
habitats.
light
A
habitat
realistic
324
to
country.
gather
your
the
normally
captivity
to
areas,
would
chosen
Geographic
physical
Menagerie
more
as
forests
model
predators.
diversity
display
space
of
people
a
well
of
environment
availability
such
and
your
habitat
zoos
up
animals
model
Plantes
animals
of
Earth
in
representing
National
moisture,
animals
for
the
as
status
population
the
factors
above
the
visually
natural
or
res
follow.
do
presence
display
the
soil,
of
from
made
and
active
model
that
or
organism
such
a
ways
Ahabitatis
factors
food
as
below
the
about
method
questions
what
Habitat
a
any
indicated
Decide
the
well
are
information
answer
In
there
further
Evaluating
Read
if
of
landscape
zoos
suburbs
give
more
animals
natural
building
immersion.
The
the
a
San
largest
suburban
4,000
0.4
square
habitats,
polar
The
and
such
of
in
has
African
Zoos
Russia,
cold
like
Siberia
Compare
b)
wild
Winter
in
The
the
a
its
world.
features
a
in
very
the
of
daily
an
to
of
or
the
Evaluate
on
the
the
a
Conduct
help
extinct
The
off
model
habitat
on
the
is
has
after
condors
captive
wild
mammals
does
to
with
to
in
the
the
into
nothing
west
a
humidity.
of
condor,
coast
of
zoos
due
pairs
today.
wild
say
does
Animals
to
to
and
breeding
programs
the
animals,
to
in
wild
population.
require
The
with
re-introduced
breeding
of
high
several
largely
that
Celsius.
breeding
breeding
are
more
Celsius.
lemur
California
been
animals
species
the
degrees
of
The
even
re-introduction
The
native
re-introduction
left
the
is
degrees
species
captive
wild.
There
few
-10
snow.
loss
of
that
little
are
habitat.
especially
vast
recover
territory
lost
for
habitat.
the
[4]
to
your
nearest
practised?
housed
research
lion
of
a
the
survival,
the
bird
habitat
in
are
about
the
is
making
Novosibirsk
and
15
enclosure
States,
California
large
visit
is
to
for
of
zoos
rain
about
two
many
parks.
temperatures
technique
that
type
Madagascar,
right.
virtual
habitat
animal
Compare
of
summer
contrast
that
are
Madagascar
habitat
choice.
island
The
native
releasing
Novosibirsk,
ecosystems
Lemurs
the
and
actual
an
warm
as
at
large
Critics
such
of
into
United
wildlife
an
has
heated
of
about
summer,
temperatures
is
Novosibirsk
goal
animals
8,000
winter
Zoo
receives
each
environment.
millimeters
in
specialized
Jurong
rain
Madagascar
programs
The
jungle
60
Novosibirsk
animal
amingoes
that
just
Madagascar
of
drastic:
(almost
than
around
exhibit
and
pandas.)
enclosures
more
humid
difference
natural
acres).
1,000
climates,
and
immersive
with
a
a
However,
millimeters
gets
its
reindeer
animals.
has
it
in
(featuring
expansive
from
than
coast.
lion
habitat
a)
specic
recreate
of
your
(with
2,000
225
Landscape
their
includes
same.
is
is
than
acres).
into
specialized
lemurs.
native
Identify
or
It
species)
forest
more
species
east
is
8.
have
Africa’s
Make
also
even
more
must
primate
actual
Zoo
more
tundra
California,
States.
thunderstorm.
in
animals
both
the
wetlands
simulated
(100
animals
bamboo
for
southern
houses
Singapore
600
Jurong
in
United
different
kilometers
zoos
Park
birds
7.
is
habitats
Bird
as
or
Diego
Most
that
(800
divides
which
8square
Zoo,
the
kilometers
bears)
San
park,
in
zoo
animals
immersion
6.
Diego
zoo
in
on
your
the
zoo.
To
what
extent
[4]
local
features
zoo
of
or
the
a
zoo
of
natural
organism.
and
one
the
contrast
located
habitat
the
at
of
natural
the
the
zoo
habitat
you
animal
at
have
the
of
that
chosen.
zoo
you
organism
[4]
have
chosen.
[3]
325
Glossary
3D
printing
is
the
printing
applying
process
repeated
that
thin
involves
layers
of
making
three-dimensional
quick-drying
material
objects
following
by
digital
models.
Abiotic
factors
are
the
non-living
climatic
Acquired
characteristics
are
physical
during
Active
transpor t
is
the
in
factors
its
which
edaphic
characteristics
inuence
the
environment,
including
factors.
which
are
acquired
by
an
individual
organism
lifetime.
movement
living
factors
and
cells
of
substances
against
a
such
as
concentration
mineral
gradient:
salts
i.e.
through
from
low
a
membrane
to
high
concentration.
Adaptation
gradually
will
over
become
anti-diuretic
ADH
of
water
Adhesion
is
Alien
are
species
the
in
sticking
species
(singular
through
Amino
acids
are
the
period
blood
by
gets
do
of
not
accident
alveolus)
which
are
to
the
low,
generation
of
a
particular
organism
environment.
pituitary
allows
gland,
kidneys
to
secreted
when
reabsorb
quantity
water.
molecules.
normally
occur
in
an
area
but
have
been
intentionally.
the
tiny
air
diffuses
units
each
its
unlike
or
oxygen
monomer
time,
from
together
which
of
adapted
hormone,
the
introduced
Alveoli
a
better
of
all
in
sacs
and
proteins
at
the
end
carbon
and
of
each
dioxide
contain
bronchiole
diffuses
the
out.
–COOH
and
–NH
2
groups
Anabolism
is
the
at
either
phase
of
complicated
Anaphase
is
the
that
stage
(owering
Aor ta
is
Archaea
the
the
largest
ventricle
is
domain
an
Ar tery
artery
from
Ar ticial
classication
is
a
the
is
in
32 6
the
life
and
than
of
concerned
of
ones,
between
with
e.g.
the
building
formation
metaphase
chromatids
seed-bearing
heart.
(mitosis)
and
or
of
up
of
glycogen.
telophase
homologous
the
that
body,
includes
prokaryotes
plants
carrying
that
oxygenated
prokaryotes
that
are
produce
that
more
live
closely
owers.
blood
in
out
from
the
extreme
related
to
bacteria.
wide
heart
system
are
of
of
evolutionary
is
simpler
division
artery
a
that
(meiosis).
environments
eukaryotes
molecule.
from
splitting
plants)
left
a
the
metabolism
nuclear
in
chromosomes
Angiosperms
of
molecules
of
results
end
muscular-walled
towards
the
classifying
body
vessel
that
carries
blood
tissue.
organisms
relationships.
blood
based
on
something
other
than
away
is
Asthma
a
disease
airway
living
Baroreceptor
is
a
Biceps
is
the
Biopsy
is
a
Biotechnology
is
the
or
Biotic
factors
plasma
Bryophytes
characterized
by
inammation
and
reversible
triphosphate
is
a
substance
used
as
a
store
of
chemical
energy
by
sensory
receptor
exor
muscle
surgical
use
in
in
the
extraction
of
living
blood
of
vessels
upper
a
arm
sample
organisms
that
for
of
the
detects
which
cells
blood
bends
or
the
pressure.
forearm.
tissue.
production
of
useful
substances
processes.
are
is
lungs
cells.
factors
humans)
Blood
the
narrowing.
adenine
ATP
of
the
are
arising
which
liquid
part
primitive
from
the
inuence
of
blood,
plants,
activities
the
of
living
organisms
(including
environment.
which
liverworts
is
about
and
90%
mosses,
water.
with
simple
stems,
leaves
and
roots.
Cancer
is
Capillaries
are
the
Carbon
the
carbon
cycle
a
disease
characterized
narrowest
cycle
atmosphere,
Carbon
footprint
a
carbon
is
the
plants,
footprint
equivalents
community
Carcinogen
a
chemical
Catalyst
a
catalyst
or
a
agent
is
a
itself
cell
membrane
Cell
wall
the
cell
wall
chemical
chemical
starting
is
Chemoreceptor
is
Chromosome
a
its
a
a
class
is
which
part
down
are
clone
is
a
system
a
closed
energy
Cohesion
is
a
This
For
is
of
carbon
between
the
dioxide
by
the
or
greenhouse
activities
of
an
gas
individual,
a
outer
a
of
DNA
and
cellulose.
produces
different
a
new
from
burns
in
oxygen,
none
of
the
the
water
properties
is
of
made
plant
system.
is
up
and
of
This
in
a
classies
kingdoms
down
linear
cells.
system
kingdoms,
broken
genes
animal
into
are
classes,
orders.
descendant
plant
which
of
gases.
called
phylum
cell.
quite
has
reaction
change.
changes.
which
groups
each
identical
in
and
both
nucleus
chemical
the
hydrogen
classication
into
original
looks
liquid
are
a
made
reaction
often
when
of
of
cells,
chemical
the
large
phylums,
one
plant
chemical
detects
very
an
of
which
in
rate
chemical
boundary
colourless
coil
the
permanent
wall
in
subdivided
from
cancer
increases
biological
into
is
division.
soil.
carbon
substance
found
genetically
system
of
example,
that
long
the
into
then
reproduction
Closed
of
a
are
organisms
the
atmosphere
the
elements,
is
and
any
outer
water
which
circulation
cause
that
occurs
receptor
chromosome
broken
a
This
constituent
living
Clone
rigid
substances.
sequence
Class
a
change
sensory
can
forms
substance.
formed.
of
the
cell
vessel.
amount
undergoing
the
a
the
into
that
membrane
change
blood
constant
substance
is
uncontrolled
company
Cell
Chemical
of
animals
is
emitted
a
without
type
by
no
produced
by
vegetative
seedling.
material
can
escape,
though
can.
force
of
attraction
between
two
identical
molecules.
327
G L O S S A R Y
is
Competition
a
form
struggle
(1;
Condensation
in
in
reex
a
for
hear t
disease
is
access
physics)
a
is
is
larger
a
or
heart
to
the
the
a
between
same
change
reaction
molecule,
conditioned
situation
Coronary
interaction
chemistry)
make
Conditioned
of
reex
is
state
from
which
with
in
an
ecosystem
involving
a
resource.
of
in
individuals
the
reaction
two
loss
that
of
is
gas
(or
vapour)
molecules
are
to
a
joined
liquid;
(2;
together
to
water.
learned
in
response
to
a
specic
stimulus.
disease
due
to
blockage
of
the
arteries
that
supply
blood
to
the
heart.
Cytoplasm
is
the
Detritivore
is
a
consumer
is
a
disorder
Diabetes-type
Dichotomous
1
keys
are
protoplasm
the
that
living
ingests
by
type
dead
the
of
cell
lack
key,
which
is
organic
of
the
made
found
outside
nucleus.
material.
hormone
up
the
of
brief
insulin.
descriptions
arranged
in
pairs.
(abbreviation:
Dicotyledons
a
caused
simplest
numbered
of
dicots)
are
a
class
of
angiosperm
with
two
seed
leaves
(cotyledons).
Dierentiation
involves
cells
function
and
Diusion
is
the
Diploid
describes
or
mixing
a
tissues
undergoing
a
change
toward
a
more
specialized
form.
of
cell
two
liquids
which
has
without
paired
mechanical
sets
of
help.
homologous
chromosomes
in
its
nucleus.
Diving
is
reex
a
response
body
to
activities
(abbreviation
DNA
the
genetic
diving
that
for
replication
is
the
production
DNA
transcription
is
the
copying
the
Dominant
a
Ecosystem
an
largest
El
is
Niño
an
is
radiation
vacuum.
Electron
is
a
photograph
is
a
property
elements
Endoplasmic
reticulum
is
a
Endothermic
reaction
a
that
of
surface
chemical
of
of
of
of
a
group
acid)
is
every
copies
that
involves
changes
in
of
a
nucleic
acid
which
contains
cell.
DNA.
code.
that
masks
includes
the
a
presence
community
group
of
and
the
the
of
similar
recessive
physical
phyla
phenotype.
environment
it.
ocean
currents
that
results
in
signicant
climate
in
the
the
form
image
system
that
of
waves
produced
emerges
by
at
an
from
the
speed
electron
the
of
light
in
a
microscope.
interaction
of
the
system.
membranes
area
and
reaction
surroundings.
32 8
with
travels
the
network
large
genetic
by
birds
consumption.
effects.
is
proper ty
energy
carried
biological
abnormality
Electromagnetic
Emergent
a
associated
ecological
micrograph
the
and
oxygen
identical
phenotype
ecosystem
is
of
taxonomic
dominant
that
of
mammals
deoxyribonucleic
information
DNA
Domain
in
decrease
is
a
joined
site
during
of
to
the
protein
which
heat
nuclear
and
membrane.
lipid
energy
is
It
has
synthesis.
taken
in
from
the
a
and
Energy
is
the
Environment
the
capacity
are
Epidemic
is
the
(or
is
an
Evolution
is
the
is
Exothermic
a
reaction
consists
which
to
of
it
of
an
the
the
organism
gradual
not
work.
the
conditions
which
surround
an
reactions.
disease
normally
esophagus
and
all
infectious
is
do
lives.
biochemical
disease
mouth
Eukaryote
Exoskeleton
the
in
system
in
spread
gullet)
the
of
and
catalysts
where
Esophagus
a
environment
organism
Enzymes
of
is
the
from
person
present
section
at
of
to
such
the
person
a
high
in
rate
alimentary
a
place
of
occurrence.
canal
between
stomach.
that
contain
changing
of
compartmentalized
a
species
of
living
cells
with
organism
a
true
over
a
nucleus.
long
period
time.
a
skeleton
chemical
found
on
reaction
the
outside
during
which
of
the
heat
animal.
energy
is
transferred
to
the
surroundings.
Exponential
growth
occurs
when
a
population
size
grows
at
a
faster
rate
as
the
population
size
increases
Extinction
is
the
complete
species
F
generation
(rst
or
and
group
lial
of
irreversible
organisms
generation)
is
the
disappearance
from
rst
the
of
all
living
members
of
a
Earth.
generation
of
offspring
in
a
genetic
cross
1
(in
F
generation
humans,
(second
the
lial
children).
generation)
is
the
second
generation
of
offspring
in
a
genetic
2
cross
in
Family
(in
biological
belongs
Fer tilization
(in
to
the
with
Food
a
food
a
gamete
chain
Gamete
the
half
Gametogenesis
is
Gene
a
the
code
is
drift
is
is
the
which
genetic
the
Genome
mapping
a
that
of
of
unit
code
is
which
in
of
the
passes
belongs
(in
cell
to
cell
a
family
and
each
family
code
controls
the
lter
by
(from
animals)
gametes
the
fertilization
during
sexual
zygote.
between
formed
(in
female
the
the
nucleus
during
ltration.
organisms
meiosis
in
which
an
ecosystem.
contains
only
(haploid).
cells.
chemical
the
male
ovule);
and
called
relationship
sex
the
the
through
hereditary
a
of
male
chromosomes
sex
of
as
fusion
single
feeding
acts
ratio
information,
instruction
sequence
protein
of
of
protein
different
synthesis
genotypes
composed
for
in
within
of
a
section
of
synthesis.
bases
of
a
DNA
cells.
a
population
due
to
events
the
genome
the
process
a
genus
nucleus
specialized
change
random
Genome
a
a
number
molecule,
Genetic
is
the
nuclei
form
formation
gene
the
to
is
female
the
liquid
chain
the
the
DNA
Genetic
clear
each
order.
of
reproduction
is
grandchildren).
fertilization
fusion
Filtrate
the
classication,
an
plants)
pollen)
is
humans,
is
of
the
entire
genetic
determining
the
material
location
of
and
an
organism
function
of
genes
within
genome
32 9
G L O S S A R Y
is
Genotype
the
genetic
information
about
a
particular
organism
as
specied
by
its
alleles.
Genotypic
is
ratio
the
proportion
Genus
a
Germination
is
the
initial
Global
is
the
gradual
warming
a
Glomerulus
genus
is
a
are
Greenhouse
Greenhouse
eect
gases
group
is
of
in
stages
is
a
of
liver
of
the
Habitat
is
a
place
Haploid
describes
air
in
a
a
of
alleles
species.
seed
to
climate
blood
combinations
form
caused
capillaries
a
seedling.
by
the
located
greenhouse
in
each
effect.
Bowman’s
in
vertebrate
animals
and
is
the
main
energy
muscles.
heat
are
in
of
organs
gases.
in
world
found
and
greenhouse
gases
of
different
kidney.
trapping
increase
in
possessing
related
growth
tangle
reproductive
the
closely
change
the
the
offspring
of
polysaccharide
store
Gonads
a
glomerulus
capsule
Glycogen
is
of
of
an
animal.
energy
atmosphere
in
the
which
atmosphere
absorb
because
infra-red
of
the
radiation,
effects
causing
of
an
temperature.
which
cell
an
which
organism
has
a
or
single
a
community
set
of
of
unpaired
organisms
live.
chromosomes
in
its
nucleus.
Heat
is
energy
the
energy
difference
Hepatocyte
is
a
liver
Herbivores
are
Heredity
is
Heterozygous
describes
organisms
gene
in
the
a
Homeostasis
is
Homozygous
describes
Horizontal
transfer
is
a
which
from
feed
information
an
one
pair
maintenance
an
organism
pair
transfer
individuals.
of
of
that
of
of
on
place
to
another
as
a
result
of
a
plants.
passing
organism
given
given
the
ows
temperature.
cell.
genetic
in
that
in
from
parents
possesses
two
to
offspring.
different
alleles
of
a
particular
chromosomes.
a
constant
that
internal
possesses
environment
identical
alleles
of
of
a
an
organism.
particular
gene
chromosomes.
genetic
Genes
information
from
a
donor
are
in
either
added
to
direction
the
between
existing
two
genome
of
a
recipient.
plant
Hormones
hormones
which,
at
Animal
very
hormones
quantities
Human
Genome
Project
in
1988
the
Hybrid
Hydrogen
bonding
directly
the
genes
a
the
is
is
closely
the
are
chemicals
special
into
46
the
can
produced
affect
chemical
Human
by
Genome
of
the
every
an
cells
and
“messengers”
bloodstream
chromosomes
by
growth
secreted
endocrine
Project
human
of
began
cell.
plants,
development.
in
small
gland.
to
This
identify
project
all
was
2003.
offspring
related
strong
hydrogen,
3 3 0
the
in
hybrid
specic
concentration,
international
in
completed
two
are
low
force
such
as
of
plants
or
animals
produced
from
the
cross
of
species.
of
attraction
water
between
molecules.
certain
molecules
that
contain
is
Hydrolysis
the
chemical
break
Immunity
Inductive
Infrared
reasoning
radiation
protection
is
the
is
the
is
a
species
way
in
hormone
are
actions
Iris
an
Keystone
species
the
iris
on
a
compound
is
secreted
the
species
heat
energy
medium
liver
which
such
when
to
species
in
with
water
which
causes
it
to
are
not
infection.
based
or
by
where
controlled
the
eye
from
being
a
rises
impacts
is
not
above
it
into
the
patterns
to
a
colder
the
It
glycogen.
found.
activity
controls
normal.
biological
normally
conscious
and
hotter
of
present.
converting
it
by
observation
level
signicantly
of
the
water
glucose
glucose
area
part
on
transferred
air
blood
that
an
is
as
remove
coloured
the
against
generalizations
structure
reaches
the
organism
of
introduced
actions
are
a
the
are
that
an
which
without
community
Involuntary
of
formation
stimulates
Invasive
of
down.
is
place
Insulin
reaction
of
the
amount
brain.
of
light
retina.
whose
structure
population
of
a
uctuations
biological
have
a
disproportionate
effect
community.
3
Kilo-
is
a
Kinesis
is
an
Kingdom
a
Koch’s
is
postulates
Ligament
Liver
a
metric
increase
kingdom
a
tough,
at
the
is
liver
are
has
is
in
for
a
meaning
the
the
elastic
together
a
of
×
10
movement
rank
structure
large
wide
1
establishing
movable
a
rate
highest
of
in
the
the
in
response
classication
specic
connective
cause
tissue
of
to
of
an
that
a
stimulus
living
organisms.
infectious
connects
disease
bones
joints.
and
range
warm-blooded
sweat
Mechanoreceptor
is
method
and
Mammals
prex
important
of
organ
which
acts
as
a
“chemical
factory”
functions.
vertebrates
whose
skin
is
covered
with
hair
and
has
glands.
sensory
receptor
that
detects
touch,
movement,
stretching
or
pressure.
Meiosis
(or
reductive
daughter
Metabolism
(or
is
occur
the
from
in
division)
receiving
metabolic
that
Metamorphosis
cell
cell
activity)
a
living
egg
division
is
the
half
sum
of
the
of
all
a
cell
which
number
the
of
results
in
each
chromosomes.
various
biochemical
reactions
organism.
transformation
the
is
exactly
that
through
the
occurs
larval
in
the
and
life
pupal
cycle
stages
of
many
to
the
arthropods
adult
form
(imago).
Metaphase
is
a
phase
and
of
involves
nuclear
genetic
division
material
that
occurs
lining
up
between
at
the
prophase
equator
of
and
the
anaphase
cell.
−6
Micro-
is
Microtubules
are
of
a
metric
prex
protein
based
meaning
1
structures
×
10
that
are
the
components
of
the
cytoskeleton
cells.
−3
Milli-
is
a
metric
Mitochondria
(singular
prex
meaning
mitochondrion)
cytoplasm
where
energy
1
×
the
is
10
mitochondria
produced
from
are
the
chemical
organelles
in
the
reactions.
3 31
G L O S S A R Y
is
Mitosis
a
division
containing
Mitotic
index
is
the
of
of
the
in
a
simplied
Model
are
species
similar
under
the
that
a
Monocotyledons
(abbreviation:
is
is
Mutation
the
a
(or
of
sudden
daughter
cells,
chromosomes
of
cells
in
each
as
the
with
a
nucleus
mother
metaphase
to
the
cell.
total
number
are
to
study
chosen
time,
explore
to
represent
because
so
complex
they
they
can
be
other
systems.
species.
breed
in
studied
They
large
more
are
numbers
easily
conditions.
of
within
substance”.
are
the
a
class
of
angiosperm
with
only
one
seed
seed.
acid.
It
takes
part
in
the
transcription
(copying)
code.
random
faulty
both
they
used
for
generation
monocots)
symbiosis)
which
chosen
ribonucleic
genetic
in
of
number
“amount
(cotyledon)
result
Mutualism
unit
messenger
of
but
laboratory
SI
two
number
the
are
short
is
mRNA
of
form
representations
Mole
leaf
same
enough
have
to
sample.
are
and
cell
proportion
cells
Models
organisms
a
change
DNA
is
a
in
the
replication
feeding
genetic
or
faulty
relationship
material
division
between
of
of
a
cell,
which
may
chromosomes.
two
organisms
from
benet.
−9
is
Nano-
a
metric
Natural
classication
involves
Natural
selection
the
Negative
feedback
best
is
the
Nerve
impulse
Neurone
is
a
(or
process
is
nerve
the
(or
cell)
its
an
based
selection
organ
is
10
on
states
environment
which
signal
chemical
inhibit)
the
by
×
and
produces
which
moves
elongated,
that
will
information
evolutionary
the
a
individual
survive
about
to
a
of
nerve
branched
cell
axon
of
organism
which
reproduce.
deviation
correction
along
relationships.
that
from
the
a
norm
passes
deviation.
bre.
is
the
basic
unit
of
the
system.
adjacent
Nucleus
to
1
organisms
natural
electrical
nervous
Neurotransmitter
of
adapted
controlling
an
meaning
grouping
theory
is
to
prex
released
the
by
the
transmission
of
a
end
nerve
one
impulse
neurone
across
a
to
transmit
synapse
to
an
neurone.
nucleus
in
the
cell’s
control
centre
and
is
contained
within
a
nuclear
membrane.
Nymph
is
the
immature
form
of
some
invertebrates
which
resembles
the
adult
form.
Oligopeptide
is
Open
an
system
Order
Organ
a
short
open
system
in
biological
of
a
an
is
is
amino
acids.
one
which
in
classication,
organ
the
is
a
collection
some
function
movement
concentrated
3 32
of
materials
family
is
part
and
of
an
energy
order,
can
and
escape
an
or
order
is
enter.
part
class.
perform
Osmosis
chain
of
a
solution
of
different
in
the
solvent
by
tissues
which
work
together
to
organism.
(usually
diffusion
water)
across
a
from
a
dilute
semipermeable
to
a
more
membrane.
Ovum
(plural
Oval
is
a
is
the
window
Ovulation
Parallel
connections
Phenology
periodic
the
where
is
study
the
the
or
ratio
is
(or
owing
of
the
observable
the
ratio
of
of
a
light
Photosynthesis
is
the
unit
of
chemical
photolysis)
synthesize
a
Physical
change
a
large
plants
is
an
between
ovum
Fallopian
(egg
tube)
of
the
cell)
to
animals.
middle
from
the
the
uterus,
and
inner
ovaries
where
ear.
to
it
is
travel
available
the
material
of
has
more
cyclical
than
events
one
such
pathway
as
bud
to
follow.
formation
or
process
which
group
of
an
organism
produced
by
the
possessing
different
patterns
of
a
certain
energy.
simple
is
physical
being
Physiology
of
organisms
is
of
opening
gamete
genes.
Photon
is
female
characteristics
its
feature.
Phylum
the
timing
observable
or
is
migration
interaction
Phenotypic
release
oviduct
occur
is
ovum
fertilization.
nesting
Phenotype
an
membrane-covered
down
for
ova)
separating
combines
foodstuffs
of
often
of
then
such
organisms
called
change
is
a
one
as
hydrogen
with
from
carbon
water
dioxide
(light
(dark
stage
stage)
to
glucose.
sharing
a
similar
basic
structure.
A
phylum
division.
which
results
in
no
new
chemical
substance
formed.
study
of
the
functions
and
activities
of
a
living
system.
−12
is
Pico-
Pituitary
gland
a
metric
found
at
prex
the
base
the
endocrine
Plasmid
is
piece
Population
a
a
of
meaning 1
the
10
brain,
it
controls
the
production
of
hormones
by
glands.
DNA
population
of
×
is
a
found
group
outside
of
of
the
individuals
chromosome
of
the
same
within
species
a
prokaryote.
within
a
community.
Positive
feedback
occurs
that
Post-synaptic
neuron
is
where
created
the
the
the
neuron
end
product
of
a
process
further
amplies
the
process
product.
that
receives
neurotransmitter
from
the
pre-synaptic
neuron.
is
Potometer
an
apparatus
articial
are
Predators
Presynaptic
neuron
Prey
Primary
consumers
Producers
Products
the
is
an
feed
that
neuron
animal
on
measures
transpiration
rates
under
natural
or
conditions.
animals
is
which
hunt,
that
that
are
animals
that
are
therefore
are
the
a
eat
other
animals
neurotransmitter
source
of
food
for
a
into
called
a
their
prey.
synapse.
predator.
(plants).
can
make
considered
chemical
chemical
and
releases
is
producers
kill
their
as
elements
a
or
own
source
food
of
by
autotrophic
nutrition
and
energy.
compounds
that
are
produced
during
the
reaction.
3 3 3
G L O S S A R Y
Prokaryotes
are
organisms
membrane,
is
Prophase
the
the
(or
Puber ty
ar tery
Pulmonary
vein
to
the
of
is
not
surrounded
by
a
nuclear
bacteria.
nuclear
is
material
a
division
breaks
stage
of
where
genetic
material
condenses
and
down.
development
when
the
reproductive
organs
function.
lungs
(the
pupil
is
artery
(the
pulmonary
the
as
genetic
membrane
pulmonary
the
atrium
Pupil
stage
adolescence)
the
to
such
nuclear
begin
Pulmonary
rst
whose
vein
only
the
carries
only
carries
vein
hole
artery
to
at
deoxygenated
to
blood
oxygenated
centre
of
blood
from
deoxygenated
oxygenated
carry
the
carry
the
from
the
right
ventricle
blood).
the
lungs
to
the
left
blood).
iris
which
appears
as
a
black
circle.
R
group
Random
sample
is
the
is
a
of
sample
being
are
Reactants
variable
the
part
from
a
of
a
chemical
population
compound,
where
every
such
as
member
an
amino
has
an
acid.
equal
chance
selected.
chemical
elements
or
compounds
that
are
or
a
chemical
reaction
starts
with.
Reaction
rate
is
the
rate
chemical
Recessive
allele
a
is
Reex
actions
at
recessive
part
are
of
allele
a
are
Respiration
is
special
is
Restriction
is
types
the
an
a
gene
of
release
are
of
used
up
products
are
formed
in
a
in
from
cuts
affects
an
individual’s
phenotype
if
it
action
of
which
we
are
aware,
like
etc.
energy
that
only
pair.
vertebrates
made
enzyme
that
involuntary
coughing,
cold-blooded
products
reactants
homozygous
swallowing,
Reptiles
which
reaction.
a
which
living
the
lay
organism
breaking
DNA
at
soft-shelled
down
specic
which
of
eggs
on
occurs
food
land.
when
simple
molecules.
sequences.
endonuclease
Retina
the
retina
Ribosomes
are
tiny
the
Secondary
Sexual
consumers
reproduction
Skeleton
unit
feed
on
in
of
the
skeleton
is
is
the
Species
is
a
Sperm
is
the
Starch
is
a
3 34
attached
synthesis
a
to
of
the
cells
at
endoplasmic
the
back
of
reticulum.
the
eye.
They
are
proteins.
within
a
skeletal
muscle.
consumers.
joining
for
light-sensitive
of
male
structure
internal
in
and
an
organs
female
animal
and
a
gametes
that
(sex
provides
framework
for
cells).
support
for
anchoring
the
body,
muscles
ligaments.
Speciation
and
the
of
contraction
protection
and
layer
primary
involves
a
the
particles
involved
Sarcomere
is
formation
group
of
containing
male
gamete
polysaccharide
fruit.
new
It
is
an
of
species.
living
organisms
of
the
same
kind.
animals.
found
in
important
plants,
especially
carbohydrate
in
the
energy
roots,
source.
tubers,
seeds
Statistic
a
number
Stoma
(plural
which
stomata)
surrounded
Synapse
is
the
System
a
Taxis
(or
collection
tactic
is
the
the
Tendon
(or
Ter tiary
consumers
of
sinew)
of
two
interacting
a
of
is
about
pore
a
found
sample
in
the
lower
epidermis
of
a
leaf,
cells.
adjacent
elements
the
specic
the
a
fact
guard
between
neurones.
that
movement
has
of
emergent
an
properties.
organism
with
respect
to
a
direction.
theory,
practice
chromosomes
is
tough
Tendons
consist
transmit
the
a
pair
is
a
and
rules
of
classication
of
living
and
organisms.
ends
feed
stoma
movement)
from
study
extinct
Telomere
of
a
a
junction
stimulus
Taxonomy
by
represents
on
of
Tissue
is
collection
of
Trachea
(windpipe)
Transcription
is
the
copying
Transformation
is
the
uptake
Translation
transfer
is
a
collagen
tube
of
RNA
bres
that
which
relaxation
which
perform
through
the
genetic
donor
and
or
tissue
with
connects
are
of
repeated
a
cell
muscle
non-elastic,
the
muscle
divisions
to
to
and
the
a
bone.
therefore
bone.
consumers.
cells
of
shortens
connective
contraction
secondary
that
which
a
specic
air
is
function.
drawn
into
the
lungs.
code.
DNA.
ribosomal
RNA
take
part
in
translation
(protein
synthesis).
Translocation
is
the
transport
of
minerals
and
products
of
photosynthesis
within
a
plant.
Transpiration
is
the
process
through
the
Triceps
is
the
tRNA
is
transfer
Tropism
a
in
extensor
tropism
which
muscle
ribonucleic
is
water
is
lost
by
evaporation
from
the
leaves
stomata.
a
growth
in
the
acid.
or
It
upper
takes
arm
part
movement
in
which
is
straightens
protein
plants
that
the
synthesis
occurs
forearm.
(translation).
due
to
a
specic
stimulus.
Tumor
a
mass
Unicellular
describes
such
Ureters
are
Vaccine
a
of
as
unspecialized
living
organisms
bacteria
two
tubes
vaccine
is
a
Vector
in
a
an
vector
one
is
and
liquid
to
Ventilation
is
the
movement
Ver tical
is
the
transfer
transfer
Voluntary
Zygote
actions
are
actions
is
fertilized
a
female
sex
of
are
uncontrolled
made
up
of
cell
only
division.
one
single
cell,
urine
preparation
can
from
of
the
kidneys
treated
stimulate
the
to
the
bladder.
disease-producing
immune
system
to
produce
(organism)
responsible
for
carrying
pathogens
from
another.
of
air
in
genetic
which
egg
by
blood.
agent
organism
which
carry
which
the
formed
protozoans.
which
microorganisms
antibodies
cells
are
and
out
of
information
controlled
produced
by
by
the
the
lungs.
from
parent
conscious
fusion
of
to
offspring.
activity
the
of
nucleus
the
of
brain.
the
male
and
cells.
3 3 5
Index
3D
printing
ABO
blood
(models)
groups
acetaldehyde
acorn
baksia
see
(genetics,
consequences)
cannabis
buttery
of
aigal
air
blooms
alcohol
ALDH
and
ush
ALDH2
species
amino
structure
amylase
interaction
(interaction)
gas
(movement)
128
Apicus
Aristotle
environment)
Ascares
(consequences)
book,
evidence)
(movement)
humans
structure
(consequences)
and
asymmetric
trafc
form
and
(gut
blood
parasite)
movement
123
baksia
similarity
form
and
aigal
(environment)
plants
rainforest
in
deserts
(transformation)
(balance)
27
bioreactors
bleached
167
Roger
blood
281
blooms
concentration
269
69
79
66-7
lumping
farming
(ISA
farming
(sustainability)
virus)
191-2
concept
167
192-3
on
groups
76
70
organisms
and
segmentation
Island
Barrier
Reef
(mutualistic
(balance)
176
176
168-9
eyes
capillare
butteries
167
Great
5
39
168-9
movement
Bryum
(energy)
158
control
brown/blue
164
reies
concentration
metabolism
blood
in
169-71,
hormones
168-9
salmon
Niño
humans
(transformation)
glucose
feedback
190-1
glucose
salmon
Easter
to
kingdom
(pattern),
coral
diabetes
Chilean
El
islands?
68
trout
and
bioluminescence
201
Chilean
diet
on
70-1
form
and
biodiversity
balance
blood
evolve
67
classication
relationships)
Bacon,
to
229-30
ephemeral
tropical
species
65-6
splitting
129
67
Australia
Acorn
new
Melvin
species
249
exposure
Lough
10
(form)
organisms
78
36
35-6
269
and
domains
tyrosine
269
causes
classication
278
112
37
(consequences)
asymmetric
194
to
(energy)
animals
55-7
acid
37-8
glucose/galactose
biodiversity
35
30-1
ethanoic
fat
speciation
264
(transformation)
lumbricoides
asthma
252,
26
asteroids
to
to
extinction
215
what
arteries/veins
35-9
34
biodiversity
38-9
28
311
reactions
to
biodiesel
38-9
physiology
113
(transformation)
phenylalanine
(ecology,
(Roman
tern
glucose
lactose
38-9
166
40
cells
ethanol
190-1
Egypt
metabolism;
(models)
enzymes
160-3
exchange
(transformation)
Bill
ecology;
(transformation)
inside
in
ancient
(movement)
chemical
enzyme
activity
Anders,
arctic
and
in
165
also
alphabet
acids
sequences
see
biochemistry
10-11
233
38-9
enzyme
ALDH*504L
YS
alien
(ATP)
(transformation)
enzyme
164
barracuda
320
(balance)
pollution
work-life
ballistics
10-11
(pattern)
modelling
narwhals
166
heart
bamboo
triphosphate
ages
201
(genetics,
(ADP)
adonis
ecosystems
environment)
254
adenosine
agent-based
254
weighing
weighing
Yoga
prionotes,
diphosphate
blue
consequences)
ethanal
(Banksia
addiction-smoking
adenosine
312-13
in
circulatory
(genetics,
moss
(pattern)
(phenology,
system
122
consequences)
259
240
pattern)
232-3
188-9
introduction
kayaking
Caenhabditis
166-7
and
white
water
photosynthesis/respiration
rafting
165
185-6
Canada
carbon
elegans
lynx
and
dioxide
development
snowshoe
(CO
hare
(evidence)
283
(interaction)
151
)
2
refugees
in
slacklining
summative
toto
“red
tropical
sea
165
190-3
cars
167
tides”
atmospheric
levels
assessment
toucans
toxic
3 3 6
Mediterranean
165
(models)
in
Australia
Casuarina
167
Catherine
(ecology
glaciation
cartilaginous
190-1
rainforest
and
182-3
balance)
186-8
307
sh
(Class
equisetifolia
of
balance)
(ecology,
Aragon
Elasmobranchii)
(multicellular
72
organisms)
(consequences)
248
78
cell
description
division
cell
enlargement
growth
alternation
(pattern)
(pattern)
236-7
coronary
mortality
239
Crick,
cells
Caenhabditis
elegans
cell
fertilized
division
(evidence)
cell
division
meiosis
(evidence)
(pattern)
(pattern)
reaction
Chargaff,
28,
139,
in
telomeres
191-2
(balance)
plants
articial
best
(CBC)
221-2
(evidence)
type
2
170-1,
sheep
environment)
214
(movement)
27
115
(evidence)
(interaction)
helical
301
160
see
Taylor
173
counselling)
between
57
246-7
structure
234
also
250
50-1
263
236
233,
Crick,
234-5,
310
Frances;
melanogaster
receptors
from
Watson,
(pattern)
James
231
communities
ecological
footprint
energy
(models)
model
ecology)
17-18,
chains
organisms
94
see
94-5
also
ecology
93
reex
project)
194
167
ecological
food
design
(UN
(balance)
and
309
resource
consumption
320-1
ecology
93
94
genome”
Above"
Island
(models,
cells
92
computer-assisted
49-51
235
consequences
Easter
274
estrogen/estrogen
conditioned
176
274
(genetic
communication
serotonin
(balance,
176
reex
Drosophila
consequences)
Samuel
receptors
216
176
causes
"Earth
tadpole
“minimal
169-71,
diving
meiosis
(ecology,
blindness
131
environment)
disease
life
285
276
hormones
243-4
59
(transformation)
structure
(genetics,
function
170-1
mutations
cloning
color
284,
262
(form)
change
Coleridge,
(pattern)
169
1
replication
the
cycle
concentration
control
geography
49-51
(consequences)
71
Xenopus
(ecology,
type
copying
262
71
potatoes
Species
experiment
chromosomes
256-7
(consequences)
climate
Dolly
life
109-10
DNA
70-1
natural
310
cicada
171
diffusion
280
Count
of
glucose
diamonds
192-3
7-8
humans
classication
Origin
feedback
(transformation)
in
the
genetics
(consequences)
number
childhood
Charles
physiology)
145
farming
sequence
meiosis
and
diabetes
147
chromosomes
gene
cancer
59
insulin
Bird
diploid
in
299-300
(CHD),
302-5
(function)
deforestation
30-1
(evidence)
Christmas
brosis
blood
(balance)
chlorophyll
234-5,
patterns
phototropism
32
salmon
sustainability
cholera
On
233
reactions
virus
cystic
(evidence)
Francis
cyclical
form
52-3
240-1
chemical
ISA
283
Darwin,
285
50-1,
(interaction)
Erwin
enzymes
human
282
(interaction)
Chilean
adult
237-9
cheetahs
description
to
(evidence)
(transformation)
mitosis
chain
egg
(evidence)
evidence)
disease
282
limits
mitosis
tissue
development
(health,
heart
(models)
(interaction)
312-13
adaptation
to
air
and
water
132
relationships
(balance)
atmospheric
CO
149
21-2
19-20
levels
CO2
and
182-3
glaciation
186-8
2
conifers
(Class
Pinopsida)
64
exponential
consequences
amino
acid
asteroids
exponential
sequences
ecology
of
denition
248
VIII
Aragon
knockout
late
blight
summative
also
coronary
275
debate
assessment
heart
contributory
lights
251,
on
251
253
disease
factors
275-7
evolution;
genetics
300
ash
FACE
and
178-9
prevention
180-1
182-3
202-3
217-18
216
borer
invasion
trials
213-14
warming
212-13
gases
organisms
cave
communities
214
greenhouse
ozone
natural
ecology
effect
Movile
evidence)
population
sustainability
greenhouse
living
(CHD)
(health,
forest
global
248
biodiversity;
change
emerald
with
of
population
215
deforestation
sleeping
u”
factors
species
community
251
of
(environment)
climate
disease
nature–nurture
see
alien
growth
elements
abiotic
250-1
mice
and
“Spanish
248
248
introduction
myopia
mineral
249
Catherine
Henry
264
growth
220-3
205-8
208-9,
210
200-1
197-8
depletion
211
3 37
I N D E X
prairie
dogs
primary
sea
otter
tree
trees
air
growth
between
218-20
ethanal
203-4
species
relationships
between
animals
species
ecology
in
and
resource
ecology
and
of
consumption
species
154-5
156-7
footprint
150
model
adaptation
to
air
Egypt
El
sustainability
rainforests
in
(transformation)
Niño
adult
wind
elk
emerald
(Agilus
plannipennis)
29
invasion
20-3
17-18,
and
Homo
279
erectus
introduction
metabolism
oil
4-5
12-14
24-5
photosynthesis
plants
pyramids
release
8
282
index
cells
9
space
shuttle
summative
assessment
vegetable
in
21-3
oils
22-3
cells
transport
anabolic
reactions
12
12
movement
energy
heat
cells
into
pollution
291-2
Lancet
rates
287
281
278
pregnancy
305
301-5
297
court
279
279
tumor
cells
tumor
(growth)
tumor
(mitotic
also
survival
298-9
281
trials
in
cancer
movement
288-9
286
index)
286
297-8
cells;
genetics
(consequences)
human
skin
natural
selection
color
266
natural
selection/evolution
265-6
267
249
penguins
268
peppered
moth
265
growth
description
178-9
prevention
180-1
(function)
of
population
(balance,
ecology)
104-6
types
FACE
5
kinetic
radiant
Fibonacci
5,
sh
13
"Earth
and
natural
from
from
habitat
cave
summative
cells
and
114
74
forest
FACE
forest
loss
(function)
trials
in
(ecology,
environment)
Indonesia/Brazil
(models)
73
110
(health,
reactions
of
normal
evidence)
32
body
289-90
cells
into
animals
and
similarity
asymmetric
67
blue
arrow
poison
owering
plants
to
frog
73-5
humans
59
213-14
(models)322
324
form
change
175-7
75
Angiospermophyta
absorption
database
enzymes
chemical
plants
balance)
176
139
(movement)
comparison
217-23
195
ecology
environment
tumor
196-7
322-3
plants
Phylum
194
food
assessment
in
control
monocots/dicots
194
photograph
197-8
Man"
series
buds
owering
195
198-9
"Virtuoso
also
environment
Above"
moon
introduction
Movile
(models)
(metabolism,
(interaction)
ower
environment
change
control
positive/negative
5
5
thermal
experiment
feedback
5
potential
earth
body
295-7
assessment
Man
eye
12
normal
290
vaccines
during
exponential
12
air
vaccine
ideas
pathways
15
of
cancer
and
DTP
poliovirus
evolution
10-11
2
sustainability
active
and
Tollund
see
20
in
of
280-1
mitotic
vaccines
seeds
energy
5,
6-10
childhood
278
Thimerosal
13
change
diseases
mitosis
The
21-2
5
and
289-90
distribution
summative
humans
palm
cells
smoking
changes
cancer
301
and
hairdressers
oral
2
ecosystems
form
causes
scientic
10
299-300
302-5
environment
lead
transformation)
12-13
Earth
3 3 8
mortality
introduction
15-16
biodiesel
see
disease,
MMR
animals
light
disease
heart
infectious
188-9
canadensis,
borer
182-3
167
26
(balance)
(Cervus
ash
Australia
energy
cells
heart
global
181
278
coronary
disease
320-1
organisms
book)
280
tumor
elements
tropical
(communication
38-9
coronary
and
ecosystems
mineral
(Roman
cholera
132
description
receptors
93
(acetaldehyde)
Apicus
157-8
relationships
ecological
(movement),
water
cheating
members
cheating
community
(models),
cells)
evidence
(interaction)
social
34
34
estrogen/estrogen
pollution
mutualistic
and
naming
201-2
200-1
and
ecology
mechanism
200
succession
69
human
hands
humans
genetic
83
DNA
introduction
Lough
80-1,
68
plasmids
60-2
Melvin
trout
and
multicellular
organisms
red
identication
starsh
reptiles
sperm
beetle
whales
taxonomy
sharks
modication
variation
leaves
two
twigs
61
families
genera
phyla
61
Franklin,
campaign
Rosalind
(interaction)
138
function
bee’s
cell
stinger
cheek
cystic
lining
GM
Homo
scans
neanderthalensis
brain
95-7,
knife
resilience
summative
85
assessment
orchestra
physiology;
(cell
transfer
cytoplasm
nucleus
ribosomes
glycogen
lysosomes
variation
in
humans
increase
(gene
(models)
gas
alveolus
body
between
organisms
318-19
exchange
and
blood
are
Punnett
square
and
is
in
same
way
in
other
252
256-7
254-5
hybrids
closely
all
related
the
same?
255-6
260-1
257
dwarf
mountain
peas
sheep
257-8
260
(evidence)
is
there
a
limit
to
human
cell
division?
283-4
is
there
a
limit
to
human
cell
division?
-
285-6
Genome
gene
in
are
Project
objectives
292-3
295
human
genome
and
health
293-4
model
organisms?
294-5
(pattern)
replication
genes
and
236
231
poaching
246-7
development
in
insects/other
animals
231
(transformation)
acids
into
activity
blindness
proteins
40-1
56
57
53
54
sexual
life
sexual
reproduction
cycles
translation
115
263
258-60
discovery)
transcription
(movement)
127-8
cells
who
diversity
interaction
work
Mendel’s
tall
color
90-1
90
and
ratio)
makes
peas
it
peas?)
(parents)
Mendel
gender
games
in
(3:1
amylase
90
specialization
(does
as
Mendel
amino
90
273-4
254
genetics
90
276-7
ethical?
genetic
segments
granules
pseudopodia
modication
262
patterns
89
272
humans
homeotic
(cells)
kit
270-1,
in
DNA
89
88
tool
variation
what
mitochondrion
270
264
genetic
genetics
88
271
(vertical/horizontal)
engineering
genetic
271
livestock)
modication
research
88
plants)
genetic
patterns
receptors
252
genetic
leptin
parts)
membrane
drift
Human
98
108
sensory
250
exceptions
109-11
nutrition
see
vesicles
(farm
genetics
the
function
transfer
Welsh
85
parenteral
also
87
99-107
tuning
function
gene
parents
84
108
roundhouses
total
(crop
what
87
of
physiology
pocket
110
111
mosquitos
PET
transfer
inheritance
absorption
foods
of
gene
species
86
259
mutations
109-10
watch
eyes
inheritance
92
254
260-1
editing
height
92-4
104-6
food
jaw
cell
brosis
digital
eye
85
communication
262
252
cannabis
gene
is
234
humans
273-4
genetic
61
Pests
in
254
gene
gene
61
61
species
Four
79
61
kingdoms
groups
brown/blue
cloning
262
171
characteristics
alkaptonuria
59
biodiversity
61,
diabetes
addiction-smoking
orchid
gametes
262
polymorphism
blood
acquired
58
human
263
(consequences)
(classication)
classes
sequence
in
262
genetics
ABO
two-owered
domains
number
(balance),
58
276-7
combination
genetics
69
two
270-1,
humans
chromosome
nucleotide
80-3
in
272
272
chromosome
increase
72
81-2
endonuclease
polymerase
genetic
gene
whale
assessment
thalidomide
DNA
kit
272
genetic
59
and
62
thumbless
also
78
63-5
59
summative
see
taq
74-5
65
rhinoceros
form
plants
tool
272
restriction
66
mathematics
plant
engineering
ligase
genetic
48-9
51-3
41-2
41-2
modication
ethical?
273-4
3 3 9
I N D E X
geometry
giraffe’s
(pattern)
coat
global
distribution
global
warming
coral
reefs
ecological
glosh
GM
291-2
modication)
red
45
195
biology
(models)
effect
greenhouse
gases
environment)
(ecology,
(population,
Robert
environment)
interaction)
208-9,
210
effcup
spotted
Haeckel,
owl
Hayick,
and
Hobbes,
comb
division
York
Theo
Lack,
290
human
forearm
human
hands
human
skin
(evidence)
285
248
consequences)
(space
infectious
diseases
infectious
salmon
determination
life
cycle
identity
shuttle)
(interaction)
organisms)
78
163
anemia
evidence)
parents
insulin
same
(ISA)
cells
(energy)
what
191-2
way
in
other
species
Canada
chain
34 0
ratio
lynx
and
reaction
66
232
hypothesis
134-5
(pattern)
and
232
Mammalia)
71
(movement)
plants
(form)
(asteroids,
113
74-5
consequences)
249
52-3
snowshoe
as
151
solute
consequences)
(genetics,
Mendel’s
256-7
consequences)
hybrids
consequences)
(energy)
metabolism
all
the
255-6
17
concentration
control
168-9
175-7
173-4
in
in
model
fresh
cell
concentration
metabolism
171-2
water/seawater
(energy)
of
blood
254-5
same?
(balance)
glucose
salmon
hare
(genetics,
makes
kidneys
169
160-3
147
31
stansburiana,
129
(pattern)
industry
discovery
osmosis
narwhals
cycles
52-3
feedback
252
interaction
of
(form)
Gorshkov
(Class
50-1,
blood
diabetes
trout
and
(genetics,
14
258-60
and
(Uta
(movement)
parasites
mesocosm
in
life
(transformation)
meiosis
gene
295-7
inheritance
work
229
of
Mendel
2
(health,
timing
lizards
tredecima
syrup
genes
113
(pattern)
see
245
295
319
megatsunamis
227
inuit
275
(pattern)
evidence)
changes
Melvin
mathematics
266
plants
side-blotched
maple
3:1
it
timing
mammals
244-5
83
(movement)
photography
in
(genetics,
(transpiration)
(pattern)
(consequences)
life
malaria
76
(multicellular
hydrogen
gene
Makarieva
glucose
80-1,
and
excavators
peas?
251
278
distribution
Magicicada
229
blood
(pattern)
hydraulic
infrared
173-4
285
disease
macrophages
(evolution)
narwhals
metabolism)
296-7
Henrietta
Lough
259
279
(form)
(form)
viridissima
297
(consequences)
(evidence)
male
26
consequences)
proportions
color
Robert
light-induced
259
168-9
cells
hummingbirds
ages
148
136
3
mice
models)
(pattern)
(balance),
cheek
in
159-63
identity
physiology
(balance,
blight
leptin
250
(evidence)
concentration
leaf
147
254
(transformation)
(genetics,
human
hunting
(interaction)
(genetics,
New
cow
hormones
test
cell
bull,
erectus
does
ecology;
Edward
lead
consequences)
Thomas
Holstein
evidence)
283
(consequences)
Line,
Hydra
molecules
Jensen,
late
and
VIII
(health,
3
awareness
honey
137
107
cancer
(genetics,
Hereford
Homo
and
Jenner,
Koch,
231
Leonard
cells
High
67P
159
assessment
games
knockout
(hearing)
Hallucigenia
Henry
comet
136
summative
kidneys
99
Ernst
cells
height
142-3
199
199
hairdressers
Hela
200
jellysh
otter
hazard
198
fungus
lagoon
hair
153
137
whales
also
comparison
151
(environment)
description
sea
parasites
and
program
154
148-9
squirrels
actions
water
59
and
probe
video
162-3
football
reex
sperm
205-8
identity
138-9
grey
sneezing
314-16
(ecology,
inuit
163
Rosetta
see
habitat
and
SETI
274
greenhouse
Grossteste,
in
predators
111
147
and
(advantages)
penalties
271
138
test
narwhals
introduction
Andy
John
Greenland
campaign
awareness
parasites
(function)
protein
in
Pests
(interaction)
212
149
160
139
hunting
207
145
reex
reex
hazard
212-13
326-35
Gordon,
diving
sh
212
Goldsworthy,
graphs
(evidence)
Four
effect
cedars
foods
GnRH
pollution
consequences
(genetic
glossary
air
212
walruses
Yellow
of
139,
conditioned
226
212
greenhouse
seasons
cheetahs
225
(pattern)
177
172-3
metabolic
release
pathways
in
thermal
cells
35
narwhal
11-12
energy
in
humans
metabolism
(movement),
metabolism
(pattern),
living
organisms
National
13-14
sugar
in
properties
plants
shared
natural
120-2
by
(Monodon
early
46-7
nature–nurture
locusts
46
Nautilus
western
spadefoot
(Messages
program
for
toad
Obelia
137
On
(pattern)
onion
root
mitotic
MMR
tip
index
and
DTP
onion
cells
oral
239
cancer
vaccines
survival
(evidence)
rates
(evidence)
287
298-9
models
3D
printing
modelling
ecosystems
barracuda
cars
design
communities
experiment
comparison
forest
loss
using
and
in
biology
introduction
male
snow
models
see
lizards
and
sh
(_Uta
stansburiana_)
319
populations
tern
ballistics
ower
(Phylum
Bryophyta,
form)
77
gas
moon
syrup
115
and
lady
oil
Louis
and
211
233
152
reexes
(interaction)
149
296
blue
forests
(form)
with
moss
and
cell
division
and
growth
cyclical
patterns
DNA
replication
DNA
structure
197-8
lights
on
251
126-7
cicada
226
229
forearm
cycle
243-4
231
proportions
reasoning
226
226-7
distribution
cells
lady
244-5
227
in
determination
plants
245
228
237-9
buttery
233
224
of
butteries
reproduction
Spirogyra
life
233
coat
in
236-7
236
comb
human
alternation
239
225
alga
Stonehenge
78
ventilation
in
enlargement
melanogaster
disadvantages
environment)
233
240
division
phenology
133
(ecology,
lung
buttery
capillare
painted
133-5
physiology
and
environment)
(pattern)
(interaction)
patterns
organisms
116
171-2
24-5
cell
sexual
sleeping
buttery
(energy)
introduction
133-4
movement
movement)
115
(ecology,
hummingbirds
131
multicellular
myopia
blood
113
assessment
Romania
96-7
173
cell
life
ecology;
and
2
depletion
inductive
in
air
(biodiversity,
physiology)
(metabolism)
respiration
mitosis
cave,
(physiology)
experience
leaf
evaporation
also
muscle
and
130
woodlice
see
cells
114-15
transpiration
movile
body
113
116
summative
water
between
112
plants
ozone
honey
industry
segmentation
shuttle
giraffe’s
excavators
to
oxygen
Drosophila
129
114
introduction
osmosis
and
geometry
exchange
hydraulic
maple
exposure
115
buds
281
229-30
(physiology,
Bryum
324-5
113
diffusion
adaptation
(balance,
adonis
habitat
112
trafc
239
evidence)
pattern
112
and
76
pattern)
(OPV
,
(movement)
cell,
Pasteur,
322-5
movement
asthma
(mitosis,
vaccine
description
past
307
liverworts
animal?)
132
parasites
317-18
ecology
and
cells
or
59
310-11
316-17
and
144-5
40
aerobic
311
assessment
(plant
Species
model
palm
(movement)
arctic
40
painted
in
evaluation
mosses
40
space
construction
forecasts
law
also
318-19
314-16
samples
summative
weather
organisms
308
streamlining
Yoda’s
animals
bacteria
seawater
324
between
310
geese
statistical
322
308-9
side-blotched
ribosomes
Indonesia/Brazil
database
(interaction)
osmosis
322-3
interaction
tip
organization
312-13
309
in
251
229
(biotechnology)
pattern)
loss
physical
organisms
organisms
311
forest
graphs
root
of
poliovirus
water
FACE
games
Origin
organisms
in
307
ecological
moon
interaction
320
computer-assisted
zoo
and
decisions
longissima
plants
312-13
agent-based
the
237-9
and
system
(consequences)
pattern)
Intelligence)
mitosis
cells
267
debate
(mollusc,
nervous
48
Extra-Terrestrial
267
267
insects
METI
160-3
267
descriptions
evidence
46-8
interaction)
324
selection/evolution
denitions
229
monoceros,
magazine
cause/consequence
all
metamorphosis
animals
ages
Geographic
summative
symmetry
232-3
advantages/
241-2
240
224
assessment
in
biology
243-7
225,
229
341
I N D E X
timing
of
life
vertebrae
see
also
cycles
evidence)
232
230
biodiversity;
genetics;
metabolism
pattern
in
peppered
energy
football
moth
(interaction)
starch
(Biston
betularia,
evolution)
265
puffer
(Darwin,
models
(balance),
(function)
of
Charles)
construction
physiology
scans
or
rabbits
“star
organs
104-6,
sea
made
by
and
system
reexes
(nervous
141,
system)
actions
GnRH
140
pollution
and
arteries/veins
gas
movement
in
gas
exchange
in
gas
exchange
and
macrophages
129
in
exchange
structure
and
circulatory
alveolus
system
reptiles
122
plants
117-18
organisms
muscle
cells
movement
in
heart
and
and
blood
lung
movement
ventilation
roots
to
leaves
118-20
climate
series
identication
mathematics
movement
sugar
water
see
(form)
owering
aromatic
gene
photosynthesis
combinations
UK
and
185-6
sustainability
water/seawater
energy)
development
of
(metabolism,
balance)
in
insects/other
animals
leaves
(function)
in
head
103
(communication
life
for
between
Extra-Terrestrial
cells)
93
Intelligence)
cycles
49
(PAH,
advantages/disadvantages
241-2
muscles
during
geese
Snow,
48
49
reproduction
smoking
snow
plants
hydrocarbons
118-20
(genetics,
106-7
(Search
skeletal
120
177
9
102
fertilization
sexual
to
51-3
310
Research,
receptors
(pattern)
roots
and
231
meiosis
245
74-5
from
and
(models)
gametogenesis
130
movement
also
117-18
63-5
(pattern)
movement
polycyclic
34 2
(form)
distribution
sexual
75
transpiration
49-51
48-9
137
205
(form)
and
chromosomes
104-6
SETI
7-8
exchange
of
65
fresh
serotonin
27
(environment)
Fibonacci
leaf
in
location
chlorophyll
gas
(form)
hearing
deserts
number
182-3
pattern)
eye
46-8
48
plants
Australian
cycles
description
(transformation)
toad
halving
44
(chemical
sensory
plants
metamorphosis
155
reproduction
segments
123-6
from
petrel
310
salmon
seeds
muscles
155
154
122-3
126-7
116
movement
154
(transformation)
and
ribosomes
crops
120-2
155
155
storm
Rothamsted
121-2
155
155
154
respiration
in
langur
155
life
sexual
RNA
muscle
spadefoot
123
127-8
transpiration
multicellular
metabolism
movement
species
45
sexual
128
blood
of
154
conict
puberty
(movement)
151
142-3
members
hummingbirds
meiosis
144-6
(interaction)
155
reproduction
145
grey
care
Wilson’s
149
bers)
189
155
pike
territoriality
144-5
4
155
skaters
sexual
nervous
transmission
also
257
232
between
defence
rufous
106-7
95
signal
physiology
294
consequences)
(interaction)
penguins
predation
102-3,
voluntary/involuntary
skeletal
151
179
evidence)
(balance)
squirrels
sheep
parental
(nerve
osmosis
grey
monogamy
96-7
napus)
(pattern)
actions
northern
(interaction)
materials
growth)
(genetics,
Niño
infanticide
head
101
transmission
water
in
103
experience
blood
and
group
organs
signal
physiology
El
bighorn
99-100
95
sense
receptors
decisions
(interaction)
43
rubripes,
(Brassica
emperor
main
system
physiology
past
square,
relationships
101
(sequence/parallel)
non-living
of
jelly”
comparison
43
(Fugu
cycles
reex
100
sensory
275-7
44
black-footed
organization
see
red
169-71
95
(advantages)
nervous
sh
crabs,
life
104-6
living
air
red
131
310-11
diabetes
abdominal
system
functions
location
parasites
(exponential
rapeseed
8
digestive
consequences)
200
185-6
physiology
life
puffballs
Punnett
phototropism
physical
and
structure/function
148-9
5
respiration
tuberosum,
(ecology)
membranes
149
photosynthesis
eye
dogs
digestion
246-7
Ivan
penalties
CT
prairie
proteins
225
poaching
Pavlov,
(solanum
predators
patterns
305
potato
John
(movement)
pregnancy
(models)
280
308
123-6
(evidence)
305
program
solute
concentration
balance)
sound
species
u”
in
brown
bears
mutualism
parasitism
sperm
“star
alga
jelly”
statistical
(interaction)
and
whale
(pattern)
in
sh
dwarf
consequences)
taxonomy
telomerase
(form)
populations
(models)
317-18
The
Lancet
225,
229
shortening
of
Counterpane
of
the
malaria
pelagic
tissue
toto
cycles
parasites
red
crabs
Man
“red
games
288-9
286
evidence)
286
297-8
230
identity
(interaction)
actions
148
(interaction)
144-6
evaporation
James
weather
forecasts
284
heart
Maurice
(movement)
133
310
ancient
sheep
spadefoot
movement)
forests
(models)
in
mountain
shiny
in
234-5,
toad
307
Egypt
(balance)
(genetics,
166
consequences)
(metamorphosis)
260
48
234
woodlice
(Oniscus
asellus,
131
284
(poem)
Mariner
law
(models)
316-17
zoo
306
evaluation
and
habitat
(models)
324-5
173
preservative,,
evidence)
297
(pattern)
232
232
232
cells,
pattern)
(balance)
tides”
and
Watson,
Yoda’s
(evidence)
toucans
toxic
of
evidence)
69
tredecim
(group
Tollund
Ancient
(vaccine
life
20
281
Land
of
(evidence)
81-2
Rime
(form)
(health,
(pattern)
Wilkins,
(evidence)
(form)
index
(evidence)
Welsh
285
telomere
Magicicada
19,
20
evidence)
vertebrae
western
The
timing
15,
15,
(health,
(health,
vaccines
weighing
(genetics,
62
The
Thimerosal
20
16
movement
water
311
(pattern)
(evidence)
thumbless
levels
common
chromosomes
15,
3
peas
enzyme
thalidomide
consumers
voluntary/involuntary
257-8
(form)
and
15
consumers
consumers
video
telomeres
aging
279
secondary
mitotic
72
306
(models)
biology
and
sharks
224
streamlining
peas
203-4
(evidence)
240
Louis
(pattern)
(energy)
tall
134-5
groups
growth
159
95
and
Robert
in
(ecology)
court
15
cell
150
Strandbeests
symmetry
hypothesis
tumor
(function)
Stonehenge
Gorshkov
producers
trophic
150
samples
Stevenson,
in
tertiary
150
whales
growth
trials
primary
150
mites
trees
detritivores
150
and
133-4
trophic
relationships
150
whales
Spirogyra
248
150
pines
predation
varroa
107
150
competition
sperm
Makakarieva
(metabolism,
(consequences)
community
clownsh
pinyon
blood
rate
description
“Spanish
of
172-3
240-1
279
167
(balance)
190-1
transformation
alcohol
ush
amylase
Australia
bamboo
38-9
activity
28
biochemistry
bioreactors
chemical
Egypt
28,
30-1,
30
and
Line,
chemical
New
introduction
York
reactions
29-30
changes
organisms
31
39-40
46-7
proteins
membranes
in
reproduction
summative
also
32
26
physiology
see
32
27
light-induced
other
34-8
26
elk
enzymes
High
30-1,
39
reactions
diamonds
adult
55-7
27
44-5,
43
48-53
assessment
54-7
genetics
transpiration
(movement)
34 3
p93mr:
Getty
Biophoto
Images;
Deerinck,
Associates/Science
p94:
Eric
Photolibrary.com/Getty
Michel
Stock
Brauner,
Images;
p103br:
Images;
p104tr:
Element
p105tl:
Shutterstock;
ISM/Science
Monika
C
p105bl:
Stock
p108:
Inc./OUP;
Science
Stock
P120r:
Nelson
Cordelia
p123:
By
018104
Erwin
Haya,
Library;
p132t:
4
Services,
Gray/Science
Photo
p118:
and
2013;
Barking
Steve
Dog
Science
Photo
Library;
p132bm:
Degginger/Science
Shulevskyy
p134bl:
Shutterstock;
p136:
Alamy
Stock
Images;
p138b:
Handout/Getty
Shuttertsock;
of
Social
p134bl:
William
Images
History
(IISH);
Images;
Images;
p147:
Carter/Alamy
p151:
Science
Images;p152tm:
p152b:
Shutterstock;
p153r:
Leeson/Science
Photo
Library;
p157t:
Cody
Library;
Reprinted
by
Shutterstock;
Vevers;
Alamy
p161:
Stock
p160:
The
Alexis
Photo;
Shutterstock;
unknown
p168:
[Public
Shutterstock;
Alamy
Stock
Wildlife
p166t:
Domain,
p180:
Science
Photo
DR
Library;
p188r:
p199:
by
the
Fancy/Alamy
Region
-
Seaview
Library;
Stock
British
Stock
Stock
Atlantic
Photo
Photo
Photo;
Daniel
p169m:
p169t:
Photo;
Salmon
p179:
NASA;
Roger
p182br:
p182tl:
Colin
p183br:
Visuals
p196b:
The
Photo
p201m:
Reinhard
Library;
Photo
Mogen,
/
Singh.
Richard
Visage/
p166b:
U.S.
Library;
p182bl:
Images;
Library;
artist
Fish
Inc./
and
/Science
p191:
Stock
Photo
Richard
Michael
p201t:
Stock
Francois
Dirscherl/Science
Cooper/
UK
Crown
Cattlin/
Photo;
p183bl:
p188l:
Robert
Herrmann/Visuals
Mindorff;
Photo;
Images;
p198:
p200:
Gohier/VWPics/Alamy
Photo
Library;
p197t:
William
Patrick
p201b:
Art
States
p236:
p296b:
4.0
2017
from
Press;
Library;
B.
Foot,
(2001).
retrieved
of
Shutterstock;
Photo
p250b:
Chung
Leon
p228:
Library;
Commons;
p242br:
INNERSPACE
Rod
p247m:
p238:
no
6
Melba
stock
by
p254tl:
By
Inti
CC
Eric
Photo
photo;
BIO
Dickson
Black
W
L,
Yon
Photo;
Michael
Science
Photo
p246:
Krahl
in
via
2.5-2.0-1.0
Wikimedia
Library;
p233:
Gary
W.
Of
al,
Health
Photo
p247t:
Photo;
Library;
p268:
Images;
Getty
Images
News/Getty
p275:
Claude
Nuridsany
Grant
of
Photo
p253t:
/Science
p262b:
Library;
V,
By
Ssmith03
of
Bone
Photo
Brand
p271:
Marie
Images/Alamy
p258l:
Elenamiv/
p260l:
Namrata
Photo
Fleming
Christopher
Chabra;
Of
Library;
K,
work)
p267b:
Photodisc/Getty
Emilio
p261l:
[CC
A,
BY-SA
By
Sylla
Michael
W.
Images;
4.0
Photo
(http://
p267t:
Tweedie/
p268:
p273:
Ereza/Alamy
M,
via
Commons;
Images;
Perennou/Science
p264t:
Clinical
264b:
Caspary
Wikimedia
Pictures/Getty
p276:
vol
p255r:
Photodisc/Getty
p264tmDept.
(Own
Library;
X
Growth
Medicine,
Photography/istockphoto;
Dr.
via
Hung
Photo
p254bl:
Harrison/Shutterstock;
Davenport
AFIP;
p251b:
Library;
Radius
Photo;
djgis/
Medicine,
Sports
Photo
p255l;
Hospital/Science
Images;
&
by
LIBRARY;
Library;
Stimulation
p256tl:
Margo
and
NHGRI
Journal
Images;
Stock
p226br:
PHOTO
Images;
Science/Science
p260r:
p265:
Photo
(2001).
Golden
Reprinted
Davis/NASA;
Bartlett,
1994,
Timoshevskiy
Tweedie/Science
Stock/Corbis/Getty
The
B.
February
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0)],
Commons;
Photo
p247b:
Balaraman/Shutterstock;
p261m:
M,
of
Don
American
Girl/istockphoto;
4.0
p251t:
Inc./Alamy
Arvind
Science
/Science
retrieved
Phi:
Photo
National
Inc.
Meisner,
Foot,
Vision/Getty
et
Stock
Addenbrookes
BY
Museum
Photodisc/Getty
Sharakhova
and
2005
https://www.goldennumber.net/
Maggie
The
Eye
Associates/Science
[CC
Hand
PHOTO
p244l:
Steger/Science
Number,
Molekuul/Science
p253b:
Imagehit
Daydreams
By
Octobre
Ridge
Black/Shutterstock;
Images;
Agency//Alamy
Cytogenetics,
Photo
mathsisfun.com/numbers/nature-golden-
Clair/Digital
p255m:
p258r:
p294:
CC-BY-SA-3.0
via
Unlimited,
Golden
from
Justin
p252:
p254br:
p256tr:
p256tm:
Photo
The
National
Lawrence/Shutterstock;
p261r:
26
BY-SA
Oak
GSCHMEISSNER/SCIENCE
published
754;
PHOTO
Des_Callaghan
domain],
Volker
p297:
Energy/Scince
2017
p226bl:
St.
Picture
LIBRARY;
CrazyD,
or
p296t:
Photo;
Pickett/Visuals
from
STEVE
courtesy
Sports,
page
Images;
Nature
p242bl:
PHOTO
[Public
Razzeld/istockphoto;
Neal/AFP/Getty
Thailoei92/Fotolia;
22
Library;
Human
February
Pierce
Steve
Claude
IMAGING/SCIENCE
Photographer:
Stock
Phi:
The
Chih/Shutterstock;
Library;
p229tr:
p229b:
https://www.goldennumber.net/human-hand-foot/;
Gary
ratio-bonacci.html;
p250t:
Of
Robert
and
Images
Library;
(http://creativecommons.org/
NattapolStudio/Shutterstock;
Hand
Mint
Photo
AkeSak/Shutterstock;
Photo
Agriculture
By
Photo
p245b:
p245t:
US
p234tl:
Gschmeissner/Science
creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0)],
Allott;
Wolfe/
of
Randsc/Alamy
Department
Wikimedia
Landmann/
Stock
p231t:
(http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html),
Photo
Human
by
p226tr:
Library;
p232b:
et
By
Station;
provided
GSCHMEISSNER/SCIENCE
NISHINAGA/SCIENCE
Laboratory/US
Library;
Gregg
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/
BY-SA
p243tl:
p244r:
Science
By
p221t:
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0)],
Department
[GFDL
and
Creative
doi:10.1038/
LIBRARY;
Photo
Photo
Steve
Wikimedia
4.0
Commons;
work)
[CC
SUSUMU
Yellowj/Shuttertsock;
Roccomontoya/istockphoto;
BESHARA/Staff/AFP/Getty
p197b:
Images/
Ashley
Library;
United
via
BY-SA
p241b:
a
p220:
Research
University
STEVE
3.0,
under
Pasieka/Science
PHOTO
Reusens/Science
Commons;
p243tr:
Shutterstock;
Library;
Nigel
LIBRARY;
Through
Public
p183tl:
p183tr:
BY-SA
work)
Kerstiny/Shutterstock;
Loyo/
Visuals
Photo
[CC
permission
Milchev/
Roberts/Nature’s
Artchives/Alamy
p192b:
Bacon/REUTERS/Alamy
Science
David
Photo
Mulvaney;
LOUAI
Brad
Varndell/Science
Unlimited
Library;
Photo;
DR.
Fuse/Corbis/Getty
Fera/Science
Photo
Stock
Library;
p181:
work)
Wikimedia
p157m:
Imagehit
By
via
human-hand-foot/;
original
Pre-Smolt,
(Own
Meisner,
Holbox/
p170:
(Own
licenses/by-sa/4.0)],
Number,
Alberto
Museum;
Photo;
J
CC
Nicolas
Photo;
Kumar
&
Wiedehopf20
The
Menno
A
p242tl:
Library;
Photo
Survey
p162:
p167m:
Images;
Commons;
Sahar/Alamy
p182tr:
Robert
Unlimited/Science
Marsh/Alamy
Of
Library;
Dirscherl,
Mulvaney;
p196t:
Catlin
work,
Minnemeyer
2003)
Photo
Dejong;
Alfred
wi6995/Shutterstock;
index.php?curid=8820863;
Commons;
Pat
Stock
Ajay
-
p222b:
Alicia
Perennou/Science
Lars
Thies,
doi:10.1038/nature01728;
July
Northern
INC./Science
p241:
Hansen1,
American
Fisheries;
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.5-2.0-1.0)],
Wrangel/Shutterstock;
Dr
Own
Emw
2003)
Oxford
Andrew
DOI
https://creativecommons.org/
Service,
p237b:
Photo;
Susan
licensee
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/)
Schaefer/
CDCBIO
p156m:
p158:
Volkov/Alamy
Wikimedia
Burgess/Science
Library;
Courtesy
Photo
Reinhard
Photo
Jeremy
Photo
Copyright
Science
via
Pelanek/Shutterstock;
Unlimited/Science
p182ml:
p171:
UK;
By
(Own
Svensson/Science
p155bm:
p232t:
July
p231b:
p215:
Christoph
Johny007pan/istockphoto;
Photo;
C.
Stock
Georgette
e1600821
Matthew
Forest
Alamy
p214b:
Library;
1,
/
doi:10.1038/nature01728;
ANGELIS/SCIENCE
Stock
no
Syred/
Photo
Hennon/US
Distributed
183-187(10
p225:
3
Komarova,
BY)
and
Schuyl
Photo;
Yaroshenko,
HM/Shutterstock;
Unlimited,
Marie
LIBRARY;
Library;
&
Mchugh/Science
Sheff/Shutterstock;
Patrick
Northeast
XL
Photodisc/Getty
Photographed
Tom
&
424,
Paul
Photo
Vol.
exclusive
2003)
Forest
p226br:
DE
Stock
Science.
(CC
183-187(10
Crispin;
Stock
4.0
July
USDA
p224:
of
Power
Malcolm
ShoreZone/NOAA
Nature
Wong
MAURIZIO
Wikimedia
Graul/
Menno
p154:
Service;
License
p214t:
Potapov,*,
Anna
Library;
Rabbani/
Preez/Shutterstock;
Sciences/Science
Science
2017
Alexey
reserved;
Alaska
al,
p222t:
Limited/Alamy
p237:
rights
424,
et
Sergdibrova/123RF;
By
p149t:
Robinson/Science
Vladimir
Photo;
/
Steve
p146:
Hstiver/istockphoto;
Photo
Institute
https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=47061287;
Martin
Science
By
domain],
Photo;
Agency
Valentyn
p167t:
p167b:
p169b:
Service
Stock
ESA/
Water/
Stock/Corbis/Getty
p153l:
Nature
Herman
Peter
Zhuravleva,
183-187(10
Gregg
nature01729;
Library;
p139t:
p143:
Images;
Mirko
Bjorn
BBC
p157tm:
Rosenfeld/Science
Images;
H.
Tom
of
/
Georgette
Images;
Photography/Alamy
p157bm:
Ocean
p141b:
al,
By
Library/Alamy
mcgillivray/
de
et
p221b:
Nuridsany
p134ml:
Marsden
van
Gregg
424,
©
Advancement
p219:
Maslowski/Visuals
Library;
Images;
the
2017
Jan
p205m:
At
p214tm:
p213:
du
(http://creativecommons.org/
Commons;
13
Turubanova,
some
2.0
Photo
Houshmand
Grobler
GmbH/Alamy
Library;
traveler1116/istockphoto;
Raths/Shutterstock;
Digital
p155tr:
Bazzano
Sriskandan/Alamy
Connel/Shutterstock;
Stone/Getty
James
Molloy/
Photolibrary.com/Getty
p152bm:
p155br:
Newman/Shutterstock;
Kumar
Alexander
permission
p156b:
Bikeriderlondon/Shutterstock;
p157b:
Images;
Mckee/Shutterstock;
p155tl:
Eddy
Library;
International
Veronesi/Getty
p152t:
p130:
Ilona
for
BY-SA
Station;
Advances
Attribution
Nature
Forest
Fuse/Corbis/Getty
Dennis
by
Skynetphoto/Shutterstock;
Photo
Schaefer/Shutterstock;
p138t:
Mammoser/Shutterstock;
Library;
p155bl:
p156t:
Library;
Dave
al,
p222m:
Sscience/
robert
p114r:
Vetta/Getty
p150b:
110,
Q2A
Photo;
Isak55/Shutterstock;
p149b:
Photo;
Of
Stock
p134br:
p139b:
p145:
Library;
Library;
feathercollector/
permission
p142:
Ltd;
Perennou/
Photo
Eye
Faction/Getty
Images;
with
Claffra/Shutterstock;
Associates/Science
Library;
David
Photo
p155tm:
p134tr:
p134mr:
Jeffs/Shuttertsock;
Don
Cordelia
Smith,
Esipova,
p204b:
Matteis/Look
Images
Photo
Science
licenses/by/4.0/;
Kage/Science
Photo
Arco
WHEELER/Science
Images;p203:
Sobers/Shutterstock;
Research
Svetlana
Association
Commons
GreenGate
Library;
Marie
Sollfors/Alamy
Federico
Stock
Photo
Maria
Shuttertsock;
Library;
Library;
Library;
Threerocksimages/Shutterstock;
Rob
&
Photo;
p129b:
Wynet
[CC
p212t:
10.1126/sciadv1600821.
Elena
Tech-Set
Manfred
p132tm:
Photodisc/Getty
Library;
Photo
Art,
Photo
Nuridsany
Radcliffe/Science
p141t:
Photo
p124:
Bloas/Fotolia;
News/Getty
Dog
p110:
p115t:
KEITH
Allott;
Wikimedia
Michael
PNW
p218:
via
Library;
p212b:
R&D
DR
Andrew
Decruyenaere
Photo
Laestadius,
Andrew
Lett.
Joe
p202t:
Stock/Corbis/Getty
p214bm:
Allott;
Photo
Library;
p204t:
Douwma/Science
p105br:
Photo
Rev.
Media;
kravka/Shutterstock;
Reproduced
Gschmeissner/Science
Photodisc/Getty
OUP;
Phys.
Degginger/Science
Stefan
Le
Science
Shockey/Science
octoash/Shutterstock;
p115br:
p140:
Douwma/Science
p150t:
E.R.
Photo
Guillaume
Photo;
Q2A
Library;
Volodymyr/Shutterstock;
Shutterstock;
p121:
Barking
and
Photo;
Dennis
and
Winters/Science
p129t:
Claude
Fullick
Zwieniecki;
Gwen
Photo
p132m:
Library;
Art,
p131:
Service
Library;
Stock
By
Library;
Images;
p117:
p205t:
Science
Angela
p87m:
Library;
Edward
D.
p127:
Ltd;
Library;
Photo
Photo;
Gschmeissner/Science
Shields/Science
Photo
A.
Pr
Pavlov/
p107b:
Limited/Alamy
Library;
Maciej
Wearset
Library;
Photo
Images;
Photo
Charles
p103t:
Creative
Andrey
Photo
Digital
Shutterstock;
licenses/by-sa/2.0)],
Itakefotos4u/Shutterstock;
p105tr:
Stock
P119:
Fred
Vision/Getty
Podor/Moment/Getty
Images
Photo
Library;
Science
Laszlo
p99bl:
Sanz/age
p104bl:
Science
p202b:
p99tl:
Photodisc/Getty
Digital
Gschmeissner/Science
Photo
E.R.
p104br:
Inc/Alamy
Science
p132b:
p103bl:
p104tl:
Images;
Library;
January
and
p125:
Photo
Martin
Ltd;
Jensen
Published
Publishing
Photo
H.
Gonzalo
Douwma/Science
Mint
Molloy/Science
Kaare
–
Pics
p115m:
Thornes
p120:
Media,
Steve
Thomas
Kilmov/Shutterstock;
Photography/Science
Mcclenaghan/Science
Igor
Photodisc/Getty
p114l:
photolibrary.com/
p96:
Jukes-Hughes;
Swaledale/Shutterstock;
p99br:
Library;
Photo;
p107t:
Greenwood/Design
Studio,
Robin
Wisniewska/Shutterstock;
Georgette
Jones/Shutterstock;
p116:
Photo
p93b:
Library;
p97:
Igor
Illig/Photodisc/Getty
Waye/Shutterstock;
Kitchen
p99tr:
Photo;
p102:
Library;
Photo
Library;
Pixbox77/Shuttertsock;
Apiguide/Shutterstock;
Darren
Stock
Photo;
Photos/Alamy
Russell
Photo
Images;
Thornhill/Reuters/Alamy
fotostock/Alamy
Photo
Grave/Science
NCMIR/Science
Digital
Handout/
Stock
Library;
Photo;
p276b:
Colin
Mc
Pherson/Alamy
Pogostins/Shutterstock;
Library;
[CC
BY
p278:
2.0
BY-SA
p279:
(Own
3.0
Luigi
p277b:
Stock
Photo;
Clouds
Guarino
from
Hill
p277t:
Imaging
Rome,
Italy
Denis
Rudmer
work)
Zwerver/Shutterstock;
[GFDL
potato
p280t:
By
http://www.lib.k-state.edu/
-
MUNOZ-YAGUE/
Alamy
Stock
London;
By
LIBRARY;
SCIENCE
Photo;
p283l:
By
p281b:
PHOTO
p283b:
The
SILKEBORG
LIBRARY;
Lancet
(About
Us
-
p283t:
The
p314t:
Wikimedia
Wolfgang
via
Public
or
CC
https://
SPUTNIK/
[Public
domain],
via
Wikimedia
Commons;
Cover
p285:
of
the
SINCLAIR
Department
of
Anatomy,
Researchers,
Wellcome
Global
STAMMERS/SCIENCE
LIBRARY;
SCIENCE
p291t:
3.0
PHOTO
Sebastian
p287:
PHOTO
unoL/Shutterstock;
of
LIBRARY;
LIBRARY;
p290:
p288:
Kiel,
p286:
STEVE
p291b:
©
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0)
gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html)],
Photodisc/Shutterstock;
permission
of
Skyhorse
via
Wikimedia
p292b:
Red
Publishing,
or
p303:
p299:
DR
Business
Perry/Alamy
p310:
OF
DUNDEE/
SCIENCE
Images/Shutterstock;
Igor
Stock
Photo;
PHOTO
p281m:
p309t:
LIBRARY;
p312t:
Science
&
Images;
p312m:
A.
BARRINGTON
Albie
CAIUS
COLLEGE/SCIENCE
PHOTO
LIBRARY;
p327l:
By
Corl,
Global
Maps
Natural
Published
Footprint
Kschotanus
via
(Own
pp.
of
M.
Photo;
C.
DOI:
21st-Century
Resources
in
http://www.pnas.
Network,
work)
Wikimedia
Stock
By
850-853
[CC
www.
BY
3.0
Commons;
(http://
p327r:
Inc/
Library,
Although
we
copyright
have
holders
made
every
before
effort
to
publication
trace
this
and
has
not
contact
been
all
possible
all
cases.
If
notied,
the
publisher
will
rectify
any
errors
or
kind
at
the
earliest
opportunity.
LIBRARY;
[CC
BY-SA
and
to
the
for
third
party
information
websites
materials
only.
are
provided
contained
Oxford
by
in
any
disclaims
Oxford
third
party
any
in
good
faith
responsibility
website
referenced
for
this
work.
in
The
authors
Stocktrek/
Reprinted
by
offer
heartfelt
thanks
to
Alexandra
Tomescu
for
ANDREWS,
p307:
the
work
that
she
has
done
on
this
book.
It
has
been
a
long
Monkey
p308:
p309b:
Society
Brian
Photodisc;
and
at
times
difcult
understanding
of
gestation,
science,
her
but
Alexandra’s
resolute
desire
to
comprehensive
make
the
Picture
BROWN,
p312b:
Ammon
p323:
Global
USDA
p325t:
6160,
Venter/Shutterstock;
comprehensible
and
appealing
to
students,
as
well
as
GONVILLE
accuracy
AND
p321:
Vanuga,
creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0)],
text
Library/SSPL/Getty
Jeff
Eaker/Alamy
LIBRARY;
Issue
(http://www.
gopixa/Shutterstock;
Mevans/Istockphoto;
Kovalenko/Shutterstock;
Service;
342,
High-Resolution
p319:
footprintnetwork.org;
all
UNIVERSITY
Change;
Richard
PHOTO
Vol.
SCIENCE
Dilmen
p292t:
PAUL
p313:
2013:
Germany”.;
PHOTO
GFDL
Commons;
Chopsticks;
Inc.;
Nevit
Nov
GSCHMEISSNER/
MICROSCAPE/SCIENCE
Kaulitzki/Shutterstock;
15
org/content/107/9/4254.full;
Links
PHOTO
Designs;
DALHOFF/SCIENCE
Health
p284:”With
University
Molecular
Science
Conservation
omissions
permission
3D
al,
10.1126/science.1244693;
in
Network)
et
DENMARK/
Photo
p282:
Lancet
Domain,
of
HENNING
Hansen
Forest
Wikimedia
p281t:
MUSEUM,
rook76/Shutterstock;
Courtesy
Photo
http://www.lib.k-state.
commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=5530026;
PHOTO
Yulia
collection)
(http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/fdl.html)
edu/depts/spec/rarebooks/cookery/apicius1541.html,
SCIENCE
via
p280b:
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0)],
Commons;
and
Ltd/Science
(The
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0)],
Commons;
Sauber
By
Photograph
and
attention
to
detail
have
all
been
invaluable.
her
MYP
Biology
A
concept-based
approach
Y
ears
Fully
integrated
inquir y-based
and
creatively,
This
●
text
Fully
●
Develop
a
the
–
curriculum
students
strong
latest
Combine
deep
subject
approach
and
prepare
and
ATL
learners
assessment
MYP
via
integrated
meaningful
thinking
MYP
the
MYP
including
critical
Effectively
the
MYP
trains
building
deliver
target
the
to
framework,
approach
knowledge
this
comprehensive,
scientific
and
study
approach
for
clear,
structured
statements
of
skills,
and
are
assessment
and
suppor t
inquir y
understanding
of
awareness.
with
to
for
and
biology,
linked
key
guidance
all
aspects
global
through
and
and
with
key
Critical
thinking
related
concepts
practice
mapped
This
based
to
equation
information
and
results
of
used.
our
hypothesis
and
reinforce
get
an
but
surprising
error
and
in
in
science
results.
procedures,
corrected.
On
it
These
is
not
may
which
other
When
due
be
the
not
in
revise
error
our
rather
and
they
show
understanding.
experiment
understanding
may
of
that
The
we
is
that
the
example
understanding
experiments.
of
revising
comes
all
you
from
Consider
also
are
O,
O
given
all
the
rather
oxygen
from
of
to
water
containing
the
oxygen
than
produced
splitting
of
O.
in
that
This
they
shows
photosynthesis
water
into
oxygen
hydrogen.
T
welve
molecules
of
water
must
the
split
per
glucose,
but
six
new
water
molecules
revise
subsequently
the
six
molecules
photosynthesis
our
process
isotope
summary
than
produced,
shown
must
the
be
in
giving
a
the
the
net
equation.
more
summary
use
Clearly,
complicated
equation
suggests.
equation
Discuss
for
that
that
oxygen
photosynthesis.
of
Another
oxygen
dioxide
of
need
results
cause
plants
than
release
are
your
the
show
isotope
to
be
extension
of
carbon
isotopes
found
and
to
some
the
with
normal
results
comes
are
that
from
The
unusual
be
should
occasions,
incorrect.
O.
O
to
is
our
is
understanding,
come
Experiments
experiments
this
support
must
evidence
is
the
indicates
on
released
in
your
class
the
meaning
of
the
photosynthesis:
following
6H
O
+
6CO
→
+
terms
in
dogmatic
How
similar
are
leaves
and
relation
to
this
text:
6O
available:
836999
that
skills
understanding
Sometimes
19
activities
scientific
new
0
the
skills
Revise
978
of
contexts
criteria
L TA
knowledge
Also
4&5
critically
conceptual
will
framework
●
with
resource
solar
steadfast
open-minded.
panels?
8
Leaves have evolved over millions of years; solar panels have
been developed by electrical engineers over recent decades.
Consider how similar leaves and solar panels are by making a
list of similarities and a list of differences. You could include size,
shape, energy source, energy conversion and efciency
.
Solar
panels
increasingly
How
do
A
pigment
is
the
green
is
electrons
more
of
are
than
stored,
is
of
light
the
a
very
in
or
fraction
of
a
up
and
light
into
second.
electrons
such
as
and
In
and
order
must
be
glucose.
an
of
a
look
for
cannot
the
used
Plant
reects
green.
they
chemical
in
can
in
but
cause
level.
high-energy
store
quickly
cells
role
energy
The
P L A N TS
Chlorophyll
light,
higher
energy
.
they
and
energy?
light.
blue
chlorophyll,
to
tops
important
and
leaves,
the
jump
roof
farmland
absorbs
red
chemical
however,
satellites,
stores
plays
reach
to
on
former
that
it
absorbs
molecule
unstable,
compounds
on
chlorophyll,
blue
the
converted
high-energy
chemical
installed
arrays
substance
plants
why
red
is
in
Chlorophyll
electrons
how
being
large
build
chemical
This
photons
particular
This
a
pigment
energy.
light.
When
plants
is
main
absorbing
are
in
energy
energy
the
only
for
to
be
production
store
Variegated
plants
containing
the
chlorophyll
small
but
amounts
of
glucose,
so
when
there
is
rapid
photosynthesis
they
convert
not
in
chloroplasts,
to
starch.
This
leads
us
to
a
testable
hypothesis:
starch
is
only
produced
if
there
is
chlorophyll
in
a
leaf
white.
1
to
get
in
chloroplasts
pigment
par ts
leaf
the
of
the
cells
appears
Normal
and
leaf
lack
yellow
variegated
cell.
varieties
How
the
by
or
photosynthesis
have
green
some
others. Where
it
contact:
web
www.oxfordsecondary.com/ib
email
schools.enquiries.uk@oup.com
tel
+44
(0)1536
452620
fax
+44
(0)1865
313472
of
privet
are
shown
here